JP5903204B2 - Multi-display computer terminal system - Google Patents

Description

  Chance games have gained wide popularity. Traditional systems for playing these games have some drawbacks. A system implemented by a computer may alleviate these drawbacks.

Summary According to some embodiments, a chance game may be played on a computer system.

FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of an interactive game system A10 according to various embodiments. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram schematically showing a roulette table in a casino along with associated video cameras and other parts of the system. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a terminal, computer, or television type display. FIG. 4A illustrates a casino providing both internal or online (via network) games, according to various embodiments. FIG. 4B illustrates a casino according to some embodiments. FIG. 5 illustrates a player communicating via a server to the casino of FIG. 4A, according to some embodiments. FIG. 6 illustrates the casino of FIG. 4A providing convenience to a player according to some embodiments. FIG. 7 illustrates a display used by the casino of FIG. 4A to electronically verify that a player is eligible for convenience, according to some embodiments. FIG. 8 illustrates a system for detecting and managing collusion, according to some embodiments. FIG. 9 is a functional description of a software program stored in the application web server of FIG. 8, according to some embodiments. FIG. 10 is a functional description of a software program stored in the collusion detection server of FIG. 8, according to some embodiments. FIG. 11 is a block diagram of a general purpose computer system in which various embodiments may be implemented. FIG. 12 is a block diagram of a computer data storage system in which various embodiments may be implemented. FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating components of a sports betting calculator, according to some embodiments. FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating components of a payment subsystem, according to some embodiments. FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating components of a payout subsystem, according to some embodiments. FIG. 16 is a diagram illustrating components of a sports betting calculator, according to some embodiments. FIG. 17 is a diagram illustrating a process for performing a sports bet, according to some embodiments. FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a method for authenticating a pre-generated random event sequence in an online casino game according to some embodiments. FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a method for authenticating a pre-generated random event sequence that is converted to a digital digest, according to some embodiments. FIG. 20 is a schematic diagram of a method for authenticating a pre-generated random event sequence that is encrypted and converted to a digital digest, according to various embodiments. FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram of a method for authenticating a pre-generated random event sequence in a game with multiple players, according to various embodiments. FIG. 22 illustrates a gaming system according to some embodiments. FIG. 23 illustrates a communication network according to some embodiments. FIG. 24 illustrates a gaming service provider in communication with a gaming communication device, according to some embodiments. FIG. 25 illustrates a communication network according to some embodiments. FIG. 26 illustrates a gaming system according to some embodiments. FIG. 27 illustrates a wireless gaming system, according to some embodiments. FIG. 28 illustrates a mobile gaming device with solicited content according to some embodiments. FIG. 29 is a block diagram of a game system according to some embodiments. 30 is a block diagram of a payment system that forms part of the gaming system shown in FIG. 8 according to some embodiments. 31 is a schematic diagram of the portable gaming device of the gaming system shown in FIG. 8 according to some embodiments. FIG. 32a is a flow diagram illustrating how a player can use a portable gaming device, according to some embodiments. FIG. 32b is a flow diagram illustrating a particular method of use of a portable gaming device by a player, according to some embodiments. FIG. 33 is a flow diagram of a method for using a portable gaming device by a gaming device operator, according to some embodiments. FIG. 34 is a flow diagram of a method for using a portable gaming device, according to some embodiments. FIG. 35 illustrates one embodiment of a spin reel slot machine. FIG. 36a shows a direct video image of a display area according to some embodiments. FIG. 36b shows a virtual video image of the display area, according to some embodiments. FIG. 37 shows a video image superimposed with explanatory information that prompts the player to insert coins or gaming credits, according to some embodiments. FIG. 38 illustrates a superimposed video image depicting an activated payment line and the number of credits bet, according to some embodiments. FIG. 39 illustrates a superimposed video image depicting a payment table in response to a player command (eg, by pressing “Payment Table” on a button panel), according to some embodiments. FIG. 40 highlights a superimposed video image that highlights a winning combination (eg, “7,” “7,” “7”) and its payline and draws a prize for that winning combination, according to some embodiments. Show. FIG. 41 illustrates one embodiment of a gaming system consistent with some embodiments. FIG. 42 is a perspective view of the slot machine 10. FIG. 43 schematically illustrates one embodiment of a player tracking card 59 located in the card reader 58. FIG. 44 is a perspective view of various possible embodiments of gaming devices. FIG. 45 is a gaming device according to some embodiments. FIG. 46 illustrates an apparatus for playing a game according to some embodiments. FIG. 47 is a block diagram of components of a palm reading system, according to some embodiments. FIG. 48 illustrates a system according to some embodiments. FIG. 49 illustrates a casino server according to some embodiments. FIG. 50 illustrates a terminal for use by a second player, according to some embodiments. FIG. 51 illustrates a gaming device according to some embodiments. FIG. 52 illustrates a monitoring device (eg, camera, card reader) according to some embodiments. FIG. 53 shows a database registration that includes various information related to the game (eg, date, time, result, player, bet amount). FIG. 54 shows a database registration containing various games played by a player. FIG. 55 illustrates a touch screen display for entering betting information and tracking the progress of a game, according to some embodiments. FIG. 56 illustrates a touch screen display for entering betting information and tracking the progress of the game, according to some embodiments. FIG. 57 shows a table display of information about various games, according to some embodiments. FIG. 58 illustrates a gaming environment, according to some embodiments. FIG. 59 illustrates a gaming environment, according to some embodiments. FIG. 60 illustrates information regarding gaming devices according to some embodiments. FIG. 61 shows a terminal according to some embodiments.

Reconstructing an Event Using Graphics In various embodiments, an event may occur where an interested player is not visible. The event may have happened in a different place from where the interested party is located. The event may have happened before the interested party arrived at the place where the event occurred. The event may have been missed because a group of interested people was looking around or not paying attention. According to various embodiments, one or more details of an event are recorded. Details can be recorded using a recording device such as a camera, microphone, scanner, or other recording device. For example, in a game, the card shuffler may include a scanner for reading a card image that is dealt. Details may be recorded in a network coupled environment and made available to one or more other computing devices connected to the network. Details may then be accessed by one or more computing devices.

  In various embodiments, recorded event details may be used to reconstruct the event. For example, the image process algorithm may determine the rank and set of cards distributed based on the acquired images of the cards. The details of the event may be produced by a server storing the details or by any computing device.

  After the details of the event are produced, the event is performed. For example, a comic event may be performed based on the details of the stored event. For example, a description of the card may be generated by a calculator.

  The performance of the event can then be presented to people. The performance may be in video, audio, tactile form, or any other form. In various embodiments, the performance of the executed game may be presented to those who are away from the game or who were not watching when the performance was performed. Such persons include secondary players or a plurality of players who bet on the outcome of the game without directly participating in the game themselves.

  In various embodiments, event details are not produced. Rather, event details are provided as they were recorded. For example, an event video may be presented.

Presenting information to players at a table In various embodiments, a player sits shoulder-to-face with other players and is typically used to place cash, gaming chips, food, drinks, or other items. Has little space. Furthermore, there is little space for viewing desired information such as information about other players, information about game strategies, or information not related to games. According to various embodiments, a terminal having multiple screens allows a player to view multiple information supplies and many different types of information. The desk area of the terminal provides the player with space to place personal belongings or game items. A player can also participate in multiple games at a terminal in various embodiments. In this way, the terminal helps to relieve the spatial constraints found in conventional game tables.

  Using the terminal, the first player can call up information about the second player. The first player can call up information indicating how many times the second player has won or lost within a predetermined time. The first player can call up information indicating what strategy the second player has used. The first player can call up information indicating the amount earned or lost by the second player. The first player can call any other information about the second player. The first player may be a different statistic about the second player, or a predetermined statistic about many other different players (e.g., the amount earned by each of the ten other different players). It is possible to see a plurality of different information.

  The terminal may include various input devices such as a keyboard, a computer mouse, a telephone pad, a camera, and a microphone, and other input devices. A player may use an input device to indicate a player's intent to view information about other players, information about any of the games the player is running, or other information It is.

People playing games at different locations in the casino can see everyone, server-based games In various embodiments, people participating in a reciprocal event cannot gather in the same physical location It may not be possible. For example, people may have physical weaknesses that prevent them from moving easily from one place to another. For example, in a casino, even if a player wants to play the same poker game, it may not be possible or desirable for everyone to move to the same area of the casino. Thus, in various embodiments, each of a plurality of players may go to his terminal. The terminal may include a number of display screens. Individual display screens may display images of other players participating in the same poker game. Individual terminals may include cameras. The camera may capture an image of the player at the terminal. Images acquired by the camera may be transmitted to a central server. Similarly, the server may send the image from the camera to another player's terminal. Another player's terminal receives the image, which may be displayed on one of the terminal's display screens. In this way, the player can sit at the terminal and play a game facing a player at another terminal. A player may see each of the other players on one of his terminal display screens. In various embodiments, players may have voice links with each other. Individual player terminals may include microphones. Words spoken into the microphone may be captured and sent to a central server and forwarded to another terminal. Another terminal may broadcast words spoken to a player at the terminal. In this way, when the first player says something like “bet” or “rise”, another player then listens to the words spoken on another terminal. Thus, in various embodiments, despite being away from another player, the player may participate in a game that has traditionally been performed by an individual.

Playing multiple games simultaneously In various embodiments, a terminal with multiple screens (eg, 6 screens) allows a player to participate in multiple games simultaneously. Conventionally, a player of a gaming device such as a slot machine has limited space on a display screen for viewing game actions. Terminals according to various embodiments provide many display screens. The display screen may extend on a semi-arc in front of the player. Thus, the player has enough space to watch multiple games at the same time.

A live game cannot be played from the same deck as another player, but can be played against a dealer's card. In various embodiments, the device stores information from a live game performed at the table into the table. Combined with additional information to allow other players not to play the game. The information acquisition device is near the table. For example, the camera shoots a game at a table. Details of the game play are acquired by the information acquisition device. Details are communicated to the central server. Details are then interpreted to determine important game information, such as which cards were distributed or in the hands of the dealer. Additional information is then generated. This additional information may include new cards, dice rolling, marks, and other game results or achievements. The additional information may be used along with information from the live game to create a new game or game experience for the player at the terminal. The computer processor of the terminal generates a card for the player. The processor uses a random number generator to select, for example, a card for distribution to the player. The player's victory or defeat is determined based on the generated additional information and important information from the live game. For example, a player may receive a blackjack hand generated by his terminal processor. The player's hand may then be compared to the dealer's hand from a live blackjack game. This comparison is performed by the terminal processor using standard Blackjack rules.

Guide for understanding the present application Terminology The term “product” means any machine, manufactured product and / or assembly unless otherwise specified.

  The term “process” means any process, algorithm, method or the like, unless otherwise specified.

An individual process (whether called a method, algorithm or otherwise) inherently contains one or more steps, so references to “step (s)” or “step (s)” of the process are terms Has a unique prior basis in the mere citation of “process” or similar terms. In this way, references to “step (s)” or “step (s)” of the process in the claims have a sufficient prior foundation.
The term “invention” and like terms mean “one or more inventions disclosed in this application” unless stated otherwise.

  The terms “an embodiment”, “embodiment”, “embodiments”, “the embodiments”, “the embodiments”, “one of more embodiments”, “some embodiments”, “certain embodiments”, “one embodiment”, “another embodiment” , And similar terms mean “one or more (but not all) embodiments of the disclosed invention (s)” unless specifically stated otherwise.

  The term “deformation” of an invention means an embodiment of the invention unless otherwise specified.

  Reference to “another embodiment” in the description of an embodiment indicates that the referenced embodiment is mutually exclusive with another embodiment (eg, the embodiment described before the referenced embodiment). Not included.

  The terms “including”, “comprising” and variations thereof mean “including but not limited to”, unless otherwise specified.

  The terms “a”, “an” and “the” mean “one or more” unless otherwise specified.

  The term “plurality” means “two or more” unless otherwise specified.

  The term “herein” means “in this application, including all included by reference,” unless stated otherwise.

  The term “at least one of”, unless stated otherwise, when such a phrase modifies more than one item (such as a list of items), all of one or more of those items Means a combination of For example, the phrase “mechanical device, motor vehicle and wheel” includes (i) mechanical device, (ii) motor vehicle, (iii) wheel, (iv) mechanical device and motor vehicle, (v) mechanical device and wheel, (vi) It means either a wheel or (vii) a mechanical device, an automobile and a wheel. Where the phrase “at least one” modifies more than one thing, it does not mean “an individual one” of the things.

  Numerical terms such as “1”, “2”, etc., unless otherwise specified, are used as radixes to indicate the amount of something (eg, 1 machine, 2 machines) It means an amount indicated by a numerical value, but does not at least mean an amount indicated by a numerical value. For example, the phrase “one machine” does not mean “at least one machine”, and thus the phrase “one machine” does not cover, for example, two machines.

  The phrase “based on” does not mean “based only on”, unless expressly specified otherwise. In other words, the phrase “based on” means both “based only on” and “based at least on”. The phrase “based at least on” is identical to “based at least in part on”.

  The term “represent” and similar terms are not limiting, unless otherwise specified. For example, “represent” does not mean “represent only” unless otherwise specified. In other words, the phrase “data represents a credit card number” means “data represents only a credit card number” and “data represents a credit card number and data represents others”.

  The term “whereby” here receives only a set of clauses or other words that express only the intended result, purpose or outcome of something previously explicitly listed. Thus, when “whereby” is used in a claim, the clause or other word that “whereby” modifies does not constitute a further specific limitation of the claim, or otherwise has the meaning or scope of the claim. Constrain.

  The term “e.g.” and like terms mean “for example” and do not limit the term or phrase it describes. For example, in the sentence “the computer sends data (eg instruction, data structure) over the Internet”, the term “eg” is an example of “data” that the computer may transmit over the Internet, “ The “data structure” is also an example of “data” that the computer may transmit on the Internet. However, both “instruction” and “data structure” are merely examples of “data”, and things other than “instruction” and “data structure” can also be “data”.

  A term similar to the term “respective” means “handled individually”. Thus, if two or more objects have “respective” characteristics, each individual object has its own characteristics, and these characteristics can be different from each other but need not be. For example, the phrase “each of the two machines has a function” means that the first machine has a function and the second machine also has a function. The features of the first machine may or may not be the same as the features of the second machine.

  The term “i.e.” and similar terms indicate “that is” and limit the term or phrase it describes. For example, in the sentence “the computer sends data (i.e. instructions) over the Internet”, the term “i.e.” describes that the “instruction” is “data” that the computer sends over the Internet.

  All numerical ranges include integers and fractions with ranges. For example, the range “1 to 10” is an integer between 1 and 10 (eg, 1, 2, 3, 4,... 9) and a non-integer (eg, 1.1, 1.2,...). .1.9) should be specifically construed.

Where two or more terms or phrases are synonymous (eg, for explicit indication that a term or phrase is synonymous), one such term / phrase example is different from the other term / phrase examples It doesn't mean you have to make sense. For example, if the meaning of “including” is synonymous with “including but not limited to”, the mere use of “including but not limited to” means “including “Including” does not mean anything other than “including but not limited to”.

Determining
The term “determining” and grammatical variations thereof (eg, determining price, determining value, determining purpose that meets certain criteria) are used in a very broad sense. The term “determining” encompasses a wide variety of actions, “determining” calculates, performs, retrieves, examines, examines (eg, examines a table, database or other data structure), confirms, etc. including. Also, “determining” includes receiving (for example, receiving information), accessing (for example, accessing data in a memory), and the like. “Determine” includes solving, selecting, selecting, and the like.

  The term “determining” does not include absolute accuracy, and “determining” includes predicting, extrapolating, predicting, guessing, and the like.

  The term “determining” does not mean that a mathematical process must be performed, does not mean that a numerical method must be used, and means that an algorithm or process is used. do not do.

  The term “determining” does not imply that a particular device must be used. For example, a computer need not necessarily make a decision.

Sentence form The limitation of the first claim covers one of the features and one or more of the features (e.g., a limitation such as "at least one machine" is one machine as well as one or more machines). In the second claim subordinate to the first claim, the second claim uses the definite article “the” to make a limitation (eg “the machine”) The first claim does not mean that only one feature is covered, and the second claim does not mean that only one feature is covered (for example, “the machine” is Can cover both one machine and one or more machines).

  Ordinal numbers (eg, “first”, “second”, “third”, etc.) are used as adjectives before terms, and their ordinal numbers only indicate specific features (unless otherwise noted), for example Indicates differences from other features described by the same or similar terms. For example, “first mechanical device” is merely named to distinguish it from, for example, “second mechanical device”. The use of the ordinal numbers “first” and “second” before “mechanical device” does not indicate any other relationship between the two mechanical devices; It does not indicate other features. For example, using the ordinal numbers “first” and “second” before “mechanical device” (1) does not indicate which mechanical device is forward or backward in terms of order and location. Does not show temporal context for device generation or operation (3) Does not show hierarchical relationship for machine rank or quality. Furthermore, the mere use of ordinal numbers does not place a numerical limitation on the features identified by ordinal numbers. For example, by using the ordinal numbers “first” and “second” before “mechanical device”, it does not mean that the number of mechanical devices must be two or less.

  Where a single device, article or product is described herein, one or more devices / articles (whether or not cooperating) are used in place of the single device / article described. Good. Thus, functionality described as owned by a device may be owned by one or more devices / articles (whether or not cooperating).

  Similarly, where more than one device, article or other product (whether or not cooperating) is described, a single device is substituted for the more than one device / article described. / Articles may be used. For example, multiple computer-based devices may be replaced by a single computer-based device. Thus, functions described as owned by more than one device may be owned by a single device / article.

  The functions and / or features of a single device described may alternatively be replaced by one or more devices that are described but not explicitly described as possessing such functions / features. May be embodied. Thus, other embodiments need not include the described device features themselves, but other embodiments may include one or more other devices having such functionality / features.

The examples and terms disclosed are not limiting The title of the invention (as described at the beginning of page 1 of this application) and the abstract (as described at the end of this application) are disclosed. It is not to be construed as limiting the scope of the invention in any way whatsoever. The 37 C.F.R. section 1.72 (b) requires a summary not to exceed 150 characters, so the summary is only included in this application.

  The name of this application and the section headings provided in this application are for convenience only and are not to be construed as limiting the disclosure in any way.

  Many embodiments are disclosed in the present application, but are presented for illustrative purposes only. The disclosed embodiments are not limited in any way and are not intended to be limiting. As will be readily apparent from the disclosure, the invention disclosed herein is applicable to many embodiments. Those skilled in the art will recognize that the disclosed invention can be practiced with various modifications and changes such as structural, logical, software and electrical changes. Certain features of the disclosed invention are described in conjunction with one or more particular embodiments and / or drawings, unless otherwise specified, such features are referenced in the description of the embodiments. It should be understood that the invention is not limited to use in one or more particular embodiments or drawings.

  Except where expressly stated in this specification or explicitly stated in the claims, embodiments relating to the method steps or product elements described in this application are here It does not constitute a required element of the invention, is not essential to the invention required here, and does not have the same scope as the invention required here.

  The introductory portion of the claims merely describes the purpose, benefit, and possible usage of the required invention, and does not limit the required invention.

  This disclosure does not describe every embodiment of the invention verbatim. Also, the present disclosure is not a listing of inventions that must be present in all embodiments.

  Devices that communicate with each other need not communicate with each other unless otherwise specified. Conversely, such devices need only communicate as needed or desired and may regulate most time data exchanges. For example, one machine that is communicating with another machine via the Internet may not send data to the other machine for a long period of time (for example, once every several weeks). Further, devices in communication with each other may communicate directly or indirectly via one or more intermediaries.

  The description of embodiments using some components or features does not include the requirement that all or any of these components / features be required. On the contrary, various selectable components have been described to illustrate various possible embodiments of the present invention. Unless otherwise noted, no components / features are required and required.

  Although steps, algorithms or the like are described or required in a particular order, such processes may be configured to operate in a different order. In other words, any sequence or order explicitly described or required does not necessarily indicate a requirement that the steps be performed in that order. The steps of the processes described herein may be performed in any order. Further, although some steps may be described or suggested to occur non-simultaneously (eg, one step is described after another), they may be performed simultaneously. Further, the description of the steps illustrated by the drawings does not include that the process described is exclusive to other variations, nor does it include that the process described or any step thereof is necessary for the invention, It also does not include that the described process is suitable.

  Although a process may be described as including multiple steps, it does not include that all or any of the steps are preferred, essential or necessary. Various other embodiments within the scope of the described invention (s) include other processes that exclude some or all of the described steps. Unless otherwise noted, no steps are required or required.

  Although the process is described alone or without reference to other products or methods, in embodiments, the process interacts with other products or methods. For example, such interactions include linking one business model with another business model. Such interactions are provided to increase the degree of freedom or desirability of the process.

  Although a product is described as including a plurality of components, forms, attributes, characteristics and / or features, it does not imply that any or all of the plurality is preferred, essential or required. Various other embodiments within the scope of the described invention (s) include some or all of the plurality described.

  A list in which items are enumerated (which may or may not be enumerated) does not imply that any or all of the items are mutually exclusive unless otherwise noted. Similarly, a list in which items are enumerated (which may or may not be enumerated) does not imply that any or all of the items encompass any category unless specifically stated otherwise. For example, "Computer, Laptop, PDA" does not mean that any or all of the three items in the listed list are mutually exclusive, and none of the three items in the listed list Or it does not mean that all encompass any category.

  A list in which items are enumerated (which may or may not be enumerated) does not imply that any or all of the items are mutually identical or can be quickly exchanged with each other.

  All embodiments are examples, and do not imply that the invention or embodiments were created or implemented on a case-by-case basis.

Calculations It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the various processes described herein may be performed by, for example, a suitably programmed general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, and a computing device. Generally, a processor (eg, one or more microcontrollers, one or more digital signal processors) receives commands (eg, from a memory or similar device), executes these commands, and these Perform one or more processes as determined by the directive. The instructions may be embedded in, for example, one or more computer programs or scripts.

  “Processor” means one or more microprocessors, regardless of configuration (eg, chip level multiprocessing / multicore, RISC, CISC, microprocessor without pipeline interlock, pipeline configuration, simultaneous multithreading), Central processing units (CPUs), computing devices, microcontrollers, digital signal processors, etc., or any combination thereof.

  Thus, the description of the process is also the description of the device that executes the process. Devices that execute the process include, for example, a processor, an input device, and an output device that are suitable for executing the process.

  Further, programs that implement such methods (as well as other types of data) may be stored and transmitted using various media (eg, computer readable media) in various ways. Is possible. In some embodiments, hardwired circuitry or custom hardware can be used in place of or in combination with or with all or some of the software instructions that can perform the processes of the various embodiments. In this way, various combinations of hardware and software can be used in place of software alone.

  “Computer readable medium” refers to any medium, multiple same medium or combination of different media that provides data (eg, instructions, data structures) readable by a computer, processor or similar device. Applicable. Such a medium may take many forms, including but not limited to, non-volatile media, volatile media, and transmission media. Non-volatile media includes, for example, optical or magnetic disks and other persistent memory. Volatile media typically includes dynamic random access memory (DRAM), which constitutes main memory. Transmission media includes optical fibers including coaxial cables, copper wire, and a system bus connected to a processor. Transmission media includes light waves and electromagnetic radiation, such as those generated by acoustic, radio (RF) and infrared (IR) data communications. Common forms of computer-readable media are, for example, floppy disks, flexible disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes, all other magnetic media, CD-ROMs, DVDs, all other optical media, punch cards, paper tapes, and other hole patterns. All physical media having: RAM, PROM, EPROM, FLASH-EEPROM, all other memory chips or cartridges, transmission waves described later, or all other media readable by a computer.

  Various forms of computer readable may be involved in carrying data (eg, sequential instructions) to the processor. For example, data is (i) delivered from RAM to a processor, (ii) carried on a wireless transmission medium, (iii) Ethernet (or IEEE 802.3), SAP, ATP, Bluetooth, TCP / IP, Formatted and / or transmitted according to many formats, standards or protocols such as TDMA, CDMA, and 3G, (iv) encrypted for privacy protection or collusion prevention in various ways of known techniques The

  Thus, the description of the process is also a description of a computer-readable medium that stores a program for executing the process. The computer readable medium (in any suitable format) can store program elements suitable for performing the method.

  Device embodiments can perform some (but not all) of the described processes so that the description of the various steps in the process does not imply that all described steps are required. Computer / computing device.

  Similarly, an embodiment of a computer readable medium storing a program or data structure is implemented so that the description of the various steps in the process does not imply that all described steps are required. A computer readable medium that stores a program that can cause a processor to execute some (but not all) of the processes described by the processor.

  When a database is described, one skilled in the art will understand that: (i) an alternative database is immediately available for the object being described; (ii) other memory structures other than the database are immediately available. is there. Any illustration or description of any sample database presented here is an illustrative arrangement for representing stored information. For example, many other arrangements can be used besides those suggested by the tables shown in the drawings and the like. Similarly, any database graphical entry only provides example information. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the number and content of entries can differ from those described herein. In addition, other formats (related databases, object-based models and / or distributed databases) can be used to store and manipulate the data types described here, despite the representation of the database as a table. It is. Similarly, database object methods or behaviors can be used to perform various processes, as described herein. Further, the database is stored locally or remotely in a known manner from devices that access data in the database.

  Various embodiments can be configured in a network environment including a computer that communicates with one or more devices (eg, via a communication network). The computer may be any wired or wireless medium (eg Internet, LAN, WAN, Ethernet, Token Ring, telephone line, cable line, radio channel, optical communication line, commercial online service provider, bulletin board system, satellite communication link, etc. It is possible to communicate directly or indirectly with the apparatus via any combination of the above. Each device itself consists of a computer or computing device, such as based on an Intel® Pentium® or Centrino ™ processor in communication with a computer. Any number and type of devices may communicate with the computer.

  In one embodiment, a server computer or centralized authority is not necessary or desirable. For example, the present invention may be implemented in one embodiment with one or more devices without centralized authority. In such embodiments, functions described to be performed by a server computer or data described to be stored on a server computer are alternatively executed or stored on one or more devices. Good.

  Where described, in one embodiment, the process may operate without user intervention. In another embodiment, the process includes some human intervention (eg, the step is with or together with human assistance).

Continuation Application This disclosure provides those skilled in the art with a description that allows several embodiments and / or inventions to be practiced. Some of these embodiments and / or inventions may not be required in this application, but may be required in one or more continuation applications claiming priority based on this application.

  Applicants intend to file additional applications claiming patents for subject matter disclosed and implemented but not claimed in this application.

35 USC 112, sixth paragraph In a claim, a claim limitation that includes the phrase "means for" or the phrase "step for" It means to apply to that limitation.

  In the claim, a claim limitation that does not include the phrase “means for” or the phrase “step for” is a statement of the act for performing the structure, material, or function thereof. Regardless of whether the function is described without or without, it means that 35 USC 112, sixth paragraph does not apply to that limitation. For example, in the claims, if the phrase “means of” or “step of” is simply used to refer to one or more steps in the claim or other claims, It does not mean that US Patent Act 112, sixth paragraph applies to that step.

  With respect to means or steps for performing a particular function in accordance with US Pat. No. 112, sixth paragraph, the corresponding structures, materials, or acts described in the specification and their equivalents are additional as well as particular functions. The function may be performed.

  Computers, processors, computing devices, and similar products are structures that can perform a wide range of functions. Such a product can perform a specific function by executing one or more programs, such as a program stored in the memory of the product or in a memory accessed by the product. Unless otherwise noted, such programs need not be based on any particular algorithm, such as any particular algorithm disclosed in this application. It is known to those skilled in the art that a particular function can be performed through different algorithms, and that many different algorithms are simply design choices for performing a particular function.

  Accordingly, with respect to means or steps for performing a particular function in accordance with 35 USC 112, sixth paragraph, the structure corresponding to the particular function includes any product that is programmed to perform the particular function. . Such a structure is such that such a product (i) a disclosed algorithm for performing its features, (ii) an algorithm similar to the disclosed algorithm, (iii) for performing its function Includes programmed products that perform functions regardless of whether they are programmed with different algorithms.

  Where means are described for performing a function, i.e. a method, one structure for performing the method is computed and / or configured with suitable hardware for performing the function. Devices (eg, general purpose computers).

  Also, as will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, a computing device (eg, a general purpose computer) is included that is programmed and / or configured with suitable hardware to perform its functions via other algorithms.

Waiver Referencing many specific embodiments does not imply abandonment or denial of additional different embodiments. Similarly, reference to the description of an embodiment that includes a particular feature does not imply disclaimer or denial of the embodiment that does not include that particular feature. A clear waiver or denial in this application is initiated by the phrase “does not include” or the phrase “cannot perform”.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE Any patent application or other document referenced herein is incorporated by reference into this patent application as a part of this disclosure, but in accordance with 35 USC 112, paragraph 1, and 35 USC 112. Incorporated only for purposes of implementation according to paragraph 1. Also, if the documents referred to do not allow this application to provide a identifiable meaning without the incorporation of a reference, but would rather allow a identifiable meaning to the term being presented, It should not be used to limit, define or interpret the terms of this application. Thus, those skilled in the art need not be limited by any embodiment provided by reference.

  Incorporation of any reference by itself, unless specifically stated otherwise in this patent application, is a guarantee, agreement or involuntary statement, opinion, objection or characterization contained in the incorporated patent, patent application or other document. Does not include consent.

History of proceedings In interpreting this application (including claims), one of ordinary skill in the art will refer to the history of proceedings of this application, but other applications that may be relevant to this application, or others that share priority claims with this application. Regardless of whether or not there is any other patent application, the history of procedures for other patents or patent applications is not referred to.

Various Embodiments Games in Different Environments In various embodiments, the gaming system maintains the proper odds in the game, makes it easier for the player to see the gaming experience, remote play by the player, Provided is a platform for rapid play of a card game for the purpose of enabling players to play when they are not close to each other.

In various embodiments, a computerized gaming system provides an electronic display of cards. The game system may determine the order of cards using, for example, a quasi-random algorithm. The gaming system may then deal cards to one or more players and / or a house or dealer in turn and deal cards to one or more players. Depending on the game, a player may place one or more bets. Bets are keyed using any of many possible interfaces, such as buttons, touch screens, computer mice, trackballs, and so on. Depending on the game, the player may make one or more decisions in the game. The decision may include another card deal, fold, split hand, or other suitable decision.
The player may determine using an interface such as a computer mouse, buttons, touch screen, trackball or other interface.

  In various embodiments, the computer system reshuffles cards after individual games or after a small number of games. The reshuffling is done electronically and may occur almost instantaneously. This saves the time required for the shuffling process when done on a physical card deck.

  The odds for each game become constant or relatively constant by reshuffling the card deck for each game. For example, if cards are reshuffled on a game-by-game basis, the counting strategy used in blackjack or other card games may be less effective or completely ineffective.

  In various embodiments, for example, cards are numbered from 1 to 6, or similarly labeled cards are used to play a crap game or other dice game. For example, in a crap game, “roll” is simulated by the distribution of two cards. As can be appreciated, each roll of dice is considered an independent and random event. However, with respect to the card deck used for executing the dice game, it is possible in principle to make a prediction regarding the next distribution based on the previously distributed cards. This is because each dealt card changes the configuration of the remaining decks by using one known deck card.

  Computerized systems according to various embodiments allow a game using cards to more closely simulate a game using dice. In some embodiments, the computerized system may be configured such that a new card that is dealt is independent of a previous card's delivery so that the rotation of the new die is independent of the rotation of the previous die. It may be simulated by reshuffling a typical deck.

Infinite card deck A computerized system may simulate an infinite or very large card deck. In order to simulate an infinite card deck, the computer system may distribute randomly selected cards if necessary. However, after an individual card has been distributed, the computer may not change its selection process, for example, the computer may not assume that the remaining card deck has been used up. In this way, the computer may distribute the next card, exactly the same card that the computer previously distributed. As will be appreciated, there are other ways to simulate an infinite deck. When an infinite card deck is used, the odds of a particular card being distributed do not depend on which card has been previously distributed. In this way, an infinite deck may be used to faithfully simulate a dice game.

Magnification Computer systems for playing card games according to various embodiments feature a zoom or magnification option. The player can press the button to increase the size of the card displayed on the screen. The player may also touch or designate specific cards on the touch screen. The cards specified by the player may expand with respect to the display size on the display screen so that they are more easily visible to the player. Also, the player may reduce the size of the displayed card or other item, for example, to increase the game field. For example, when a player is playing a game with a plurality of opponents, the field of view of each opponent's card may be narrowed so that the player can see all the opponent's cards simultaneously on the same display screen.

  In various embodiments, the game may be played on a physical table. The table may include a marked felt table top, a tip rack, a chair, a player location and a dealer location. However, some table players may not be able to see the cards, bets, or other items on the table in response to a visual challenge. According to some embodiments, a camera or other image device may obtain an image of the table. The image may be displayed on a monitor or other display screen near the player. The player may be able to change the screen magnification by enlarging or reducing. In this way, a visually handicapped player may be able to follow the actions being performed at the table by referring to a display screen that can enlarge the image on the display screen.

Concurrency In various embodiments, the computer system is designed to allow simultaneous action or determination by a player in the game. In one embodiment, players compete with each other in a card game using, for example, blackjack rules. Players place money in the pot and bet and raise each other. The player who wins the game is the player who has the hand closest to 21 without exceeding 21 points. In one embodiment, for example, the game is played with a different total point, with 22 being the maximum total point. In any case, in such a game, the first player may benefit from deferring the hit or stand decision until it confirms whether another player has selected the hit or stand. Thus, to prevent any one player from gaining an advantage, the game rules may be that all players in the game make certain decisions (eg, hit / stand decisions) simultaneously, or at least It may be required to determine without knowing the other player's hit / stand decision.

  In various embodiments, the computer system may receive decisions from multiple players in the game. As the computer system receives individual decisions, the computer system may store the decisions in computer memory. The computer may keep track of how many player decisions have been received. If all player decisions are received, the computer system will make all decisions to all players, by showing hit or stand words on the virtual table player position diagram and / or actual Show by showing the card.

  In various embodiments, individual players in a game may be prompted to make decisions in turn, with other players not being disclosed or only partially disclosed. For example, a player may make a hit decision so that the resulting card is only visible to him. Alternatively, a player may not only see the resulting card only to himself, but also make a hit decision while other players are instructed to make that decision. In any case, the other player makes a hit decision regardless of any knowledge or limited knowledge about the previous hit decision (i.e., if at least a decision instruction is provided). You may be prompted to do so. At some time, for example, at the end of the game, all cards may be made visible to all players.

  Similarly, in various embodiments, the computer system may allow bets to be placed simultaneously. For example, it is determined whether all players in a game should bet at the same time, and if all player decisions are received, all players are shown the amount of all decisions / wagers. Thereafter, a player who has entered a smaller amount than the other players may be prompted to enter a fold or additional bet so that all players enter, for example, the same amount. In this way, no one player can take advantage of monitoring other players' bets before making their bet decisions.

People do not touch cards In traditional blackjack games, it is not desirable to allow players to touch cards. When a player touches a card, there is a risk that the player marks the card or even exchanges the card with a card that is advantageous to him. In traditional blackjack games, the cards are distributed upwards and there is no special need for the player to touch the cards. This is because the player can see everything he needs to know about the card without touching the card. However, if the card is dealt downwards, the player cannot see without touching the card.

  Computer systems according to various embodiments allow a particular card to be viewed only by individual players while eliminating the need for players to touch their cards. Computer systems according to various embodiments, for example, allow players to blackjack each other. Each player has at least one card that he or she has the right to know but other players do not know. The system allows players to play games on remote devices, terminals, computers, handheld gaming devices or other interfaces. Since the players are separated from each other, the cards can be displayed on the first player's terminal without the risk of being seen by other players. A given player's terminal may display some but not all of the cards belonging to other players. For example, in a blackjack game, a player may start a game with one card private (visible to that player) and one card open (visible to all players), and / or Or you may receive hits that are kept private (visible only to the player in question) or hits that are public (visible to all players). At some point, for example, at the end of the game, all cards may be visible to all players.

  The interface screen used by the computer system displays the card for the player to see without touching the card personally.

  In certain embodiments, a physical table such as a blackjack table may include a display screen. However, the screen may only be visible in a very narrow field of view, for example by barriers placed along both sides of the display screen.

  Such a screen does not require the player to touch the card and may allow the player to personally see the card.

  In various embodiments, any device that includes a display (eg, portable gaming device, slot machine, personal computer) may display some or all of the cards that are distributed in the game. For example, the portable game device may display not only cards distributed to a specific player but also cards distributed to all other players. For example, in the initial phase of the game, the player may be able to see only his own cards. However, at the end of the game, the central server may send an indication of all cards distributed to all players during the game to all player devices. Each player's device displays all the player's cards in the game. In this way, the player can compare the value of his hand with the value of the other player's hand, so that the player can confirm for himself why he won or lost.

Table without walls Traditional crap tables have one or more walls or barriers. Dice are thrown toward the wall to ensure randomness. The wall further prevents crossing the table surface boundary. In various embodiments, a crap game or other dice game is played on a wall and / or a table without any boundaries. Cards are used at the table instead of dice. Cards are dealt from decks consisting of cards numbered 1 through 6 only. Cards are not thrown like dice, so no card boundaries are needed. Thus, various embodiments may include a wallless crap table. The table may include standard felt markings, such as pass line bets, cam bets, don't pass bets, odds betting areas and other standard areas. However, the table may lack walls.

Mobile Games In various embodiments, players may play blackjack with each other using a mobile gaming device. Each player may carry a hand-held game device (ie, a portable game device). Individual mobile gaming devices may communicate with a central server. A player uses a portable gaming device to enter decisions in the game. The decision may include a bet amount, an indication of whether to hit or stand. The portable gaming device may have buttons that correspond to one or more decisions. For example, there may be hit buttons, stand buttons, double down buttons, and other buttons that match blackjack. The portable gaming device may send the player's decision to the central server. The central server may shuffle the card using an electronic shuffle algorithm. The central server may use other algorithms to determine which cards should be distributed to which players. The central server may then send the distributed card instructions to the individual portable game devices. At the end of the game, the central server may refer to game rules (eg, game rules stored in computer memory) to determine the game winner. The central server may provide game winner instructions to individual players participating in the game. The central server may reveal hidden cards to one or more players and send instructions for such cards to other players.

  The central server may maintain an account for the player. The account may include one or more records stored in the database. The record may be stored in computer memory. The player account may include information such as the player's name, the player's address, other identifying information about the player, and / or other information about the player. The account may further include information regarding money balance, casino credit balance, or other numerical balance. In various embodiments, the server may detect the bet or bet amount from the player's account, for example when a player issues a bet or bet instruction on a portable gaming device. In various embodiments, when a player earns money, the earned money may be added to the player account.

  In various embodiments, a player device, such as a portable gaming device, personal computer, stand-alone slot machine or other device, may prompt the player to perform an action in the game. For example, the portable gaming device may display text that prompts the player to either hit or stand in a blackjack game. For example, the player device may prompt the player to decide whether to bet on a pass line or a don't pass line in a crap game. As another example, the player device may prompt the player to determine how much to bet on the game. The central server initiates an invitation message and sends such a message to the player device, at which point the player device may display the invitation. In some embodiments, a player device initiates an invitation if, for example, the logic stored on the device determines that the invitation must be displayed in order to inspire the player to act and proceed along the game. You can do it.

  In various embodiments, a player may play a crap or other dice game using a portable gaming device. The portable gaming device may provide a card instead of a die. Cards may be numbered from 1 to 6. At a predetermined rotation, the central server may determine two cards from a randomly shuffled card deck. The central server may then communicate such card instructions to the player's portable gaming device. The player may instruct a bet through the portable game device. The player may press a button on the portable gaming device to indicate a desire to make a new rotation (eg, if the game has not ended).

Motion Control In various embodiments, the portable gaming device may include one or more motion sensors. For example, the portable gaming device may include an accelerometer or a gyroscope. The portable gaming device may include one or more positioning devices, such as a global positioning system sensor. Logic in the portable game device or server may differentiate the position sensor readings to detect movement.

  The player may move the portable gaming device to direct decisions during the game. A sensor in the portable game device may detect movement of the configuration game device. The logic in the portable gaming device or server may interpret these movements as commands used in the game. These movements can be bet, bet a certain amount, raise, fold, call, check, hit, stand, double down To bet on the pass line, to bet on the don't pass, or to make other bets in the game, or to perform other actions in the game.

Blackjack Motion Control In various embodiments, a player may use a portable gaming device to play a blackjack game. In various embodiments, a player may play against other players. In a traditional blackjack game, the player directs a decision with a tapping motion. For example, in a traditional blackjack game, a player may tap the table twice to indicate a hit decision. In various embodiments, a player playing blackjack using a portable gaming device may swing the portable gaming device twice with up and down movements.

Card, Dice, and Motion Control In various embodiments, a player may initiate a motion on a portable gaming device as if the dice were rotating. For example, the player may shake the portable game device as if the player rolls the dice in his hand. Thereafter, the player may make a large swing motion with the portable game device as if the dice were actually rolled on the table. The portable game device may distribute one or more cards (for example, from a card deck numbered 1-6) simultaneously with the detection of the player's swing motion.

Internet In various embodiments, a player may participate in a game on the Internet. Thus, in various embodiments, the computer system may include a central server in communication with one or more player devices. The player device may be a wireless or wired network. The network may be the Internet. In various embodiments, a player may participate in a game via a personal computer while communicating over the Internet with a central server. Along with the portable game device, the central server may receive commands and instructions from the player device, may determine a distribution card, calculate winners and losers, and lend or borrow to the player account as appropriate You can fill in.

Stand-alone slot machine In various embodiments, you may participate in games such as a blackjack game or a dice game that uses cards instead of dice. Stand-alone gaming devices may include slot machines, video poker games, video keno machines, bingo machines, or other devices. The game device may be networked with other game devices. For example, many game devices may be linked to the same game server. Thus, along with the portable game device and personal computer, the central server may allow for a counter game between players on different stand-alone devices.

  In some embodiments, a player may play a blackjack game according to various embodiments alone on a stand-alone gaming device. The game device may simulate a virtual player who is facing the player. In this way, a real or human player may play a game with six virtual players in a blackjack game, for example. Each of the real and virtual players may bet and make decisions during the game. The winner may be determined based on which player is closest to 21 without folding and not exceeding 21. If the winner is a real player, the amount in the pot may be given to the real player's account, paid out in cash to the player, or otherwise provided to the player.

  A player may play a dice game on a stand-alone device. Stand-alone devices may distribute cards numbered 1 to 6 to simulate die rotation. A player's win or loss may be determined according to applicable dice game rules, such as crap.

Deck Enclosure In various embodiments, a deck of 1 to 6 cards only may be created from a standard 52 card deck or from multiple decks. The card deck may be created using a card sorter. According to some embodiments, the card sorter may receive a deck consisting of 1 to 6 cards and other cards (eg, 7, 8, 9, 10, J, Q, K). The card sorter may now create 2 decks. The first deck may contain cards numbered 1 through 6 and the second deck may contain all other cards.

  The card sorter may include an optical reader or scanner for reading the card front. The card sorter may include a processor and memory. The processor and memory may be composed of semiconductors or any other material. The processor may be a standard Intel processor or any other processor.

Computerless Embodiments In various embodiments, where applicable, the embodiments described herein may be implemented without a computer system. For example, a player may play blackjack in a reciprocal match using physical cards or chips to place a bet. A player may play a crap or other dice game using a physical deck of cards numbered 1-6.

  Generally, even if the number is the same, the same item is not necessarily shown if the pattern is different. The following reference numbers apply only to FIGS. 1 to 21 unless otherwise noted.

System Configuration According to Various Embodiments FIG. 1 shows a block diagram of an interactive game system A10 according to various embodiments. The system A10 includes a controller A12 and a plurality of game devices or game machines G1, G2, G3,. . . GN (generally referred to herein as game machine A14). Each game machine A14 has a plurality of rotating reel type betting games, for example, a betting game such as a video slot machine. Each gaming machine A14 includes at least one display screen for viewing player results along with other player results. If the betting game is a video slot machine, the display screen can be used to view the betting game. The controller A12 is connected to the game machine A14 and controls the game machine A14. The controller A12 includes a central processing unit (CPU) A16, a random access memory A18, a read only memory A20, a programmable interface circuit A22, a display A24, a user interface A26, a random number generator A28, and one or more servers S1, S2, S3,. . . Includes SM (collectively referred to as server A30). Each server A30 is assigned to operate a specific number of game machines A14. The interface circuit A22 includes a multiplex transmission circuit. However, it should be understood that this multiplex transmission circuit can be replaced by an address / data bus and an appropriate decoder in the individual game machine A14. System A10 further includes a communication link A32. The communication link A32 electronically connects the controller A12 with the game machine A14. In order for the game machine A14 to have a completely random and random output as the stimulus function provided by the random number generator, the random number generator A28 communicates with the game machine A14 via the interface circuit A22 to control the game machine A14. To do. Individual game machines A14 are provided with realization means, for example push buttons, joysticks, video game pad arms, or touch screens to operate and play betting games.

  According to FIG. 1, the programmable interface circuit A22 may be programmed to perform data communication between the game machine A14 and the controller A12 when the game machine A14 and the controller A12 are arranged in different configurations. . In various embodiments, the controller A12 is located at one specific location and the individual gaming machines A14 are located at the internet location. In another embodiment, the controller A12 and the game machine A14 are physically located in the same place, for example, in the same casino. If the individual game machine A14 is located at an Internet location, the individual game machine A14 generally includes a player's personal computer and corresponding software. In various embodiments, the player downloads software available on the Internet by server A30. This software enables communication between the player and the controller A12 and allows the betting game and the desired theme game to be executed.

  When the system A10 is configured so that the game machine A14 is located at a remote place connected to the Internet, the inside of the casino is first displayed on the display screen of each player's personal computer. Programmed. The player can scroll around the casino using the keyboard or mouse. In one embodiment, the player's personal computer and software are configured to provide general casino environment audio. The “casino” displayed on the display screen includes multiple groups or rows of slot machines. Each group of slot machines is associated with a specific theme game. A mark is given to identify which group of slot machines is associated with a particular theme game. Each slot machine is associated with an icon representing a chair or stool. If a player decides to use a slot machine associated with a particular theme game, he / she will be the “chair” in front of one slot machine that is part of the row of gaming machines associated with the desired theme game. Click on the icon with your computer mouse. System A10 then marks that particular chair with the player's name or a pseudonym that the player is using online. A pre-programmed computer provides a specific screen configuration corresponding to the selected theme game. This will be described in detail below.

  The system 10 can be controlled by a software program that implements the steps of a process according to various embodiments. As described above, the system A10 can have any one of various configurations as described above, and the interface circuit A22 can transmit data between the controller A12 and the game machine A14 by the CPU A16. It should be understood that it can be configured to operate in a manner consistent with certain specific configurations. Similarly, as described above, controller A12 is an example of a suitable controller and it should be understood that other suitable controller configurations can be used.

  The game system A10 according to various embodiments can be played by one or more players. Some theme games are configured so that a plurality of players playing a game in a row of game machines can play a group game. When a group of players plays a game on the game system A10, the group of players is called a “group”. In some embodiments, the game may be configured in such a way that players play individually against a group instead of a group. In various embodiments, the system allows players to communicate with each other via email while simultaneously playing betting games.

Remote Participation in Live Casino Games Various embodiments relate to playing casino table-type games such as roulette and dice from a remote location while watching the actual game played in the casino or similar location.

  One of the games played in the casino is roulette. In this game, many players stand or sit around the table and bet by placing chips on the betting number grid in the block, the intersection of the blocks, black and red, odd and even selection. When the turntable is rotated and the turntable stops, the ball falls into a numbered pocket, which determines the winner of the game to be paid with various odds depending on the type of bet placed. Such games are played in casinos around the world. When a game is played, there is usually considerable interest and excitement around the table.

  The roulette game is also played via the Internet. In this case, there is a roulette table betting grid and rotation of the turntable that are simulated by a computer. This type of game begins wherever a computer can be installed and the necessary telecommunications can be prepared. Players can bet on the Internet for entertainment purposes only or by creating and using a credit card account. With the Internet and other telecommunications, you can roulette from anywhere in the world if you have the necessary equipment.

  A similar situation exists for other casino games such as blackjack, dice and baccarat. In each of these games, the player bets on the table and there is a player interaction when the game is played in addition to the reaction in the crowd gaze.

  In various embodiments, a player sets up a casino and information link from an interface station that includes a video monitor and a keypad. In response to the input of the player's financial account information, the casino sets up an information line with the player's financial institution. The casino allocates a game table on which a live game is being performed to the player, and transmits all game images and descriptions to the player. The player transmits bet and game execution information to the casino. Since the casino and the player's financial institution are open lines, bets are checked, paid in case of winning, and charged in case of losing.

  Various embodiments include systems and methods for interacting with roulette at a location remote from the actual casino table while experiencing and watching the live action of the casino in which the game is being played. According to various embodiments, the camera follows a game being played at a casino roulette table. The microphone picks up the voice of game play with the table player.

  In some embodiments, terminals are deployed at various locations within the casino that are remote from the table. The terminal is connected to a distribution device that provides the necessary communication between the remote terminal player and the game played at the casino table.

  The remote terminal accepts cash or a credit card and sets up a player's account. The remote terminal displays an image (video) of the actual casino table where the game is being played. The remote terminal also includes a computer (microprocessor) having various functions by itself. These functions include the creation of a table betting lattice and the display of an electronic depiction, which in some embodiments also has a touch-type keypad. The terminal player uses the keypad and places the bet electronically, usually on a computer depiction of the table betting lattice under the casino (house) roulette rules. The player also uses the touchpad to select the bet amount to be placed. The remote terminal microprocessor is programmed with the necessary information regarding payout odds when the player makes a winning bet. The game will proceed in the usual way at the casino table. A bet is not accepted at a given time, usually just before or when the ball is placed on the turntable. This sends a signal to the computers at the remote terminals, prohibiting players at these terminals from placing further bets. The player at the remote terminal can see the actual game play at the casino table and the player's reaction. When the ball falls in the pocket of the turntable and the game at the casino is over, the player sees the winning number result. The result is made available electronically also at the remote terminal.

  In various embodiments, the remote terminal microprocessor maintains terminal player account balance information. When the game win number result is communicated to the remote terminal, the terminal microprocessor calculates for the placed bet. If the bet is lost, the bet amount is deducted from the player's account. If the bet is winning, the winning amount is calculated in normal casino odds, or other odds are set and the appropriate winning amount is given to the player account.

  Various embodiments relate to a player who may be effectively anywhere in the world without being in a casino. Here, the game played in the casino is chased by the camera, and the game play image and result are communicated to a remote place via remote communication. As a transmission mode, the Internet is intended for a player who plays a roulette game using a device such as a personal computer or a TV set connected to the Internet using a control box provided by WEBTV or AOLTV. It can be a satellite or other wired or wireless communication system. The device can be installed or portable for wireless communication. Programs with the features of the casino remote terminal described above, such as betting odds calculation, generation, and betting grid, display to place bets on the grid, are installed on the remote terminal player's device or downloaded Can be done.

  In a remote player embodiment, a game played in a casino may be viewed by a remote player and the game play audio may be heard. The player maintains an account on the player's own device, preferably in a player's own device, which can be accessed by communication with the player's device, such as a bank or credit company. The player follows the table game by watching the transmission from the camera. When the game is completed at the casino, the results are transmitted and the player's computer performs the necessary win / loss calculations based on the game results, which are entered into the player account of the player's device.

  In some embodiments, a player who is not at the casino table can experience actual table play and crowd reactions and bet without having to be physically at the casino table. The betting result is calculated at the player's location, the player's account total is presented in a row, and the player can view his betting results and monitor the bet amount.

  Various embodiments relate to games played at tables such as blackjack, dice, baccarat, and similar games.

  Various embodiments follow the actual game being played at the casino table and use the casino results to determine betting results while the player can remotely play roulette and other casino table types. You may be able to play games.

  Various embodiments may be used by a player at a terminal or other device away from the game being played at the casino, following the game at the casino table, where the player places a bet using a computer located at the terminal or device, Systems and methods are provided for playing roulette and other casino table type games in which games are played and calculations are made for wins and losses.

  Various embodiments provide a method and system for viewing roulette or other table games played at a casino from a remote location where bets are placed, with wins and losses being adjusted to the remote player's account balance.

  FIG. 2 shows a conventional roulette table B10 commonly used in casinos. Although various embodiments are described in connection with a roulette table, the principles can be applied to other table games such as blackjack, dice and baccarat. The table has a normal turntable B12 in which the ball B11 is dropped by the body at the start of the game and is manually rotated. The sphere B11 is placed on the tray B11a during a period when it is not normally used. The betting grid B13 is on the table, and the grid includes a regular format of numbered squares or rectangles, and other betting areas such as odd / even numbers and red / black. A player places a bet by placing one or more predetermined units of chips at the number, corner intersection, red / black, etc.

  Shown above the table is a video camera B14, such as a full color video camera. Camera B14 can be hidden like many cameras used in casinos for surveillance purposes. Or, for example, if a remote play feature is being advertised, it can be a stand-alone type. The field of view of the camera is limited to the player's hand when the player places a bet on the table, and the player's face need not be shown. This is done to protect the player's privacy. Similarly, a microphone B16 is installed to pick up the crowd noise of the player. The microphone can be directional to pick up the sound of the rotating disk and sphere.

  An output cable B16 of the camera B14 and an output cable B17 of the microphone B15 are shown. These are connected to a distribution device B20 at a suitable location including the broadcast equipment type used in the system. For example, if the game is only used by a casino remote terminal, a closed circuit TV system type is used. When the camera and audio output are broadcast over the Internet, suitable transmitters such as “streaming video” and “streaming audio” are used. When broadcasting is performed by satellite, communication such as digital transmission is used.

  Similarly, the control box B18 is related to the table B10. This is used to indicate a specific event during play, such as the start of a game and the end of a bet on the game, ie a bet status signal. The control box B18 can be operated in a suitable manner, such as manual operation by closing, operation by voice, and operation at a remote location such as by an operator at a central location monitoring table play. In some embodiments, the control box B18 can be associated with a physical device such as, for example, a tray T on which a game ball is placed and having a microswitch or other type of sensor. When a ball is placed in the tray, a signal instructing the start of a bet for a new game is output, and when a ball is removed from the tray and placed on a turntable, a signal indicating the end of the bet for the game is output. The end of the bet can be instructed by a motion detector or a video camera that detects the start of rotation of the turntable and the start of betting for a new game by detecting the rotation stoppage of the turntable. These bet status signals are transmitted to the remote terminal via the distribution device B20.

  FIG. 3 shows a remote terminal B40 for use in a casino or other location. The remote terminal B40 has an input unit B39 for receiving data signals originating from video and tables. The terminal B40 includes a video display B42 that receives a video image of the action of the table B10 broadcast from the casino camera B14. There is also an audio module B46 with suitable volume control for controlling and executing the speakers and the audio picked up from the casino by the microphone and other audio information as described below. The image of the game being played at the table and the sound of the table are characteristics that give a sense of reality to the player who is playing the game away from the casino.

  Terminal B40 also includes a computer module B48 having a microprocessor and memory. That is, the terminal has an application program that can generate various displays and perform calculations necessary for continuous account maintenance regarding game odds and player wins and losses. The terminal computer module B48 receives the bet result and bet situation type signals generated in the table B10.

  The remote terminal B40 also includes a display B44 consisting essentially of three sections. The display B44 is controlled by the terminal computer module B48, and a connection communication line B50 between them is shown.

  The display B44 has a section B44a that displays the table betting lattice generated by the computer module B48. This section can also display other information such as odds and bet combinations for various bets. The latter type of information can be displayed continuously or only when requested.

  The second section B44b of the display B44 is a touch type screen having a numeric keypad B53 with normal numbers 0-9, a touch type input key B54, and a display window B55 for displaying inputted data. A part of the menu of the touch screen B44b includes a key set for selecting a bet type, that is, a serial number, a combination of numbers, red / black, and odd / even. The third section B44c displays the player's account balance. All sections of display B44 are generated and controlled by terminal computer module B48.

  The audio module B46 of the terminal B40 also interacts with the computer module B48. The voice module may be used to provide information to assist a player's bet. For example, the voice module may give a message that will indicate the start of a new game, instruct the player to place a bet on the grid number, and indicate that the bet is over. Instead of a voice message, it can be displayed in one of the sections of the display B44, and a combination of voice and visual messages is also possible.

  The bill receiver B47 is also a part of the terminal B40. Here, the player inserts a bill to set up an account. The bill acceptor accepts one or more units of money, the type used in casinos or other types. When the player inserts one or more banknotes into the receiver to open an account, the value is displayed on display section B44c. Also, the receiver B47 can be replaced by a credit card reader, or a credit card reader can be added to the receiver.

  The remote terminal B40 also has an internal printer B49. When the player finishes the game at the terminal, it is possible to request a printout of the account provided by printer B49. The printed output can be presented to the casino treasurer for cashing or tipping when the account balance is positive. If the player is playing with a credit card, the player will be able to electronically input the winning portion of the player's account stored in the computer module B48 into the credit card company or bank credit account. Can be requested. A player can obtain cash from an ATM machine using a credit card.

  In the operation of the remote terminal B40 for a new player, the player inserts a bill into the receiver B47 or uses a credit card. This opens the terminal and displays the account amount in section B44c. Subsequently, the player selects the desired bet amount, that is, the base amount of the bet corresponding to the chip. For example, if you open an account of $ 100 and want a bet of $ 5, if you actually play at the casino table, you have an amount equivalent to 20 $ 5 chips. One or more stacks of appropriately valued electronic chips can be displayed on the electronic betting lattice section B44a and the like. The value of the chip can be any amount, for example a small amount of 25 cents. In casino tables where the minimum bet is often $ 5 or $ 10, small bet amounts are usually not allowed. The remote terminal expands the amount that the customer base and casino owner or game performer can set during the game.

  The player can view the game in progress on the casino table on the video display B42 and play along with the casino game. The video display B42 is preferably always turned on to solicit games at the terminal.

  Players are encouraged to place bets as new games begin. The start of an audio or visual new game message is triggered by a control box B18 associated with the casino table. For example, when the ball B11 is placed on the tray B11 or the turntable stops rotating, the casino distributor broadcasts this to the remote terminal. The player inputs a bet through the touch screen B44b. That is, the player selects whether the bet is a serial number, combination or other bet. Different bet types can be selected as in casino table play. When placing a bet, the player can refer to the betting grid in display section B44a. Instead of a touch-type screen section B44b for specifying a number or other type of bet, it is possible to select the number by a point / click with a computer mouse on the electronic grid table B44a. Such a configuration is particularly useful when the terminal is a PC or other device that is physically separate from the casino. In a PC or similar device, a portion of the display screen is available for video display and the other is available for computer generated functions such as a betting lattice. In a device using an AOLTV or WEBTV conversion box or similar device, the display screen of the television screen is divided in the same way.

  The selected bet type is displayed in window B55. If the bet is a combination, the player enters a number or grid intersection number. This is also displayed in the window B55. The number, intersection, red / black or odd / even bet is displayed in the electronic multiply section B44a. Next, the player inputs the bet amount displayed in the window B55. The bet amount can also be displayed on the betting lattice section B44a by showing the amount of chips selected at the stack of electronic chips or at the proper lattice position. Chips to bet are removed from electronic chips purchased by the player.

  The completed bet is displayed in window B55. If the display content can be agreed, the player touches the input key B54. If you do not agree, betting is canceled by touching a key on the keypad B53, such as a star key, or a special cancel key provided in section B44b. At this time, the bet data is input to the memory of the terminal computer module B48. When a mouse is used, an input or cancel box displayed on the screen is designated and clicked with the mouse.

  The player places an additional bet emanating from the control box B18 of the casino game table until a signal such as removing a ball from the tray B11a or starting to rotate the turntable indicates the end of the bet for the current game. It is possible. The remote terminal computer B48 is disabled from accepting bets. This is informed to the player at the remote terminal either by voice or by a computer generated viewable message or both. Within the time allotted to place a bet, the player at the terminal can see the player's behavior at the casino table B10 and the bet placed.

  The game is played at the casino table B10, and both the casino and the remote terminal player can see the rotation of the turntable and the fall of the ball. Table audio is also broadcast to the remote terminal player. The game result, that is, the winning number of the pocket where the ball has dropped and its color are sent from the casino distributor B20 to each remote terminal. The computer module B48 of the remote terminal B40 calculates whether there is a win or a loss using the game result and the placed bet information. If losing, the computer deducts the bet amount from the player's account. If winning, the remote terminal computer module B48 calculates the amount of victory according to the type of odds and the bet amount. That is, each serial number and number combination has different odds, red / black and odd / even are the same odds, but different from the number type bet. Computer B48 has a program that provides this calculation. The calculated winning amount is entered into the player's account. The account amount is displayed in the display section B44c.

  In this way, a player away from the actual casino table can follow the actual game and experience much of the real player's reaction and sound in the casino. As a result, participation of remote players in the play becomes more realistic and interesting.

  The above description is based on standard casino settings such as those found in Nevada and New Jersey. That is, a religious or veteran organization holds a gambling night. Like the remote terminal and communication device, the roulette table and camera are taken to the tissue location. Remote terminals can be installed anywhere for people who want to play alone or handle overflowing people.

  Although various embodiments are described with respect to a roulette table, application to other casino table play type games is possible. For example, the present invention can be applied to a casino dice table having a camera and a microphone as described above. Here, the remote terminal has a video display of the casino dice table and a description of the table generated by the computer. A remote terminal player places a bet and plays a game with a casino player. Again, appropriate bet status signals are sent to the remote terminal to indicate bet start and end, additional bet settings, and game results. As described above, the program in the remote terminal computer module calculates a win based on house odds or other odds and places it into the player account on the remote terminal. Loss is deducted.

  The video display by the remote terminal of the actual game content can also be applied to blackjack, poker and baccarat.

  An independent remote terminal can be prepared for each type of game, or one general-purpose terminal can be prepared for two or more types of table games.

  Because individual features may be combined with other features according to various embodiments, certain features of the various embodiments are shown in one or more figures for convenience purposes only. Alternative embodiments will be recognized by those skilled in the art and are intended to be included within the scope of the claims. Accordingly, the foregoing description is to be construed as illustrative and not limiting.

Casino with Online Participation FIG. 4A shows a casino providing in-house and online (on network) games according to various embodiments. In FIG. 4A, casino C105 includes various gaming devices such as slot machine C110 and blackjack C115. (Those skilled in the art will recognize other games offered by Casino C105). Casino C105 also includes a server C120 that tracks the activities of the players in the casino. As described above, when the player uses the slot machine C110 or the blackjack table C115, the player's coin insertion, victory and others are all tracked via the server C120. The tracked data can be stored locally on server C 120 or stored on an off-site secure server (see bottom of FIG. 5). Furthermore, although the server C120 is shown as being located within the area of the casino C105, it can also be located outside the casino C105.

  Casino C105 also provides an online game website C125. Website C125 offers a similar internet game as provided at casino C105, but does not use physical equipment available in-house. For example, the website C125 can provide an online version of a slot machine game C130 or a blackjack game C135. Credits used by players in internet games can be used from any location. For example, a player can enter a credit card number on website C125, and website C125 then issues credit to the player in exchange for the player's charge on the credit card. Alternatively, the player can use credits associated with the player's account. Systems for transferring credits from a player's account to a gaming machine are described in US patent application Ser. No. 09 / 134,285 filed Apr. 14, 1998 and Nov. 19, 2000, incorporated herein by reference. U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09 / 694,065, filed today. Those skilled in the art will recognize how the system can be modified to transfer credits to websites that provide internet games.

  To utilize website C125, a user connects to website C125 from a computer, such as computer system C140, over network C145. Computer system C140 typically includes a computer C145, a monitor C150, a keyboard C155, and a mouse C160. Although computer system C140 is shown as a desktop personal computer, those skilled in the art will recognize that other types of computers are contemplated in various embodiments. For example, the computer system C140 can be an Internet device with a monitor C150, a keyboard C155, and a mouse C160 integrated into the housing of the computer C145. The computer system C140 can take other forms: for example, a personal digital assistant (PDA) or other portable device, or a cellular phone. Selectable devices not shown in FIG. 4A as part of computer system C140 include input / output devices such as printers. Not shown in FIG. 4A are the conventional internal components of computer system C140: for example, central processing unit, memory, file system, and the like. Similarly, network C145 may be a variety of networks such as a local area network (LAN), a wide area network (WAN), a wireless network, a global network, etc. (such as the Internet). Network C145 can be any combination of the above networks used to connect computer system C140 and website C125.

  Although FIG. 4A shows that website C125 is stored on server C120 in casino C105, those skilled in the art will recognize that website C125 may be stored on other servers. Similarly, since the website C125 is accessible via the server C105 or is completely isolated, a route via the server C120 is not required for connection to the website C125. For example, FIG. 4B shows an alternative embodiment. In FIG. 4B, the website C125 is opened by a server C150 independent of the casino C105. The server C150 can be owned by the casino C105, but is physically separated from the server C120. In this embodiment where server C150 and server C120 are separate devices, server C150 generally does not store player tracking information that is preferably stored on server C120. The server C150 may be installed in a different environment, outside the casino C105. Alternatively, the server C150 may be a third party server operated by a third party in place of the casino C105 (but in response to an instruction from the casino C105). Those skilled in the art will recognize other possible variations.

  If the casino C105 does not own and operate its own server C150, the casino C105 needs to be able to track the player's behavior on the website C125. To enable this tracking, server C150 can report player behavior to casino C105. Connection C155 allows server C150 to report player behavior to casino C105. Those skilled in the art will recognize that connection C155 need not be a direct physical connection. The server C150 can be connected to the casino C105 via the network C145.

  4A and 4B illustrate a website C125 that provides the same online game as the casino in-house game, the website C125 may provide other forms of entertainment to the player. For example, instead of playing for money, website C125 may provide players with fun-to-play. In this configuration, the player does not bet his own money when using the website C125. However, the casino C105 may track the player's behavior to reward the player's loyalty. For example, a player may get points that can be redeemed at a casino. In this way, the casino does not benefit directly from the player's behavior, but indirectly because the player visits the casino to redeem the points earned and hopefully spends money at the casino for gambling. There is a motivation for profit. In addition, if the casino offers multiple websites to the player, some of those websites can be configured as online games and other websites can be configured for entertainment.

  Returning to FIG. 4A, when a player plays, for example, a slot machine C110 or a blackjack table C115 in the casino C105, information about the player is tracked. Similarly, when a player plays online at the website C125, for example, a slot machine game C130 or a blackjack game C135, information about the player is tracked. In some embodiments, the combined data is stored on a secure server at a remote location (as shown at the bottom of FIG. 5). In the second embodiment, the combined data is stored in the server C120. Regardless of where the data is stored, the combined data gives the casino more information about the players that would otherwise not have.

  4A and 4B show only a single casino, those skilled in the art will recognize that various embodiments may include multiple casinos. For example, a single website may track online game behavior for players enrolled in one or more casinos. Furthermore, a single casino has one or more websites (opened on one or more servers, all different from server C120) by reporting player tracking data to server C120. Is possible. Those skilled in the art will recognize other possible variations.

  FIG. 5 shows a player communicating via the casino server of FIG. 4A, according to some embodiments. In FIG. 5, a computer system 140 that communicates with server C120 is shown. The server C120 communicates with the ASP server C205 in communication with the safety server C210 at the subsequent stage of the firewall C215. The safety server C210 stores sensitive data: for example, player tracking data that stores data relating to player behavior and personal information in addition to a number of possibilities.

  The ASP server C205 manages secure communication between the server C120 and the safety server C210. In the preferred embodiment, server C120 sends extensible markup language (XML) to ASP server C205, which is only allowed access to server C210 following firewall C215. However, those skilled in the art recognize that the server C120 can communicate with the ASP server C205 by means other than using XML. By causing the safety server C210 to communicate with the ASP server instead of the safety server C210, the data requiring attention is safely maintained on the safety server C210. Is accessible. The ASP server C205 is able to communicate with the secure server C210 to obtain a response to a request that is securely sent to the server C120, preferably using XML. Server C120 can convert the XML response to hypertext markup language (HTML) using extensible stylesheet language (XSL) transformation (XSLT). The resulting HTML can be displayed to the player on computer system C140.

  Communication between the server C120 and the ASP server C205 can be encrypted. Any encryption scheme can be used: the Secure Socket Layer (SSL) cryptographic protocol used on the Internet can be applied to encrypt communications. Similarly, communication between the ASP server C205 and the safety server C210 is preferably encrypted.

  As an example of how the communication configuration of FIG. 5 can be used, consider the case where a player wants to update personal information. (In this example, encrypted communication is not described, but those skilled in the art will recognize how to introduce encryption into this example.) Personal information requires caution (players do not want to be disclosed) The data is stored in the safety server C210 subsequent to the firewall C215. Thus, using the server C120, a player can request browsing of his / her player data. (It is assumed that at this point the player has identified himself to the system.) The browser request made to server C120 is converted to an XML request for ASP server C205 that is forwarded to safety server C210. The safety server C210 responds with personal information in XML format and transferred to the server C120. Server C120 uses XSLT to convert the XML data into HTML pages that are presented to the user. Using the form, the player can update personal information. The data in the XML format is entered in the ASP server C205 that can update the database on the safety server C210. The ASP server C205 returns the XML confirmation message to the server C120 that uses the XSLT again to convert the XML confirmation message into HTML presented to the user.

Player Registration Of course, before the benefits of FIGS. 6 and 7 can be received, the player must be registered with the casino. The most traditional way for a player to register with the system is to have the player come to the casino for registration. An employee of the casino inputs player data (a form prepared by the player or data presented by the player on the spot) to the computer, and issues a player card to the player. Thereafter, if the player uses a player card on any game device, the system can track the player's behavior. On the player card, it is possible to press a number unique to that game card: the player can use that number for identification purposes when playing online games.

  There are other ways in which a player's system can be registered instead of sending the player to a casino for account registration. For example, a player can fill out an electronic form on the Internet. The player can then be mailed a player card and / or electronically issued an identification number that can be used for online games.

  Other methods are possible for registering a player. For example, software exists that allows the location of a computer's Internet Protocol (IP) address to be located. With such software, the player's location is ascertained without having to type any information. When a player sets up an account for the first time, the system can confirm the player's location based on the IP address. However, since an IP address identifies a computer rather than an individual, it cannot be determined from the IP address who is using the computer. Furthermore, if the IP address is dynamically assigned, the computer cannot even be identified and identified.

  Instead of assigning an identification number to the player, the player's existing ID may be used. For example, each state assigns a state-specific driver's license number to the individual. A player can only be identified by a combination of issuing state and ID number. The player enters this information into the system, which can transfer this information to a third party database. The third party database returns information about the player. The combination of issuing state and ID number can be used both for obtaining information about a player for registration purposes (in setting up a player account) and for identification purposes (to use an account).

  In various embodiments, a combination of methods is used for player registration. First, the computer's IP address is checked to determine the player's location. The player is then prompted for an ID number and issuer. The ID number and issuer are transferred to a third party database to confirm the player's location determined by the IP address and to obtain demographic information. When the player's location is confirmed, an account is registered using the player's IP address, ID number, and issuer. However, if the player's location is not confirmed, the player calls or personally visits the casino and asks a casino employee to register the player's account.

Setting Player Preferences Various embodiments provide a gaming machine that is customized to one or more player preferences. The player may view and change the player reference stored in the player reference as preferred account information. Favorite account information, favorite point account information, favorite point account setting, privilege opportunity, favorite game features for favorite games, favorite game machine settings, favorite bonus games, favorite service options, and favorite progress games Is included, but is not limited thereto. Favorite account information may be stored in a plurality of favorite accounts of a favorite account server. Using a preferred account interface that is compatible with a web browser, a player can view preferred account information stored on a preferred account server from a gaming device, home computer, hotel room video interface and casino kiosk. It may be possible to change.

Detecting collusion Poker games are known to be a mixed game that combines opportunity and technology or strategy. In poker games, it is known that two or more players can adjust the play strategy to lose the fairness of the game in order to be advantageous over the rest of the game.

  Some embodiments will be described with particular reference to a system for detecting and managing collusion in poker games. However, this application is not to be construed as limiting in various embodiments.

  Referring to FIG. 8, a system for detecting and managing collusion in a poker game is generally indicated by reference number (D1). The system (D1) includes a game server (D2) and portals (D3a, D3b) in the form of a website on the Internet's world wide web. In this embodiment, each of the portal websites is an online casino website that is opened on a corresponding casino web server (not shown). For convenience, various embodiments will be described with reference to only two online casino websites (D3a, D3b). Each casino website (D3a, D3b) can be accessed by one or more potential poker players (not shown). Individual poker players access the casino website by means of a computer workstation operable on the Internet with a display (D5) and attached mouse, or alternatively a pointing device (D6) such as a touchpad. To do. In this embodiment, although the casino website (D3b) is shown connected to two computer workstations, the casino website (D3a) is logically connected to the casino website. It is shown having one computer workstation (D4). By those skilled in the art, the casino websites (D3a, D3b) can be ethically connected to any number of computer workstations (D4) at the same time, the number of which is physically limited only by consideration of processing power and internet access bandwidth Perceived to be constrained.

  The system (D1) further includes a management facility (D13) in the form of an application server that communicates with the game server (D2) via a communication channel (D12). Details of the application web server (D13) are outlined in the following description. The system (D1) also includes a collusion detection server (D14) that can communicate with the game server (D2) via the communication channel (D12).

  Game server (D2), online casino web server (not shown) corresponding to online websites (D3a, D3b), computer workstation (D4), application web server (D13) and collusion detection server (D14) are open communication They can communicate with each other via channels, in this embodiment the Internet. The Internet is a single packet switch communication network, but for convenience it is shown in FIG. 8 as independent logical communication channels (D7, D8, D9, D10, D11 and D12).

  The application web server (D13) maintains an account settlement facility (D15) having an account corresponding to each of the casino websites (D3a, D3b). Similarly, each online casino web server (D3a, D3b) has a credit account facility (D16a) with a credit account corresponding to each player participating in the poker game via one of the computer workstations (D4). , D16b). In the illustrated embodiment, the credit account facility (D16b) has two player-related credit accounts, while the credit account facility (D16a) has an associated single player account.

  The game server (D2) operates under a stored program that allows a predetermined maximum number of players, for example, eight players to participate in one game of the poker game. When the number of players reaches this predetermined number, the stored program causes a new game to be started that allows the participation of eight more players. Furthermore, in this embodiment, fixed limit games exceeding $ 1 / $ 2, $ 2 / $ 4, $ 5 / $ 10, $ 10 / $ 20, $ 20 / $ 40, $ 20 / $ 40, and pots For each of the different levels of play consisting of a limit game, a game with a different stored program is started. In this way, the game server can make as many requests as possible to a group of players who wish to run the game with different levels of play in groups of up to 8 players under a stored program. An independent game can be executed. Individual games started in this way are handled completely independently of other games.

  Online casino websites (D3a, D3b) allow players who wish to participate in the game to request participation in the game by one of the computer workstations (D4) If participation is allowed, it will be possible to bet at that time. Individual participating players are presented in the same graphical user interface (GUI) by means of programs stored in the game server (D2) on the display (D5) of the respective computer workstation (D4). . The GUI allows the player to make a desired game play decision and allows the player to play a poker game (not shown) with an appropriate icon that allows other participating players to monitor the game play decisions of the same game. Provide appropriate indications).

  As shown in FIG. 9, the stored program is executed by any one of the participating players at the turning point of the poker game and the betting means (D17) that allows any participating player to bet at the turning point of the game. An identification means (D18) is provided that can determine whether the placed bet is successful or unsuccessful. The program stored in the game server (D2) is positive for all games that are allowed to participate in the game and data that represents the corresponding portals (D3a, D3b) used by each participating player to access the game. The dynamic registration (D19) of all the players who participate in the game is also maintained. The dynamic register (D19) also includes data representing the times of the game in which the player is participating. The application web server (D13) also determines the betting of the participating players after the end of the game turning point.

  In use, a player who wishes to participate in a poker game uses the computer workstation (D4) to access the online casino website (D3a, D3b) selected by the player. A player is presented with an icon (not shown) in the GUI on his computer workstation, which allows the user to request to participate in a poker game at the desired play level. The player's participation request is forwarded by the online casino website (D3a, D3b) to the game server (D2) which arbitrates and processes the request in the following manner: If all existing poker games played at the desired play level are being played by eight players, the existing games are completely occupied and the player wishing to participate is not allowed to participate. The user is informed of the situation and is encouraged to join the waiting list of players who want to join. 2. If one of the existing poker games played at the desired play level is available, the player who wants to join is removed from the waiting list and allowed to join the game, allowing the player to play the game and bet The appropriate GUI is presented to the newly authorized player for placement. The registration of the player who wants to participate is updated with data indicating the online casino website (D3a, D3b) that the player is allowed to participate in, and similar to the specific game that the player is permitted to Includes details of newly authorized players. 4). When the waiting list of players who want to participate in a game of a specific play level becomes sufficient, for example, 4 or 5 players, the game server will create a new round of games at that level so that players on the waiting list can participate. And the list is cleared. 5. The registration of the player who wants to participate is updated with data indicating the online casino website (D3a, D3b) that the player is allowed to participate in, and similar to the specific game that the player is permitted to Includes details of newly authorized players for newly started games.

  Any player can always leave a participating poker game once the game is complete. When a participating player exits a poker game, the following actions occur as a result of the player exiting: The GUI corresponding to the poker game on the computer workstation is replaced with one that allows selection of play of other casino games. 2. The details of the player who leaves are excluded from the active player registration. 3. The remaining game fields are analyzed in order to finish the game with the missing participants and bring the participating players in these fields into one game field with many participants.

  A player who participates in any place of the game uses betting means (D17) to place bets from time to time during the entire poker game as described above and to make the required game play decisions in progress. . When the game is complete, the identification means (D18) determines which player is the winner of the game, and the application web server (D13) is placed by the player participating in the game at that time. Settle your bets: The game server (D2) notifies the online casino website (D3a, D3b) related to the individual player who played the game. The individual online websites (D3a, D3b) charge the associated player's individual account by the same amount as the player's bet amount. 2. The account settlement of the online website (D3a, D3b) associated with the individual player who bet on the game round is charged by the same amount as the bet amount corresponding to the player. 3. The account settlement of the online website (D3a, D3b) associated with the player who has successfully placed a bet on that game is filled in by the same amount as the sum of all bets including successful bets. 4). The game server (D2) informs the successful player's relevant online website (D3a, D3b), which will place all bets, including successful bets, on the successful player's personal credit account. Enter only the same amount as the total.

  A bet placed by a participating player in a game is made using credits purchased by the player prior to participating in the game. For this purpose, the individual online casinos (D3a, D3b) include credit issuing means (not shown) that can issue credits to any player wishing to participate in the poker game. The player purchases the credit by means of a conventional debit card payment or a known debit card payment, which will not be described in detail. Whenever a player purchases credit from the credit issuing means, the corresponding online casino (D3a, D3b) enters in the player's credit account the same amount as purchased by the player.

  In various embodiments, the application server (D13) deducts a portion of the total of all bets at each game as a collection of operator profits for the game server (D2) and online casino websites (D3a, D3b). To do. A portion of the collection is entered into the checkout account of each online casino (D3a, D3b) as a function of the percentage of players participating in the game round via a specific casino website. As a variation of this embodiment, the checkout account of the casino (D3a, D3b) associated with the player who successfully placed a bet in the game round is the same as the sum of all bets, including successful bets, less than the amount collected. Will be filled in. Similarly, the credit account of a player who has successfully placed a bet is filled with an amount equal to the sum of all bets, including successful bets, less than the amount collected.

  The collusion detection server (D14) maintains the recording means in the form of a collusion detection database (D20) whose details will be explained later. The collusion detection server (D14) operates under the control of a stored program that can record the history of individual players participating in the poker game arena at any point in time. The play history includes the bet amount for each individual game in which the player participated, along with the corresponding bet results. The outcome of a bet is considered to be the profit of the bet if successful and the amount of bet that will be confiscated if the bet fails. In this particular embodiment, the result of a successful bet is the sum of the amount of all bets by players participating in the poker game times minus the amount bet by the winner and the amount collected. The recorded information is recorded in the collusion detection database (D20).

  As shown in FIG. 10, the program stored in the conspiracy detection server (D14) provides a ranking facility (D21) that can extract the corresponding main statistics from the recorded play of each player. Each time a player's play history is updated with the results of a further game of the player's participation, the player's primary statistics are recalculated by the ranking facility (D21). The extracted main statistical values are stored in the collusion detection database (D20). The key statistic is the player's win / loss ratio over all games, calculated as: win .times ./. Times. Loss .times. .Times. (All .times. .Times. Hands. .times. played) = Units +/- na: where Units +/- is the sum of all bets; na is the number of hands made by the player.

  The stored program in the collusion detection server (D14) also provides a monitoring means for continuously monitoring the main statistical values of any player in the collusion detection database (D20). If the main statistical value of any player changes beyond a predetermined threshold, the monitoring means (D21) generates an output in the form of a flag. Such changes indicate changes in the player's play pattern and serve as an indicator of the possibility of collusion by the player deserving further investigation. In order to minimize the possibility of false flag generation, the ranking facility (D21) provides key statistics for players whose play history has exceeded 300 games recorded in the collusion detection server (D14). Take out. The winning / losing ratio of a specific player varies depending on the level at which the game is played, and it is considered that the player is more careful than when playing a game at a high level. For this reason, the ranking facility (D21) calculates the main statistics for each player for each level at which the game is played. In this case, the level of play is as follows: games from $ 1 / $ 2, games from $ 2 / $ 4 to $ 5 / $ 10, games from $ 10 / $ 20 to $ 20 / $ 40 Fixed limit games over $ 20 / $ 40, pot limit games, and no limit games. Thus, the main statistical value of a specific level of play is drawn by the ranking facility (D21) only when the play history of 300 games is recorded for the specific level of play.

  The stored program in the collusion detection server (D14) controls the control facility (based on the flag generated by the monitoring means (D21) by stopping the corresponding player from further participation in the poker game ( D23) is also provided.

  The ranking facility (D21) also calculates secondary statistical values for individual players. If the primary statistic is a positive value indicating a winning player, the first secondary statistic is a breakdown of the player's victory from other players in the game. If an excessive percentage of the player's victory comes from one or more players, the monitoring means (D22) generates a flag. Such a distorted victory pattern is a further indicator of a winning player's collusion.

  A secondary statistic that is further calculated when a player's primary statistic indicates a negative and losing player is a breakdown of that player's loss over other players in the game. If an excessive percentage of the player's losing comes from one or more players, the monitoring means (D22) generates a flag.

  Further calculated secondary statistics are calculated as follows: raise with or without raising hand = R / RH where R = total number of raises; RH = number of raising hands.

  Individual game play decisions that raise a previous bet by the player are analyzed by an analysis facility (D24) connected to the game server (D2). The analysis facility (D24) evaluates whether the game play decision is optimal in light of the card of the player's hand. A ratio close to 1 indicates that the player is raising correctly. A ratio much greater than 1 indicates that the player is overraising with a hand that is not adapted to the raising hand. This indicates that the player is a poor player or conspirator, and the flag is raised by the monitoring means (D22).

  As a further statistic, the loss resulting from all raises of the player is resolved and analyzed. If the losing ratio for one or more other participating players is excessively high, the monitoring means (D22) raises the flag.

  We believe that the previous two secondary statistics can be used advantageously to quickly analyze new participating players. With a record of the game play history of only 20 or 30 times, these secondary statistics are accurate enough for the monitoring means (D22) to raise the flag as needed.

Sports Bets Various embodiments provide systems and methods for performing sports and event betting. According to one aspect, the ease of using a network (eg, the Internet, a mobile phone system, and / or other types of networks) is combined with sports and event betting in a fixed casino. In this way, sports and other types of event bets are improved because the bets are more convenient for the bettor.

  According to one embodiment, the bettor is a professional and college football, soccer, baseball, basketball, car race, ice hockey, as well as cricket on a website (eg, via the internet and / or other types of networks). Bet on other sports or events, including rugby, and various sports tournaments including NCAA Men's and Women's Basketball Championships and World Cup Soccer. Other events where bets are placed include, for example, a type of event where the winner of a reality television show (e.g., Survivor Reality Show) is chosen, when the first person landed on Mars, or the winner of the US presidential election Includes the type of event you choose.

  According to one embodiment, a website (eg, made available via the Internet or other type of network) includes a listing of all bets that may be placed. According to another embodiment, the bettor selects a bet made online and registers the bet with the casino. One advantage of this is evident for complex or multiple selection events involving multiple selections of occurring events. For example, a bet that includes all 63 games and 54 teams of the NCAA Men's Basketball Championship Tournament is a complex bet that requires multiple event selection. As another example, selection of fantasy league teams (eg, for the National Football League) includes 30 team members or positions and 60 selections for each position, further complicating the betting process. However, such traditional betting has been limited to being made at gaming facilities by the bettor. According to one aspect, the bettor is allowed to bet outside the gaming facility and legally pay for bets.

  According to various embodiments, a bettor may apply to a website operator to consider a bet. According to various embodiments, the registration number is issued by a website operator if betting is permitted. According to various embodiments, the bettor then proceeds to a fixed casino operating the website and pays for the registered bet. According to various embodiments, legal issues relating to Internet betting in the United States are reduced or eliminated by allowing bettors to actually pay for bets at a fixed casino. Since the bettor can decide and bet before going to the casino, this method is sure to provide convenience to the bettor. In addition, since the bettor is required to visit the casino for payment, such a method provides the casino bettor with the necessary customer launches to facilitate play of other games.

  FIG. 17 illustrates an example process for making sports and event bets in accordance with various embodiments. At block E200, process E230 begins with the player deciding to place a bet on a sport or other event. At block E202, the person placing the bet signs other resources accessible on the website or via the communications network. In one example system, a player accesses a website that includes an interface (eg, a graphical user interface (GUI)) from which the player may log on for security. In addition, the player is allowed access to account information and / or information specific to the bettor. This interface is used to access a website or the Internet, or to access other interfaces (e.g., an interface used to access a download website for downloading betting software). It's okay. The interface may be, for example, HTML, JAVA, or other type of interface.

  In block E204, the better sees bets available on the website. According to some embodiments, all or some of the possible bets may be listed. The bets that may be shown are determined by the bettor's account or betting profile (eg, football bets are not shown to those who are not interested in football). Available bets are also shown based on the betting behavior history of the bettor.

  The odds for a bet may be fixed or vary depending on whether the bet is registered or when the bet is paid. For example, in the major league baseball world series, the odds are 6: 1 before the start of the playoff after the regular season, 1: 1 immediately before the start of the world series, and 1: 4 after the end of the third game of the series. For this example, the odds of a registered bet may be determined at the time of bet registration or when the bet is paid. If the odds of the registered bets are determined at the time of bet registration, the fixed casino pays for the bets registered within a certain period (eg 1 minute, 1 hour, 1 day, 1 week, 1 month, etc.) This specific period is shortened as sports or other events approach.

  In block E206, the person making the bet is determined to make a bet, and the person making a bet in block E208 registers the bet. For example, a bet is registered on a website (eg, via a communication network including the Internet, a mobile telephone network, etc.). The bettor may make a bet listed on the website. Alternatively, or in addition to the listed bets listed, the player may apply for bets outside the website. For example, if a bet is not listed on the website, the bettor declares the specific event that he is about to bet, and the bettor or website operator will place the bet You may decide to be given.

  When the website operator accepts the bet, the website may provide a registration, transaction, or confirmation number to the bettor for the bet at block E210. The operator then proceeds to the fixed casino for payment at block E212. For example, a bettor may proceed to a cashier, kiosk, or other means available to pay a bet at a casino or other statutory gambling jurisdiction. In block E214, the bettor presents the registration number to the casino, and the casino confirms the registration number in block E216. At block E218, the bettor pays the casino for a bet, and the bettor may obtain a piece of paper that indicates the odds of the bet placed.

  At block E220, an event is held to determine the outcome of the bet, and the casino determines whether the person who bet at block E222 is the winner. If the bet is a winner, the casino pays at block E226. In order to receive the victory, the bettor is required to return to the casino.

  At block E220, the bettor may need to pick further with the same bet. For example, a bettor may require additional picks for the second and other additional times in multiple tournaments based on previous results. Such tournaments include, for example, the FIFA World Cup in soccer or the NCAA Men's Basketball Championship. In such a tournament, the bettor must pick every time before betting.

  If payment is made for a registered bet, the bettor may pay, for example, with money, a favorite point, a combination thereof, or other payment method. In particular, the bettor may pay to the game operator or affiliate using money from the use of debit cards, credit cards, checks, cash or account credits. In addition to alternative or other payment methods, the bettor may pay with his / her favorite points from an account established by the game operator or affiliate. Favorite points can be obtained from any organization, but are generally associated with favorite programs such as frequent use of airlines, frequent stays at hotels or frequent use of casinos. The bettor may pay by an individual (e.g., using a cashier) or by other methods within a casino including a phone, portable device or kiosk.

  The computer system or game operator may automatically determine when the bettor will be the winner. Such results are automatically authenticated and verified by the computer system. In this case, the computer system notifies the bettor of the player's victory or defeat and what kind of victory. Notification to the bet may be by email, computer web or network, telephone, television, fax, or any other method.

  After the winner is authenticated and verified, the computer system notifies the bettor of the victory. In addition, the computer system may display the winning bet, the identity of the bettor or the payment.

  The person who bet may be able to replay and review past bets using voice or video execution devices. For example, a kiosk, display phone, television, computer or portable device may be used to view past bets. By accessing a selected bet in the computer system, the game player may be able to see event results, betting odds and payments.

  In one embodiment, the computer system may be used to perform many acts of betting operations including bet capture, registration and payment. For example, a computer system used to perform a bet function according to one embodiment includes a single or multiple computer system, one or more of which includes a supercomputer, a minicomputer, a mainframe computer, or a personal computer. It's okay. The computer system used to perform the bet operation may include any combination of computer system types that work together to accomplish system level tasks. Multiple computer systems may also be used to perform one or more of the betting operations. The computer system may also include an output or input device, a display, and a storage unit for enabling betting operations. Any computer system or multiple computer systems may be used, and it is recognized that some embodiments have no number, type, or configuration restrictions on the computer system.

  A computer system (eg, system E300) that performs bet operations according to various embodiments includes, for example, one or more configuration systems (eg, systems E302, E304, and / or E306 as shown in FIG. 13). It's okay. One system component (e.g., payment system E302) may handle payment by the bettor. Other system components (eg, sports betting system E306) may handle bet capture and registration for one or more events, including sports betting. Still other systems (eg, payout system E304) may operate payout to the player. Such a betting system may be connected to other computer systems (e.g., directly on line or network), including casino or hotel loyalty programs, reservations, indoor TV viewing, gaming floor kiosks or other system operations. . Connections to other computer systems may be made using one or more of the system components described below.

  The payment component (eg, system E302) may include one or more of the known systems. For example, a bettor may be able to pay via a casino cashier, kiosk or other means connected to a payment computer system via an interface. In a computer, the data may be stored in a database that is stored in the memory of the computer system. As used herein, a “data structure” is an array of data defined by a computer readable signal. These signals may be read by a computer system and stored on a medium associated with the computer system (eg, in memory, disk, etc.) and transmitted to one or more other computer systems over a communication medium such as a network. May be. As used herein, a “user interface” or “UI” is an interface between a computer and a human user that allows communication between the user and the computer. Examples of UIs implemented in various embodiments include graphical user interfaces (GUIs), display screens, mice, keyboards, trackballs, microphones (eg, used with voice recognition systems), speakers, touch screens, games Controllers (eg, joysticks) etc., and combinations thereof are included.

  Information about the bettor is also entered into the payment system component. The input bettor information may include name, address, telephone number, and age, and payment information may include credit or debit card number or favorite account information. Based on the payment information, the call center representative may confirm that the payment information is valid and that there are enough credits or funds available for the player's bet.

  The various payment systems and one or more user interfaces may be located on a computer system connected by a network with a computer system that stores data of bettors, account and signature information. As used herein, a “network” or “communication network” is a group of one or more devices that are interconnected by one or more segments of a transmission medium or active communication device in which communication is exchanged between the devices. is there.

  The above examples are merely exemplary aspects of payment system components. There are many ways to implement a payment system, for example, variations on payments at a casino site are possible and correspond to the scope of various embodiments, so such exemplary aspects are not limiting in scope. For example, the payment system may include a pay-per-view system for interactive television at a casino hotel, or the payment engine may also send a receipt to the player by email or mail. None of the following claims is limited to any particular implementation of the payment system, unless the claims explicitly include a particular implementation.

  Payment systems (eg, system E304) are well known. Any of a number of standard systems, or a payment engine that pays to win, may be used by various embodiments, as shown in FIG. For example, 'Quickken' (available from Intuit Inc., Mountain View, California, USA) is used to issue checks and mail, or to debit cards, credit cards (in jurisdictions where play is legal) or a patron account. May be used to fill in. 'Quicken' may access the payment data structure via the network to obtain payment information. As used herein, an “application programming interface” or “API” is a set of instructions that define functions and are readable by a computer so that such functions are executed on a computer along with an application program. It is configured.

  'Quicken' is only an exemplary embodiment of a payment system. Such exemplary embodiments are not intended to limit the scope, as many other implementations of the payment system are possible, for example, variations of online payments, and represent the scope of various embodiments. In addition, the cashier may access payment data via a network using a user interface. The cashier then pays the winning player based on the information accessed.

  A sports and event betting system according to various embodiments (eg, system E306 shown in FIG. 16) may include a number of components for performing a particular function. These components may include, for example, a storage medium that stores a data structure having information regarding betting events and odds. For example, this information may include event data, time, location, bet person's betting and winning history, and event odds and event odds payment time dependency. The sports and event betting system may include components that access payment and payout data structures.

  The sports and betting system may also include a betting engine. For example, the bet engine may execute a function according to the process E230 shown in FIG. 17 as described above. The betting process E230 may include more or fewer actions than those shown in FIG. 17, and various embodiments may perform a particular number or order of actions (eg, FIG. 17) because the actions may be performed in other orders. In the order shown), may include additional actions, and one or more of the actions of process E230 may be performed in series or in parallel with one or more other actions or portions thereof. For example, blocks E214 and E218, or portions thereof, may be performed together, and act E216 may be performed at any point in block E214 of process E230 (including after block E218).

  Process E230 is merely an illustrative example of a method for performing a sport or event bet. Such an exemplary embodiment is not limiting in scope, as many other methods for performing sports or event betting may be used. None of the claims is limited to a particular implementation of a sport or event bet unless the claims include a limitation that explicitly states the particular implementation.

  Process E230, its acts, and embodiments and variations of these methods and acts may themselves or in combination be a computer readable medium, eg, non-volatile recording media, integrated circuit memory elements, or combinations thereof, Defined by a computer-readable signal that is substantially embedded in Such signals may, as a result of being executed by the computer, direct instructions to instruct the computer to perform one or more of the methods or acts described herein and / or various aspects, variations and combinations thereof, For example, it may be defined as part of one or more programs. Such an instruction may be given in any of a plurality of programming languages. Languages include, for example, Java, Visual Basic, C, C #, or C ++, Footran, Pascal, Eiffel, Basic, COBOL, and various combinations thereof. A medium in which such instructions are stored and readable by a computer may be located in one or more of the above-described general-purpose computer components, or may be distributed over one or more of such components.

  To implement the various embodiments described herein, computer readable media may be transportable so that stored instructions can be downloaded to any computer system resource. Further, the instructions stored in the computer-readable medium as described above are not limited to the instructions embedded as part of the application program operating on the host computer. The instructions may be implemented as any computer code (eg, software or microcode) that can be used to program a processor to implement the aspects described above.

  For example, a single component or collection of components of a computer system that performs the functions described above and described below in conjunction with FIG. 11 is generally considered one or more controllers that control the functions described above. It is done. The one or more controllers may be implemented in a variety of ways, such as with dedicated hardware or with a processor programmed with software or microcode to perform the functions described above.

  Other components of the event betting system may include software components (eg, drivers) that stream video to users over broadband, satellite, or wireless media. If the game is played completely automatically, the user interface may be just a video terminal including a television without user input means. Access for viewing may be controlled by standard conditional access methods including use of set top box addresses, telephone numbers, or Internet Protocol (IP) addresses.

  The above are only exemplary embodiments of sports and event betting systems. Such exemplary embodiments are not intended to limit the scope, as many other sports and event betting systems, such as conditional access variants, are possible and within the scope of the various embodiments. None of the claims set forth below is limited to a specific implementation of the sports and event betting system unless the claims include a limitation that explicitly states the specific implementation.

  System E300 and components of system E300, such as payment, payout, and bet engines, use software (eg, C, C #, Java, or combinations thereof) and hardware (eg, one or more specific Application-integrated circuits, processors, or other hardware), firmware (eg, electrically programmed memory), or combinations thereof may be implemented. One or more components of E300 may be on a single system (eg, a payment subsystem), or one or more components may be on independent, individual systems. In addition, individual components may be distributed across multiple systems and one or more systems may be interconnected.

  Further, on each of one or more systems that include one or more components of E300, individual components may be in one or more locations. For example, different parts of the component E300 may be in different areas of the memory (eg, RAM, ROM, disk, etc.). Each of such one or more systems is, among other components, a plurality of known components such as one or more processors, a memory system, a disk storage system, one or more network interfaces, and one An internal communication link that interconnects the above buses or various other components may be included.

  System E300 may be implemented on a computer system described below with reference to FIGS.

  System E300 is merely illustrative of one embodiment of a game system. Since many other sports and event systems, such as E300 variants, are possible and within the scope of the various embodiments, such exemplary embodiments are not limiting in scope. For example, interactive television may also be used to view available bets. It is not intended that any claim set forth below be limited to a particular implementation unless the claims include a limitation that explicitly states that particular implementation.

  Various embodiments may be implemented on one or more computer systems. These computer systems may be general purpose computers such as those based on, for example, Intel PENTIUM type processors, Motorola PowerPC, Sun UltraSPARC, Hewlett Packard PA-RIK processors, or other types of processors. One or more of any type of computer system may be used to partially or fully automate game play according to various embodiments. In addition, the software design system may be distributed on a single computer or among multiple computers with attached communication networks.

  For example, the various embodiments may be implemented as specialized software executing in a general purpose computer system E400 as shown in FIG. Computer system E400 may include a processor E403 that connects to one or more memory devices E404, such as a disk drive, memory, or other device for data storage. Memory E404 is typically used to store programs and data during operation of computer system E400. The components of the computer system E400 may be connected to an interconnect mechanism E405 that includes one or more buses (eg, components integrated within the same machine) and / or a network (eg, between components on independent discrete machines). May be connected. The interconnect mechanism E405 enables communications (eg, data, instructions) to be communicated between system components of the system E400. The computer system E400 includes one or more input devices E402 such as a keyboard, mouse, trackball, microphone, and touch screen, and one or more output devices such as a printing device, a display screen, or a speaker. E401 is also included. Further, the computer system E400 may include one or more interfaces (not shown) that connect the computer system E400 to a communication network (in addition to or as an alternative device to the interconnect mechanism E405).

  The storage device E406 shown in FIG. 12 generally stores a program that is executed by a processor, or a signal that defines information that is stored on or in the medium E501 and is processed by the program, and can be read and written by a computer. Recording medium E501. This medium may be, for example, a disk or a flash memory. In general, the processor reads data from the non-volatile recording medium E501 and moves it to another memory E502 that makes data access by the processor faster than the medium E501. This memory E502 is generally a non-volatile random access memory such as dynamic random access memory (DRAM) or static memory (SRAM). It may be installed in the memory system 406 shown or in the memory system E404 not shown. The processor E403 generally operates the data in the integrated circuit memories E404 and E502, and copies the data to the medium E501 after the processing is completed. Various mechanisms for managing data movement between medium E501 and integrated circuit memory elements E402, E502 are known.

  The computer system may include specially programmed application specific hardware such as, for example, application specific integrated circuit (ASIC). Various features or aspects may be implemented in software, hardware or firmware or a combination thereof. Further, such methods, acts, system elements, and components thereof may be implemented as part of the computer system described above or as an independent component.

  Although the computer system E400 is shown for illustrative purposes as one type of computer system in which various embodiments are implemented, embodiments are not limited to implementation on a computer system as shown in FIG. Various embodiments may be implemented on one or more computers having different configurations or components as shown in FIG.

  The computer system E400 may be a general purpose computer system that can be programmed using a sophisticated computer programming language. Computer system E400 may be implemented using specially programmed special purpose hardware. In computer system E400, processor E403 is typically a consumer processor such as the well-known Pentium class processor available from Intel Corporation. Such processors include, for example, Windows 95, Windows 98, Windows NT, Windows 2000 (Windows ME) available from Microsoft Corporation, MAC OS systems available from Apple Computer, Solaris operating systems available from Sun Microsystems, or various. Run an operating system such as UNIX available from various sources.

  The processor and operating system define a computer platform for applications written in advanced programming languages. Various embodiments are not limited to a particular computer system platform, processor, operating system, or network. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that the various embodiments are not limited to a particular programming language or computer system. In addition, other suitable programming languages and other suitable computer systems can be used.

  Part or more of the computer system may be distributed across a computer system (not shown) connected to one or more communication networks. These computer systems may be general purpose computer systems. For example, various embodiments provide one or more customer computers with services (eg, servers) or one or more configured to perform an entire task as part of a distributed system. It may be distributed among computers. For example, various embodiments may be implemented on a customer server system that includes components distributed among one or more server systems that perform various functions according to various embodiments. These components may be executable in the middle (eg, IL) or translation code (eg, Java) that communicates over a network (eg, the Internet) using a communication protocol (eg, TCP / IP).

  Various embodiments are not limited to what particular system or group of systems run on them. Various embodiments are not limited to any particular distribution configuration, network, or communication protocol. Various embodiments may be programmed using an object-oriented programming language such as SmallTalk, Java, C ++, Ada, or C # (C-Sharp). Other object-oriented programming languages may also be used. Alternatively, functional, scripting, and / or logic programming languages may be used. Documents created in HTML, XML, or other formats that do not have various embodiments programmed (eg, when viewed in a browser program window, take the form of a graphical user interface (GUI) or perform other functions. ). Various embodiments may be implemented as programmed or non-programmed elements, or any combination thereof.

  While several exemplary embodiments have been described, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that they have been presented by way of example only, and that the above description is illustrative only and not limiting. Many variations and other exemplary embodiments are within the scope of those skilled in the art and are considered to be within the scope of various embodiments. In particular, although many examples described herein include method acts or specific combinations of system elements, it is understood that these acts and elements may be combined in other ways to achieve the same purpose. Should.

Confirming the player that the event was random Various embodiments may provide a means for verifying the integrity and authenticity of a random event used in an online casino game.

  Various embodiments may provide a method for using a pre-generated random event sequence to run an online game.

  Various embodiments may provide a method for sending a user a pre-generated random event sequence in an encrypted and / or digested manner so that the user cannot predict a random event sequence in an online casino game.

  Various embodiments may use an encryption key and an initial random number at the end of a game session to verify a random event sequence that was previously generated by comparing the decrypted and stored random event sequence with the original random event sequence. An event sequence may be provided to the player, thereby authenticating a random event used in the online game.

  Various embodiments may provide a method for sending a pre-generated random event sequence to a user so that the user can reconstruct the random event after the game session is completed.

  Various embodiments may provide a method for authenticating a pre-generated random event sequence of an online casino game. In a preferred embodiment, the user sets up a communication with an online casino and requests a game session. A user requests a game to play in an online casino game from a list of blackjack, roulette, crap, and the like. When the user finishes the game selection, the online casino receives the request and starts a game session. For an individual game, there are a certain number and type of expected random events necessary to play the game session to the end or to end the game session at the user's discretion. Each random event represents an action that occurs in a real casino such as drawing a card or rolling a die. Online casinos include a random number generator that pre-generates the expected number of random events and places the random events in a random event sequence. The random event sequence is encoded into an encrypted sequence and sent to the user who stores the encrypted sequence until the game confirmation stage. With respect to the encryption step, the random event sequence may be converted to a digital digest and sent to the user, or first encrypted, converted to a digital digest, and then sent.

  At this stage of the game session, the user cannot understand the pre-generated and encrypted random event sequence received from the online casino. Also, online casinos don't have to worry about users being able to mispredict the sequence of random events in the future. The user requests a random event from the online casino and starts playing a particular game. The online casino receives these requests from the user and responds by sending the user the next number, which is sequentially subtracted from a pre-generated random event sequence. Events from the random sequence are consumed by the online casino during the game session. The user records all random events received from the online casino. If the number of random events in the sequence generated in advance is used up or if the user indicates an intention to end the game session, the online casino communicates a “game end” to the user and the game ends.

  Next, the online casino transmits an encryption key for game verification to the user in order to prove the integrity of the game. The encryption key allows the user to decrypt the encrypted random event sequence sent to the user at the beginning of the game session. The user decrypts the encrypted random event sequence, and the decrypted event sequence is compared with a record of the random event sequence sent by the online casino and stored by the user. If the sequence was the same, the random event sequence was not changed or altered by the online casino during the game session. If the random event sequence recorded by the user and the random event sequence presented by the online casino are different, the verification fails. The user communicates the failure to the online casino and an appropriate response is taken.

  A game session may be played by one or more players. The online casino sends the same pre-generated encryption sequence to each participant, allowing the participant to re-edit the individual random event sequence to the original pre-generated random event sequence for verification purposes. Compare random event sequences sent by online casinos with re-edited random event sequences.

  Various embodiments are described with reference to FIGS. They generally disclose a method for ensuring the authenticity and integrity of an online game, and more specifically, a method for authenticating a pre-generated random event sequence in an online casino game.

  Referring to FIG. 18, in a preferred embodiment, the user sets up communication with an online casino to request a game session that is identical to the actual game F10. The user possesses the necessary computers, customer game software, and other basic tools and hardware necessary for setting up communication with the casino line. An online casino may be a single computer that acts as a game server, or it may be a number of computers with databases and processors in different locations. A user requests a game to play on an online casino during a game session by selecting from an available game list. A list of common games played during a game session may include the following games: blackjack, roulette, crap, baccarat, slot machine, lottery, sports betting and poker. Various embodiments are not limited to these games, and may include games not included in the list.

  When the user finishes the game selection and communicates the selected game to the online casino, the online casino receives the request and starts a game session F12. For an individual game, there are a certain number and type of expected random events that are required to play the game to the end or to end the game session at the user's discretion. Each random event represents an action that occurs in a real casino such as drawing a card or rolling a dice. For example, in the case of a blackjack game, the type of random event that occurs during the game is an action of drawing a card. The number of random events in a game session generally does not exceed 10,000. Events from the random sequence are consumed by the online casino during the game session. The online casino is equipped with a random number generator for generating a random event F14 in advance.

  The online casino generates the expected number of random events and places the random events in a random event sequence, which is a set of random events generated for the game session F16. The random event sequence is encoded into an encrypted sequence F18 and then sent F20 to the user who stores the encrypted sequence until the game verification stage. The method for encrypting the random event sequence may be any known encryption method that is used. As shown in FIGS. 19 and 20 respectively, for the encryption step, the random event sequence may be converted to a digital digest and sent to the user, or first encrypted and then converted to a digital digest. May be sent to the user.

  Referring again to FIG. 18, at this stage of the game session, the user cannot understand the pre-generated and encrypted sequence, and the online casino may not be concerned about the user predicting a future random event sequence. . Thereafter, the user requests a random event from the online casino and starts playing a specific game F22. The online casino receives these requests from the user and responds by sending the user the next number that is continuously subtracted from a pre-generated random event sequence. The user logs all random events received from the online casino F24. The user may manually record the random event as a function of the customer game software or other known recording method. When the number of random events in the sequence generated in advance is used up or when the user indicates that he / she wants to end the game session, the online casino communicates “game end” and the game ends F26.

  The online casino then sends F28 the encryption key to the user for game verification to prove game integrity. The encryption key allows the user to decrypt the encrypted random event sequence sent to the user at the beginning of the game session. The user decrypts the encrypted random event sequence F30, and the encrypted random event sequence is compared to the record that is the random event sequence sent by the online casino at the beginning of the game session held by the user. F32. The user may manually compare random events as a function of customer game software or other known recording method. If the sequences were the same, the game was fair and F34, the random event sequence was not changed or tampered during the game. If verification fails, the user communicates the failure to the online casino and appropriate action is taken.

  As shown in FIG. 17, in the encryption step, the online casino may encrypt a previously generated random event sequence using a digital digest. The online casino converts the random event sequence into a digital digest before F38 to send the digital digest to the user F36. F22 where a specific game is played. The user records a random event during the game session F24. When the game is over F26, the online casino sends an undigested random event sequence to the user F40. The user then converts the undigested random event into a digital digest and compares this digital digest with the digital digest sent by the casino at the start of the game, thereby verifying the random event sequence sent by the online casino. F42 to verify the sex. In order for the verification to succeed, the two digital digests need to be the same. When the random event sequence sent by the online casino is verified in this way, the verified non-digested random event sequence sent by the online casino at the end of the game is compared with the random event sequence held by the user By this, the user proceeds to verification F44 of the random event sequence sent by the casino during the game session.

  In order for verification to succeed, the two random event sequences must be identical. Similarly, the comparison can be performed manually by the player or by customer software. If the sequences were identical, the game was fair and F46, the random event sequence was not changed or altered during the game session. If validation fails, the user communicates the failure to the online casino and appropriate action is taken.

  Referring to FIG. 20, an online casino may signal a pre-generated random event sequence with initial encryption and convert the encrypted sequence to a digital digest to complete the signaling step. The online casino encrypts the random event sequence and converts it to a digital digest before F50 to send to the user F48. F22 where a specific game is played. The user records a random event during the game session F24. When the game is over, F26, the online casino sends an undigested random event sequence to the user in an encrypted form. The online casino also sends the encryption key to the user F52. The user first authenticates the encrypted random event sequence by converting the encrypted random event sequence into a digital digest and comparing F54 with the digital digest sent at the start of the game session. The random event sequence is composited F56 and compared to a random event sequence record sent by the online casino held by the user F58. User comparison can be performed manually or by customer game software. The sequence must be identical for verification to succeed. If the sequences are the same, the game is fair and F60, and the random event sequence has not been altered or tampered during the game session. If validation fails, the user communicates the failure to the online casino and appropriate action is taken.

  Using the above method, the encrypted sequence is pre-generated and sent to the user before the start of the game session, eliminating the opportunity for the online casino to change the event sequence depending on the user's actions or steps during the game. Thus, the user can be confident that the random event sequence has been generated without fraudulent activity or fraudulent information at the online casino.

  Referring to FIG. 21, the game session may be performed by one or more players F62. The online casino may send the same sequence that is pre-generated (eg, the encrypted sequence represents the same card deck) to each participant. Individual users must have access to random event sequences received by other users during a game session. At the end of the game session, in order to confirm that the sequence has not changed, the user comprehensively compares the received random event sequence with the random event sequence sent by the online casino at the start of the game session.

  Although an embodiment for verifying the authenticity and integrity of an online game has been described, the described features can be used for any electronic game or technology that requires authentication of a random event sequence. Thus, the above features and aspects are not to be construed as limiting.

Teams Various embodiments relate to a computerized system that enables team play of card games. The computerized system includes a first computer for use by a first participant of a first team, a second computer for use by a second participant of a second team, a first team first At least a third computer for use by three participants, a fourth computer for use by fourth participants of the second team. The computer network interconnects the first and second computers and allows the first and second participants to play for team points in a first set of card games. Similarly, the computer network interconnects the third and fourth computers and allows the third and fourth participants to play for team points in the second set of card games. A central server computer connected to the computer network coordinates the first, second, third and fourth computers and by individual team participants to calculate the total team score for each team. Count the team points obtained. The central server computer preferably also calculates team points individually acquired by the first, second, third and fourth participants. The computer network may be in the form of a local area network, assuming the computers are located relatively close, as in a casino. As an alternative, the computer network may be the Internet when one or more of these computers are installed remotely.

Incorporated by reference The following is hereby incorporated by reference:
US Pat. No. 6,375,568;
US Patent 6,575,834;
US Patent 5,800,268;
US Patent Application 20070015587
US Pat. No. 6,319,125;
US Patent 5,655,961;
United States patent application 20060194633;
US patent application 20060189381:
US Patent Application 200601728803;
US patent application 20060094497; and US patent application 20060089189.

Mobile games The following reference numbers apply only to FIGS. 22 to 34 unless otherwise specified.

  In various embodiments, a distributed gaming system allows participants to participate in gaming activities from remote locations and / or mobile locations. Possible gaming activities include gambling provided by casinos. Gambling activities include any casino type gambling activities, including but not limited to: slot machines, video poker, table games (eg, craps, roulette, blackjack, paygo poker, caribbean stud poker, baccarat) Etc.), turntable fortune games, sports betting, horse racing, dog racing, gai rai, and other gambling activities. Gaming activities include betting on any type of event. Events include, for example, sporting events such as horse racing or motor racing, and athletic competitions such as football, basketball, baseball, golf and the like. Events also include those that are not normally bet. Such events include political elections, entertainment industry awards, film performances and more. Games also include non-wagered games and events. The game also includes lottery or lottery type activities, such as states and lotteries across states. These include number selection lotteries, scratch lotteries, and other lottery contests. The gaming system may be implemented on a mobile network or a communication network such as a personal wireless and / or wired network. Examples of the latter include WiFi and WiMax networks. In some embodiments, the gaming system communication network is completely independent of the Internet. In some embodiments, the gaming system operation minimizes Internet usage so that only information that is not a security issue is transmitted over the Internet and / or the information is encrypted. In various embodiments, the communication network allows players to participate in games from a remote location (eg, outside the gaming area of the casino). The system allows a player to move while participating in a game activity. In various embodiments, the system has a location verification or decision feature that allows or disallows participation in a game from a remote location based on whether the location meets one or more criteria. to enable. The criterion may be, for example, whether the location is in a predetermined area where gambling is legally permitted.

  For example, as shown in FIG. 22, the game system 10 may include at least one user 12. The system may include additional users, such as at least a first user 12 and a second user 14. A plurality of users may access the first game system 10 in a second game system (not shown) in which other users are communicating with the first game system. Users 12 and 13 may access the system 10 using the game communication device 13. Game communication device 13 may include any suitable device for sending and receiving electronic communications. Such devices include, without limitation, mobile phones, personal information terminals (PDAs), computers, minicomputers and the like. The game communication device 13 transmits game information to the communication network 16 and receives from the communication network 16. Game information is communicated between the network 16 and a computer 18 such as a server in the area of the game service provider 20. Although the installation location of the computer 18 is flexible, the computer 18 may be installed near or away from the game service provider 20. Various embodiments may not include a game service provider. The computer 18 and / or game service provider 20 may be located within, close to, or remote from the game provider (not shown in FIG. 22). A game service provider may be the actual controller of a game such as a casino. As an example, the game service provider may be located at a casino site and the computer 18 may be within the game service provider's geographic boundaries. However, as described above, there are other possibilities for remote locations of the computer 18 and the game service provider 20. The computer 18 may function as a game server. The additional computer (not explicitly instructed) may function as, for example, a database management computer and a redundant server.

  In various embodiments, the software resides on game communication device 13 and computer 18. Software on game communication device 13 may be capable of presenting information corresponding to game activities (including gambling and non-gambling activities described herein). Information includes, without limitation, a graphical depiction of an object associated with the activity, and an optional depiction of the user-selectable associated with the activity. The game communication device may be able to receive data from a computer and data entered by a user. Software on the computer exchanges data with the game communication device, accesses additional computers and data storage devices, and performs all of the functions described here in addition to the functions commonly known as electronic gaming systems You can do it.

  The game information transmitted over the network 16 may include any format that is necessary or desirable for the operation of the game experience in which the user participates. The information may be transmitted in whole or in combination in any format including digital or analog, text or voice, for example based on known or future transfer technologies including wired or wireless technologies. Wireless technologies may include, for example, licensing or license exemption technologies. Specific technologies that may be used include, but are not limited to, Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Global System for Mobile Communication (GSM), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), WiFi (802.11x), WiMax (802.16x ), Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), Digital Subscriber line (DSL), Integrated Service Digital Network (ISDN), or cable modem technology. These are only examples, and those skilled in the art will appreciate that other communication technologies are also contemplated. It is further understood that additional components can be used for communication of information between the user and the game server. Such additional components include, without limitation, lines, trucks, antennas, switches, cables, transmitters, receivers, computers, routers, servers, fiber optic communication equipment, repeaters, amplifiers, and the like.

In some embodiments, the communication of game information occurs without internet involvement. However, in some embodiments, some of the game information may be transmitted over the internet. All or part of the game information may be partially transmitted over the Internet communication path. In some embodiments, some information is transmitted in whole or in part over the Internet, but the information is non-game information or game information that does not require confidentiality. For example, data representing a graphical depiction of a table game on a user's game communication device is transmitted at least partially over the Internet, while betting information transmitted by the user is transmitted entirely over a non-Internet communication network. Is done.

  According to some embodiments, the communication network includes a mobile communication network 22, for example as shown in FIG. The mobile communication network 22 includes a plurality of base stations 23, and each base station has a corresponding service area 25. Base station technology is generally known and the base station may be of any type found in a typical mobile communication network. Base stations may have overlapping service areas. Furthermore, the service area may or may not be sectioned. The network includes a mobile station 24 that functions as a game communication device used by a user to access the game system and participate in activities available in the game system. The user is connected to the base station network by transmitting and receiving radio signals. The communication network also includes at least one voice data switch connected to the wireless portion of the network via a dedicated secure terrestrial line. The communication network may also include a game service provider that is connected to the voice data switch via a dedicated secure terrestrial line as well. The voice data switch may be connected to the base station wireless network, for example, via a mobile switch center (MSC), and a terrestrial line is provided between the voice data switch and the MSC.

  A user accesses the game system by a mobile station that is communicating and becomes part of a communication network. The mobile station may be any communication device that operates in connection with a network as described above. For example, in this particular embodiment, the mobile station includes a mobile phone.

  In various embodiments, for example in the case of a mobile communications network, the gaming system can be implemented through the use of a personal label carrier network. Individual base stations are programmed by the cellular carrier to transmit personal safety voice and / or data transmissions from the mobile station handset to the mobile station handset. The handset may be pre-programmed with both gaming software and carrier authentication software. The base station communicates with the switch via a private T1 line. The game service provider borrows a private T1 or T3 line that sends the call back to the game server managed by the game service provider. Encryption is set on the phone if required by a game regulator such as a game committee.

  The mobile communication network may be a private, closed system. The mobile station communicates with the base station, which is connected to a central switch in the game jurisdiction. Voice calls on the switch are transmitted locally or over long distances. The game traffic of a particular service provider is sent from the central switch to a game server at a host location, which can be a casino or other location.

  When a subscriber initiates a particular game application, the handset communicates only with a particular base station having a cell or sector that is designed to be completely game jurisdiction. For example, if a base station is close enough to capture or send a signal on a state line, the base station cannot communicate with the device. If the customer uses the device in a game, the system may prohibit making and receiving voice calls if desired. In addition, audio is completely excluded when requested. In addition, the device is not allowed to connect to the Internet. This ensures at a high level that betting begins and ends within the boundaries of the game jurisdiction and that the private wireless system cannot be bypassed or bypassed. In some embodiments, some of the data and / or voice traffic is at least partially communicated over the Internet, while in other embodiments the communication path does not include the Internet. Alternatively, in some embodiments, certain non-game information may be communicated on a route that includes the Internet, while other information related to the game activity of the system is communicated on a route that does not include the Internet. .

  As shown in FIG. 24, the game communication device 32 communicates with a game service provider over a network 34. The game service provider preferably owns one or more servers on which various games and other applications are located. As shown in FIG. 24, some examples of gaming applications include horse racing and other sports, financial exchanges, casinos and / or virtual casinos, entertainment and other event exchanges, news and real-time entertainment. Each of these applications may be implemented by one or more software modules. Applications can be combined in any possible combination. Further, it should be understood that these applications are not exhausted and other applications may be provided to provide the user with an environment that is associated with either the described or potential activities. .

  In other embodiments, for example, as shown in FIG. 25, the communication network includes a private wireless network. Private wireless networks may include, for example, 802.11x (WiFi) network technology that covers “game spots” or “entertainment spots”. In FIG. 25, various WiFi networks are shown as network 41. The network 41 may use other communication protocols that provide a private wireless network, including but not limited to 802.16x (WiMax) technology. Further, the network 41 may be interconnected. Further, the game system may include a combination of networks as shown in FIG. For example, a combination of private wireless networks 16, a mobile communications network that includes a multi-channel access unit or sectorized base station 42, and a satellite network that includes one or more satellites 46.

  For private wireless networks, this technology covers a small area and provides a very high amount of information, so private wireless networks are particularly suitable for game committees that require location and identity verification for game service providers. Yes. Game spots enabled by the network 41 include current casino areas 48, new areas such as swimming pools, lakes or other recreation areas 49, rooms and casinos 48 or restaurants such as those in hotels 45 and 47. , And other remote game areas 43 are included. The overall configuration of the game system depicted in FIG. 25 is merely an example and may be modified to fit various embodiments.

In some embodiments, the system configuration of the gaming system includes:
(1) Wireless LAN (Local Access Network) components, mostly consisting of 802.11x (WiFi) and / or 802.16x WiMax technology; highly resistant security and authentication software; game software; Windows® or Symbian (registered) (Trademark) a handset with a built-in operating system and certified by a mobile carrier; and (a) CDMA technology secure against over-the-air data protection;
(B) at least two layers of user authentication (provided by the mobile carrier and provided by the game service provider);
(C) forced tunneling to game servers (static routing);
(D) end-to-end encryption at the application layer; and (e) state-of-the-art firewall and DMZ technology;
(2) MWAN (Metropolitan Wireless Access Network) consisting of licensed or license-exempt point-to-point links and licensed or license-exempt point-to-multipoint technology.
(3) Private MAN (Metropolitan Access Network) T1 and T3 lines that supply connections to places where wireless services do not reach (4) Redundant private line communication returning from mobile switch to game server Individual "game spot" The “amusement spot” is preferably connected to the central and redundant game servers via MWAN / MAN. To access the private wireless network 41, the game communication device may be PDAs or mini-laptops run by WiFi or WiMax and may not be managed by a third party partner.

  In various embodiments, the gaming system includes a location verification feature that allows or disables a game from a remote location depending on whether the location meets one or more criteria. The determination criterion may be, for example, whether or not it is in a pre-defined place where the game is legally permitted. As another example, the criteria may depend on whether the location is a non-game zone such as a school. Location verification techniques used in the system may include, but are not limited to, “network-based” and / or “satellite-based” techniques. Network-based techniques may include, for example, multilateration, triangulation, and geofencing. Satellite-based technology may include, for example, global positioning satellite (GPS) technology.

  As mentioned above, the mobile telephone approach may include the use of at least one mobile telephone, mobile communications voice and data network. For games in jurisdictions such as Nevada, for example, triangulation, global positioning satellite (GPS) technology, and / or geofencing avoids the possibility of betting or betting outside the Nevada border. May be included for. In some embodiments, the network does not cover all of a particular jurisdiction such as Nevada. For example, the network does not cover an area where the mobile phone coverage area of a particular base station spans a state border or other jurisdiction boundary. This is to allow the use of location verification to prevent the opportunity for betting to begin or end outside the state. Triangulation is used as a method to prevent playing games from an unauthorized location. Triangulation is performed, for example, by comparing signal strengths from a single mobile station received by a plurality of base stations each having GPS coordinates. This technique may be used to pinpoint the location of the mobile station. The location is checked against a map or other material to determine an area where the mobile station is not allowed, such as a school. Alternatively, GPS technology may be used for this purpose.

  As shown in FIG. 26, the game system includes a plurality of game communication devices 54, 55, and 56. Devices 55 and 56 are both located within the game jurisdiction. However, only the device 56 is located in the geofence 57 set by the service areas of the plurality of base stations 53. Thus, geofencing allows games via device 56 but may be used to disable games via devices 54 and 55. Some game communication devices within game jurisdiction 58, such as device 55, are not allowed access to the game system, but geofence 57 is not permitted to access game communication devices outside jurisdiction 58, such as device 54. Guarantee.

  Geo-fencing does not specify a location. Rather, it ensures that the mobile station is within a certain boundary. For example, geofencing is used to ensure that mobile stations that cross state boundaries do not have access to the gaming system. On the other hand, triangulation specifies a pinpoint or a position close to the pinpoint. For example, as shown in FIG. 26, the device 56 is triangulated between three of the base stations 53 to determine the position of the device 56. Triangulation may be used to identify whether a device such as a mobile station is located at a particular spot where gambling is not allowed (eg, school). The positioning technique used with the various embodiments preferably conforms to Federal Communications Commission (FCC) Phase 2E911. Geological Institute Survey (GIS) mapping is to compare the identified coordinates of the game communication device with GIS map features or elements to determine if the device is within an unauthorized area of the game. May be used. Any type of location verification, such as triangulation, geo-fencing, global positioning satellite (GPS) technology, or other location determination technology that will ensure that the user is within an allowed game area at an acceptable level May also be used.

  In various embodiments, location verification is performed by channel address checking or location verification using other identification numbers or information indicating which network or which part of the network is being accessed by the game communication device. Assuming the use of an identification number for this purpose, according to the location verification method, for example, a participant accesses the game system via a mobile phone. The identification number of the mobile phone or the network component being accessed by the mobile phone identifies the caller's connection to the mobile network. The number represents that the caller is within a defined area and is on a particular mobile network. The server application may be on the mobile phone to communicate this information to the game service provider via the network. In some embodiments, the identification number or information may be transferred from the first network provider to the second network provider. For example, the caller's home network may be provided by a second provider, but the caller roams on the network (within the jurisdiction) provided by the first provider. The first provider forwards the identification information to the second provider so that the second provider can determine whether the caller is within the prescribed area of the associated gaming activity that is allowed or not allowed. In various embodiments, the game service provider maintains or accesses a database that maps numbers that identify various worldwide mobile communication networks to geographic areas. Various embodiments contemplate the use of numbers or proxies that indicate a network, part of a network, or network component that is connected to a mobile phone. The identification number may represent one or more base stations, base station groups, lines, channels, tracks, switches, routers, repeaters, etc.

  In various embodiments, when a user connects a mobile phone to a game server, the game server retrieves network identification information and communicates the information to the game service provider. The software in the game communication device may incorporate a function of determining a user location (at least partially based on identification information) and sending a message to the game service provider upon user login or access. The identification number or information used for position determination may be country specific, state specific, town specific or other definable boundaries.

  In connection with any of the position determination methods, the game system may periodically update the position determination information. Updates can be made at predetermined time intervals during a game session, for example, to ensure that movement of the game communication device to an unauthorized area is detected during play as well as during login or initial access. May be implemented.

  Thus, depending on the position determination technique used, the game communication device, game server, or telecommunications network used to transmit information between the game communication device and the game server (eg, a base station) In any of these components, a determination may be made whether to allow or prohibit game activity.

  One aspect of a private wireless network related to preventing games in a non-permitted area is the installation of a sensor such as a radio wave identification (RFID) sensor attached to a game communication device. When the user takes the device out of the game permission area, the sensor issues an alarm. Furthermore, the device may be connected to an immovable object. The user logs into such a device using an ID and password.

  In various embodiments, the gaming system may include the ability to determine the location of gaming communication devices within a large building such as a casino complex. This adds the capability to make the device executable or non-executable based on the location of the device in the building. For example, government regulations prohibit the use of devices that gamble from guest rooms in casino complexes. Accordingly, certain embodiments may include the ability to determine the location of the device within the building and disable the gambling function of the device from the cabin or other areas where gambling is prohibited. FIG. 27 illustrates an example wireless gaming system in which the position of the game communication device 604 is determined according to various embodiments.

  As shown in FIG. 27, the wireless gaming system includes a wireless network that at least partially covers a casino complex 600 in which one or more game communication devices 604 are used to participate in various gaming activities. While various embodiments may include fewer or more than three signal detection devices, a wireless network may include at least three signal detection devices 602. As shown in FIG. 27, the wireless network includes four signal detection devices 602 each located at a corner of the casino complex 600. In various embodiments, these signal sensing devices may include wireless access points, wireless routers, wireless base stations, satellites, or other suitable signal detection devices. Further, although the signal detection device 602 is illustrated as being located at the boundary of the casino complex 600, if the signal detection device can receive a signal coming from the game communication device 604 in the casino complex 600, the signal detection device is the casino complex. It may be in any position inside or outside the body 600. In various embodiments, the signal detection device 602 may be used to transmit a signal to the game communication device 604 as well as reception.

  In various embodiments, the casino complex 600 may be divided into one or more zones 608 representing different areas of the casino complex, such as a lobby, guest room, restaurant, shop, entertainment venue, or pool area. For example, as shown in FIG. 27, zone 608a may correspond to a casino lobby, zone 608b may correspond to a guest room, zone 608c may correspond to a restaurant, and zone 608d may correspond to a casino game floor. Individual zones 608 may be further divided into one or more sub-zones 606 that identify specific locations within zone 608. The subzones 606 may each be arranged in a grid-like configuration of uniform size. In some embodiments, each subzone may consist of 9 square feet (ie, 3 feet in length and width). In some embodiments, the individual subzones may consist of 10 square feet (ie, 10 feet in length and width). The selection of the area size covered by the subzone is determined by administrator preferences, wireless network technical constraints, government regulations, and other considerations.

  Certain embodiments may use a map that divides the casino complex 600 into multiple zones 608 and sub-zones 606 to determine the location of the game communication device 604 within the complex. These embodiments may utilize signals received by the signal detection device 602 from the game communication device 604 to determine the location of the device.

  In various embodiments, the location of the game communication 604 may be determined based on the signal strength received from the device 604 by the individual signal sensing device 602. In various embodiments, the signal strength determination is performed using a received signal strength indicator (RSSI) value or any other suitable indicator that indicates signal strength. Generally, the closer the subzone is to the signal detection device, the stronger the signal received by the signal detection device from the game communication device located in that subzone. Thus, given multiple signal strength readings taken from different points within the casino complex (eg, signal sensing device 602), these different signal strength readings are used to determine the location of the device. Good. With this in mind, an individual subzone 606 may be associated with a reference set of signal strengths that the signal detection device has received from devices located in this particular subzone. In general, reference readings are obtained from game communication devices located in sub-zones, and these numbers are generated and calibrated periodically. After the individual subzones are associated with a reference set of signal strengths, these reference signal strengths may be compared with the signal strengths received from the game communication device by the signal sensing device. Since each subzone has its own set of signal strengths, this comparison may be used to identify the particular zone in which the game communication device is located.

  In various embodiments, the position of the game communication device 604 may be determined based on the elapsed time between signal transmission from the device 604 and signal reception by the individual signal sensing devices 602. In various embodiments, this elapsed time may be determined based on time of arrival differences (TDOA) or other suitable techniques. As in the case of signal strength, each sub-zone 606 may be associated with a predetermined or reference elapsed time from signal transmission to reception from the game communication device. Since the time at which a signal arrives at an individual signal detector depends on the proximity of the subzone to the individual base station, this set of elapsed times is different for each individual subzone of the casino complex. The sub-zone in which the device is located is determined by comparing the time from signal transmission until the signal detection device receives a signal from the game communication device.

  Once the position of the game communication device is determined, certain embodiments enable and / or disable certain functions of the device based on this determination. For example, as described above, certain embodiments make it impossible for the gambling communication device to perform the function of gambling from the user room, while the user purchases goods or services, or purchases a ticket for an entertainment event. Enable other features of the device. When the user leaves the room, the gambling function of the game communication device may be enabled. Similarly, certain embodiments may prevent gaming communication devices from being used for money transactions from the gaming casino floor. Such functions may be enabled when the user leaves the casino floor. Similarly, other functions of the game communication device may be enabled or disabled based on the location of the device in the building, according to various embodiments.

  In various embodiments, various functions of the gaming communication device may be enabled or disabled based on the zone 608 in which the device is located. In such embodiments, individual zones 608 of the casino complex may be associated with a set of permitted activities. For example, the lobby zone 608a of the casino complex may be allowed all activities, while the guest room zone 608b of the building may be allowed all activities except gambling. Depending on the position of the game communication device, the function of the game communication device may be limited to the set of activities allowed for the zone in which the device is located. As the game communication device moves from zone to zone, the location of the device may be redetermined and the capabilities of the device may be updated to reflect the set of activities allowed for the zone in which the device is currently located.

  Various embodiments may use position determination to send position specific information to the game communication device. For example, if the device (and thus the user) is located elsewhere in the casino complex, a notification may be sent to the user's device that an entertainment event for which the user has a ticket will begin. In other embodiments, if the user is in a room, the user may be informed that the user's preferred dealer is on the casino floor.

  In various embodiments, the gaming communication device may be used to deliver items and services purchased or ordered by a user of the device. For example, in various embodiments, a user may purchase food and drinks using the device. Even if the user moves to another subzone after ordering, the location of the device may be used to deliver food and drink to the user.

  The positioning of the gaming communication device may be used to provide the user with instructions to other places in the casino complex. For example, a user on a casino floor who wants to go to a particular restaurant within the casino complex may be given instructions based on the user's location. These instructions may be updated as the user proceeds toward the desired position. If the user leaves the course, the position determination updated while the user is moving may be used to note to the user that the user has left the course and to determine a new course to the desired position.

  It should be understood that the above description includes only some of the implementation techniques that may be used by various embodiments. According to various embodiments, other techniques are available and encompassed. Various embodiments may be implemented using any existing or future developed technology, whatever is suitable.

User Profiles According to various embodiments, a wireless gaming system can introduce user profile elements. One or more user profiles are created, maintained, and modified, for example, on one or more servers of the game system. In general, a user profile includes information about individual users. Information may be held in one or more databases. The information can be accessed to the game server and / or one or more mobile devices. Devices that access information include game devices or game management devices, according to some embodiments. Game management devices may include wireless devices used by casino staff to provide game services or game management services.

  Various embodiments include software and / or hardware that allows for the preparation, modification and maintenance of one or more user profiles. Thus, each of the one or more user profiles may consist of a data set held in the data storage device. A data set for an individual user may reflect a number of parameters or information about a particular user corresponding to the profile. Without limitation, such information may include, for example, favorite game and / or game composition, preferred screen composition, betting preferences, gaming activity preferences such as game location preferences, meals and other service information. May include preferences etc. The information may include electronic files such as name, address, hotel name and room number, phone number, social security number, user code, and voice, photos, retinal scans, or other biometric information. User profile information may also include information about the user but not determined by the user or user activity. Such information may include any information related to or forming part of the profile. For example, a legal entity such as a casino may include rules governing the distribution of benefits or offers to users as part of the profile. User profile information may include any code, account number, credit information, consent, interface, application, or any information related to the user. Thus, the user profile information may include any information specific to a predetermined user. For example, the profile information may include trend information regarding the position played by a particular user, skill level, success level, type of game played, and betting style, and user activity.

  In various embodiments, the user profile information may include user-related managers or other service information. Manager services may include restaurant services, entertainment services, hotel services, money management services, or other suitable services provided to users of gaming devices. For example, restaurant services may include, without limitation, services to allow users to order drinks, food orders, reservations or other restaurant related activities. As another example, entertainment services may include, without limitation, services that allow users to purchase show tickets, arrange reservations or services, make actual purchases, coordinate transportation, or other entertainment-related activities. May include. Hotel services may include, for example, services that allow users to check in, check out, spar reservations, check messages, place messages, review hotel bills, or perform other customer related activities. Money management services may include, for example, services that allow users to transfer funds, pay bills, or other activities related to money management.

  The gaming system may be configured to set a new profile for any user who uses the gaming device for the first time. Alternatively, the new profile may be set for a previous user who has not played for a predetermined period of time. The gaming system may set a profile, monitor user activity, adjust the profile, and adjust information (such as graphics) displayed to the user. The game system may be configured to use the profile information to change the game information presentation to the user. For example, if the previous user returns to the game system, the system may examine the profile for the user and confirm that the user lost money in the crap and acquired gold in blackjack in the previous game session. Based on this information, the system may adjust the default game screen and present the user with a blackjack table. As another example, the profile information may indicate that much of the user's previous blackjack time was spent in a table with a minimum of $ 25. Accordingly, the system may further adjust the game environment to make the blackjack table a $ 25 table. In this sense, the game system enables a personalized wireless game based on one or more criteria maintained in the user profile.

  User profiles may be set and maintained and periodically updated to the extent necessary to enable game providers to provide an enhanced, current and / or customized gaming experience. Updates may be updated based on appropriate triggers such as the occurrence of an event, the occurrence of user activity, or the passage of a predetermined period. Any or all of the profile information may be updated.

Alerts In some embodiments, the gaming system may be configured to initiate one or more alerts to one or more users based on any number of criteria. For example, it may be based on the location of the user. The system may be configured to track other position independent parameters. Game alerts may be based on this and / or other information stored in the user profile. Alerts are preferentially presented and the content and display of alerts is customized by the user or other legal entity. As a related concept, the system may be configured to provide instructions and / or maps. Other related concepts may include the system allowing the user to remotely view specific activities or areas. The alert may be generated in response to the presence of data in the user profile. Further, the alert concept and presentation may be determined based on information in the user profile. Thus, when an alert occurs and what the alert indicates may be customized or adapted according to user preferences (or other information stored about the user (e.g., user profile)). .

  In some embodiments, the alert may be presented or displayed to the user in a format determined at least in part by any of the parameters described or contemplated herein. For example, when the user is outdoors, the brightness may be set automatically to make it easier for the user to see the warning. The alert may be text, visual, audio, or any other information exchange format or combination thereof. The warning presented to the user on the game communication device may be configured in any desired manner, for example. The information is preferably displayed in a manner that makes the most effective use of the screen space for transmitting the warning message. In this way, different alerts of different types or different priorities can be displayed differently on the game device. For example, secondary alerts scroll to the bottom of the screen, but more important alerts can be displayed as pop-ups. A player can register alerts and determine specific preferred alert configurations.

  According to some embodiments, the instruction information may be provided to one or more users. The instruction information may relate to a warning. The instruction information may be based on any of the parameters described herein (eg, profile, alert, location, play or other activity changes, etc.). Instructions may be given to activities, locations, seats, tables, entertainment sports, restaurants, cage changes, information booths, casinos, hotels, sports venues, theaters and others. For example, a specific table or game area, a casino other than where the user is currently located or a casino with other users, a restaurant specified in the user profile, a casino sports reservation area, a hotel room, etc. May be given.

  The instructions can be presented in speech, text, and / or graphics (eg, as a map with zoom capability). An example of how the instructions are provided includes a user profile that indicates that the user likes to play restrictive blackjack on Saturday nights but the user has no preference for a particular casino It is. When a user enters any casino in which the system is operating, the system provides the player with warnings that invite the player to a high-limit hijack table and visual roulette-style instruction information. Another example included a user leaving a sports reservation in a casino, who indicated that he wanted to crap. The device gives walking instructions to the crap table. Another example includes a user with a favorite list of dinner restaurants. At a predetermined time (eg, 8:00 pm), the system provides the user with a list and allows the user to make a selection and reservation. The system provides the user with voice instructions from the user's current location to the selected restaurant. The system may be configured to provide auxiliary information based at least in part on alerts, profiles, or instruction information provided. For example, depending on where the user goes and the route the user takes, the system informs the user that he needs a taxi, needs to go by train, or needs a jacket and tie.

  According to various embodiments, the system allows a user to view a specific activity or area remotely. For example, cameras (or other viewing devices) may be installed throughout a casino building (or other related area). On the kiosk or wireless gaming device, the user can look through one or more selected areas to see activity in the selected area. For example, from the pool the user can know if the crap table has changed limits or is filled with people. From the crap table the user can see if the restaurant or bar is starting to get crowded.

  According to various embodiments, the alert module's operation and alert method are integrated with various technologies for managing user profiles. In an example of this aspect, when playing a casino game, the system may be configured to recognize that the user has a favorite dealer or stickman. If these dealers or stickmen are at work and the user is located in a specific area or within a specific distance, a warning will be issued to invite the user to participate in gaming activities at the specific table at which the dealer or stickman is working. May be sent.

  Thus, if the user profile information indicates that one or more criteria are met, the system may send a warning to the corresponding user or other users. For example, the system may know that the user is a fan of a particular sports team. The system monitors the upcoming events involving those teams at a predetermined time to check if the user bet on the event. If not, the system invites the user to visit the sports reservation and bet. In another example, the system knows that the user prefers a table with a minimum amount of $ 10 and alerts the user to open a table at such a table. In another example, a warning can be triggered by information not directly related to or related to a specific user (eg, non-user-specific information). For example, a warning may be triggered at a specific time or a specific event (eg, the odds given to a specific sport change by a specific predetermined amount).

Service Application According to various embodiments, the game service may be provided as an application accessory to an existing communication or data service. In this way, the game service application may be made available to existing communication or data service customers. For example, a particular wireless telephone or data service customer may be provided with any one or combination of the various game service applications described herein as additional features combined with the telephone or data service. This document refers to communication services grouped together with provided game service applications as including existing communication services, but game service applications are provided as part of a package that includes a newly activated communication service plan. May be received. In still other embodiments, the game service may be set up first and the communication service added later.

  Game service applications bundled with or provided with a communication service may be customized to meet the needs of customers, service providers, or both. For example, a service provider may choose to create a game service application that is available only to a subset of the service provider's customers. In this way, customers who are associated with the service provider are offered game services, if not all. As another example of a customized game service application, a communication service may provide a customer with a number of game service plans that provide different levels of service. For example, certain services, such as advertising services and / or promotional services, may be free for communication service customers. Such level of service may be a customer selection, a service provider selection, or both.

  The customer may be billed independently for additional gaming services, or may be billed with invoices that the customer has already received for existing communications services. For example, in certain embodiments, the game service is billed as an additional fee in the same way that the caller ID service, call waiting service, and call message service are added to the base fee associated with the communication service. May be.

Peer-to-peer wireless games According to various embodiments, the game service enables peer-to-peer wireless games. In particular, the system allows multiple players to participate in the same game activity simultaneously from distributed locations. This is particularly desirable for certain games such as, but not limited to, horse racing, poker, and blackjack. The system may allow a single player to participate in multiple positions for a particular game. For example, a user may be allowed to play multiple blackjack hands. Certain aspects include assisting a user looking for a specific activity. For example, a first player may want to play poker at a table of 6 people. The game system may be used to identify a poker table that has a position available to the first player. Additionally or alternatively, the first player wants to play at the same table as the second player, and the system will help the first player find a game that the second player has already joined. May be configured.

  Location determination techniques may be incorporated to enable peer-to-peer gaming or related services. For example, a “buddy network” may be set up to track members of a selected group. For example, a group of friends may be in a gambling jurisdiction but in various discrete locations within the jurisdiction. The game system allows this group of friends to build a private buddy network of private friends. The system allows one or more members of the group to track one or more other members of the group. In various embodiments, the system may also allow messages from or to one or more group members. For example, the system may allow members to invite other members to a specific wireless gaming activity. Additionally or alternatively, the system may allow a member of the group to bet on the game execution of other members of the group participating in the virtual or actual game.

  Positioning techniques may be incorporated to set up a “warning system”. The alert system may be used to invite certain types of players to participate in gaming activities. A criterion may be used to identify a user of the gaming device that matches the criterion. For example, a game participant may wish to initiate a game activity with another user of a gaming device that is recognized as a “high roller” or “high prize gamer”. As another example, a celebrity user may wish to start a game activity with another celebrity, or an old citizen may wish to start a game activity with another old citizen. In either case, the user identifies criteria that are used to identify other game participants that meet the criteria for starting a peer-to-peer game event.

  The foregoing description should be understood to include only certain implementations of the techniques used by the various embodiments. Depending on various embodiments, other techniques may be used and considered. Various embodiments may be implemented using any suitable technology, including any existing or yet undeveloped technology.

Games and Wireless Systems Various embodiments include a gaming system that includes a handheld personal gaming device. The game system is tuned to present one or more games to a user with one of the handheld game devices.

  In various embodiments, the gaming system includes a portable gaming device or interface. The portable game device has a display that displays game information to the player and an input device that receives input from at least one user, and can send and receive information to and from the remote device / location. The game system also includes a game server that generates game data, transmits the game data to the portable game device, and receives information such as player input from the portable game device. The gaming system further includes a payment transaction server for validating payments and granting a player provided by the game server the right to play the game via the portable gaming device.

  In various embodiments, the gaming system includes one or more fixed gaming machines or other devices capable of printing a valued ticket. The portable gaming device includes a ticket reader for reading ticket information used by the payment transaction server in verifying the value granted to allow the player to play the game.

In one or more embodiments, the portable game device communicates with other devices (such as game servers) via a wireless communication channel. Appropriate relays and transceivers are provided to enable wireless communication.

In one or more embodiments, the portable gaming device includes a plurality of interfaces for changing the configuration of the gaming device or interacting with one or more transaction servers. In some embodiments, a login interface is provided for receiving login information regarding a user of the device. In various embodiments, the number of interfaces that are displayed or allowed access, other functions, or features are configured according to the user of the device. When the game representative confirms the identity, an interface is provided that allows access to various control functions. When a player verifies their identity, such control functions are not accessible, but instead only consumer-related functions such as game play are accessible.

In one or more embodiments, the gaming system includes one or more transaction servers, such as a food transaction server. Using the portable gaming device interface, a player or other user may request a service from the food trading server. For example, a player may request food, drinks, restaurant reservations or other services.

One or more embodiments include a method for playing a game via a portable gaming device connected to a game network. In some embodiments, a player obtains a portable gaming device to check out the device from a restaurant hostess station or hotel / casino reception. The player gives the game operator value such as a credit card or cash down payment. This value is associated with the server and matches a ticket number, player tracking number, or other identifier.

  The game device is configured to support player play using a login interface. Login is performed by a player or a game operator. The player then sets the right to show a value and get a service like playing a game. In some embodiments, the player scans his ticket using the device's ticket reader. The scanned information is sent to the payment transaction server to verify the player's right to play the game or obtain other services. Once the rights are confirmed, the player is allowed to participate in game play or request a service.

  When a player wishes to play a game, the player indicates that desire by selecting a particular game using the game play interface. Upon receiving such an instruction, the game server generates game data and transmits it to the personal game device. The transmitted data may include audio and video data used by the personal gaming device in presenting the game. The player can participate in the game by inputting to the game server via the personal game device. The game server determines whether the outcome of the game is a win or a loss. If the result is a win, a prize may be awarded. This award may be a cash value associated with the player account of the payment transaction server. If the result is a loss, the bet or stake that the player bets on is lost and the amount may be withdrawn from the player account on the trading server.

  FIG. 29 shows a block diagram of a game system according to various embodiments.

  As illustrated, the game system B20 includes a plurality of game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, and B22j. In some embodiments, these game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, and B22j are fixed types. Generally, the game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, and B22j are adjusted to present one or more games to the player. In various embodiments, these games are of the type that requires placing a bet or bet, or the type of player who receives the winning result is provided with a prize, such as a prize. These devices include, for example, video poker and slot machines. Further, the game system B20 includes one or more handheld portable gaming devices (PGDs) B24. The PGD B24 is tailored to provide one or more games to the player and may be used as an access point for various other services, as shown below. Here, a device referred to as a “personal game device” may be referred to in other terms such as a portable game interface, personal game unit, etc., but regardless of the name of the device, one or more of the features herein may be used. Have.

  Further, in various embodiments, the PGD B24 communicates with at least one game server B28. As described below, in various embodiments, one or more games presented to a player via PGD B24 are provided by game server B28.

  The game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, B22j and the individual PGD B24 communicate here with a system called “EZ-Pay”. This system includes a server B26 for transmitting and receiving information. In general, the EZ Pay system is used to receive payments from players who play games and obtain other goods and services and to win or award players.

  In the illustrated embodiment, the game system B20 includes other servers B30, B32 for sending and / or receiving information. In some embodiments, one server B30 includes a prize transaction server. The other server B32 includes a food transaction server. In some embodiments, information may be sent between PGD B24 and servers B30, B32.

  An EZ Pay system according to various embodiments is described in more detail with reference to FIG. If the player wishes to win or cash in the game, the EZ Pay system may constitute an award ticket system that allows issuance of award ticket coupons instead of traditional coin awards or payouts. These tickets may also be used by gaming machines and other devices that provide value, such as payment for items including bets or bets to play games.

  FIG. 30 illustrates in block diagram some embodiments of such a system. As shown, the first group of game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d and B22e is connected to a first store clerk confirmation terminal (CVT) B34, and consists of game machines B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i and B22j. The second group is connected to the second CVT B36. All gaming machines print ticket coupons that are exchanged for cash or accepted as credits or marks for other gaming machines. If CVT B34 and B36 are not connected to each other, a ticket coupon printed by one gaming machine will only serve as a credit mark for other gaming machines in the group of gaming machines connected to the same CVT. May be used. For example, a prize ticket printed from the game machine B22a can be used as a credit mark in the game machines B22b, B22c, B22d and B22e connected to the common CVT B34, but the game machines B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, And in B22j, since these game machines are connected to CVT B36, they may not be used.

  CVTs B34 and B36 store ticket coupon information corresponding to unpaid ticket coupons waiting for redemption. This information is used when the ticket is confirmed and cashed. CVTs B34 and B36 store information about ticket coupons printed by a game machine connected to the CVT. For example, the CVT B34 stores ticket coupon information about tickets printed by the game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, and B22e. If a player wishes to cash a ticket coupon and the CVTs B34, B36 are not connected to each other, the player cashes the coupon printed from a particular gaming machine with the CVT of that gaming machine group. Good. In order to cash the ticket coupon, the information obtained from the ticket coupon and the information stored in the CVT are confirmed by comparison. After the ticket coupon is cashed, the CVT marks the ticket as paid in the database to prevent the ticket coupon from being cashed multiple times with similar information.

  A plurality of groups of game machines connected to the CVTs B34 and B36 may be connected to each other by a cross check network B38. A cross-validation network generally accepts input from two or more CVTs and uses one communication line to enable communication to two or more CVTs and communication from two or more CVTs. Includes the belief B40. The concentrator B40 is connected to a front-end controller B42 that may call CVTs B34, B36 for ticket coupon information. The front-end controller B42 is connected to an EZ pay server B26 that may provide various information services to the award ticket system including accounting B44 and management B46.

  The cross-confirmation network allows ticket coupons issued by any gaming machine connected to the cross-confirmation network to be accepted by other gaming machines in the cross-confirmation network. In addition, the cross-confirmation network allows cashiers at cashier stations B48, B50, and B52 to confirm any ticket coupons issued from game machines in the cross-confirmation network. In order to cash the ticket coupon, the player may present the ticket coupon at one of the cashier stations B48, B50, B52. Information obtained from the ticket coupon is used to confirm the ticket by comparing the information on the ticket with the information stored in the CVTs B34 and B36 connected to the cross-confirmation network. Since the ticket is confirmed, this information may be sent to another computer B54 to provide a review service.

As described above, the game system B20 may also include one or more PGDs B24. In various embodiments, the PGD B24 is a portable device capable of transmitting and receiving via a wireless communication link / network.

  Referring again to FIG. 29, the game system B20 may include wireless transceivers B62, B64, B66 and B68 connected to the printer B56, wireless communication relays B58 and B60, and remote transaction servers B26, B28, B30 and B32. In various embodiments, a player may obtain PGD B24, obtain appropriate permission, then play one or more games and / or obtain other services, including food or accommodation services.

  FIG. 31 shows a block diagram of a game and service system implemented by PGD B24 and game system B20 illustrated in FIG. In various embodiments, the game and service system B100 comprises at least a PGD B24 and a number of input / output devices. The PGD B24 generally includes a display screen B102 that may display a number of game service interfaces B106. Game service interface B106 is generated on display screen B102 by a type of microprocessor (not shown) in PGD B24. An example of a hand-held PGD B24 that adapts the game service interface B106 shown in FIG. 31 is manufactured by Symbol Technologies, Inc. of Holtsville, New York. The interface or menu data may be stored in local memory, or the data may be transmitted from a remote location (such as a data server) to the PGD B24. This reduces the memory requirements of the device.

  The game service interface B106 may be used to provide game operation services that include various game service transactions and presentation for play by a user playing one or more games. Game service interface B106 including a login interface B105, an input / output interface B108, a transaction mediation interface B110, a ticket confirmation interface B115, an award provision interface B120, a food provision interface B125, an accommodation facility provision interface B130, a game operation interface B135, and a game play interface B137 May be accessed via a main menu with a number of submenus that allow game service representatives or players access to different display screens associated with a particular interface.

In one or more embodiments, some or all of the interfaces may be available to users of the PGD B24. For example, in one or more embodiments, the PGD B24 can be used by a player who plays a game and participates in other activities, and when a game executor provides services to the player and performs management functions. May have the dual purpose of being used in In various embodiments, some PGDs B24 may be specially configured to be used only by players and other PGDs B24 may be specifically configured to be associated with the game or used only by other personnel. . In such a case, interface B106 may be specially programmed.

In one or more embodiments, only a specific interface B106 may be displayed depending on the status of the user of the PGD B24. In some embodiments, the particular interface B106 that is displayed and accessible is determined by the user's situation indicated through the login function. In various embodiments, when the PGD B24 is operational (such as when the power button is turned on), the default status of the PGD B24 is the display of the login interface B105. When the user of PGD B24 logs in, the status of the PGD is changed.

In one or more embodiments, the login interface B105 may input a type of user identification to the game service representative and enable the user identification to be verified with a password. When the display screen B102 is a touch screen, the user may input user / operator identification information on the display screen including the login interface B105 using the input pen B103 and / or one or more input buttons B104. Using a menu on the display screen of the login interface, the user may select another display screen related to the login and registration process. For example, another display screen obtained via a menu on the display screen in the login interface allows the game service representative's fingerprint to be scanned for identification, or the game player's fingerprint to be scanned. It's okay.

  If the user identifies himself as a game operator or representative, the PGD B24 may be adjusted to display one or more interfaces as listed above and described in detail below. In one or more embodiments, the default status or login may be a “player” mode login.

  In various embodiments, the login interface B105 allows a player to identify himself to configure the PGD B24 to allow access to multiple player services such as game play and the like. You can do it. In various embodiments, the login interface B105 includes a request for the user to identify himself as a “player” or “authorized personnel”. When “Authorized Personnel” is selected, the above-referenced user identification (including password) is required. Once “player” is selected, in various embodiments, the player is required to provide an EZ payment ticket. As described in more detail below, in various embodiments, a player who wishes to play one or more games or obtain other goods or services may provide credits or pay for them. Use an EZ payment ticket. Tickets may be obtained from the cashier or by playing other game devices (such as devices B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22e, B22f, B22g, B22h, B222i, B22j in FIG. 29). Tickets are verified by the EZ payment system described above.

  In various embodiments, the PGD B24 includes a ticket reader B145 and a card reader B140. In some embodiments, the ticket reader B145 may be of various types. In some embodiments, the reader includes a barcode reading optical scanner. In this case, the user of the PGD B24 simply passes the barcode ticket in front of the barcode reader. In some embodiments, card reader B140 includes a magnetic stripe card type reader for reading information associated with the magnetic stripe of a card, such as a player tracking card.

  When appropriate permissions are granted, access is given to users of PGD B24, which consists of one or more of the following interfaces B106.

In one or more embodiments, authorized users are given access to the input / output interface B108. In various embodiments, such access is provided only to game service operators, not players. In one or more embodiments, the input / output interface B108 allows the user to select a device from which the PGD may input game service information or output game service transaction information from the device list stored in the memory of the PGD B24. Allow that. For example, PDG B24 may communicate with ticket reader B145. As another example, the PGD B24 may input information from the card reader B140. Such an input is useful, for example, when the game service operator wants to verify the authenticity of a player tracking card or the like.

  The PGD B24 may output game and service transaction information to many devices. For example, to print a receipt, PGD B24 may output information to printer B150. In this game service transaction, the PGD B24 may transmit a print request to the printer B150 or may receive a print response from the printer B150. Printer B150 may be a large device somewhere fixed or a portable device carried by a game service representative. As another example, the output device may be a card reader B140 capable of storing information on a magnetic card or smart card. Other devices that accept input or output from the PGD B24 are personal digital assistants, microphones, keyboards, storage devices, game machines, and remote transaction servers.

  The PGD B24 may communicate with various input and output mechanisms using both wired and wireless communication interfaces. For example, the PGD B24 may be connected to the printer B150 by some type of wired connection. However, PGD B24 may communicate with remote transaction server B160 via a wireless communication interface including a spread spectrum mobile communication network communication interface. An example of a spread spectrum mobile communication network communication interface is Spectrum 24, which operates between 2.4 and 2.5 GHz and is provided by Symbol Technologies of Holtsville, New York. Information communicated using wireless communication may be encrypted to provide security for certain game service transactions such as confirming a ticket for cashing. Some devices may be compatible with a composite communication interface. Such a spread spectrum network is just one possible communication system.

  Another type of interface that may be stored in the PGD B24 is the award ticket confirmation interface B115. In some embodiments, this interface is only available to authorized game service operators and not to players. Some embodiments of the award ticket interface B115 are compatible with the EZ payment ticket coupon system and may confirm the EZ payment ticket as previously described. However, if other ticket coupon systems are utilized, the award ticket confirmation interface B115 may be designed to interface with other ticket coupon systems. Using the award ticket confirmation interface B115, the game service representative reads the information from the ticket presented to the game service representative by the user using the ticket reader, confirms it, and gives the prize indicated on the ticket. You can pay.

  In various embodiments, the award ticket includes game service transaction information that may be verified against information stored on the remote transaction server B160. To confirm, the ticket requires the number of game service transactions. For example, after obtaining the game service transaction information from the award ticket, the PGD B24 may transmit a ticket confirmation request to the remote transaction server B160 using the spread spectrum communication interface and receive a ticket confirmation response from the remote server B160. In particular, the confirmation response and confirmation request may be for an EZ payment ticket. After the award ticket is confirmed, the PGD B24 may send a confirmation of the transaction to the remote server B160. Details of the game service transaction confirmation process will be described with reference to FIG. In various embodiments, the award ticket interface may confirm award information from a smart card or other portable information device, or may confirm award information directly from a gaming device.

  When the game and service transaction is completed, the game and service transaction information may be stored in storage device B155. The storage device B155 may be a remote storage device or a portable storage device. Storage device B155 may be used as a backup for audit purposes in the event of a failure of the PGD B24 memory, or may be removable from the PGD B24.

  One type of game service interface that may be recorded on the PGD B24 is an award service interface B120. While playing a game as an award of a game machine (ie, game machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22e, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, B22j in FIG. 29), You may receive tickets that can be converted into merchandise including bicycles, computers or travel bags (such as issued by other game consoles), or such awards directly (while playing PGD B24) You may receive it. Using the award service interface B120, the game service representative or player may check the award service ticket and check the availability of a particular award. For example, if the award service ticket indicates a player's bicycle acquisition, the game service representative may check whether the award is available at a nearby award distribution center. As an alternative, the player may be allowed to do the same. In some embodiments, a player may be awarded one prize at a particular level if there are one or more particular prizes for that level. In such a case, the player may use interface B120 to determine which awards are currently available at the award level awarded. The PGD B24 may confirm the award ticket and communicate with a remote award server to check the availability of a particular award. Further, the game service representative may send the prize to the player's home or may send a request to send the prize to the prize delivery location. Game service transactions required to confirm award tickets, including award confirmation requests and award confirmation responses, to confirm award availability, and to place or ship awards, are displayed on various display screens located within the award interface. Implemented. Different prize screens of the award service interface may be accessed using menus located on individual screens of the award service interface. In some embodiments, the award service interface B120 may confirm information from a smart card or other portable information device, or may confirm award information directly from a gaming device.

  The type of game service interface that may be stored in the PGD B24 is the food service interface B125. As a gaming machine award or as a price for a certain amount of games, a player may receive free food or drinks. Using the food service interface, the player may originalize a food or drink award, or the game service representative may give such a prize (eg, the award is given in the form of a ticket to the player of the gaming device B22a). You may check the availability of the award. For example, if a player receives a prize ticket valid for a free meal, the food service interface may be used to check the availability of a dinner reservation and make a dinner reservation. As another example, PGD B24 may be used to place food or drink orders by a player. Such an order may be processed via the remote food server B32 (see FIG. 29). The transactions required to confirm a food ticket or award, check the availability of a food service, request a food service, and receive a response to a food service request are the various transactions located within the food service interface B125. Implemented using a display screen. These display screens may be accessed using menus located on individual screens of the food service interface. In some embodiments, the food service interface may be configured to verify food service information from a smart card or other form information device.

  Another type of game service that may be stored in the PGD B24 is the accommodation service interface B130. In exchange for a game play award or a specific amount of game play, a player may receive a prize in the form of an accommodation service such as a room upgrade, free night, or other accommodation service. Using the accommodation facility service interface B130, the player may check the availability of a particular accommodation facility award. For example, if a player receives a room upgrade award, the accommodation service interface may be used to check room availability and book a room. Regardless of whether the player has won an accommodation award, the player may use the accommodation service interface to make a room reservation (such as an additional room reservation) or to upgrade a room. In some embodiments, tickets may be issued to game players (eg, from independent game devices B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22e, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, B22j shown in FIG. 29). The game representative may check the player's award ticket, check the availability of the award, and use the accommodation service interface to implement the award. As another example, PGD B24 may be used to call a taxi or other form of transportation for a player who is in a gaming machine and intends to leave the game play area. The game play area may be a casino, a hotel, a restaurant, a bar, or a store.

  The PGD B24 may communicate with the remote accommodation facility server to confirm the award for accommodation facility service and check the availability of the award for a particular accommodation facility. Various displays located within the accommodation service interface are necessary to check the accommodation ticket, check the availability of accommodation service, request accommodation service, and receive a response to the accommodation service request It may be implemented using a screen. These display screens may be accessed using menus located on individual screens of the accommodation service interface. In some embodiments, the accommodation service interface may be configured to verify accommodation service information from a smart card or other portable information device.

  One type of game service interface that may be stored on the PGD B24 is a game operation interface B135. Using the game service interface B135 on the PGD B24, the game service representative may execute a number of game service transactions related to game operations. For example, if a game player spills a drink in the game play area, the game service representative sends a request to the maintenance to send personnel to clean up the accident and receives a response to the request from the maintenance You can do it. Maintenance requests and maintenance responses may be transmitted and received via a display screen selected via a menu on the screen of the game operation service interface. As another example, if a game service representative notices a broken game machine, such as a light break, the game service representative may send a maintenance request for the game machine using the PGD B24. In one or more embodiments, the player may be granted various options through the game service interface B135. For example, a player may be authorized to request a service representative or attendant using interface B135.

  One type of game service interface that may be stored on PGD B24 is transaction arbitration interface B110. In various embodiments, the PGD B24 includes a memory that stores game service transaction information. The memory may record the type and time when a particular game service is executed. From time to time, game service transaction records stored in PGD B24 may be compared to records stored in other locations. For example, for confirmation of a prize ticket, every time a prize ticket is confirmed and paid out, confirmation is transmitted to the remote server B160. Thus, the information regarding the award ticket confirmed using the PGD B24 should be consistent with the information regarding the transaction performed by the PGD stored in the remote server B160. The transaction reconciliation process includes the use of transaction reconciliation interface B110 to compare this information. In various embodiments, only game service representatives (except players) are allowed to access the transaction arbitration interface B110.

  One type of game service that may be stored on the PGD B24 is a voice interface B138. Using spread spectrum mobile communications or other communication networks built into the PGD, players and / or game service representatives may use the PGD B24 as a voice communication device. This voice interface B138 may be used to assist with some of the previously described interfaces. For example, if a game player spills a drink, the game service representative may use the voice interface B138 on the PGD B24 to send a maintenance request and receive a maintenance response. As another example, if a game player requests confirmation of a food service such as a free meal, the player, or a game service representative in a restaurant or other location, uses the voice interface B138 on the PGD B24. Such a request may be made. In some embodiments, a player may be allowed to communicate with other PGD B24 players, such as by entering a code number assigned to the PGD B24 that they wish to communicate with. In this way, for example, couples using two different PGDs B24 are allowed to communicate with each other. Voice interface B138 may allow players to communicate with a hotel / casino front desk, gaming board switchboard operator, and the like.

  One type of game service interface that may be stored on the PGD B24 is a game play interface B137. In various embodiments, the player is authorized to access the game play interface B137 to select one or more games for play. The game play interface B137 may include a menu that lists one or more games that the player may play via the PGD B24. In various embodiments, game play is performed by game server B28 (see FIG. 29).

In one or more embodiments, the game control code is not present in PDG B24, but is located on a secure remote server. Referring to FIG. 29, game play data is transmitted from game server B28 to PGD B24, and from PGD B24 to game server B28. The PDG B24 receives video data and processes the data to be presented as information on the display B102, thereby receiving and processing the data. Similarly, the PGD B24 is adapted to accept input and send the input or command to the game server B28. This adjustment results in the advantage that almost all aspects of the game player can be monitored since game play data is required to be sent to or from a remote location. This prevents, for example, storing game software that has been tampered with, copied, or the like in the PGD B24.

In one or more embodiments, each PGD B24 has a unique identifier that is used to identify from which PGD B24 data is transmitted and to which PGD B24 data is transmitted. In some embodiments, by directing game data for a particular game being played on a particular PGD B24 to that PGD B24 using a particular identifier, the game server B28 can direct the same or different games to different PGDs. It may be used to present to multiple players using B24.

  As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the PGD B24 may have a variety of configurations. As described above, the PGD B24 may be used in a game system B20 where the game code is not directly stored in the PGD. In such an embodiment, the PGD B24 may have a much more limited amount of data memory. In some embodiments, the PGD B24 includes a processor for executing the control code necessary to operate the display B102, accept input from the pen B103 or input button B104, and the like. Furthermore, the PGD B24 preferably includes a buffer memory for receiving data transmitted from the game server B28. This data may include data for displaying game information such as video and audio content.

  Various usage modes of the PDG B24 will be described. In one or more embodiments, the PGD B24 may be used directly by the player. In various embodiments, a player may use the PGD B24 to play one or more games and get food-like products and services.

  The usage of PGD B24 according to some embodiments is illustrated in FIGS. 32 (a) and 32 (b). In general, a player must first obtain a PGD B24. For example, a player may borrow PGD B24 from a game operator. The player then sets permission to use PGD B24. In some embodiments, the player must show the player's identity at the login interface and obtain a valid ticket to operate the PGD B24. In operation, the player uses the interface B106 to play a game, spot prizes, order food and drinks, make a reservation, seek game operator assistance, and so on. Participate in various transactions, such as seeking various other goods and services as described in more detail in.

  An example of how the player uses the PGD B24 will be described with reference to FIG. In the first step B400, the player first obtains a PGD B24. In some embodiments, the game operator may have a place where the player obtains the PGD B24 from a game attendant or other desired location, such as a hotel / casino front desk, a restaurant hostess. In some embodiments, the game operator may actually allow a player to own PGD B24 to lend, sell, or give PGD B24 to the player.

  In step B402, the PGD B24 is operated. In some embodiments, this step includes turning on the PGD B24 (such as using a power switch) and logging in. In some embodiments, the login interface B105 is automatically displayed when the PGD B24 is turned on. Login interface B105 may include “player” and “authorized personnel” buttons that may be operated using pen B103.

  In some embodiments, the game operator may log in the player. For example, if a player obtains PGD B24 from a restaurant hostess, the hostess may log in to the player. In some embodiments, the game operator may have PGDs B24 used by players and other devices used by gamers. In such a case, the PGDs B24 configured for the player may be automatically configured in the player mode after turn-on.

  In step B404, the player sets the eligibility for using the PGD B24. In some embodiments, this step may include the player providing a valid ticket that can be verified using the EZ payment portion of gaming system B20. In some embodiments, a player has obtained a ticket by playing on one of the gaming machines B22a, B22b, B22c, B22d, B22e, B22f, B22g, B22h, B22i, B22j. May be. In some embodiments, a player may have a ticket issued by a game service representative. For example, the player may be issued a ticket with a cashier cage (with credit card or cash) credits. The player may pay cash or the like to a restaurant hostess and issue a ticket.

  Once the player has a ticket, the ticket may be scanned using the ticket reader B145 of the PGD B24. For example, a player may pass a ticket in front of ticket reader B145. Once the information is read by PGD B24, the data may be sent to EZ payment server B26 for confirmation. This confirmation preferably identifies a particular ticket, including the fact that it is unpaid and has a reasonable value.

In one or more embodiments, entitlements may be set in other ways. For example, in some embodiments, a qualification may be established with a player tracking or identification card that may be read using the card reader B140 of the PGD B24.

  Setting the qualification of PGD B24 may ensure that the player has the necessary funds to pay for services and products available through the use of PGD B24. However, in one or more embodiments, this step may be omitted. For example, in some embodiments, a player may use PGD B24 and pay for goods or services in other ways. In some embodiments, a player may order food and pay the food to the waiter, for example, with room charge or cash when the food is delivered. In some embodiments, a player may use a credit card to pay for a game, food, or the like. In this case, the credit card may be read by card reader B140 when services or products are delivered or ordered by a player.

  In step B406, the player is allowed to make one or more selections from interface B106. As described above, a player may not be allowed to access all interfaces B106. In any case, the player may select a service from the group of the interface B 106 by using the pen B 103 or the like. An example of involvement in a specific activity using PGD B24 is described below with reference to FIG. 32 (b).

  If the player no longer wishes to be involved in activities using PGD B24, the PGD B24 usage session ends at step B408, and in one or more embodiments, PGD B24 is returned to the game operator. . In various embodiments, when a player no longer wishes to use PGD B24, the player returns PGD B24 to the game operator. At that point, the game operator may confirm that the transaction using PGD B24 is closed or completed and pay if the player wins. In some embodiments, player B24 receives a new ticket representing player credit (including all payments made for the first use of PGD B24, all wins are added, Subtracted) is issued.

  An example of a method for using the PGD B24 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. 32 (b) when the game player selects a game play option using the game play interface B137. In step B410 (including the specific embodiment of step B406 of FIG. 32A), the player has selected a “game play” event or service using the game play interface B137.

  In some embodiments, when the player selects the game play interface B137, a menu of one or more games that the player is allowed to play may be displayed to the player. In some embodiments, when the player selects the game play interface B137, a signal is sent from the PGD B24 to the remote game server B28, indicating to the game server B28 that the player wants to play the game. In response, game server B28 may send the latest game menu to PGD B24 for display. In this configuration, the available game menus may be constantly updated at one or more central locations (such as server B28) instead of individual PGD B24.

  If system B20 allows the player to select a game from the game menu, the method includes selecting a particular game that the player is going to play. Game play begins when a game is selected or when only a single game option is provided. In some embodiments, the game server B28 sends data such as video and audio content to the PGD B24 for use by the PGD B24 in presenting the game.

  In some embodiments, in step B412, the player is required to place a bet or wager to participate in the game. In some embodiments, a player may place a bet or wager using an EZ payment system. As described above, a player qualifies for use of PGD B24 with an EZ payment ticket or other ticket indicating that the player has cash or credit in his account that may be used to pay for goods and services. It is preferable to do. These services include game play services.

  In some embodiments, when a player qualifies for PGD B24, the player's credit value or cash is displayed to the player so that the player pays visual attention to these amounts. . When the player starts playing the game, the player may enter a bet or wager that does not exceed the value of credit or cash held by the player. When the player places a bet or wager, the information is sent to the EZ payment server B26 and subtracted from the player's account. The value of the new credit is displayed to the player at PGD B24.

  In various embodiments, a player may provide bets or wagers in other ways. For example, a player may pass a credit card through card reader B140 to provide the credit required for betting or betting.

  In step B414, the player is allowed to participate in the game. In some embodiments, game play includes game server B28 executing game code and sending information to PGD B24 to present certain aspects of the game to the player. If necessary, the player is allowed to input and the input data is transmitted from the PGD B24 to the game server B28.

  As an example of a game, the game may include video poker. In this embodiment, game server B28 executes code to randomly generate or select five cards. Data representing the video image of the card is sent to the PGD B24, where the images of the five dealt cards are displayed on the display screen B102.

A “draw” or “stay” instruction may be displayed to the player. At that time, the player may select one or more cards to leave or exchange. When the player selects card exchange, the instruction is transmitted to the game server B28, and the game server B28 randomly generates or selects a replacement card. The exchange card data is transmitted to the PGD B24, and an image of the exchange card is displayed.

  If the game server B28 determines that the five card hands (including exchange cards) include a predetermined winning hand, the player may be paid a winning amount. Otherwise, the player loses the bet or wager. This step includes step B416 of the method for determining the outcome of the game.

  If the result is a win, the player may be paid for the win by filling in the player's account with the EZ payment server B26. In that case, the displayed player credit value is updated to reflect the player's victory.

  The player may select a re-game, may play a different game, or may select one or more provided services. In some embodiments, a “return to main menu” button or the like may be displayed to the player at all times, allowing the player to return to a display that includes various interfaces B106.

  In some embodiments, once the player has completed using PGD B24, the player returns PGD B24 to the game operator. For example, the player may return the PGD B24 to the cashier cage or game service operator. In various embodiments, a game service operator or other party issues a ticket to the player for credit or value remaining in the player's account. The PGD B24 may be deactivated for use by other players. In some embodiments, the PGD B24 may be deactivated by turning off its power. In some embodiments, a “logout” interface or option may be provided that causes the PGD B24 to return to a default state that requires login by a player or user.

  The PGD B24 may be used by a game service operator. Some examples of such usage are described in detail below in conjunction with FIGS.

  When the game service representative contacts the game player seeking game service in the game playing area B70 (see FIG. 29), the game service representative will be contacted by the game player as described with reference to FIG. An appropriate game service interface on the PGD B24 display screen is used to provide the required game service. For example, when a game player requests EZ ticket confirmation, the game service representative displays an EZ payment ticket confirmation interface on the display screen of the PGD B24 using a menu available on the display screen B102. The game service representative scans the EZ payment ticket using a ticket reader connected to the PGD B24 to obtain unique ticket information. Next, the PGD B24 transmits an EZ payment ticket confirmation request to the EZ payment server B26 using the wireless communication interface.

  In various embodiments, the ticket confirmation request consists of one or more information packets that conform to the wireless communication standard used. Using wireless link B72, one or more information packets containing a ticket confirmation request are sent to transceiver B62 connected to the EZ payment server. Transceiver B62 is a communication format used by PGD and is designed to receive and send messages to one or more PGDs B24 from one or more PGDs B24 in game playing area B70. Depending on the position of the PGD B24 in the game playing area B70, the communication path of the information packet to or from the PGD B24 may be via one or more wireless communication relays including B58 and B60. For example, if PGD B24 is near game machine B22a, the communication paths for messages from PGD B24 to EZ payment server B26 are PGD B24 to relay B60, relay B60 to relay B58, relay B58 to transceiver B62, and From transceiver B62 to EZ payment server B26. When the position of the PGD B24 in the game playing area B70 changes, the communication path between the PGD B24 and the EZ payment server B26 may also change.

  After receiving an EZ payment ticket confirmation response from EZ payment server B26, the EZ payment ticket may be confirmed using an appropriate display screen on PGD B24. After ticket cashing, the game service representative may use PGD B24 to send a transaction confirmation to EZ payment server B26. The transaction history for PGD B24 may be stored on PGD B24 as well as EZ payment server B26. Next, a transaction receipt may be printed. The receipt may be issued from a portable printer carried by the game service representative and connected in some manner to the PGD B24, or the receipt may be issued from a fixed location printer B56.

  After using PGD B24 to provide many game services, including many game service transactions, to different game players in game playing area B70, the game service representative logs off PGD B24 and returns it to a secure storage location You can do it. For example, at the end of the shift, the game service representative may check the PGD B24 in several places, and if the device is not assigned to a particular game service representative, other game service representatives. May be assigned. However, before the PGD B24 is assigned to another game service representative, the transaction history stored in the PGD B24 matches the independent transaction history stored on a transaction server such as the EZ payment server B26. May be.

  Allocation and non-allocation of PGD B24 to game service representatives and transaction arbitration are performed for security and audit purposes. Another safety measure used for the PGD B24 is fixing the connection time between the PGD B24 and the transaction server. For example, if a PGD B24 is assigned to a game service representative and the game service representative logs on the PGD B24, the PGD B24 may have one or more transactions including the EZ payment server B26, the server B28, the server B30, or the server B32. A connection with the server may be established. The connection between the transaction server and the PGD B24 allows the PDG B24 to send information to the transaction server and receive information from the transaction server. The length of the connection may be fixed so that the connection between the PGD B24 and the transaction server is automatically terminated after a predetermined time. In order to connect to the transaction server, the login and registration process must be repeated on the PGD B24.

  The transaction server may provide one or more game service transactions. However, PGD B24 may connect with multiple transaction servers to obtain different game services. For example, the server 30 may be an award transaction server that enables award service transactions, and the server B 415 may be a food transaction server that enables food transactions. When the game service representative receives the award service request from the game player, the PGD B24 communicates with the award transaction server B30 using a wireless communication link between the PGD B24 and the transceiver B64 connected to the award transaction server B30. May be used for Similarly, when a game service representative receives a food service request from a game player, the PGD B24 uses a wireless communication link between the PGD B24 and the transceiver B66 connected to the food transaction server B32, and the PGD B24 uses the food transaction server B32. May be used to contact with.

  Different transaction servers including servers B26, B28, B30, B32 may be on separate networks or linked in some manner. For example, the server 32 is connected to the network B 74, the server B 26 is connected to the network B 38, the server B 30 is connected to the network B 76, and the server B 28 is connected to the network B 78. In this embodiment, the network link B80 exists between the network B76 and the network B38. Thus, the server B26 may communicate with the server B30 via the network link B80. Communication links between different servers may allow game service transaction information to be shared with these servers and may allow different communication paths between the PGD and the transaction server. Similarly, network link B82 exists between network B78 and network B38, allowing the game server to communicate with EZ payment server B26.

  FIG. 33 is a flowchart illustrating a method for providing a game service using a handheld device. In step B500, the game service representative receives the PGD B24 and logs into the device to assign the device. Checkout and assignment processes are for security and audit purposes. In step B505, the game service representative contacts the game player in the game playing area requesting a certain type of game service. In step B510, the game service representative selects an appropriate interface on the PGD B24 using a menu on the PGD display screen B102 that enables the game service representative to provide the required game service. In step B515, the game service representative inputs the game service transaction information required to execute the game service transaction. For example, to confirm a prize ticket, a game service representative may read information from the ticket using a ticket reader. As another example, to provide a food service that includes a dinner reservation, a game service representative may enter the name of the game player to make a reservation.

  In step B520, the transaction information acquired in step B515 is confirmed as necessary. For example, if a player attempts to cash a prize ticket, the information from the prize will be verified to ensure that the ticket is authentic (for example, the ticket may be counterfeit) and has not yet been confirmed. Is done. The confirmation process requires movement of a certain number of information packets between the PGD B24 and the transaction server. Details of the award ticket confirmation process will be described with reference to FIG. If the transaction information is valid at step B522, a game service transaction is provided. For example, a guest room reservation for a player who requests an accommodation facility service is made. A confirmation of the game service transaction may be sent to the transaction server for transaction arbitration in step B545. In one or more embodiments, the method may include issuing a receipt for the game service transaction.

  In step B535, after providing the service, the game player may request another game service. If the game player requests an additional game service, the game service representative returns to step B510 and selects an interface suitable for the game service. If the game player does not request additional game services in step B530 and it is not at the end of the shift, the game service representative returns to step B505 and contacts the new game player. If the shift is complete in step B540, the game service representative logs out of the PGD B24 and deposits it in a safe place so that the PGD can be assigned to other game service representatives. In step B545, before the PGD B24 is given to a different game service representative, the transaction history recorded on the PGD is consistent with the transactions previously confirmed on the transaction server during the game service representative's shift period. In order to guarantee the transaction history arbitration is executed. The transaction history on the PGD B24 may be stored in the PGD removable memory storage device. In this way, the memory may be removed from the device for transaction arbitration and replaced with a new memory. In this way, transaction information from the previous game service representative assigned to the device is arbitrated, while the device with the new memory is given to the new game service representative.

  FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing a method of confirming information for providing a personal game service. In the illustrated embodiment, the ticket is verified in a manner consistent with the EZ payment ticket system. EZ payment tickets are usually used for award tickets. However, the system may be adapted to provide tickets for other services, including food services, prize services or accommodation services. In step B600, the request for game service transaction information read from the ticket is sent to the appropriate transaction server via the wireless communication interface of the PGD B24, as described with reference to FIG. In step B605, the server identifies which clerk confirmation ticket (CVT) B34, B36 owns the ticket. When the CVT owns the ticket, the information regarding the state of a specific ticket issued from the game machine connected to the CVT B34, B36 is stored. In step B610, the server sends a ticket payment request to the CVT identified as the ticket owner. Generally, a payment request for the service indicated on the ticket is required. For cash tickets, the payment request means that a ticket cashing request has been made. For free meals, a payment request means that a request has been made to obtain a meal. In step B615, the CVT receives the ticket payment request and marks the ticket pending. While the ticket is pending, any attempt to verify the ticket with similar information is blocked by CVT.

  In step B620, CVT B34 and B36 return a response to the server with the context information. As an example, the context information may be the time and place when the ticket was issued. Information from the CVT to the server may be transmitted as one or more data packets according to a communication standard shared between the CVT and the server. In step B625, after receiving an acknowledgment from the CVT, the server marks the payment request as pending and sends a payment command to the PGD B24. While the payment request is pending, the server does not allow other tickets with the same information as the ticket for which the payment request is pending to be confirmed.

  In step B630, the game service representative may select whether to accept or reject the payment command from the server. If the game service representative accepts a payment request from the server in step B640, the PGD B24 transmits a response confirming that the transaction has been executed to the transaction server. The transaction server marks the request as paid, thereby preventing other tickets with the same information from being confirmed. In step B645, the server sends a confirmation to the CVT that allows the CVT to change the mark from pending to paid. If the game service representative rejects the payment instruction from the server, the PGD B24 sends a response to the server to change the mark of the payment request from pending to unpaid. Once the ticket is marked unpaid, the ticket may be verified by another PGD B24 or other verification device. In step B655, the server sends a response to the CVT to change the mark of the payment request from pending to unpaid, thereby enabling ticket confirmation.

In one or more embodiments, the ticket may be used to provide credit / value for qualifying services or goods, such as the right to play games or acquire food. The PGD B24 may include a card reader B140. In such a configuration, a user of PGD B24 may use a credit card or other magnetic stripe type card to provide credit / value. In various embodiments, the PGD B24 may include one or more other types of devices for obtaining / receiving information, such as a smart card reader. In such a configuration, the PGD B24 device may read information from a credit card, smart card, or other device. Such cards may include well-known credit or debit cards. This information may be used to provide credit / value. In the credit card example, user account information may be read from the card and sent from PGD B24 to controller B42. Credit card / credit confirmation information may be associated with a credit card server (not shown). This credit server may work with casinos or banks or other businesses that are remote from where the PGD B24 and controller B42 are used. A communication link may be provided between the controller B42 and a remote server for sending credit card information.

  In some embodiments, if a player uses a smart card or credit card, the accompanying credit or value may be communicated to the EZ payment server B26 and the credit / value is credited as if it were provided by the ticket. The forehead may be handled in the same manner. If the player wishes to cash, the EZ payment server B26 may have a record of the original credit amount, award amount, loss or payment, and issue a ticket corresponding to the total amount of credit to the player.

  According to various embodiments, a gaming system is provided that includes one or more portable gaming devices. Portable gaming devices allow players to play one or more games in various locations, such as hotel rooms, restaurants, or other locations. These locations may be remote from traditional game areas where independent, generally fixed game consoles are located.

In one or more embodiments, a player may use a portable gaming device not only to play a game but also to obtain other products and services. Further, in one or more embodiments, the portable gaming device may be used by a game service representative to perform various functions and provide various services to the player.

  The foregoing description should be understood to include only certain implementation techniques that may be utilized in accordance with various embodiments. Other techniques may be used, and other techniques are contemplated, according to various embodiments. Various embodiments may be implemented using any suitable technology, regardless of existing or undeveloped technology.

Wireless interactive system According to various embodiments, a wireless interactive gaming system includes one or more wireless gaming devices, a receiver, and a central processor. The wireless interactive game system may also include a terminal that communicates with the central processor.

  In a gaming environment using a wireless interactive game system, a player receives a wireless gaming device from a game administrator representing a gaming company or “house”. The wireless game apparatus can receive betting information as a command input by the player, and can transmit the received betting information together with identification information to the recipient by wireless transmission.

  The wireless interactive game system may support many wireless game devices in one game facility. The wireless transmission range from the wireless gaming device may be up to 100 feet.

  According to various embodiments, the player enters information into the wireless gaming device, for example, by pressing a push button or key on the device. The wireless gaming device may include any number of buttons, for example 5 to 20, in a keypad type arrangement. The button may be marked with a number from 0 to 9 and may include a “$” (dollar mark) key and an “enter” key so that the player can easily enter betting information. In various embodiments, the wireless gaming device includes at least eight player selection buttons (eg, numbers) and at least five special function buttons (eg, to request a player balance). In various embodiments, by passing a smart card containing a microprocessor chip or magnetic stripe with encrypted information through a smart card reader of a wireless gaming device, a player may or may not have wagering information. Can be input to the wireless game device.

  In various embodiments, the wireless gaming device may include an identifier. The identifier may be, for example, a series of symbols combining alphabets and numbers, a bar code, or a magnetic stripe attached to the device. In various embodiments, the identifier may be a digital code stored in a secure memory, such as an electronically erasable and programmable read-only memory (EEPROM). If the identifier is a continuous symbol combining alphabets and numbers, the identifier may be read directly by the game administrator, or the identifier is automatically read by a bar code reader or magnetic tape reader. It's okay. In various embodiments, the identifier may be programmed into the EEPROM or may be read from the EEPROM via an RS-232 port connected directly to the terminal encryption and decryption circuitry.

  The wireless game device may store the encryption key. The encryption key may be used to encrypt information transmitted from the device to the receiver. Encryption of information transmitted to the receiver limits the tampering of the wireless gaming machine and prevents unauthorized or fake devices from being used with the system.

  In various embodiments, the encryption key may be stored in EEPROM. An EEPROM has the advantage of being a storage device that is difficult to access if a suitable encryption circuit is not available. In this way, it is considered that the encryption circuit that downloads the encryption key to the device is kept safe by the game administrator.

Instead, each time the game device is delivered to the player, the game device is directly connected to the encryption and decryption device in the terminal via the port, and the encryption key stored in the EEPROM receives each game device. It may be updated and changed. In addition, other digital information related to the game being played can be transferred from the terminal to the EEPROM by direct connection to the wireless gaming device.
May be downloaded to

  In various embodiments, a microprocessor controls the operation of the wireless gaming device. The microprocessor receives digital betting information entered by the player using the buttons or keys of the wireless gaming device. The microprocessor stores a wireless game device identification code, which is a digital equivalent of the wireless game device identifier. The microprocessor also executes a software application for encrypting the identification code and player wagering information for transmission to the receiver. The software includes an algorithm that encrypts a data packet including an identification code and betting information with an encryption key.

  In various embodiments, the wireless gaming device has a unique address, i.e., an identification code, for communication with the receiver and stores the player identification programmed into the device by the central processor. The wireless gaming device may include a bet amount register that is maintained and updated using the device keys. The value stored in the wager amount register may be included in the transmission from the device to the central processor. The value of the bet amount register is set as a default value to a predetermined value, for example, $ 1 when the device is initialized, and may be further adjusted by the player. The wireless gaming device may also include an account balance register that is placed in the device and periodically updated by the central processor. The value of the account balance register should be set to $ 0 as the default value when the device is initialized.

The wireless gaming device may include a player function key. Player function keys may be used to accomplish the following functions:
1. 1. Send a message to the receiver Request account balance information3. 3. Adjust the state of the device. 4. Make sure that data is sent in the next send message. Increase the bet amount register by a predetermined amount, for example $ 10, $ 5 or $ 1 Reset bet amount register to default value, eg $ 1

  The firmware of the wireless gaming device may only allow a button or key to be pressed once every 100 ms. In various embodiments, key presses are not queued; when a key press message is queued and sent, other player inputs are accepted until the queued message is sent. Absent.

  The wireless gaming device may include a transmitter. The transmitter may receive the encrypted digital information from the microprocessor and convert it into a signal for wireless communication to the receiver. The transmitter transmits a signal wirelessly, for example, using a wireless signal or an infrared signal. Communication between the receiver and the wireless gaming device may be asynchronous at 2400 bits per second.

  The wireless game device may include an identification circuit that drives the transmitter to periodically transmit an identification signal to the receiver. By using the identification circuit, the receiver and the central processor can confirm that the wireless gaming device is operating and functioning and is in the gaming facility. In this way, when the wireless game machine is taken out of the gaming facility, the receiver and central processor no longer receive the periodic identification signal transmitted by the identification circuit and the transmitter, and the game administrator can May be warned that it has been taken out of the game facility.

  The wireless gaming device may include a real time clock that allows the microprocessor to monitor the current time and date. The clock may be a timing circuit. The microprocessor can use the time and date obtained from the clock to perform calculations and other functions based on the current time and date.

  The wireless gaming device may include a tag, such as an electronic or magnetic component, that issues a warning upon passing a sensing device located at the entrance and / or exit of the gaming facility. A warning is issued when the tagged wireless game device passes the detection device, thereby informing the game administrator that the wireless game device is about to be taken out of the game facility.

  The wireless gaming device may be powered by a battery power source built into the device. Portable power sources, such as battery power, expand the cordless operation of wireless gaming devices in a gaming environment. The battery power source may be part of a removable rechargeable battery pack that allows charging when the device is not in use.

  In some embodiments, the wireless gaming device displays information such as game information on a display device such as a backlit liquid crystal display (LCD). The LCD can be used to display the values stored in the bet amount register and the account balance register. The wireless gaming device may include a display receiver that receives digital information transmitted from the receiver or central processor.

  The device may also include a two-color light emitting diode (LED). The two-color LED displays at least two colors, for example, red and green. The green light may flash for a period of time so that it can be seen by the player each time the wireless gaming device transmits to the receiver. When a key is pressed on the wireless game device, red light is emitted and may be lit until a transmission is received by the receiver, when no additional key input is performed. The wireless gaming device may also include additional light emitting diodes, for example, to indicate when the account balance register is updated and balance information is displayed on the LCD.

  The receiver can receive a signal transmitted from the transmitter of the wireless game device. The receiver incorporates a decoder that converts the received signal into, for example, digital information. This digital information includes at least an identification code of the wireless game device and player betting information. The digital information obtained by the decoder is sent to the central processor. In various embodiments, communication between the central processor and the receiver may be a 9600 or 19,200 byte per second RS-232 electrical interface data serial communication link.

  The receiver receives signals from many wireless gaming devices, for example, continuously or at high speed using multiplexing technology so that many players can bet on the wireless gaming device in a short time. Good. The receiver identifies signals received from various devices by identification codes present in the signals received by the receiver.

The central processor receives the wireless gaming device identification code and player betting information from the receiver. The central processor decrypts this information using the encryption key. The central processor can receive data from multiple wireless gaming devices in a seemingly simultaneous manner.

  In various embodiments, the player's account is stored in a central processor database. The database stores the monetary value of the account balance associated with the identifier of the wireless game device.

The central processor manages the player's account in the database based on signals received from the player's wireless gaming device when the player bets and when a prize is awarded while the game is running. The central processor withdraws money from the player's account balance when the player places a bet. A player's account balance may be automatically increased by the central processor if the player wins a game in which he places a bet.

The central processor can also store and execute software applications including algorithms for calculating player account balances, bets, and wins. The central processor is an algorithm that defines the activities performed in the player's account during the course of the game, such as when bets are entered, winnings are paid out, and funds are added to the player's account Should be able to do all of

The central processor software algorithm may calculate odds and payments for certain games, such as lottery-type games, during game execution. Odds and payments at specific points in time may depend on the characteristics of the game being played by the central processor and may change as the game progresses. These algorithms may be executed by a central processor to provide an accurate calculation of the odds of a particular game event that is happening, and an award for the player to correctly predict that one of these events will occur . The algorithm may be run at all times so that real-time odds and payments are calculated as the game progresses.

The central processor may perform various activities on the player's account, resulting in various effects on the account. For example, if a player wins the game, his account is filled for payment based on his bet. When a player bets using a wireless gaming device, his account is debited by the amount of the bet. When the game manager receives additional funds from the player, only the amount of funds is entered into the player account. When the game manager closes the player's account and pays the player money, the balance of the player account is withdrawn by the payment amount.

The central processor may be located in a gaming facility that houses the receiver. In various embodiments, the central processor may be located remotely from the receiver and communicate with the receiver via electronic digital telephone communication such as a serial communication link or wireless transmission. Further, the central processor may perform a number of functions for various receivers in various gaming environments.

  In some embodiments, communication between the central processor, the receiver, and the wireless gaming device may include a polling scheme. Polling allows many wireless gaming devices to communicate with a receiver without interference between each other. Such polling schemes include digital signal transmission in the form of hexadecimal digit strings. All communications between the central processor, receiver and wireless gaming device are preferably encrypted.

  In such a polling scheme, hexadecimal digits may be reserved for a particular control protocol. For example, an attention character is a header character that is used to initiate all communications from the central processor to the receiver, depicting a message and synchronizing message receipt at the receiver. The same function is included when an attention character follows in response to a message communication. Acknowledgment characters are other header characters that provide confirmation that the sending device has received and confirmed previous message data. The confirmation character can also function as a caution character to start the next message. An end of message character is used to indicate the end of transmission. Also, the character that complements the next byte allows the use of reserved protocol characters in a normally sent message by preventing the wrong control signal when the message data byte matches one of the control characters. If the message byte that needs to be sent matches one of the protocol control characters, the character that complements the next byte is sent, followed by completion of the matching message byte.

  Verification of the received data may be performed using a single byte checksum of the message information. This checksum may be a complement of the total of the initial message data that does not include header characters. If the checksum is equal to one of the protocol control characters, it is handled according to the character function that complements the next byte.

In the above polling scheme, there are three different communication modes on the link between the central processor and the receiver. Initially, the central processor may send a message intended for the receiver. Second, the central processor may send a message directed to the wireless gaming device. Third, the wireless gaming device may send a message directed to the central processor. In various embodiments, a message sent by the central processor may be followed by a destination device identification code, an instruction or message, a message terminator, and a checksum character in the form of a character string formatted with header characters. . Although the message received by the receiver or wireless gaming device may be confirmed by sending a confirmation character, the central processor need not confirm the message transmitted from the wireless gaming device. Messages sent by the central processor and received by the wireless gaming device may be broadcast to all wireless gaming devices. The device address may be reserved as a broadcast address for all wireless game devices, and all devices receive messages transmitted to this address. In this case, confirmation does not need to be returned from any of the wireless game devices.

Each instruction or message may begin with an instruction code that indicates whether the information contained in the message should be used. Instruction codes for messages sent by the central processor to the receiver and the wireless gaming device include:
1. 1. Send device address list to receiver 2. Send account balance information to the device with the address 3. Send a command to deactivate the device with the address Send instructions to operate the device with the address

In various embodiments, the message sent between the receiver and the wireless gaming device is in the form of a character string formatted with header characters, the destination device identification code, current bet amount, request, command or data. Followed by a message terminator and a checksum character. Command codes, commands and data for requests sent between the receiver and the wireless gaming device include:
1. Read user identification 2. Read device address Read the balance register Read the wager register Provide device status 6. 6. Write user identification Write the device address8. 8. Write balance register Write your bet amount10. Run a self test

  These instruction codes are used to program the device address and user identification information into the wireless gaming device so that it may be used to initialize the device to the default state, i.e., to bring the player's account balance to $ 0 May be used. Each of the account balance register and user identification may include two characters, the least significant byte and the most significant byte, allowing the use of a wider range of numbers for these values.

  Various embodiments include a method in which a central processor communicates with a wireless gaming device. The central processor sends a string of hexadecimal digits including, for example, a device identification code, a request, an instruction or data, a message terminator, a header character followed by a checksum character. After the central processor transmits the character string, the wireless gaming device receives the string, recognizes its identification code, and executes the instructions in the string. If the central processor sends instructions to all wireless gaming devices simultaneously, all of the currently operating devices will receive and execute the instructions. The receiver may receive a transmission that the instruction has been correctly received from the wireless gaming device, but the wireless gaming device does not send a confirmation message to the central processor. The central processor communicates with the receiver in the same way, except that the receiver may send a confirmation message containing the confirmation control protocol characters to the central processor.

  Similarly, the wireless gaming device communicates with the receiver and the central processor using, for example, a string of hexadecimal digits. The receiver regularly and periodically checks the active wireless gaming device for information requests or betting requests. If the player inputs a request to the wireless game device since the wireless game device was last investigated, the player's request is transmitted to the receiver.

  Various embodiments include a method in which a wireless gaming device receives a player's request and relays it to a central processor. First, the player uses a button or key to input a request to the wireless game device. Next, the player, for example, displays “Input” or “Send” and presses a button that instructs the wireless gaming device to send a request the next time the receiver examines the wireless gaming device. When this button is pressed, the red light source of the two-color LED is illuminated to inform the player that the request is awaiting transmission. The request can be, for example, a header character, an identification code (or, alternatively, an independent identification string reserved for a particular player), a current bet amount, a player request (e.g., change of bet amount or balance update). Send), a message terminator character, and a checksum character. The next time the receiver examines the device, the device's transmitter sends a character string to the receiver. When the wireless gaming device is investigated by the receiver, the green light source of the two-color LED flashes to inform the player that the request has been sent. The receiver receives the request string and sends the string to the central processor. The central processor then executes based on the player's request.

  Using the terminal, the game administrator may process betting transactions and distribute wireless gaming devices. In various embodiments, the terminal may include a bar code and / or a magnetic stripe reader to quickly enter an identifier for the wireless gaming device prior to handing the wireless gaming device to the player. The reading device provides information of a digital data mode to the terminal. The terminal may include a keyboard that is used to input data that is manually transmitted to the central processor by the game administrator. Using a reader, keyboard, or a combination of these, the game administrator sets up a player's account, and if the player pays money to the game administrator, the account balance is increased, and the player pays cash from the account balance. When trying to collect value, communicate with the central processor to reduce the account balance.

  When a player receives a wireless game device from a game manager, the player sets a balance for an account that works with his wireless game device identified by the identifier. The player may increase the monetary value of the account balance by paying additional funds to the game administrator in cash or credit, which the game administrator stores in the central processor via the terminal to increase the account balance. Access your account.

  After the player has played one or more games, the wireless game device is returned to the game manager. The reader may be used to read an identifier for closing a player's account stored in a central processor database. The terminal includes a terminal display that informs the game administrator of the balance of the player's account so that the player can pay the cash value of the remaining balance of the account.

  In some embodiments, an account status display device is placed at the gaming facility to display the player's account information. In various embodiments, the display device may be a liquid crystal display or a cathode ray tube display, for example. The display device is controlled by a central processor that sends information for display to the player.

  Confirm that the bet sent from the wireless gaming device is received by the receiver and sent to the central processor, determine the monetary balance of the player account, and confirm that the player's win has been entered in his account To do so, the player may look at the display device. The display device displays important information necessary for the player to participate in the game. Information displayed to individual players may include account number, player account balance, player last bet, and player last prize or win.

  The display device is divided into specific areas: for example, display areas, each area showing account information of one player. The size of the display area may be determined by the size of the display device and the number of players having a wireless game device. It is considered that only the account being used is displayed on the display device. If additional display devices are required to display information about many accounts, the central processor may be configured to drive a number of similar display devices.

  The display device may be used to display odds and payouts for game bets. Alternatively, a separate display device driven by a central processor may be used to display odds and payout information. Furthermore, the odds and payout may be displayed on the device display 21.

  A procedure for using a wireless interactive gaming system according to some embodiments is described. In some embodiments, the player pays, for example, $ 100, in cash or credit to the game facility game administrator to set up an account. For example, the game manager uses a bar code reader of the terminal to select the wireless game device and input the identifier of the wireless game device to the terminal. The game manager inputs the amount paid, i.e., $ 100, to the terminal via the keyboard. The game manager hands over the wireless game device to the player and informs that the account is account number 12, for example. Alternatively, the player may confirm his / her account number directly from the identifier of the wireless gaming device. Information entered into the terminal by the game administrator is transmitted to the central processor, which sets the player's account record in the database.

  For example, the central processor may be running a race game in which the player selects a winning race element to be bet on in the next race game scheduled to be held at the game facility. To place a bet, the player presses a button on the wireless gaming device.

  In some embodiments, the player first presses the button corresponding to the number assigned to the race element that the player selects, eg, 3 and then “$” for a bet amount, eg, $ 5 bet. And press “5”. The player then presses the “Enter” key to send the bet to the central processor.

  In an alternative embodiment, the game may be simplified so that pressing a single button on the wireless gaming device places all bets on a fixed amount, eg, $ 1. By pressing the button corresponding to the number assigned to the selected race element, eg, “3”, the player places a $ 1 bet on race element number 3. The player presses the “3” button a number of times corresponding to the number of $ 1 bets he desires, eg, by betting $ 5 on race element 3 by pressing “3” five times, so that the race element 3 It is possible to bet more.

  Each time a player enters a bet, the wireless gaming device generates a data packet that includes the player's betting information and an identification code for the wireless gaming device. The data packet is encrypted and transmitted by the transmitter by wireless communication.

  The decoder of the receiver receives the encrypted data packet transmitted by the transmitter. The encrypted data packet is sent to the central processor where it is decrypted. To update the player account in the database by subtracting the bet amount from the player's account, the central processor uses the obtained information to register the player's bet on the game.

  After the game is executed, the central processor awards the winning player based on the bets placed by the player and the odds corresponding to the winning results of the game. If the player who owns the wireless gaming device is the winner, the central computer updates the player account in the database by adding the prize amount to the player account balance. Otherwise, the player account is not changed.

  When the player finishes the game at the gaming facility, he returns the wireless gaming device to the game administrator. For example, the game manager uses the barcode reader of the terminal to input the identifier of the wireless game device to the terminal again. The terminal accesses the player's account information stored in the central processor database to obtain the remaining balance of the player's account. The terminal display displays the remaining balance of the player to the game manager, and the game manager pays the player the cash value of that amount. The account is closed and the transaction is recorded in the central processor.

It should be understood that the above description includes only some implementations of techniques that may be used by various embodiments. According to various embodiments, other techniques may be used and considered. Various embodiments may be implemented using any suitable technology, whether existing technology or technology that has not yet been developed.

Handheld Wireless Game Player Various embodiments include a handheld wireless game player for playing a chance game. Handheld wireless game players may generally be considered to include: 1) wireless communication interface; 2) display screen; 3) one or more input machines; Presents a chance game on a display using an operation command received from a device via a wireless communication interface, and ii) masters information from an input signal generated from one or more input machines via a wireless communication interface Configured to transmit to the controller. The wireless game player may be used at multiple meeting locations that are physically separated from the gaming machine location. Here, the plurality of meeting places are selected from a group consisting of a kino parlor, a bingo parlor, a restaurant, a sports book, a bar, a hotel, a pool area, and a casino floor area. The chance game played by the wireless game player may be selected from the group consisting of a slot game, poker, slingshot, multiple hand poker game, pay-go poker, blackjack, keno, bingo, crap, and card game. In various embodiments, other games are also contemplated.

  In various embodiments, the wireless communication interface may use a wireless communication protocol selected from the group consisting of IEEE 802.11a, IEEE 802.11b, IEEE 802.11x, Hyperrun / 2, Bluetooth, and HomeRF. The wireless game player may include a wired network interface that connects the wireless game player and the wired network access point. Further, the wireless game player may include a peripheral interface that connects to the peripheral game device. Here, the peripheral interfaces are a serial interface, a parallel interface, a USB interface, a FireWire interface, and an IEEE 1394 interface. Peripheral game devices may be printers, card readers, hard drives, and CD-DVD drives.

  In various embodiments, one or more input machines of a wireless game player may be selected from the group consisting of a biometric input device that may be a touch screen, input switches, input buttons, and a fingerprint reader. The wireless game player may include a removable memory interface designed to accept a removable memory that stores a graphics program for one or more chance games played on the wireless game player. The wireless game player may include one or more of the following: 1) an audio output interface for receiving a headphone jack, 2) an antenna, 3) a sound projection device, 4) a battery, and supplying power to the wireless game player from an external power source. And a power interface for charging the battery from an external power source, 6) a memory unit that may store a graphics program for one or more chance games performed by the wireless game player, and 7) designed to accept electronic keys. And 8) a video graphics card that represents an image on a display screen that may be used to turn 2-D graphics into 3-D graphics.

It should be understood that the above description includes only some implementations of techniques that may be used by various embodiments. According to various embodiments, other techniques may be used and considered. Various embodiments may be implemented using any suitable technology, whether existing technology or technology that has not yet been developed.

Incorporation by reference The following documents are hereby incorporated by reference:
US Patent 6,676,522
US Patent 6,846,238
US Patent 6,702,672

Casino Electronic Games The following reference numbers apply only to FIGS. 35 through 40 unless otherwise noted.

Game Execution FIG. 35 shows one embodiment of a rotating reel slot machine 10. The slot machine includes mechanically rotatable reels 12a, 12b, 12c and a video display (see FIGS. 36a and 36b). Depending on the bet, the reels 12a, 12b, 12c rotate, and a pattern is randomly arranged on the reel in visual cooperation with the display area 16. Payment is given based on the combination of pictures that appear in the display area 16. The video display uses the display area 16 to provide a video image 18 that is overlaid on the reels 12a, 12b, 12c. The video image 18 may interact with the reels 12a, 12b, 12c and may be dynamic or static, displaying payment value, payment table, payment line, bonus game, special effects, theme landscape, and instruction information. May include. In the exemplary embodiment, slot machine 10 is “vertical” with display area 16 positioned in a vertical direction relative to the player. Alternatively, the slot machine 10 may be an “upper tilt” in which the display area 16 is tilted about 30 degrees toward the slot machine 10 player.

  With reference to FIGS. 36a and 36b, in various embodiments, the video image 18 in the display area 16 may be either a direct image (FIG. 36a) or a virtual image (FIG. 36b). If the video image 18 is a direct image, the direct image may be generated by a flat transparent video display 14a located in front of the reels 12a, 12b, 12c, as shown in FIG. 36a. The transparent display 14a may be, for example, a transparent liquid crystal display (LCD) that can be purchased from LG Phillips LCD Co., Ltd. Seoul Korea. A touch screen attached to the front surface of the display 14a may be used as the transparent display 14a. The touch screen incorporates soft touch keys displayed by an image on the display 14a below the touch screen, and is used to operate the slot machine 10.

  When the video image 18 is a virtual image as shown in FIG. 36b, the virtual screen is preferably generated by a projection arrangement including the video display 14b and the partial reflection mirror 20. The video display 14b and the partial reflection mirror 20 are relatively disposed so as to project a virtual image on the front surface of the reels 12a, 12b, and 12c between the reel and the player. Video display 14b may be mounted under reels 12a, 12b, 12c and is generally perpendicular to display area 16. The mirror 20 may be mounted on the front surface of the reels 12a, 12b, 12c, and is set at an angle of approximately 45 degrees with respect to both the video display 14b and the display area 16. The virtual image is generally parallel to the display area 16 and may actually occupy the display area 16. The virtual image may be three-dimensional. In the embodiment of FIG. 36b, the display area 16 includes a glass cover / window. This cover is optionally equipped with a touch screen containing soft touch keys that are displayed by virtual images and used to operate the slot machine 10.

  The video display 14b of FIG. 36b may be a CRT, LCD, dot matrix, LED, electroluminescent or other type of video display. Also, instead of mounting the video display 14b under the reels 12a, 12b, 12c, the display 14b is a mirror that is installed on the top of the reel at an angle of approximately 45 degrees with respect to both the video display 14b and the display area 16. May be installed together.

  Referring back to FIG. 35, the slot machine 10 can execute a basic slot game with a bonus game that can be triggered by the appearance of a bonus start as a result of the basic game, using three mechanical rotating reels 12a, 12b, and 12c. The number of mechanical reels may vary including, for example, one or more reels. The mechanical reel may be mounted on a horizontal axis to rotate vertically as shown, or alternatively, may be mounted on a vertical axis to rotate horizontally. Also, instead of individual rows of designs corresponding to one reel, each design is associated with a single reel so that the design layout of 9 designs corresponds to 9 independent reels. May be. Each of the five payment lines 22a, 22b, 22c, 22d, 22e extends through a picture on each of the three mechanical reels. The number of payment lines may be more than five or less than five, and may have various configurations.

  In general, game play begins with the insertion of a certain number of coins or the execution of a certain number of credits, and activates a certain number of payment lines in the central processing unit, depending on the number of coins or credits performed. As shown in FIG. 37, the superimposed video image 18 may display instruction information that prompts the player to insert coins or execute credits. The player then selects the number of payment lines (eg, between 1 and 5) by pressing the “Select Line” key on the button panel 24. The player then selects the number of coins or credits to bet on the selected payment line by pressing the “bet by line” key on the button panel 24. As shown in FIG. 38, the overlaid video screen may display the activated pay lines and the number of credits bet per pay line.

  After the payment line is activated, touch the “Reel Rotation” key on the button panel 24, or if the player wants the maximum bet per line, the “Maximum Bet Rotation” on the button panel 24 By use, the reels 12a, 12b, 12c may be started. Alternatively, other mechanisms such as a lever may be used to start the reel. The central processing unit uses a random number generator to select a game outcome (eg, a “basic” game outcome) corresponding to a particular set of “stop positions” on the reels. The central processing unit then stops the individual mechanical reels at the appropriate “stop position”. A picture is printed on the reel to schematically show the reel stop position and indicate whether the reel stop position corresponds to the winning game result.

  The player can know the winning result of the basic game (for example, a picture combination that provides payment of coins or credits) from the payment table. As shown in FIG. 39, the overlaid video image 18 may display a payment table in response to an instruction by the player (eg, by pressing the “Payment Table” key on the button panel 24). When the picture appearing on the reels 12a, 12b, 12c corresponds to one of the winning combinations on the payment table, the winning result of the basic game is generated. The winning combination is, for example, three matching pictures on the activated payment line. When the displayed pattern stops at the winning combination, the player is given an amount obtained by multiplying the prize of the payment table corresponding to the combination by the credit amount bet on the winning payment line from the game. As shown in FIG. 40, the superimposed video image 18 highlights the winning combination (eg, “7,” “7,” “7”) and the associated payment line (eg, payment line 22c), and the winning combination. An award may be displayed. The video image 18 may further flash the winning payment line and / or award and display an explosion. The winning payment line may flash followed by an explosive flash or may display a portion of the payment table. The player may collect the accumulated credit amount by pressing the “collect” key on the button panel 24. In one implementation, the winning combination begins with the first reel 12a (from left to right) and leads to the next reel. In another implementation, the winning combination starts with the first reel 12a (left to right) or the third reel (right to left) and leads to the next reel.

Payment Table The game may have a payment table that defines all possible outcomes for one play of the game that will award the player.

  In various embodiments, each row in the payment table provides the player with the number of coins required to play the game, the criteria that define the victory, the odds of the winning criteria that result from one play of the game, and the game device if a victory is registered. Define the number of coins to be refunded. In addition, the payment line may include the ability to accept progressive awards from the system. This allows, in various progressive game systems and methods, the game payment line to be linked to a progressive award controlled by the system.

  The payment table may include a payment list for slot machines or video poker games. This table may indicate how many coins the bettor obtains for each picture combination and the number of coins bet.

  In some old and new reel machines, the payment table may be displayed on the surface of the machine, usually above and below the area containing the turntable.

  Each machine may have a table that tabulates the number of credits a player will receive when the pictures listed in the payment table are aligned on the machine's payment line. The payment table shows in detail where the picture must be for the person who placed the bet to be paid. In general, the picture must be centered directly below the machine's payment line. Video slot machines typically display payment lines only for winning lines.

  Some machines provide a “wild” picture and pay if they appear anywhere, even if they are not on the payment line. These wild patterns may be used as any other pattern in the payment table.

  Most video displays display a payment table when a player touches the “Payment Table” button or “Payment Table” on the screen, some also have a payment table shown on the cabinet.

Progressive chance games may be described as forward or non-progressive. In a non-progressive game such as a traditional pull tab, participants play for a chance to get a predetermined award, ie one of the winning cards. In contrast, progressive games include jackpots or prizes that increase during game execution. Many state number lotteries correspond to the progressive category, for example, as prizes increase over time as player participation increases. During the operation of the progressive game, a portion of the individual player purchase is incorporated into the award. In this way, the prize increases until the winning number is selected and the game is over. Some slot machines also offer progressive jackpots.

  In various progressive game systems and methods, some individual bets may be used as funds to increase the value of the current award, as funds for the starting value of the next prize after the victory, and other uses. Used as funds for. In general, the portion used is usually known as a contribution and is determined by the control data associated with the percentage and coin units.

  For example, with a starting value of $ 1,000,000 for the next prize, a contribution ratio of 3.5% and a contribution ratio of 2.5% to increase the value of the current prize, $ 1,000 Assume an award starting from 1,000. Also assume that the award is linked to a gaming device that requires a $ 2 wager. This means that each bettor contributes $ 0.07 (2.00 * 0.035 = 0.07) for the starting value of the next prize, and $ 0.05 (2.00 * 0.0. 025 = 0.05) to contribute to increase the current prize. According to such a contribution ratio, about 14,285,715 (1,000,000 / 0.07) steering wheel operations or between winnings for the starting amount of $ 1,000,000 award by funding There must be a game run. In essence, the total amount of bets made in the theoretical life cycle of award award is $ 28,571,430.00 (14,285,715 * 2.00 = 28,571,430.00) is there.

  During this theoretical period, the prize value increases by $ 714,285 (0.05 * 14,285,714.29), and the average prize value is $ 1,714,285 for each theoretical victory. To correspond to Assume further that a marketing survey should earn an award on average about once a month to keep the player interested. This means that 14,285,715 handle operations should be a 30 day time span. Assuming that each game device can average approximately 5 games per minute in 10 hours per day, the game device executes 3000 games per day. If a prize is earned every 30 days and each game device generates 90,000 handle operations per month (5 games * 60 minutes / hour * 10 hours * 30 days = 90,000), at least 159 games The device (14,285,715 / 90,000 = 158.73 ...) must be involved in the award.

Linked machines Machines are often linked and connected so that a set of machines offers a particularly large prize or “jackpot”. The group's individual slot machines will contribute a small amount to this progressive jackpot, which will be presented to a player who will win a royal flush in a video poker game (for example) or a specific combination of pictures on a normal or 9 line slot machine Is done. The amount paid for a progressive jackpot is usually much higher than a single slot machine pays itself.

  In some cases, multiple machines are linked across multiple casinos. In these cases, the machine may be owned by the machine manufacturer responsible for paying the jackpot. The casino does not own the machine but rents it. Megabucks, including Nevada's Megabucks and Penny Megabucks, is an example of linked machines across multiple casinos.

Central Computer, Network, and Accounting Various embodiments include networked gaming devices. Multiple gaming devices, such as slot machines, benefit from interconnecting to a central computer via a computer network. Some of the advantages of networked gaming devices may include the ability to extract accounting data from individual gaming devices as well as player tracking. Various network systems allow a central host computer to monitor usage and payments, known collectively as audit data, for individual gaming devices. This audit data includes the number of coins or tokens inserted into the device, the number of times the device was used, the amount paid for the raise, the number and type of jackpots paid by the machine, the number of times the door was opened, etc. Contains relevant data. The host computer can thus edit the accounting report based on the audit data from the individual game devices. This report can be used by management, for example, to assess the profitability of individual gaming devices.

  In some areas, the regulations recommend or require relatively detailed accounting of individual video game machines to ensure that the machine is operating within regulatory standards. A meter is often provided to track the deposits into or withdrawals from the machine. For example, when a player inserts a certain amount of cash or credit and then cashes it before spending all the amount, it may not be used for betting even if it is deposited on the machine, so depositing for simple withdrawals This ratio does not necessarily accurately reflect the operating activity of the gaming machine. Therefore, it is useful to track the amount betted by the player and the amount or credits earned.

  In large installations such as casinos, the central computer may monitor such information for multiple embedded system single player gaming machines by means of a “location controller”. Individual video game machines continuously communicate with the location controller to provide appropriate information to the central computer. When the central computer detects an offense for a particular game, the central computer instructs the location controller to deactivate the game. An example of a system including a location controller and an embedded system circuit of a video game machine for providing information to the location controller is disclosed in US Pat. 5,429,361 and No. 5,470,079, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes.

  The following reference numbers apply only to FIG. 41 unless otherwise noted.

  FIG. 41 illustrates one embodiment of a gaming system 10 according to some embodiments. Referring to FIG. 41, the game system 10 includes a first group or network 12 of game units 20 that are operatively connected to a network computer 22 via a network data link or bus 24. Game system 10 includes a second group or network 26 of game units 30 operatively connected to a network computer 32 via a network data link or bus 34. The first and second game networks 12, 26 may be functionally connected to each other via a network 40, such as the Internet via a first network link 42 and a second network link 44, a wide area network. (WAN), or a local area network (LAN).

  A first network 12 of game units 20 may be located at a first casino or facility, and a second network of game units 30 may be located at a second casino or facility at an independent geographic location other than the first facility. . For example, the two facilities may be in different areas of the same city or in different states. The network 40 may include network computers or server computers (not shown) that are each functionally interconnected. If the network 40 includes the Internet, data communication may occur over the communication links 42, 44 via an Internet communication protocol.

  The network computer 22 may be a server computer and may be used to store and analyze data relating to the operation of the game unit 20. For example, the network computer 22 may receive from each game unit 20 data representing the amount of dollars and bets made on each game unit, data representing how much each game unit 20 is paying in victory, You may always receive the data etc. which represent the identification of the player who uses the game unit 20, and the custom of a game. The network computer 32 may be a server computer and may be used in conjunction with the game unit 30 to perform the same or different functions as the network computer 22 described above.

  Although networks 12 and 26 are each shown to include one network computer 22 and 32 and four game units 20 and 30, it should be understood that different numbers of computers and game units may be utilized. It is. For example, the network 12 may include a plurality of network computers and dozens or hundreds of game units, all of which may be interconnected via a data link 24. Data link 24 may be a dedicated hardwire link or a wireless link. Although the data link 24 is shown as a single data link 24, the data link 24 may be multiple data links.

  Various embodiments include a system for operating a networked gaming device. The system according to various embodiments collects player tracking and accounting data from all machines in a casino equipped with the system, while performing promotions or bonuses on any properly deployed gaming machine Enable. The system gives the casino the ability to select which machines are used in response to a given promotion. The system also allows several different promotions to be performed simultaneously.

  The system includes a plurality of game devices or game machines connected to an associated floor controller over a network. The system includes one or more floor controllers. The floor controller is interconnected by a high speed network such as an Ethernet network to a database in which accounting and player tracking data is stored. The system can also include a pit terminal and / or a fill and jackpot processing terminal. Each promotion includes sending a reconfiguration command from the floor controller to the gaming device selected as part of the predetermined promotion on the associated network. When the reconfiguration command is received, the game device reconfigures the payment schedule according to the received reconfiguration command. In some embodiments, this reconfiguration includes running a bonus payment schedule. The promotion partial list may include, but is not limited to: a number of jackpots in which the gaming device reconfigures its payments into a number of default payment schedules; an additional bonus if the gaming device meets certain conditions A bonus jackpot that reconfigures the payment schedule to pay an amount; and a progressive jackpot in which two or more gaming devices are combined with a progressive jackpot having a progressive jackpot payment schedule. In addition to these, many other promotions are possible with the system described above for controlling a plurality of gaming devices.

  In some embodiments, the system tracks player tracking by recording machine transactions including play time, machine number, play duration, deposit coins, payout coins, jackpot payers and games played. You may help. Player tracking takes place on the same network from which accounting data is retrieved. This makes it possible to prepare for the execution of bonuses for certain individual players as well as for certain periods. Various embodiments include a system that monitors and reports how many coins have been executed by individual players. The system according to various embodiments includes the ability to record how much each individual player spends on each machine, the number of coins earned, the games played, and the jackpot hand earned by each player. . All of this information is stored in a database and can be used for future direct mail campaigns. Player tracking according to various embodiments allows casinos to assess bus and other group plans and their profitability. The system allows cashless play with advanced accounting and security.

Bonus Games Various embodiments include “secondary” or “bonus” games that may be played with a “basic” game. The bonus game may include any game, starts based on the appearance of a predetermined event or the result of the basic game, and may be similar to or completely different from the basic game.

  Various embodiments include at least one recognizable mark of a secondary game that may include a method of game execution, a gaming device, a primary game, such as a spinning reel, and a payment instruction. The secondary game may be completely or temporarily separated from the main game.

  According to various embodiments, the bonus payment indicator is clearly visible to the player and functions when the main reel of the main game slot machine stops at a predetermined mark. According to some embodiments, if the primary game shows one of a plurality of predetermined marks, the secondary payment indicator may automatically or some player activity, such as a player pressing a button. Take the form of a spinning bonus board that is rotated accordingly. The turntable gradually decelerates, and when the turntable stops, the indicator directs payment to be presented to the player.

  Various embodiments further include a recognizable multiplier that can be converted to payment from the primary game unit or the secondary payment indicator, or both. Various embodiments include payments from a primary game unit, only payments directed by a secondary payment indicator, payments from a primary game unit or secondary indicator in response to changes by a multiplier, or changes by a multiplier Consider providing separate payments from primary game units and secondary indicators with or without.

  According to various embodiments, the mechanical bonus payment indicator is electronically operated and linked to a random number generator that determines where the secondary indicator actually stops.

  According to various embodiments, when the main unit stops at one of the predetermined plurality of victory mark sets, the secondary event actuator is set to an operational state. According to various embodiments, a person, such as a player, must actuate an actuator to activate the bonus indicator.

  According to various embodiments, the bonus actuator requires operator intervention in order to involve a casino clerk who can activate the bonus indicator.

  According to various other embodiments, the bonus indicator is connected to a drive mechanism that gradually reduces the rate of rotation of the bonus turntable before the bonus turntable stops.

  Various embodiments include a gaming device having electronic means for displaying a revolving reel mark, such as a video screen and / or a means for displaying a secondary payment indicator mark such as a video screen. . Various embodiments include a method for playing a chance game. One method is a combination of marks selected at first, a mark selected and displayed from a group of slot reels, at least one reel mark, at least one game card mark, and these Displaying a combination, generating at least one signal corresponding to at least one selection indication of the first mark, at least one of a mechanical bonus indicator indicating at least one of a plurality of possible payments Providing a recognizable mark, the means for providing a bonus indicator mark is operatively connected to the first standard game unit and operable in response to the signal. According to various embodiments, the recognizable mark of the mechanical bonus indicator gradually reduces the speed of movement for a period of time before actually providing a recognizable mark for payment. According to another embodiment, a multiplier is provided for multiplying at least one payment by a multiple that is most advantageous to the player. The multiple can preferably change continuously as the recognizable mark changes. For example, multiples can be synchronized with a plurality of recognizable marks so that multiples also change in response to a change in payment indicated.

  Various embodiments include the step of giving a player an opportunity to place a bet, a group of reels, at least one preferably a plurality of reel marks, at least one preferably a plurality of game card marks, and combinations thereof. Indicating a combination of randomly selected marks, generating at least one signal corresponding to at least one selected indication of said marks, indicating at least one of a plurality of possible bonuses of a mechanical bonus indicator Providing a chance game that includes providing at least one of recognizable marks, wherein the bonus indicator mark takes the form of a turntable or reel and is operable in response to the signal. is there.

  Bonus games may include other gaming machines or random selection devices that are activated by a bonus authorization signal from the base or main gaming machine. Various bonus games, features and devices are known, some of which are described next.

  The WHEEL OF GOLD ™ and WHEEL OF FORTUNE ™ slot casino games incorporate a single play bonus feature. When a certain mark appears on the reel of the slot game, the player presses the bonus button to start the rotation of the rotating disk and is used to pay the bonus by rotating the rotating disk. An independent multiplier may be used to multiply the bonus payment. After the bonus rotation, play is resumed on the base game machine.

  In various embodiments, a bonus game including multiple plays is presented to a basic gaming machine such as a slot machine. Here, the Bernoulli trial procedure allows the player to repeat a high odds bonus game (like other slot games) and receive a prize until a losing combination occurs (ie, continue to win until losing) Used for. The hit rate in the bonus game is greater than 50% (can occur as much as 70% or more), and the occurrence rate in the basic game is much lower. Due to this difference in the rate of occurrence, players endure the underlying slot machine with a low rate of occurrence in order to qualify for a bonus game with a high rate of occurrence. When the bonus game occurrence rate is high, the length of the bonus game becomes long. This bonus feature allows the player to win each bonus game and win (ie, lose to victory) until the player receives a losing combination.

One slot machine primary game is interconnected with a slot machine secondary game. The player has the option of pushing a button that withdraws the appropriate amount from the credit meter to play a secondary game like other slot games. In this way, the player bets a certain amount to play the bonus game.

  Various embodiments include an electronic gaming device and methods related thereto, where each play in the bonus is a result of continuing to the basic game play. This includes primary game devices such as poker or slot machines and secondary game devices based on bingo. When a winning combination such as three queens appears in the main game, the bingo matrix space becomes a space for showing bingo symbols. Play in the main game continues until a winning line appears in the bingo game. If the player does not insert three or more coins, there is no right to play a secondary bingo game. Play continues until the bingo where the player receives the award is achieved in the game.

  Various embodiments include a slot machine with a jackpot feature that transfers prize value between different jackpot displays when playing a continuous game. Some reel symbols are printed over numbers, and when the number is on the payment line, the number is used to climb the ladder. The ladder allows the player to win one or all of the awards at the top of the slot machine. For example, if the stacked number causes the player to reach the first game level, the player receives all three awards. When the stacked number causes the player to reach the second level, the player can select which of the three awards will be received. When the player reaches the third level, it becomes a skill game for selecting which of the three prizes to select. Finally, when the player reaches the fourth level, a prize is randomly selected. Prizes may be doubled randomly.

  Various embodiments include a plurality of slot machines interconnected to an electronic controller that displays another racing game. Each time a particular predetermined mark combination appears on a display of a particular slot machine, a signal is generated from the slot machine that advances the race element over a particular predetermined distance. If the player's horse reaches the goal line before the timer display expires, the slot player wins an additional prize. Players do not race against each other, but race against the clock. Various embodiments may include a gaming machine that includes a processor operable in basic and bonus modes to control game play. In the basic mode, the processor operates to select one basic game result from a plurality of possible basic game results. Possible basic game results include a bonus start result that causes the processor to move the operation from the basic mode to the bonus mode. The processor is operable to define a plurality of bonus game results selectable by the player. In the bonus mode, the player selects one or more bonus game results and is given credit based on which of the bonus game results is selected.

  Various embodiments include a gaming machine that includes a processor operable to select a game result from among a number of possible game results. A certain number of possible game outcomes can be identified by the payment table as winning combinations, while the remaining number of possible game outcomes are identified as obvious losing combinations. The gaming machine includes means for awarding a credit when at least one of a winning combination and an obvious losing combination occurs.

  Various embodiments include a gaming machine that includes a processor operable to control game play in a basic mode and a bonus mode. In the basic mode, the processor operates to select one basic game result from a plurality of possible basic game results. Possible basic game results include one or more bonus resource results that cause the processor to generate bonus game resources that can be executed in the bonus game. The gaming machine includes means for transferring the operation of the processor from the basic mode to the bonus mode. The processor is operable to define a plurality of possible bonus game results. In the bonus mode, the bonus game resource generated in the basic game may be executed so as to influence the bonus game result by selecting the bonus game result. In one embodiment, if the bonus game result causes the processor to terminate the bonus game in another way, the processor continues to operate in bonus mode by executing the bonus game resource along with the bonus game result, thereby allowing the player to Continue to run bonus games.

The following reference numbers apply only to FIG. 42 unless otherwise specified.

  FIG. 42 is a perspective view of the slot machine 10. The slot machine 10 includes a rotating reel 60, and each reel has a plurality of symbols that are displayed randomly when the mechanical lever 12 is pulled and the reel 60 is rotated. When the displayed symbol is a predetermined symbol or a combination of predetermined symbols, the player can display the player through the coin insertion slot 20 where the earned item is placed in the coin reservoir 30, or in the credit window 40. Receive payments by increasing credits. The slot machine 10 may include a microprocessor or other central processing unit as well as a memory. In such a case, a display screen (not shown) (eg, a cathode ray tube (CRT), plasma display, liquid crystal display (LED), or light emitting diode (LED) display) functions on the computer instead of the reel 60. Connected, simulating the reel and its rotation, a random number generator is used to command the type and combination of symbols displayed on the display screen.

  The coin slot 14, the currency check machine 16, or the card accepting device 18 (credit card, game card, play card, smart card, etc.) enables the player to start the game of the slot machine 10. Based on the mathematical odds in which winning symbols or winning combinations of symbols are randomly displayed on the marks on reel 60, the player may have a predetermined opportunity or odds to earn payments in the base game. The odds may be adjusted by changing the number of non-winning symbols or non-winning symbol combinations in relation to possible winning symbols or combinations of winning symbols. The amount awarded to the winning player in relation to the odds to get paid and the amount of wagers may be defined in the form of a “payment table” or “par seat”.

  The start of the basic game at the slot machine 10 may be performed, for example, by simply inserting a coin, token, or other monetary equivalent (debit card or credit card) into a gaming device such as the slot machine 10. . Other examples of player activities that may be performed at the beginning of a basic game include a “smart card having a microchip or magnetic strip that is encoded and programmed with player identification, credit amount, and other relevant information. This includes the insertion of an identification card such as “”. Such smart cards or “player cards” may be used in player tracking systems. Various embodiments include cards that contain information about the player related to the game activity, such as points awarded based on the player's game activity. The player may insert a card into the game device during the game. When the player indicates that the game device has finished playing, the card is updated with the player activity information. The player can then insert the card into a different gaming device so that player activity information stored on the card is available in the player tracking system. In various embodiments, the gaming device may receive a pre-printed coupon or cashing slip, start a basic game, and print the cashing slip directly from the gaming device. In various embodiments, money may be transferred to the game by an electronic funds transfer process.

  The display of the game device may include a number of images representing various aspects of the game, such as a game portion, a credit total portion, and a wager amount portion. Other displays may include an additional bonus award portion that indicates the amount of bonus award that may be earned, typically by multiple games or secondary games.

Internet Games In various embodiments, it is possible to participate in a chance game via the Internet. This is accomplished by the casino or game organizer providing a display that is similar to the display as found on conventional gaming devices. Generally, to play a chance game over the Internet, software files are downloaded to a player's computer or terminal and used to install the software required for the game and to access a casino or game organizer site . As with conventional gaming devices, Internet games may be accessed using an identification code or name to identify a particular player and retrieve that player's credit amount or play history.

  Bonus games may include secondary games that are executed when the player achieves a predetermined result of the base game. In many cases, a bonus game is a peculiar event in which, when a result of a certain base game is achieved, the play is changed to a bonus game, and the bonus game is executed and completed. For example, when the reel of the slot machine stops at a certain mark, the bonus game may be started by pressing a button and a bonus indicator that operates to display a randomly set bonus award. In various embodiments, the bonus game is a more continuous event in that the progress of the bonus game is determined by continued play in the base game.

  In some bonus game embodiments, possible main game results include special symbol combinations that cause the computer processor to generate bonus game resources that can be executed in the bonus game. For example, one or more bonus game resources can be used to invalidate the bonus end result, thereby allowing the bonus game to continue.

  Various embodiments allow a player to have further interaction in a bonus game by providing a touch screen that allows a player to select an object by touching a predetermined location on the screen. Various values are shown until the bonus end result appears.

  In various embodiments, the bonus game may be implemented by a networked or linked gaming device so that secondary gaming activities involve multiple players betting on a base game that takes place on separate gaming devices. Various bonus games may allow a player to compete with multiple other players for a secondary award. In various embodiments, the bonus game may include one or more players in the race. In one embodiment, an individual player betting on the main gaming device may be represented by one particular player in the race. A player representing one particular player in the race can proceed according to the game activity in that player's main game unit. The race ends with one competitor's goal or the end of a predetermined time, triggered by the one that occurred first.

  Various embodiments include a system consisting of linked gaming devices where the occurrence of certain symbols on individual gaming devices is used to save bonus values. Then, a bonus award is given to a player who makes the accumulated bonus value coincide with or exceed the predetermined value.

  Various gaming systems may include progressive systems where the amount of bonus prizes increases as the base game is played on individual or linked gaming devices. In various advanced systems, game controllers are connected to multiple machines. One victory occurs approximately every half-minute (every eight handle operations) and is added to the forward bonus reserve. Thus, the progressive bonus value increases rapidly.

  Various game systems and methods for providing bonus games allow players to compete directly with other players or for other players that cooperate with each other to win a prize.

The virtual reel game device is mounted to rotate around one axis, and has a plurality of reels that can start operation by pulling a lever. Marks are fixed to the outer circumference of these reels to indicate the reel position, and the brake is operable to stop the reels at any randomly pre-selected position.

The random number generator is equipped with an electronic circuit that calculates a random stop position at which the reel should be stopped by a physical brake. A random stop position is the number of physical reel positions, such that one physical reel position is represented by one or several positions on a virtual or electronically generated reel that are actually stopped by a random number generator. Realized by an electronic random number selected from a group of numbers exceeding. In various embodiments, the physical reel is only used as an indication of the random number generation result, not the game itself, as in a standard slot machine. In this way, the standard slot machine or game device can function based on the payment odds by changing the random number generator, independent of the number of physical reels and their physical stop position restrictions. Can do.

Random Number Generator In various embodiments, the slot machine is computerized so that the various resulting odds are programmed in any way. In various embodiments, reels and levers may exist for historical and entertainment reasons. In various embodiments, the position at which the reel stops is selected by a random number generator (RNG) built into the machine software.

  The RNG may always generate random numbers at a rate of thousands to millions per second. As soon as the lever is pulled or the “Play” button is pressed, the latest random number is used to determine the result. This means that the result will change depending on the exact time the game was played. The result depends on whether it is a fraction of a second or early or late. In various embodiments, the RNG may be a pseudo random number generator.

Player Tracking The gaming device may include a player tracking card that may be placed in a card reader. The player tracking card may include a data storage device that stores data representing the player identification. Further, the player tracking card may include a first card surface, a second card surface, and a transmissive main body extending between the first card surface and the second card surface. The player tracking card may be disposed at a card illumination position, the first card surface being disposed at the card reader such that the first card surface is adjacent to the light source of the card reader, and the second of the player tracking card. The card surface is kept visible outside the card reader. When the player tracking card is in the card illumination position, the light generated by the light source is within the first card surface of the player tracking card so that the light is visible to the user through the second card surface. Guided and then transparent through the transparent body of the player tracking card.

  Player tracking may include the use of individual player gaming devices, as the name suggests. In various embodiments, a player is issued a player identification card in which a player identification number that uniquely identifies the player is signaled. Each gaming device is adapted to a card reader where the player inserts a player tracking card prior to use of the gaming device. The card reader reads the player identification number from the card and informs the central computer connected to the card reader of the player's continuous game activity. By tracking individual players, some of the audit data can be associated with a player identification number to monitor individual player usage. This allows the game facility to set goals for individual players using direct marketing techniques according to individual usage.

  The following reference numbers apply only to FIGS. 43-44A unless otherwise noted.

  FIG. 43 schematically illustrates one embodiment of a player tracking card 59 located in the card reader 58. The player tracking card 59 is disposed at the card illumination position. The card reader 58 may include a mounting plate 113 that assists in fixing the card reader 58 to the housing 50 of the game apparatus 20. The card reader 58 may also include a chassis 114 that may include a first side rail 116, a second side rail 118, and a rear structure 120.

  The card reader 58 of FIG. 43 may also include a number of light sources 122. 43 is fixed to the rear structure 122 of the chassis 114, but the light source 122 is directly connected to the housing 50 of the game apparatus 20 or other structure different from the card reader 58 in the housing 50. It may be fixed. The light source 122 may include LEDs, OLEDs, incandescent bulbs, fluorescent lamps, or other devices that can generate light. If multiple light sources 122 are used, the same color or multiple different colors may be generated. In order to control the illumination intensity and illumination pattern of the light source 122, the light source 122 may be connected to the controller 100 via a corresponding plurality of conductors. Conductor 128 may be connected to modular connector 126 to simplify the mounting on game device 20.

  The player tracking card 59 is disposed at the card illumination position when the card 59 is disposed in the card reader, and the first card surface 127 is adjacent to the light generation source 122. In the embodiment of FIG. 43, the player tracking card 59 may be supported by the side rails 116 and 118, and the first card surface 127 is adjacent to the rear structure 120 of the chassis 114 when the player tracking card 59 is in the card lighting position. You can do it. Thus, when the player tracking card 59 is in the card illumination position, the light generated by the light generation source 122 is guided to the first card surface 127 of the player tracking card 59.

  A data reader 128 may also be included in the gaming device to read data from the player tracking card 59 located on the card reader 58. When the player tracking card 59 is placed in the card reader 58 and in the card illumination position, the data reader 128 may be attached to the chassis 114 so that the data reader is close to the player tracking card 59. Data reader 128 may read data from player tracking card 59 in a variety of ways. For example, the data reader 128 may read data from an optically readable material, such as a magnetic strip or ink, both located on the player tracking card 59. Various embodiments may utilize multiple data readers to read data from additional magnetic strips or optically readable material on the same or different sides of the player tracking card 59. As another example, the data reader 128 may use an antenna that is coupled to a corresponding antenna in the player tracking card 59 so that data is transmitted.

  The data reader 128 may be interconnected to the controller 100 such that the data is stored and operable by powering the light source 122. Although not shown, a data writing device may also be included to write new data to the player tracking card 59. This device may be a separate component or may be combined with the data reading device 128.

Machine type (video, mechanical)
The gaming device is installed in a casino, for example, and allows casino customers to play one or more games such as poker, blackjack, slots, keno, and bingo. The customer approaches the game device and selects a desired game from the games provided to the game device. With the selection of the desired game, the game appears on the game device, from which time the customer may be allowed to play.

  During the game, the customer may place a bet and proceed with the selected game. For example, if the customer is slotting, a lever may be pulled to rotate the reel. The reel may then stop on various symbols, thereby determining the customer's payment for its rotation, and the customer may then place another bet and proceed as described above. If the customer selects blackjack or poker, the player may move a “card distribution” button to distribute cards for each card game. The customer may change the bet between specific hands based on which card was dealt, and in a card game, the card may be replaced, or a card may be requested. After the exchange and / or request has been made, the payment may be determined and the player may place a new bet and play a new hand.

  The device may include a gaming device having a housing and a display unit associated with the housing and capable of generating a video image. The gaming device may also include a value input device that allows the player to store value media. Further, the gaming device may include a data reader associated with the card reader as well as a card reader with a light source associated with the card reader. The gaming device may include a controller that is functionally connected to the display unit, the value input device, and the card reader. The controller may include a processor and a memory operatively connected to the processor. Further, the controller may be programmed to allow a person to place a bet after detecting a value accumulation by a person with a value input device and to generate a video image on the display unit.

  The video image may represent a game selected from a game group consisting of video poker, video blackjack, video slot, video keno, and video bingo, and if the game includes video poker, at least five video images An image of a gaming card may be included. Similarly, if the game includes video blackjack, the video image may include images of multiple gaming cards. If the game selected by the player is a video slot, the video image may include a plurality of simulated slot machine reel images. If the game includes video keno, it may include images of multiple keno numbers, or if the game includes video bingo, the video image may include images of a bingo grid. The controller may be programmed to determine a game result represented by the video image and a payment value associated with the game result.

  FIG. 44 is a perspective view illustrating various embodiments of one or more game units 20. The following description will evaluate the design of the game unit 20, but it should be understood that the game unit 30 also has the same design as the game unit 20 described below. The design of one or more game units 20 may be different from the design of other game units 20, and the design of one or more game units 30 may be different from the design of other game units 30. The individual game units 20 may be any type of game unit and may have a variety of different structures and operating methods. For purposes of illustration, various designs of the game unit 20 are described below, but many other designs are considered available.

  Referring to FIG. 44, the game unit 20 may include a housing or cabinet 54 and one or more input devices, such as a coin slot or acceptor 52, a bill acceptor 54, a ticket reader / printer 56, a card reader. Machine 58 and may be used for various purposes as will be described in detail below. The value input device may include any device that can accept value from a customer. As used herein, the term “value” may include game tokens, coins, banknotes, ticket coupons, credit or debit cards, and anything that represents other values.

Ticket Reader If included in the game unit 20, the ticket reader / printer 56 may be used to read and / or print or signal the ticket coupon 60. The ticket coupon 60 may be made of paper or printable or signalable material and may have one or more of the following information items or game data printed or signaled thereon: casino Name, ticket coupon type, confirmation number, control and / or safety data barcode, ticket coupon issue date and time, payout instructions and constraints, award description, and any other information desired or desired. Different types of ticket coupons 60 can be used, such as bonus ticket coupons, cash-out ticket coupons, casino chip ticket coupons, additional game execution ticket coupons, merchandise ticket coupons, restaurant ticket coupons, show ticket coupons and the like. The ticket coupon 60 is printed with an optically readable material such as ink, or is magnetically signaled as ticket coupon 60 data. The ticket reader / printer 56 may have both the ability to read and print the ticket coupon 60, or it may have the ability to only read, print or signal the ticket coupon 60. In the latter case, for example, some of the game units 20 may have a ticket printer 56 that may be used to print a ticket coupon 60, which is then placed by the player with a ticket reader 56. Used in the game unit 20.

  If provided, card reader 58 may include any type of card reader, such as a magnetic card reader or an optical card reader, and may be a card issued by a player, such as a credit card or player tracking card. May be used to read data from. If provided for player tracking, the card reader 58 reads game data from a player tracking card that can store data representing player identification, casino identification, player gaming habits, etc. And / or may be used to write game data. Card reader 58 may include additional components described in conjunction with FIG.

  The game unit 20 is a color video for displaying one or more audio speakers 62, a coin payout tray 64, an input control panel 66, and an image associated with one game or two or more games provided by the game unit 20. A display unit 70 may be included. The audio speaker 62 may generate sound representing sound, such as slot machine reel rotation noise, dealer voice, music, announcements, or any other sound associated with casino games. The input control panel 66 may include a plurality of push buttons or touch sensitive areas that may be pressed by the player to select a game, place a bet, make a game decision, and the like.

Reel Slot Machine A reel rotary slot machine may include a plurality of mechanical rotary reels controlled by a processor. When a bet is placed, the processor randomly selects one result from a plurality of possible results, rotates the reel, stops and displays the selected result. The selected result is represented by a symbol on the reel that is visually associated with the display area. If the selected result matches the winning result identified in the payment table, the processor instructs the payment mechanism to pay the player for the win to be a coin or credit.

In one embodiment, the slot machine includes a CPU and a reel mechanism. The CPU operates the slot machine according to the bet. The reel mechanism includes a motor, a reel with a symbol, and a reel driver. The motor includes a rotating shaft, and the reel is attached to the rotating shaft. The reel driver includes a local microcontroller connected to the CPU separately from the CPU. The reel driver is connected to the motor to cause the motor to rotate the reel.

  The CPU issues high level instructions related to reel rotation to the reel driver. The high-level command includes, for example, a rotation start command for starting rotation of the reel and a stop command for stopping the reel at a specific position. However, in order to free the CPU for other tasks, the local microprocessor performs a low level reel drive operation associated with reel rotation. Low level reel drive operations include, for example, sampling reel status in real time, performing calculations, and responding to control changes.

Fixed Pool Games Fixed pool games may include games in which a specific amount or award (a prize with a computable monetary equivalent) is distributed to separately purchaseable sets and earnable units, each unit being A set with a known price and further includes award-purchasable units. Thus, when all individually purchasable units are sold out, the total amount of prizes, prize distribution (ie, number of prizes at each level), and total amount paid out are known at the beginning of the game.

  Individually purchaseable units may be issued and distributed as tickets. Two forms of tickets include a pull-tab ticket called a pull-tab and a scratch-off ticket called a scratcher. Pull-tab tickets may be created from a variety of paper that consists of two layers. The first layer may indicate in some form the purchaser may win and the second layer may cover the first layer. The second layer may adhere to the first layer at three edges to cover the result. A small tab may be provided on the fourth edge so that the purchaser can pick the tab. The tab separates the layers when it is lifted and represents the purchaser's victory. The scratcher may use an opaque member that covers a portion of the ticket, where the covered portion indicates a predetermined result. The buyer peels off the opaque material and wins.

  The distribution of the total amount of victory associated with the price of each individually purchasable unit is determined by those composing the game. The exact method and calculation of an individual game pool, along with other considerations, will depend on the target gaming audience (how much you will charge per purchased unit, ticket or play), the desired return on investment, and the size of the pool . Tickets (units that can be purchased individually) may be printed and distributed for the entire game and organized into decks with different decks sold elsewhere. A player purchases a ticket to purchase one individually purchasable unit from the entire ticket or from the game event pool.

  This may be referred to as a fixed pool lottery, meaning that there is a fixed pool of tickets (or results) with a predetermined number of winners and losers, and a player can win a winning result by participating in a “lottery” It means trying luck and trying luck buying a winning ticket from the pool.

  Games based on fixed pool lotteries are displayed in many ways. For example, such a game may be displayed as a poker hand to mimic an actual poker game.

  A player may bet a certain amount to play a game. This corresponds to units that can be purchased individually for the lottery to be used (note that different bet amounts participate in different fixed pool lotteries). The game may then obtain random draw results from a central server or from a place with several running pools. The result may be returned to the game machine. The game machine may represent the result as a game.

Video betting games Video betting games may be set up to mimic table games by adapting table game rules and cards.

  The following reference numbers apply only to FIGS. 45-47 unless otherwise noted.

Game Device FIG. 45 illustrates a game device according to some embodiments. The gaming device has a cabinet 100 that encloses a set of standard game play buttons, generally shown as buttons 106, and a video display 102. The gaming device includes at least one processor, dynamic memory, non-volatile memory, system support circuitry for proper operating system selection, interfaces to various player interfaces such as play button 106 and video 102. It may also include internal hardware and software necessary for the gaming device, including I / O connections and an interface to an external network connection, shown as a SMIB (Slot Machine Interface Board) 108. Also, software necessary for executing a specific game may be included. The interior is not shown. The SMIB 108 has an interface with a network connection 110, such as an RGC (Remote Game Controller, not shown). Alternatively, 108 may be an Ethernet connection to the backbone network 110 based on Ethernet.

Apparatus for Running on a Communication System FIG. 46 is an apparatus for playing a game according to some embodiments. There are a game execution system including a management unit 42, a player register 43, and a game unit 45, and a plurality of player units 40-1 to 40-n connected via a communication system 41 such as the Internet. Each unit 40 is generally a personal computer with a display unit and control means (keyboard and mouse).

  When the player logs on to the game execution system, the unit 40 identifies itself to the management unit. The system maintains player details in a register 43 that includes separate player registers 44-1 to 44-n for all possible players, ie, all members of the system.

  Once the player is identified, the player is assigned to the game unit 45. The gaming units include player data units 46-1 to 46-6, a dealer unit 47, a control unit 48, and a random distribution unit 49.

  The game unit 45 can be assigned to up to seven players. As will be explained, there can be units that allow several games to be run simultaneously when more than seven system members log on simultaneously. The assignment of the player unit 40 to the player data unit 46 may be arbitrary or random depending on which of the player data unit 46 and the game unit 45 is free. Each player data unit 46 is loaded from the corresponding player registration unit 44 and includes essentially the same details as the corresponding player unit 40, with the updated content of the player unit and player data unit being mutually updated. Communicate with player unit 40 to maintain. In addition, appropriate portions of the contents of other player data units 46 and dealer units 47 are routed to the player unit 40 for display.

  The logic unit 48 of the game unit 45 executes the game unit through various stages of play, initiates dealer action, and waits for an appropriate response from the player unit 40. The random distribution unit 49 distributes cards to the dealer unit 47 and the player data unit 46 essentially randomly. At the end of the hand, the logic unit sends the hand result, ie, win or lose, to the player data unit 46 to inform the player of the player's result. The management unit 42 also captures these results and updates the player registration unit 44 accordingly.

  The player unit 40 is configured to display. In order to identify the player, the player position is highlighted. As the play progresses, the player selects various boxes, places bets on them, and the results of those activities are displayed. When a card is dealt, a series of overlapping card symbols are shown in the bonus box. At the player's choice, the cards can be shown in a row below the box, and the cards to the dealer can be shown as well. At the end of the hand, a message is displayed informing the player of the result of the bet, ie the amount won or lost.

Server-based game execution In various embodiments, gaming devices such as electronic control slots, video and similar machines may include a central controller including a processor and memory. The central controller controls the gaming machine, including presenting one or more games to a player at the gaming machine.

  The game controller processor may execute code for controlling the operation of the game machine. This code may be stored in the memory of the game controller. Control codes including specific game codes may be loaded into the memory when the game machine is manufactured.

  In various embodiments, it may be desirable to change the control and / or game code associated with the gaming machine controller. For example, an operator may want to change the “payment table” so that the gaming machine pays out a higher percentage of bets placed. An operator may wish to update an old game to a new, more desirable game.

  Various embodiments include a gaming machine code download system and a method for managing or controlling the downloading of code to a gaming machine.

  Various embodiments include a method of downloading code or data from a remote device to a gaming device. In some embodiments, the method includes storing game machine code at a remote device. When a request for game machine code is generated, this request is provided to the remote device. According to some embodiments of the method, the game machine code is transmitted from the remote device to the first device of the game machine over the communication link upon request. The game code is processed and all or part of the processed game code is provided for use to the game machine controller or other second device of the game machine.

  In various embodiments, the method is implemented in an environment that includes a gaming machine, a communication network, and at least one remote device. The gaming machine includes at least one game controller adapted to control the gaming machine and includes the purpose of presenting the game on the gaming machine. The game console controller preferably includes a processor and memory.

  The game machine also includes a secondary device. The secondary device may include a player tracking controller. The player tracking controller includes a processor and a memory. One or more devices such as a player tracking card reader and keypad may be associated with the player tracking controller.

  In various embodiments, the player tracking controller includes a communication interface. The communication interface is associated with at least one network. In one embodiment, the network is a player tracking network that includes a player tracking host. The player tracking host includes a memory for storing player information including information regarding player play on one or more gaming machines.

  In various embodiments, the game code host is associated with a player tracking network. The game code is transferred from the game code host to the game machine via the player tracking network. The transmitted game code is preferably sent to the player tracking controller of the gaming machine that processes the code and sends it to the gaming machine controller.

  Different device systems or configurations are contemplated for different embodiments. In some method embodiments, a request for a game code is generated at a gaming machine and sent to a game code host. The request may be generated by a gaming machine controller or player tracking controller / device. For example, in some embodiments, a request is generated by a player tracking controller in response to a player identification performed by a player using a player tracking card in a card reader of a player tracking device of a gaming machine. May be.

  The game code is transmitted from the game code host to the player tracking controller via a network or other communication link. In some embodiments, this link is part of a player tracking network that connects the player tracking device of the gaming machine to a player tracking host. In other embodiments, the link is a link, such as a wireless communication link to a game code host, separate from the link connecting the gaming device player tracking device to the player tracking host. The player tracking controller may process the game code in a variety of ways, including storing all or part of the game code.

  In various embodiments, a request for code is followed by information regarding the priority of the request. The method may include ordering the codes and sending them to the gaming machine at one or more specific times.

  The game code may include different information in different ways. For example, the game code may include information used by the gaming machine controller to control or operate one or more gaming machine peripherals, such as a bill validator. The game code may also include a set of codes that allow the gaming machine controller to present a particular game or games to the player.

Incorporation by reference The following is incorporated by reference:
U.S. Patents 7,160,187; 7,033,271; 7,077,746; RE38812; 4,283,709; 6,921,337; 5,429,361; 5,470,079; 6,890, 260; 7,112,136; 5,848,932; 6,059,289; 6,190,255; 6,869,361; 4,448,419; 6,729,956; 7,137,885; 7,128,645; 7,137,630; 5,823,874; 5,848,932; 5,393,057; 5,560,603; 5,769,716; 6,048,269; 902,983; 5,851,148; 5,911,418; 5,848,932; 6,190,255; 6,089,976; 5,779,544; 5,664,998; 5,56 0,603; 6,168,523; 4,837,728; 6,729,956 and US Patent Application Publication 20070026938; 20060183529

Cards Game cards have existed for many years. There are many types of cards that are used in many different game types, but the most common gaming card consists of 52 cards, with four different tags (ie spades) printed or shown on one side of each card. , Heart, diamond, and club). In a standard deck, each of the four decks consists of 13 cards, the numbers from 2 to 10, or A (Ace), K (King), Q ( (Queen) or J (Jack). In this way, each card will contain a label display along with a display of numbers or letters on its face. King, Queen and Jack contain some designs on the face of the card and may be called picture cards.

  In some cases, a standard deck of 52 cards also includes a certain number of extra cards that may have usage or meaning that depends on the particular game being played using that deck, Sometimes called joker. For example, if a card game includes a joker and the player receives the joker in "hand", the player may use it as any card on the deck. If a player has a Spade 10, Jack, Queen, and King with a joker, the player can use the joker as an Ace of spades. As a result, the player achieves a royal flush (10 to Ace of spades).

  Many different games can be run using standard decks of gaming cards. A game run on a standard deck of cards may include other items such as game boards, chips, etc., or a game run may require only the gaming card deck itself. In most games run using a standard deck of cards, a value is assigned to each individual card. The value may be different for different games.

  Normally, the card value starts with number 2 as the lowest value, increases as the number increases to 10, and continues to increase in the order of Jack, Queen, King, and Ace. In some games, the ace is less than 2, and in games where a particular card is considered wild or any value, that card has the greatest value. For example, in a card game with 2 cards, that is, 2 with a wild card, a player with a game card containing 2 can use that card as any other card, and the 9 and 2 cards are two 9 cards. Is equivalent.

  Furthermore, the different labels shown on the four types of cards may have specific values depending on the game. In a game rule where one pair, or spade, has a higher value than the other pair, or heart, spade 7 is more valuable than heart 7.

  It can be easily imagined that many different games can be run using different card numbers and value of the cards. In some games, it is the combination of cards obtained by a player that determines whether the player has defeated another player or other players. Usually, the harder it is to get a combination, the more valuable the combination is, and the player who achieves the more difficult combination (considering the value of the card) wins the game.

  For example, in the case of a poker game, each player finally receives 5 cards. A player who obtains three cards with the same number on the plane, that is, four of hearts, four of diamonds, and four of clubs, has two cards of the same number, namely, King of Spades and King of Hearts You will lose the player who only has it. However, a player who has five cards of all clubs, which is well known as a flash, defeats the player who has the same type of the above three cards.

  In many cases, a standard deck of gaming cards is used to make a gaming machine. In these game machines, the player plays a card game like poker using a standard card deck on the video screen to insert coins and earn more money than originally inserted into the game machine. .

  Another type of gambling using cards utilizes a table and is known as a table game. Tables and dealers are used for the table, and the player sits or stands around the table. Players place bets on the table, and dealers distribute cards to individual players. The number of cards to be dealt or whether the cards are dealt upward or downward depends on a specific table game to be performed.

  In addition, the imitation or depiction of standard gaming cards is used in many handheld electronic games, computer games, and Internet games such as poker and blackjack. Using handheld electronic games or computer games that may or may not be connected to the Internet, a player receives a counterfeit gaming card and plays a card game against a computer or other player. In addition, many of these games can be run on a computer in combination with gambling.

  There are many game shows that are played on television using game card decks for game play, where the cards are enlarged or displayed on a video screen or monitor for easy viewing. In these video game shows, participants play card games for awards or money, and individuals act as organizers who monitor actions, usually in player competition.

  There are also lottery tickets that the player purchases, and the player plays the game by "stripping" the opaque layer to see if they have won money and awards. The opaque layer prevents the player from peeling off the lottery ticket before purchasing to know the result. In some of these lottery tickets, gaming cards are used below the opaque layer, and the player needs to match a certain number of similar cards to win a prize or money.

Card Game Rules Poker Rules In a basic poker game with a standard 52 card deck, each player is dealt 5 cards. All five cards of an individual player are evaluated as one hand with various card combinations such as pairs, three cards, straights, etc. The determination of which combination is superior to other combinations is made with reference to a table containing the combination rankings. The rankings shown in most tables are based on the odds of the individual combinations generated by the player's hands. Regardless of the number of cards in the player's hand, the value and odds assigned to the card and the method for evaluating all five cards in the player's hand are the same.

  Poker is a popular skill-based card game where a player with a fully or partially hidden card places a bet on the central pot. The pot is awarded to a player or players with the strongest combination of cards, or a player who has placed a bet that is not called. Poker can also be applied to video poker, single player games found in casinos similar to slot machines, or other games that utilize poker hand rankings.

  Although poker is played in many variations, most follow the same basic play pattern.

  The right to hand out is generally passed between players and is indicated by a token called a “dealer” button or back. In the casino, the sponsoring dealer handles the cards for each hand, but a button (typically a white plastic disc) rotates clockwise between the players, pointing to the nominal dealer to determine the betting order.

  For each hand, one or more players are required to place a forced bet in order for the player to generate an initial bet for competition. The dealer mixes and cuts the cards and distributes the appropriate number of cards to the player, one at a time. Depending on the poker transformations that are made, the cards may be dealt either face up or face down. After the initial distribution, the first round of several betting rounds begins. During the round, the player's hand progresses in some manner by distributing additional cards or exchanging previously distributed cards. At the end of each round, all bets are collected in the central pot.

  At any point during the betting round, if the player bets, the opponent is required to fold, call or raise. If one player bets and no opponent accepts the bet, the hand ends immediately, the bet is given a pot, the card is not required to be shown at all, and the next hand Start. The ability to win a pot without disclosing the hand allows it to be tricked. Deception is a key feature of poker, which distinguishes poker from other competitive games and other games that use poker hand ranking.

  If more than one player remains at the end of the last bet, the card is revealed and the player evaluates the hand by opening the previously hidden card. The strongest player wins the pot according to the type of poker being played.

The most popular poker variants are:
Draw Poker Each player receives 5 or more cards as 5 card draws, all of which are hidden. A player can exchange one or more of these cards a certain number of times.
Stud Poker Players receive one card at a time, and some cards are revealed to the players at the table. An important difference between stud poker and “draw” poker is that players are not allowed to discard or exchange cards.
Community Card Poker Players combine individually distributed cards with some “community cards” distributed face up and shared by all players. Two or four cards may be dealt as the most popular variants, Texas hold 'em and Omaha hold' em, respectively.

Poker Hand Ranking Straight Flush A straight flush contains 5 cards of the same consecutive bill with hands like Q (spade) J (spade) 10 (spades) 9 (spades) 8 (spades). If there are two such hands, they are compared with a higher ranked card in the same way as a straight. Low ace rules apply: 5 (diamond) 4 (diamond) 3 (diamond) 2 (diamond) A (diamond) 5 is a high rank flash (also known as a steel wheel). A (Club) K (Club) Q (Club) J (Club) 10 (Club), known as Royal Flush, is a standard poker hand (except five of the same type). Is the highest rank.
Example 7 (Heart) 6 (Heart) 5 (Heart) 4 (Heart) 3 (Heart) beats 5 (Club) 4 (Club) 3 (Club) 2 (Club) A (Club) J (Club) 10 ( Club 9) Club 8) Club 7) Club J (Diamond) 10 (Diamond) 9 (Diamond) 8 (Diamond) 7 (Diamond)

Four Cards Four Quads or Quads are poker hands like 9 (Club) 9 (Spade) 9 (Diamond) 9 (Heart) J (Heart), 4 cards of 1 rank and 1 match Including no cards. Four cards are ranked above the full house and below the straight flush. Higher ranks defeat lower ranks. Between two sets of equivalent four cards (which can happen in wildcard and community card games), the kicker determines the winner.
Example 10 (club) 10 (diamond) 10 (heart) 10 (spade) 5 (diamond) ("Forten" or "Quad Ten") is 6 (diamond) 6 (heart) 6 (spade) 6 (club) K (spade) ) ("Four Six" or "Quad Six") 10 (Club) 10 (Diamond) 10 (Heart) 10 (Spade) Q (Spade) ("Forten" Queen Kicker) 10 (Club) 10 (Diamond) ) Defeat 10 (Heart) 10 (Spade) 5 (Diamond) ("Forten and Five")

A full house, also known as a full boat or full boat, is a 3 (club), 3 (spade), 3 (diamond), 6 (club), 6 (heart) poker hand, three matching cards of one rank and another Includes two cards with matching ranks. The full house is ranked above the flash under the four card. Among the two sets of full houses, the one with the higher rank of the set of three cards wins. If two sets have a set of three cards of the same rank (which can happen in wildcard and community card games), the higher rank of the pair wins. A full house is a “Queens over nines” (also used to represent two-pairs) by three identical cards (eg QQQ) and pairs (eg 9-9) , “Queens full of nines” or simply “Queen full”.
Example 10 (Spade) 10 (Heart) 10 (Diamond) 4 (Spade) 4 (Diamond) (Tensful) beats 9 (Heart) 9 (Club) 9 (Spade) A (Heart) A (Club) (Ninesful) K (Spade) K (Club) K (Heart) 3 (Diamond) 3 (Spade) (Kings Full) beats 3 (Spade) 3 (Heart) 3 (Diamond) K (Spade) K (Diamond) (Three Full) Q (Heart) Q (Diamond) Q (Club) 8 (Heart) 8 (Club) (Queens Full of Eights) is Q (Heart) Q (Diamond) Q (Club) 5 (Spade) 5 (Heart) (Queens Full) Defeat Of Of Fives

Flash Flash is a poker hand like Q (club) 10 (club) 7 (club) 6 (club) 4 (club), not 5 consecutive ranks, but 5 cards of the same set. The flush is ranked straight above and below the full house. The two sets of flash are compared as if they were the hands of a higher rank card. In other words, each highest ranked card is compared to determine the winner, and if both have the same ranked card, the second highest ranked card is compared, and so on. The type of cards is not worth, and a flush with the same rank of 5 cards is a draw. A flash is represented by the highest ranked card, such as “queen-high flush”.
Example A (Heart) Q (Heart) 10 (Heart) 5 (Heart) 3 (Heart) ("Ace High Flush") is K (Heart) Q (Heart) J (Heart) 9 (Heart) 6 (Heart) ( Defeat "King High Flash" A (Diamond) K (Diamond) 7 (Diamond) 6 (Diamond) 2 (Diamond) ("Flash, Ace King Flash") is A (Heart) Q (Heart) 10 (Heart) Defeat 5 (Heart) 3 (Heart) ("Flash, Ace Queen Flash") Q (Heart) 10 (Heart) 9 (Heart) 5 (Heart) 2 (Heart) ("Heart Flash") is Q (Spade) Draw 10 (spade) 9 (spade) 5 (spade) 2 (spade) ("spade flash")

Straight Straight is a poker hand such as Q (Club) J (Spade) 10 (Spade) 9 (Heart) 8 (Heart) and contains 5 consecutive rank cards of different cards. Straights are ranked above the three cards and below the flash. Two sets of straights are ranked by comparing their high rank cards. Two sets of straights with the same high-ranked card have the same value and in any case divide the victory (straight is the most frequent draw in poker, especially in community card games). Depending on the highest ranked card, it is represented as “queen-high straight” or “straight to the queen”.
Example 8 (club) 7 (club) 6 (heart) 5 (heart) 4 (spade) (“eight-high straight”) is 6 (diamond) 5 (spade) 4 (diamond) 3 (heart) ) Defeat 2 (club) (“six-high straight”) 8 (club) 7 (club) 6 (heart) 5 (heart) 4 (spade) 8 (heart) 7 (diamond) 6 Hands such as (Club) 5 (Club) 4 (Heart) A (Club) K (Club) Q (Diamond) J (Spade) 10 (Spade) is an ace high straight, K (heart) Q (spade) ) It is ranked higher than King High Straight like J (Heart) 10 (Heart) 9 (Diamond). Ace is used to occupy 1 position in hands like 5 (spade) 4 (heart) 3 (heart) 2 (spade) A (club), called wheel or five high straight, (Spade) 5 (Club) 4 (Club) 3 (Heart) 2 Rank below (Heart). An ace cannot be in the middle or occupy both high and low ranks in the same hand: 3 (club) 2 (diamond) A (spade) K (spade) Q (club) is straight It's not just an ace high no-pair.

Three Cards Three-cards, also called trips, sets or prills, are poker hands like 2 (diamonds), 2 (clubs), 2 (hearts), K (clubs), and 6 (clubs). Includes cards of the same rank and two non-matching cards. Three cards are ranked above two pairs and below straight. A high-ranked three card defeats a low-ranked three card. If two sets of hands have three cards of the same rank (which can happen in a game with a wild card or community card), the kickers are compared for finalization.
Example 8 (spade) 8 (heart) 8 (diamond) 5 (spade) 3 (club) ("three eights") is 5 (club) 5 (heart) 5 (diamond) Q (diamond) 10 (club) ("three 8 (spades) 8 (hearts) 8 (diamonds) A (clubs) 2 (diamonds) ("three eights, ace skickers") 8 (spades) 8 (hearts) 8 (diamonds) 5 (spades) ) Defeat 3 (Club) ("Three Eights, Five Kicker")

Two pairs J (Heart) J (Club) 4 (Club) 4 (Spade) 9 (Spade) poker hand, in addition to two cards of the same rank, in addition to other ranks (which match each other but the first 2 cards (not a pair rank) and is called a two-pair. Two pairs are ranked above one pair and below the three cards. In two hands, including two pairs, each higher ranked pair is compared first, and the higher pair wins. If they have the same top pair, each second pair is compared. Finally, if both hands have the same two pairs, the kicker determines the winner. The two pairs are divided into “Kings over nines”, “Kings” by the higher pair (eg, K (heart) K (spade)) and the lower pair (eg, 9 (club) 9 (diamond)). Expressed as “Kings and Nines” or simply “Kings up”.
Example K (Heart) K (Diamond) 2 (Club) 2 (Diamond) J (Heart) ("Kings Up") is J (Diamond) J (Spade) 10 (Spade) 10 (Club) 9 (Spade) (" 9 (club) 9 (diamond) 7 (diamond) 7 (spade) 6 (heart) ("Nines and Sevens") is 9 (heart) 9 (spade) 5 (heart) 5 (diamond) Defeat K (Clubs) (“Nines and Fives”) 4 (Spades) 4 (Clubs) 3 (Spades) 3 (Hearts) K (Diamonds) (“Fores and Threes, King Kicker”) 4 (Hearts) Defeat 4 (Diamond) 3 (Diamond) 3 10 (Spade) (“Fores and Threes With Ten”)

One Pair One Pair is a poker hand that includes three cards that do not match two cards of the same rank, such as 4 (Heart), 4 (Spade), K (Spade), 10 (Diamond), and 5 (Spade). A pair is ranked above any high card, but below any other poker hand. If two hands have pairs of the same rank, the cards that do not pair each hand (kicker) are compared to determine the winner.
Example 10 (club) 10 (spade) 6 (spade) 4 (heart) 2 (heart) ("10 pairs") is 9 (heart) 9 (club) A (heart) Q (diamond) 10 (diamond) ( 10 (Heart) 10 (Diamond) J (Diamond) 3 (Heart) 2 (Club) ("10 and Jack Kicker") is 10 (Club) 10 (Spade) 6 (Spade) 4 Defeat (Heart) 2 (Heart) ("10 and Thick Sicker") 2 (Diamond) 2 (Heart) 8 (Spade) 5 (Club) 4 (Club) (Juice, 8-5-4) is 2 (Club ) Defeat 2 (spade) 8 (club) 5 (heart) 3 (heart) (juice, 8-5-3)

High cards A hand that does not make a high card or pair does not have the same rank on any two cards, such as K (Heart) J (Club) 8 (Club) 7 (Diamond) 3 (Spade) Five cards are not consecutive, and all cards are poker hands that do not belong to the same group. High cards can also use “nothing” or “garbage” and many other derogatory terms. High cards are ranked below all other poker hands. If there are two such hands, the highest ranked cards are compared and ranked, if they are the same, the next highest ranked card is compared, and if they are the same, the third highest ranked card Are compared, and so on. Unpaired hands are represented by "King High" or "Ace-Queen High", or the number of cards required to make a decision, using one or two higher rank cards.
Example A (diamond) 10 (diamond) 9 (spade) 5 (club) 4 (club) ("ace high") is K (club) Q (diamond) J (club) 8 (heart) 7 (heart) ("king" A (Club) Q (Club) 7 (Diamond) 5 (Heart) 2 (Club) ("Ace-Queen") is A (Diamond) 10 (Diamond) 9 (Spade) 5 (Club) 4 Defeat (Club) ("Ace-Ten") 7 (Spade) 6 (Club) 5 (Club) 4 (Diamond) 2 (Heart) ("7-6-5-4") 7 (Club) 6 ( Defeat diamond (5) (diamond) 3 (heart) 2 (club) ("7-6-5-3")

Using Deck Joker as a bug as a bug Gives a slight change to the gameplay. When a joker is introduced into a standard poker game, the joker can function as a fifth ace, or can be used as a flash or straight card (although it can also be used as a wild card). Normally, jokers are used to transform casino draw poker, and the strongest possible result is a five card, such as A (heart) A (diamond) A (club) A (spade) Joker. .

Caribbean Stud rules.
Caribbean Stud (TM) may be played as follows. Five cards are dealt to the player and the dealer. If the dealer is less than an ace / king, the player automatically wins. If the dealer is a poker hand over the ace / king combination, the higher of the player or dealer hand wins. If the player wins, they may receive an additional bonus based on their hand poker rank. In a game of a commercial game, a side bet is usually required to enable a chance for a progressive jackpot. In Caribbean Stud (trademark), it is the dealer's hand that decides the victory or defeat. Before the player bets, the dealer's hand is partially hidden while the game (usually at most one card only) is displayed to the player, so the player You always have to know that in a tie, you lose to the dealer, you don't pay out bonuses if you don't throw a side bet, which is usually only for hands that have a flush or higher rank.

Blackjack rules.
Here are some versions of Blackjack. Blackjack hands are calculated by the total points of the cards in the hand. The highest hand wins with a total score of 21 or less. When the total exceeds 21, it is called “bust”. Cards with a number from 2 to 10 have a score equal to the number on the surface, and the picture cards (ie Jack, Queen and King) have 10 points. If the hand is not bust, the ace is 11, but if it is bust, it is 1 point. The player wins by fighting the dealer and having a higher total score not exceeding 21. When a player becomes bust, the player loses even if the dealer is bust as well. If the player and the dealer have the same number of points, it is called “push”, and neither party's hand wins.

  Once the initial bet is placed, the dealer will either from a hand-held pile of cards or, generally, from a “shoe” containing at least four card decks, typically more than one card deck, You usually give out two cards, either one or more. A game in which a card deck or multiple decks are handheld is known as a “pitch” game. Pitch games are generally not played at casinos. When a game is played on more than one deck, the decks are shuffled at the same time to make it difficult to remember distributed and undistributed. The dealer distributes two cards to the player and the dealer himself. Normally, one of the dealer's two cards is dealt face up so that all players can see it, and the other is face down. Face-down cards are called “hole cards”. In the European variant, cards are dealt to all players and the player's hand is made, and then a “hole card” is dealt. The player's cards are dealt face up from the shoe and face down in the pitch game.

  A two-card hand with 21 points (for example, an ace and a picture card or 10) will automatically win when called “Blackjack” or “Natural”. In a casino in Las Vegas in 2003, 6: 5 payments began in games that typically use only a single deck, but “natural” players are customarily paid a 3: 2 bet.

  The first two cards are dealt to each player and dealer, and if the dealer is “natural” and the player is not, the dealer automatically wins. If the player is “natural” and the dealer is not, then the player automatically wins. If both the dealer and the player are “natural,” neither will win.

  If no one is “natural”, each player plays with his / her hand completely, and the dealer plays with his / her hand when all players are finished.

  Usually, a game in the hand includes four possible combinations of “hitting”, “standing”, “double down” or “splitting”. Often another action called “surrendering” is also added. “Hit” is to draw another card. “Stand” means no more cards. “Double down” is to double the bet and draw “another” card exactly to “stand”. For example, when a player has cards of the same value, such as 8 pairs, the player “splits” by adding a bet and plays the game as two new hands, each of which is the first card. Can do. “Getting down” means confiscating half the bet and giving up the hand. Getting off is not an option in most blackjack casino games. If the player is “stand”, “bust”, or “double down”, the game ends. If the player is “bust”, then the dealer loses even “bust”. This is advantageous for the house.

  After all players have played with their own hands, the dealer opens the dealer's hole card and plays with his own hands. According to house rules (general casino rules), the dealer must draw cards until at least 17 points regardless of the player's score. In most casinos, dealers must also draw cards with “soft” 17 (eg, Ace and 6). In some casinos, the blackjack table felt has a symbol in the software 17 that indicates whether the dealer will hit or stand. If the dealer busts, all the remaining players win. Bets are usually paid out with 1: 1 odds.

  There are four regular rule variants: single card split ace, early exit, last exit, and double down restrictions. In the first variant, a card is dealt on each ace and the player's turn is over. In the second, the player has the option of getting off before the dealer confirms blackjack. In the third, the player has the option of getting off after the dealer confirms blackjack. In the fourth case, double down is allowed only for a certain combination of cards.

Insurance.
Insurance is a common betting option that allows a player to prevent his bet by betting that the dealer will win with his hand. If the dealer's “face-up card” is an ace, the player is presented with an option to purchase insurance before the dealer examines the “hole card”. A player can bet up to half the original bet if he wants insurance. Insurance bets are usually placed in a special place on the table with the words “insurance payment 2: 1”. A player who purchases an insurance bet that the dealer's “hole card” is one of ten values (ie, 10, Jack, Queen, or King). Since the dealer's face-up card is an ace, the player bets that the dealer is “natural”.

  If the player initially bets $ 10 and the dealer is showing an ace, the player can increase the bet by $ 5 and purchase insurance. Assume that a player purchases $ 5 insurance and the player's hand is a total of 19 two cards. If the dealer's hole card is opened 10 after the end of the insurance period (the dealer confirms “Natural” before the player plays with his hand), the player The bet is lost, but with a 2: 1 odds, the $ 5 Insurance bet wins and offsets because it wins $ 10. In the same situation, if the dealer's hole card is not ten, the player loses the $ 5 insurance bet. However, if the player chooses a stand at 19 and the dealer's turn is less than 19 at the end of the dealer's turn, the player will win the original $ 10 and gain a total of $ 5 . In the same situation, if the dealer's hole card does not have a value of 10, the player immediately loses the $ 5 insurance bet again and the dealer's hand exceeds the player at the end of both rounds. For example, if the player stands at 19 and the dealer is 20 at the time, the player loses both the original $ 10 bet and the $ 5 insurance bet.

Basic strategy.
Blackjack players can increase their expected points by several means, one of which is the “basic strategy”. A “basic strategy” simply exists as a general matter and is not officially approved. The “basic strategy” is determined when hitting or standing, as well as when double down or split to the best hand. The basic strategy is based on the player's total points and the dealer's display card. Under some conditions (e.g., a game using a single deck according to the Las Vegas Downtown Rules), the house's advantage over a player using the basic strategy is only 0.16%. Casinos with options such as surrender and double after-split may give statistical advantage to players who use basic strategies, but instead make mistakes that give the player a house advantage. You may rely on that.

  A number of option rules can also benefit advanced players, for example: Double down is allowed in any two hands other than natural. Allow “double down” after split. Allow early surrender (confiscate half price of bet against face-up card or face-up ace before dealer confirms blackjack). Allow late surrender. Allow ace re-split (split immediately after the player has two or more cards in hand and the second ace is dealt in his hand). Allow one or more cards to be drawn on a split ace. If a total of 5 or more cards does not exceed 21, it automatically wins (referred to as “Charlies”).

  There may be other option rules that can be detrimental to advanced users. For example, this is the case. “Natural” payments are less than 3: 2 (for example, the “Natural” payout is 6: 5 for the Las Vegas Strip Single Deck Blackjack). You can split your hand only once (it can be re-split outside of Aces). Double down is prohibited for a certain whole (for example, 9, 11 or 10, 11). Ace cannot re-split. In the case of the “No Peep” (or European) blackjack rule, the player who splits or “doubles down” his hand against the dealer who is the “natural” hand loses (the player is in his / her hand). Until the game is played, the dealer will not confirm this automatically winning hand). If neither the player nor the dealer wins, and the player holds the original bet, it is assumed that the tie is lost with the dealer without being drawn.

Card counting.
Unlike some other casino games, Blackjack removes the card from the deck by the hand without affecting any subsequent play. When a card is removed from the deck, the probability of each remaining card being dealt changes (the same card can no longer be distributed). If the ratio of card and ace with a value of 10 increases to the remaining cards, the player will be dealt with natural and will be advantageous to the player (the dealer wins the full amount when the dealer is natural) On the other hand, when the player is natural, the odds are 3: 2.) If the ratio of cards with low values such as 4, 5, 6, etc. increases to the remaining cards, it will be easier for the player to bust and be advantageous to the dealer (if the player busts, the dealer will bust later) Also because the dealer wins).

  The house advantage in blackjack is relatively low initially. By keeping track of which cards have been dealt, the player is left with a high bet when the card ratio of 10 is increased, and a fixed bet when the ratio of low value cards is increased. Card ratio changes can be used. Over time, decks often become less desirable than preferred for players, but adjusting the bet amount can eliminate the player's inherent disadvantages. The player can also use information to narrow down the basic strategy. For example, if the dealer's face-up card is 10, the basic strategy declares a hit at 16, but if the player knows that the lower value card is biased towards the deck, the odds will stand at that 16 May be modified to be advantageous.

  There are a number of card counting mechanisms, but it all depends on the player's ability to remember the simplification or details of the card summaries played. Aggregation becomes more accurate as it becomes more detailed, but memory becomes more difficult. Card counting is not illegal, but if the casino finds a successful card count, it will be eliminated or expelled.

  Shuffle tracking is a less noticeable and difficult way to try to shift odds to the player's preference. A player attempts to track a card group during a multi-deck shoe game, follows the card group during shuffle, searches for the same group that reappears from a new shoe, and plays and bets accordingly.

Tracking actions at the table.
US Pat. No. 6,579,181 generally describes “a system for automatically monitoring gaming and game betting. In one embodiment, the system includes the first card from the deck. A card deck reader that automatically reads each symbol on each card before the card is taken out, the symbol identifies the card value in the rank and suit items, bar code, area or matrix code, stack code, etc. In another aspect, the system does not decode the read symbols until each card is dealt in order to ensure security.

  “In another aspect, the system may comprise a chip tray reader that automatically images the contents of the chip tray. The system measures the number and value of chips in the chip tray from the image; In order to confirm that the appropriate amount has been paid out and collected, the change in the contents of the chip tray is compared with the result of the game game.

  “In a further aspect, the system may comprise a table monitor that automatically images actions or events that occur at the game table. The system displays an image of the game table to identify bets, as well as Periodically compare the appearance, movement and position of cards and other objects on the game table.The table monitoring system can be placed inconspicuously in the chip tray. "

  US Pat. No. 6,579,181 generally discloses a drop box that automatically verifies the amount and reliability of the deposit and reconciles the deposit with changes in the contents of the chip tray. Different parts of the deposited object can be imaged, and appropriate lighting and resolution are selected to confirm the asset characteristics of the deposited object.

  “In another monitoring state, the system may use some or all of the components to monitor a player's gaming habits and employee performance. The system may be suspicious and prohibited. It is possible to detect betting patterns, and the system can also identify player and dealer win / loss percentages, as well as other statistically relevant measurements. Measurements can provide powerful automatic security and automated real-time financial reporting to casinos or other gaming facilities, and measurement provides a basis for players to automatically allocate preferential benefits. can do."

  Various embodiments include an apparatus, method, and system that utilizes a card supply shoe with a scanner and its associated software, which is preferably a computer program that determines the number of participating player seats or the number of participating players for each dealer. From a card supply shoe having a scanner placed on the game table so as to identify the game in progress at that game table during each game in which the cards are dealt When cards are dealt and 21 games evaluated by software are played, the card dealer can use one or more keyboards and / or LCD displays connected to the shoe. These keyboards and / or LCD displays are also used to enter other data related to each sheet or player betting and / or decision strategy for each of the hands to be played. These data are analyzed by real-time periods by computer software designed to evaluate casino 21's strategy decision and betting abilities, or players playing blackjack games. The evaluation software is connected to a central processing unit (CPU) or to a host computer that is also connected to the shoe keyboard and LCD display. The dealer uses one or more keyboards attached to or attached to the shoe, or a keyboard placed in the vicinity of the dealer, and is accurate for each hand played by each player in the game to be evaluated. You can see and record the correct bet amount. The optical scanner connected to the CPU reads the value of each card dealt to each player's hand and the dealer's hand when each card is dealt to a specific hand, seat or place, and reads the game's value from the shoe. The game card value of each card dealt to the player and dealer is converted into one or more card count system values programmed in the evaluation software. Since the hit card is removed from the shoe, the CPU also records the decision that each player hits the hand and the decision that the dealer draws another card when needed by hit or game rules. The dealer uses one or more keyboards and LCD displays attached to the shoe to record each player's decision as a hand-insurer, surrender, double-down, or split. When the dealer's face-up card is ace or 10, the dealer's second card or hole card dealt face-down is scanned, and these game card values are introduced into the software of the computer system So, using one or more keyboards, you can check whether your game card or two cards with a total hand of “21” or “blackjack” by using one or more shoe LCDs. The computer system software may be prompted to inform the dealer immediately.

  In various embodiments, a card gaming system for playing a card game that includes a card supply shoe device for distributing a gaming card to at least one player for card game gaming, the gaming card via a shoot Housing means having a chute for supporting at least one deck of gaming cards so that they can be moved one at a time, the housing means housing the gaming cards of the deck one by one during a card game game Housing means having an exit opening movable outside the means and a housing for scanning visual features on each gaming card as each gaming card moves out of the chute of the housing means Card scanning means located within the means and game cards received by each player from the shoe To identify each, to evaluate each player who receives a game card and to evaluate the value with information about the game strategy used by each player against the value of the received game card, and to each player's game strategy Combined with means for receiving the output of the card scanning means to combine all of this information to identify the card supply shoe device, allowing at least one player to select bets on various card gaming options In combination with a gaming table having at least one keypad means on top.

  In various embodiments, a card gaming system for card gaming that includes a card supply shoe device for use in distributing gaming cards to at least one player so that the gaming cards can be moved one at a time via a chute. And a housing means having a chute for supporting at least one deck of game cards, the housing means being capable of moving the game cards of the deck one by one out of the housing means one by one during a card game game. Housing means having an exit opening to be used and card scanning located within the housing means for scanning visual features on each gaming card as each gaming card moves out of the chute of the housing means To identify the game card received by each player from the shoe device. To evaluate the value to each player who receives the card and the value with information of the betting strategy used by each player for having played a card previously distributed from the card shoe device, and to each player Means for receiving the output of the card scanning means to combine all of this information identifying the card counting strategy of the card, and coupled to the card supply shoe device to provide at least one player with at least one various card gaming options. In combination with a gaming table at the top having at least one keypad means allowing a bet selection.

  In various embodiments, a card gaming system for playing a card game that includes a card supply shoe device for distributing a gaming card to at least one player for card game gaming, the gaming card via a shoot Housing means having a chute for supporting at least one deck of gaming cards so that they can be moved one at a time, the housing means housing the gaming cards of the deck one by one during a card game game Housing means having an exit opening movable outside the means and a housing for scanning visual features on each gaming card as each gaming card moves out of the chute of the housing means Card scanning means located within the means and game cards received by each player from the shoe device. In order to identify each of the players, each player's game is evaluated to evaluate the value with information on the game strategy used by each player against the information to each player who receives the game card and the value of the received game card. Based on each player's betting strategy used by each player against a game card previously dealt from a card distribution shoe that brings together the use of all the information that identifies the strategy and card counting information Combined with means for receiving the output of the card scanning means and a card supply shoe device to identify the counting strategy as well, allowing at least one player to select bets on at least one various card gaming options And a gaming table having at least one keypad means on the top thereof, in combination

  In various embodiments, a security gaming table system is applied to multiple sites under central control, allowing hand monitoring in a progressive live card game. The live card game has at least one deck, and each deck has a predetermined number of cards. Each table game in the system has a plurality of player positions, regardless of whether the player is at each position or the dealer is not at the dealer position.

  In one embodiment, a common identification code is placed on each card of each deck to provide additional security. Each deck has a different common identification code. A shuffler is used to shuffle the decks together, and the shuffler has circuitry for counting cards from the previous hand that the shuffler was inserted to shuffle. The shuffler circuit counts each inserted card and reads the common identification code on each card. The shuffler circuit outputs a signal corresponding to the counted and read common identification code. A game controller (eg, a computer) placed at each table receives this signal from the shuffler circuit and no cards have been drawn or replaced by new cards from the player (or dealer) hand. Make sure. If the count is not correct, or if the game card does not have an identification code or the identification code does not match, a new deck card must be used and a warning signal is generated indicating that a security breach has occurred. Is done.

  In another security embodiment, a unique code, such as a barcode, is placed on each card, and when each card is dealt from the shoe by the dealer, the detector reads the code, and each card dealt in the hand A signal including at least a value and a suit is sent to the game controller. The detector may also read the common identification deck code and issue it as a signal to the game controller. The shoe may have an optical scanner for generating this image when each card is dealt from the shoe into the hand by the Dürer. The game controller may store this information in memory so that the history of each card dealt in hand from the shoe is recorded.

  In yet another security embodiment, the integrated shuffler / shoe acquires an optical image of each card handed from the shoe and each card inserted into the shuffler after handmade. These images are sent to the game controller where they are counted and compared. A warning is raised when an irregular count or comparison occurs. The shuffler and shoe are integrated to provide security between the two units.

  In another embodiment of security for a live card game, a game bet sensor in which a game bet sensor is placed near each of a plurality of player positions to detect the presence of a game bet counts tokens that have been inserted. A signal is sent. The game bet sensor at some player positions has no bet, which generally allows the game controller that receives the signal to identify which player position has a game bet inserted. is there. This information is stored in memory and becomes part of the game history.

  In another security embodiment, a progressive bet sensor is disposed at each of the plurality of player positions to detect the presence of a progressive bet. The progressive bet sensor provides a signal received by the game controller that records in the memory the progressive bet that has been inserted at each detected player position. If a progressive bet is detected and there is no game bet, the game controller issues a warning signal indicating an inappropriate bet. At this point, the game controller will identify each player position where the game bet has been placed and know which player position of the player position that has the game bet also has a progressive bet. ing. This is stored in memory as part of the hand history.

  In yet another security embodiment, card sensors are located near each player location and dealer location. The card sensor outputs a signal for each card received by the card sensor. The game controller receives the issued signal and correlates the player position where the game bet is placed on the received card. In situations where a player position without a game bet receives a card, or a player position with a game bet receives a card out of sequence, the game controller issues a warning. This information is added to the game history in memory, which includes the value and suit for each card with a game bet supplied to each player location.

  Each game table may be provided with a progressive jackpot screen, and one or more progressive jackpot prizes may be displayed for a combination of one or more winning cards. In various embodiments, the game controller at each table stores in memory a winning combination required to win the progressive jackpot. The game controller accurately stores the suit and value of each card received from a particular player position, so the game controller automatically detects winning combinations and signals winnings to that player position. Is possible. Thus, the dealer can confirm that the player at that location actually has the correct card combination. The game controller continually updates the central controller interconnected to all other game tables, so that if desired, the central controller will include all game tables, including the winner's name and winning amount. Can be notified of this prize.

  The central controller continuously communicates with each game controller, and the associated progressive jackpot display may receive all or part of the information stored in each game controller over the communication link.

  Various embodiments include a card shoe having a device for automatically recognizing and tracking the value of a game card drawn from the card shoe in a face-down state (facing down).

  Various embodiments include a game table having a device that must automatically recognize a played or not played role (hand), thereby understanding the use of multiple bets and insurance lines for each hand. . In addition, the game table includes a device that automatically recognizes the value of the cards placed in front of each player and dealer.

  Various embodiments include game chip recognition, tracking, and storage. In various embodiments, an electronic data processing (EDP) program may process all bet values and associated insurance lines for each hand and control card distribution to each player and dealer, The overall score of the player's hand and the dealer's hand may be calculated and compared, or the player's win may be evaluated.

  Thus, the game data may be processed by the EDP program and displayed simultaneously for the actual game on a special monitor or display. The same data may be recalled later to monitor the overall result whenever necessary.

Various embodiments include:
A game table and a game table cloth arranged on the game table, wherein the game table cloth is provided with a designated area for placing a game chip and a designated area for placing a game card. When;
A card shoe for storing one or more decks of game cards, the card shoe facing down so that the player of the game whose luck influences the player cannot see the printed card value on the card. Including means for drawing an individual game card;
Card recognition means for recognizing the printing of the card value on the card drawn from the card shoe, the card recognition means being installed on the card shoe;
An ownership detection unit comprising means for recognizing the count of game chips placed in a designated area on a table cloth and the count of game cards placed on another designated area, the ownership detection unit comprising a table cloth Including a plurality of single detectors installed underneath and assigned to each betting box for card gaming and the area for chips;
A game bet detector for automatically recognizing or manually entering game bets; and
Means for evaluating a game whose luck depends on the rules of a game whose luck is influenced, means for storing the game results of a game whose luck is influenced, and the progress and game bet detector of the game whose luck is affected, an ownership detection unit, and And a computer comprising means for displaying a result from an electronic signal input from the card recognition means.

  According to various embodiments, the card recognition means is an optical window disposed along the path of card image printing on the gaming card drawn from the card shoe; located opposite the optical window and pulled A pulsed light source that illuminates the position of the gaming card; a CCD image converter for the portion of the drawn card located on the opposite side of the optical window; and the drawn card is in the correct withdrawal position exactly opposite the optical window An optical device for detecting card value printing from a drawn gaming card and sending a reflected image from a portion of the drawn card to a CCD image converter; detecting movement of the drawn card; Sensor means for providing the correct timing for operating the pulsed light source to transfer the reflected image to the CCD image converter. An optical device for redirecting and sending the reflected image may also include a mirror arranged to bend the reflected image to the CCD image converter. Alternatively, the optical device for redirecting and sending the reflected image includes a reflective optical prism comprising two planes arranged at right angles to each other, one side being on the optical window and the other side facing the CCD image converter. And a pulsed light source is disposed on the latter surface to illuminate the drawn card when the drawn card is positioned over the optical window. Preferably, the sensor means for detecting the movement of the drawn card and providing correct timing detects the leading end of the drawn card to determine whether the drawn card is being drawn. A single sensor, preferably a pressure sensor or a photoelectric threshold device, for activating the CCD image converter and the pulsed light source when the trailing edge of the drawn card passes the sensor means. Including. Alternatively, the sensor means may include two electro-optic sensors, one is located far from the card image printing movement path on the drawn gaming card and the other is the card image printing movement on the drawn gaming card. Located in the route. The latter electro-optic sensor can also comprise means for activating the pulsed light source by detecting a color trigger when the card value print passes over the optical window. In a preferred embodiment of the card shoe, the pulsed light source includes a xenon lamp. In various embodiments of the gaming device, each of the single detectors of the proprietary detection unit includes a light detection sensor for detecting chips or gaming cards that are arranged on a tablecloth over each of the single detectors. . Each single detector is an infrared detection photodiode, preferably a silicon photodiode. Preferably, the single detectors can be arranged in the proprietary detection unit so that the chips or gaming cards placed above them on the tablecloth are aligned above the at least two detectors.

  The gaming device comprises an automatic means for distinguishing color marks or areas on the chip and generating bet output signals that match the color marks or areas and the number of chips having the same color marks or areas Also good.

  The game bet detector includes chips for various values of bets in a game whose luck is influenced, and means for generating bet output signals that match the various values of the chips when the player bets chips. You may provide the automatic means for distinguishing. In various embodiments, the game bet detector comprises a radio frequency transmit / receive station, chips are each provided using a transponder that responds to the transmit / receive station, and the transponder returns the value of the bet chip to the transmit / receive station.

  The connection between each unit of the game machine and the computer is either a wireless connection or a wired connection.

Bet tracking.
Various embodiments include small card supply shoes that read their suits and ranks before each card is distributed to the various locations where the cards are dealt in casino table card game games. Next, cards are dealt to the necessary card positions according to the rules of the game. Different games have different card distribution positions, card numbers, and supply sequences that the system assumes to recognize as hands in various embodiments. For example, in Blackjack, which is a very complicated card distribution game, cards are usually distributed one at a time to each player's position and then to the dealer's position in a sequence in which one card goes around the table at a time. The card supply sequence is repeated once at a time so that exactly two cards are in the first hand at each player's position and the dealer's position. If the value of the number in hand does not exceed 21, the player is basically unlimited with regard to additional cards, so handcrafting is complicated. The player may stand with two hands (two aces), or if he wants to do so, he may hit 21 and knowledge of hand calculation does not guarantee what the player will do. On the other hand, the dealer is required to strictly follow the house rules regarding the game of the game regarding the value of the dealer's hand. There may be a slight difference between accepting or not accepting hits on “Soft” 17 (eg, Ace and 6), but the rules are very accurate. I can't try it.

  In other card games, the same number of cards may be distributed separately. For example, in a modified stud poker that plays against a dealer, normally, if each player's position and the dealer are opponents, five or five cards are dealt to the dealer position at a time. This way of handing cards is quite simple because each sequence of five cards removed from the dealer's shoe is a single hand.

  In other games, cards may need to be dealt to players and other cards discarded or dealt to a shared card area. The system may be programmed to capture this option if desired.

  In the card distribution sequence, baccarat is close to blackjack, but the rules regarding when hits are made by players and dealers are stronger, and a maximum of one card may be taken as a hit at each position. The hand identification system, according to various embodiments, can handle the need to identify a hand in each of these games, but must be able to identify the hand, especially in the most complex situation, blackjack. I must.

  In various embodiments, if a camera is used to read the card, the light receiving system may be any digital or analog image capture system that can identify the suit and rank of the card.

  In various embodiments, the first step of operation is to supply a set of cards to a smart supply shoe, which is a card that is to be used in a casino table card game. A set of cards (usually one or more decks) is removed from the shuffler or manually shuffled and supplied in an already messy set. US patent application Ser. No. 10 / 622,321, entitled “Smart Supply Shoe”, describes a Smart Supply Shoe, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Some delivery systems or shoes with reading capabilities are disclosed in U.S. Pat. , 60396650, and 6126166, but are not limited thereto. In various embodiments, the cards are read in a smart card supply shoe that in turn sends one card at a time. In order to read a card with an end mark or a special code (such as US Pat. No. 6,460,848), special encoding or marking of the card is necessary. In this way, the entire sequence of a set of cards may be continuously measured and stored in the memory. The memory may be at least part of the smart card supply shoe, but can communicate with the central processing unit. Therefore, the sequence may be stored in or just in the central processing unit.

  In various embodiments, the cards are then dealt from the smart card supply shoe, which registers how many cards were viewed at a time. This may be done according to the above-mentioned US patent application Ser. No. 20 / 622,321, which supplies one card at a time to the dealer pick-up area, so that only one card may be removed by the dealer. As each card is removed, a signal is generated indicating that a particular card (rank and suit) has been dealt. The computer and system know only that the first card has been dealt, and assume that this has been done to the primary player. The remaining cards are dealt to players and dealers. In some games (eg, stud poker) it is known that a certain number of cards have been dealt to each location, and the shoe is programmed with the number of players at any given time, so the hand is distributed Even before, they can be related to each other. If Shoe is playing stud poker and each player and dealer draws three cards (Three Card Poker (TM)), the system will pre-determine what will be in the hands of each player and dealer. You may know. It is also possible to make a signal available when the dealer receives his first card (for example, when cards are dealt one after another) or when he receives his entire hand . The signal may be used to automatically measure the number of valid player positions on the table at any given time. For example, if the dealer receives a sixth card with Blackjack's hand, the system may immediately know that there are five players at the table. The signal can be manually generated (by pressing a button on the dealer position or smart card supply shoe) and automatically generated (the card presence sensor at the dealer position can generate a signal if there is a card on the sensor) It is also possible. When the signal is automatically generated by the sensor, physical protection of the sensor may be provided, such as a shield that prevents contact accidents with the sensor and obstructions to the sensor. An L-shaped cover may be used to slide the card under an L-shaped arm parallel to the table surface and cover the sensor under the L-shaped branch. After all the cards for handmade are dealt, it is possible to send a signal indicating the number of players again. For example, when two dealer cards slide under the L-shaped cover to block or touch the sensor, the system may know the number of cards dealt in the hand (eg, 10 cards). You may know that the dealer has 2 cards, so there are 8 cards for each player and each player has 2 cards, so there are 4 on the table. It may be determined that there are two valid player positions (since 10-2 = 8, there are 8/2 = 4 players). This automatic decision is an alternative to having the dealer manually enter the number of each player at the table or manually changing the display of the number of players at the table whenever the number of players changes. As well.

  Once distribution to all valid locations is complete, the system may know what card is initially present in each player's hand, dealer's hand, and any flop or community card. The system operation may be simple when there are no more cards supplied to the casino table card. That is, all hands may be known and all results may be predicted. For blackjack games, steps are taken to complete the card addition.

  After handing out the first set of two cards in each hand, the system may not immediately know where each of the remaining cards will be dealt. However, the system may know which cards are dealt. Using this knowledge and hand identification that will be discarded later, it is also possible to verify or verify the match of the hand and card from the smart card supply shoe. Each hand has already been identified because there are two specifically known cards. Therefore, the hand is played according to the rules of this game, and when the game with a certain hand is exhausted, the hand is thrown away. A hand runs out when: 1) Blackjack was made, payment was in hand, and the card was cleared. 2) The hand has collapsed beyond 21 and the card has been cleared, and / or the round of the game has been played to the end, the dealer's hand has been completed, all wagers have been settled, and the card has been cleared . Cards are typically collected from the table in the correct order so that the casino can manually verify the hand. Cards are usually cleared from the dealer's right to left, with the first card at the bottom, the second card above the first card, and the third card the second card. The first two cards form an anchor, focus, base, fence, end point or set edge for each hand, so the order is maintained or approximated. It is important to keep For example, it can be seen that the third player position received Heart 10 (10H) and Spade 9 (9S) as the first two cards, and the fourth player position is Diamond 8 (8D) and Club If it is found that 3 (3C) of the two are received, the two hand edges or anchors are 9S / 10H and 8D / 3C. At the end of the game, the hand is wiped out, the card is sent to a smart discard rack (see, eg, US patent application Ser. No. 10 / 622,388, which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety) When the / 10H hand is not exhausted (eg, collapsed or bust) and the wiped out card contains 9S, 10H, 8S, 8D and 3C (as read by a smart discard rack), the processor The final hand at the 3rd and 4th position is 19 counts (9S and 10D) for the 3rd hand and 19 counts (8D and 3C, originally 8S for the 4th hand) You may automatically know that it was hit). Analysis by software specifically identifies the fourth hand, which is 19 counts, including the specific card read by the smart discard shoe. The information we have read is exhausted and compared to the original information collected from the smart supply shoe. The information of the smart supply shoe is combined with the information of the smart discard rack so that even if the cards are not supplied uniformly, the hand at each position can be confirmed (for example, the player 1 hits two pieces and the whole Take 4 cards, Player 2 hits 3 and takes a total of 5 cards, Player 3 does not hit and takes 2 cards in total, Player 4 hits 1 Then take 3 cards in total, the dealer hits 2 cards and takes 4 cards in total, etc.).

  Dealer cards may be equally analyzed in a number of different formats. After the last card is dealt to the last player, a signal that the dealer's hand will be effective immediately, including the possibility of a hit, may be generated in a simple and unnoticeable manner. For example, the card is removed from below the L-shaped protection bridge using the above-described sensors to detect the presence of the first dealer's card or the completion of the dealer's hand. This type of movement is usually done in blackjack when the dealer exposes a maximum of one card and one is face down. In this case, in order to display the hole card, it is a natural movement to take out the card from the sensor on the lower side of the L-shaped cover, and then it is exposed to the sensor. This allows the dealer's hand to send a signal to the central processor that he will receive all additional cards during that round of the game. At this point, the system knows the original two cards in the dealer's hands, the next sequence of cards, and the rules that the dealer must use for the game. The system knows what cards the dealer will receive and what the final sum of the dealer's hands will be because there is no freedom to decide or move in the dealer's hand game. When the dealer's hand is placed in a smart discard rack, the discard rack already has details of the dealer's hand, even if it is not necessary to use the first two cards as an anchor or base for the dealer's hand In some embodiments that know, the card may be handled in this manner.

  When a card is wiped out of a player's hand from the table, the dealer's hand, and then from right to left (as seen from the dealer's position, or the opposite direction depending on the playing style at the house), the smart discard rack is Read the shoe, identify the anchor of each hand, know that no hand swept out at the end can exceed 21 counts, and the computer will identify the individual hand and the original data from the smart supply shoe and this Confirm the match. This allows the system to identify each hand played and provide a system guarantee that the hand has been played fairly and accurately.

  Numerous events can occur if the system fails to match. Signals can be sent directly to the dealer location, pit area, or security zone, and the cards are examined to determine the nature and cause of the error and, if necessary, examine individual cards. Dealer efficiency, dealer win / loss events, player efficiency, player win / loss events, player statistical behavior, unusual game strategies, or meaningful game strategies (eg, cards When hand and card data is used for various statistical purposes, such as evaluating counting), the system stores a particular hand in a “dump” file, It does not have to be used for statistical analysis, in order to ensure that the maximum benefit of the analysis is not impaired by error-rich or enormous data.

  Various embodiments may include a data stamp (actual date and time defining sequence, with a specific identification concept of the sequence identifier including the possibility of being unique) to each card dealt. The date stamp may also be replaced with a specific sequence stamp or marking, such as a specific hand number, a specific table, a specific casino, a specific number of players, etc. Does the record show various indications “Aug. 19, 1995, 8:12:17 a.m., Table 3, position 3, hand 7S / 4D / 9S” in the storage memory of the central computer of Lucky 777 Casino? Alternatively, something can be indicated by an alphabetic and numeric code of “L7C-819-95-3-3-373-7S / 4D / 9S” (073 is the 73rd hand). Such a date stamp on a hand or even a card in memory can be used as an analytical search tool for security to enhance hand identification,

  FIG. 47 shows a block diagram of the components for the hand reading system of Table 4 including a smart card reading supply shoe 8 having an output 14 and a smart card reading discard rack 12 having an output 18. A player position 6 is shown and a dealer hand position sensor 10 without an output port 16 is also shown.

  The use of a discard rack that operates to automatically match hands returned to the discard rack in a disordered order (eg, blackjack or bust) is preferred in some embodiments. The software described above should be programmed to recognize a hand that has been taken out of order, based on knowledge of the anchor card (the first two cards) known to have been dealt to a specific hand. Can do. For example, when a blackjack is dealt at position 3, the software confirms this by removing the hand and sending a third hand into the smart card discard tray, where position 3 is basic. Identify what to ignore in future hand solutions. More importantly, for example, when the anchor card at the secondary player position is 9S / 5C, and the exhausted hand of 8D / 9S / 5C is put in the smart discard rack, this hand is It will be recognized as a hand from the next player position. If two identical cards happen to be dealt during the same game round, the software (knows all hands) can be placed in a smart discard rack to more carefully position the place of used up hands. It is only changed to specifically check the final card order placed in the. This is merely an implementation of recognition software once the concept is understood.

  If the card removal by the sensor or other initialized signal from the dealer identifies that all the additional cards go to the dealer, the game demarcation between rounds and the end of one round of the dealer's hand and game It may be useful for identification. When the dealer's card is thrown and read in the smart discard rack, the central computer knows that another round of gaming will occur, the subsequent sequence is a new round, and the entire analysis cycle is resumed Is established.

  The discard rack indicates that a completed hand has been sent because no card has been added to the supply tray in the discard rack. When a card is wiped out by a hand that has been exhausted early (blackjack or break), one card is collected at a time and one is inserted into the smart discard rack at a time. When the supply tray in the smart discard rack is empty, the system understands that a completed hand has been identified and can verify that particular hand with the information from the smart supply shoe. The system can also interface with a supply strategy analysis software program, such as a dedicated SMI-licensed Bloodhound ™ analysis program.

  Various embodiments include a casino or card room game modified to include a progressive jackpot component. For example, during a game of 21 games, in addition to this normal bet, the player has the option of making an additional bet that becomes part of the progressive jackpot and qualifies for the player. If the player's 21 game hand includes a card of a particular predetermined configuration, the player will win all or a portion of the amount displayed on the progressive jackpot. This progressive jackpot feature also applies to any other casino or card room game such as Draw Poker, Stud Poker, Low Ball Poker, or Caribbean Stud Poker (TM). Various embodiments comprise a game table with additional and modified coin acceptors electrically connected to a progressive jackpot meter for 21 games or poker games or the like. When the player inserts a coin into the coin accepting section, lighting is activated at the player's location, indicating that the player is participating in the progressive jackpot component of the game between their hands. At the same time, a signal from the coin accepting unit is sent to the progressive meter to increment the amount displayed on the progressive meter. When the game of each hand is finished, the coin acceptance unit is reset for the next hand. When the player wins all or part of the progressive jackpot, the amount displayed on the progressive jackpot meter is reduced by the player's winning amount. Any number of game tables can be connected to a single progressive jackpot meter.

Card shuffler.
Various embodiments comprise a card shuffler comprising a card mixer for receiving cards to be shuffled in the first and second trays. Sensors detect the presence of cards in these trays and automatically begin shuffling, in which cards are transported from the tray to the card mixer, which randomly interleaves the cards sent to the mixing mechanism Then, the alternately arranged cards are placed in a vertically arranged card compartment.

  The carriage supporting the ejector is moved back and forth in the vertical direction by a reversible linear driver to move the card ejector constantly along the card receiving compartment. The reversible linear drive is preferably activated upon activation of the mixing means and operates simultaneously with the mixing means but independently. At the end of the shuffle operation, this causes the linear drive to stop operating and randomly position the card ejector at a vertical location along the card receiving compartment.

  A sensor that is streamed into the card receiving compartment determines that the card pile has reached at least a predetermined vertical position. After the card ejector stops, if the sensor in the compartment determines that the card pile has reached at least the aforementioned predetermined height, the mechanism including the motor drive is activated to eject the cards in the pile. First, the wedge-shaped ejector is moved to the card receiving compartment, and the selected group is positioned at the vertical position reached by the wedge-shaped card ejector.

  In various embodiments, the card ejector pushes the card group engaged on the outside of the ejector through the front of the open end of the compartment, and the card group is removed from the remaining card pile, but the eject from the pile is complete but sufficient. not.

  When the end of the ejection process is detected by the microswitch, the card ejector is withdrawn from the card compartment and immediately returns to the initial position for subsequent shuffle and card selection operations.

  In various embodiments, the technique of randomly selecting from the card compartment utilizes semiconductor electronic circuitry, which includes either discrete circuitry or a microprocessor, any of these techniques preferably during shuffle operation. A high frequency generator for stepping the N-stage counter is used. When the shuffle operation is completed, the counter step operation ends. The counter output is converted to a DC signal and compared with another DC signal representing the vertical position of the card ejector along the card compartment.

  In various embodiments, the random selection is made by incrementing an N stage counter with a high frequency generator. The high frequency generator is removed from the N-stage counter at the end of the shuffle operation. The N stage counter is then incremented by a very low frequency generator until the capacity count is reached and reset. The reciprocation of the card ejector is stopped after a random length of time interval, but the N stage counter is advanced to the capacity count by the low frequency generator and reset from the time when the high frequency generator is removed from the N stage counter. The card ejector carriage is repulsively stopped at this time by triggering the energy of the reciprocating drive.

  In various embodiments, the card ejector ejects a group of cards partially from a mountain in the compartment. The partially removed card group is then manually removed from the compartment. In another preferred embodiment, the ejector fully ejects cards from the compartment and the ejected card is dropped into a chute that sends the card directly to the distribution shoe. The pressure plate of the distribution shoe is initially pulled to a position where the card passing through the supply shoe can directly enter the distribution shoe and then to its original position to urge the card toward the open end of the distribution shoe. Return.

  Various embodiments automatically shuffle and cut gaming cards, and once the gaming cards are supplied to the shuffle device, unconditionally supply the shuffled and cut gaming cards to the distribution shoe without human intervention. Including methods and apparatus. In addition, the shuffle action may be performed simultaneously with the start of a new game, if desired, immediately after the end of each game, thus eliminating the need to shuffle all of the gaming cards in one go overall. And Preferably, the played cards are collected in a “dead box” and withdrawn from the dead box when the appropriate number of cards to be shuffled and cut using methods according to various embodiments is accumulated.

  Various embodiments provide a computer-controlled shuffle and cut with a housing having at least one transparent wall that makes the shuffle and card supply mechanism easily visible to all players and floor managers in casino use. Includes system. The case is provided with a reciprocally slidable game card pusher, which is located outside the case at the first position. The motor-driven transparent door selectively closes and opens the opening in the transparent wall so that the slidably mounted card pusher can be moved from the first position to the second position in the housing. The slidably mounted card pusher is then withdrawn from the first position and the gaming card is placed on a motor driven platform that selectively moves vertically and upwards and downwards.

  The motor-driven transparent door is raised in the open position in response to the appropriate position of the motor-driven platform, detected by foot or hand pressing on the appropriate sensor means as well as the operating buttons accessible from the dealer.

  The motor-driven platform (or “elevator”) lifts the pile of gaming cards loaded therein toward the shuffle mechanism in response to the slidably mounted card pusher being removed and the transparent door closing. When the game card is separated from the mountain in the opposite direction by the shuffle mechanism, the game card is driven by the first and second card holding magazines located on the opposite surfaces of the elevator, and the shuffle mechanism is a motor that can rotate on the reciprocating mounting device. Including a drive roller, the reciprocating speed and roller rotation speed are adjustable. Alternatively, however, if desired, the speed of reciprocation and rotation may be fixed using a fixed speed motor instead of the stepping motor used in a preferred embodiment.

  At the end of the shuffle operation, the platform is lowered and the card piles in each of the receiving compartments described above are continuously pushed back to the moving elevator by a suitable motor driven push mechanism. The operating sequence of the push mechanism is messed up by a random number generator used in an operating computer for controlling the system. These operations can be repeated if desired. Normally, a new card receives these actions two to four times.

  The guide assembly guides card movement onto the platform, prevents shuffled cards from being returned prematurely to the elevator platform, and the card is dropped into the card receiving area or a motor driven push mechanism on the elevator platform. Align this when it is pushed back.

  At the end of a plurality of shuffle and cut operations, the platform is lowered again and the shuffled and cut cards are moved downward toward a movable guide plate having an inclined guide surface.

  When the motor-driven elevator moves downward between the guide plates, the card pile engages with the inclined guide surface of the substantially U-shaped second block portion that shifts the pile from the horizontal direction to the orthogonal direction. At about the same time, using this, a "drawbridge-like" assembly that includes a pair of pivotable arms pivotally mounted at the lower end pivots downward about its pivot pin from a vertical orientation to a diagonal orientation and is diagonally aligned It plays the role of a guide route. Diagonally arranged card piles slide downward on the arm like a drawbridge along the inclined guide surface, move downward by the U-shaped second block, and distribute cards under the control of the stepping motor. Move in the direction of the shoe and finally enter it.

  The first block with the paddle then moves between the cutouts of the U-shaped second block, applying forward pressure to the card pile. The second block then retracts to the home position. The paddle has a substantially rectangular shape and is arranged in a diagonal direction. During initial setup of the system, the paddle is positioned above the path of moving the card into the distribution shoe. The second block moves the cut and shuffled card into the distribution shoe, the paddle is lowered into the path of the card towards the distribution shoe, and the rearmost in the card pile fed to the distribution shoe. Moved to card. When the shuffle and cut operations are performed following the initial setup, the paddle stops at the end of the card previously supplied to the distribution shoe. Shuffled and cut cards that slide along the guide surfaces of the diagonally arranged arms of a drawbridge-like mechanism serve to separate gaming cards previously supplied to the distribution shoe, and the outlet slot of the distribution shoe By energizing the card toward the, the game card is distributed from the distribution shoe, and a shuffling and sending operation can be performed simultaneously on the opposite side of the paddle.

  After the newly shuffled game card is sent to the tail of the distribution shoe, the paddle sandwiched between the two piles of game cards is lifted upward by the U-shaped second block. Removed from. The assembly mounting the movable paddle is then moved backward by the motor, placing the paddle behind the last game card just after being sent to the distribution shoe, and the paddle is lowered to the home position, The game card is then distributed from the distribution shoe to provide a force that biases the game card forward toward the game card distribution slot of the distribution shoe, so that the motor control movement of the paddle assembly is then powered off. Then, the rotationally mounted assembly that supports the paddle is movable down the diagonal. The force acting on the paddle assembly is a combination of gravity and the force acting on the paddle assembly by a constant tension spring assembly. To confirm that the stacking and sliding movement of the game cards towards the card distribution slot of the distribution shoe is in proper alignment, the jog means (eg “Dither”) will reverse the paddles at periodic intervals. Jog or reciprocate.

  At the end of the game, the cards used in the finished game are usually collected by the dealer and placed in a dead box on the table. The collected card is put in a card pusher that can be moved back and forth later. The dealer appropriately inserts the card in the card pusher that can be slid back and forth into the shuffle mechanism, or preferably, the shuffle operation may be postponed until a large number of cards are collected on the card pusher that can be slid back and forth. . Shuffle and distribution operations may be frequent or infrequent depending on the choice of the dealer or casino administrator. Shuffle and game card distribution operations are fully automated and are performed without human intervention as soon as the cards are inserted onto the elevator platform inside the machine. The card is always in a range that does not obstruct the player's view so that the player and dealer can observe it, so that shuffling, cutting and card distribution operations are performed properly without clogging, and the device is also operating properly. It is confirmed that Shuffle and card distribution operations do not conflict or interfere with the distribution from the distribution shoe, so these operations can be performed almost simultaneously, thus significantly reducing the time spent on shuffle, thereby reducing game time. It is greatly increased and provides a highly efficient random shuffle and cutting mechanism.

  The system is controlled by a microcomputer programmed to control the operation of the card shuffle and cut system, the motor steps through an optical isolator that connects the motor drive circuit, intelligent controller and intelligent controller to the computer. Control the motor. The computer also monitors a plurality of sensors to confirm proper operation of each mechanism of the system.

Casino counter measurement.
Some ways to prevent card counters include using multiple decks. Shoes containing 6 or 8 decks are common. The more cards, the lower the change in the proportional distribution of the remaining cards, making it difficult to count. Shuffle cards more often can reduce the player's advantage, but this reduces the amount of time devoted to the actual game and thus reduces the profits of the casino. Some casinos use shuffle machines, some shuffle a set of cards while another machine is playing while others shuffle cards in succession. The fact that the game floor environment distracts attention and that alcoholic beverages are free also interferes with card counters. Some ways to prevent card countrs include the use of a variable payout structure, such as blackjack payouts of 6: 5, which is disadvantageous for players over standard 3: 2 blackjack payouts. .

Video betting game.
Video betting games are imitations of table games using table games and card rule application.

  In one version of video poker, the player is allowed to examine five cards randomly selected by the computer. These cards are displayed on the video screen and the player selects which card, if any, he or she will hold. If the player wants to hold all cards, ie stands, he or she presses the button STAND. If the player wants to hold only a few cards, he or she selects the cards to hold by pressing the HOLD key just below each card on the video screen. When the DEAL button is pressed after the HOLD card is selected, the unselected card is automatically and simultaneously replaced with an additional card selected at random from the rest of the deck. When the STAND button is pressed or a card is replaced, the final hold is evaluated by the gaming machine computer and the player is given either a gaming credit or a coin payout, as determined by the payout table. Given. This payout table is stored in the computer memory of the machine and is also displayed on the machine screen. Hands with higher poker values are given more credits or coins. Very rare poker hands are given 800 to 1 or more payouts.

Alternative technique.
It should be understood that the methods described herein for making, using, or implementing various embodiments are only a subset of the possible techniques that may be used for the same or similar purposes. . The particular techniques described herein are not intended to be limiting. Rather, the various embodiments contemplate alternative techniques for making, using, or implementing the various embodiments.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE The following patents and patent applications are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes.
US Pat. No. 6,579,181,
US Pat. No. 6,299,536,
US Pat. No. 6,093,103,
US Pat. No. 5,941,769,
US Pat. No. 7,114,718,
US Patent Application No. 2005012269,
US Pat. No. 4,515,367,
US Patent No. 5000453,
US Pat. No. 7,137,630,
U.S. Pat. No. 7,137,629.

  In various embodiments, secondary players place bets on other people's (primary player's) games, but themselves include those who do not participate directly in the game. Therefore, the secondary player may be far away from the place where the game is actually played. That said, the secondary player may view information about the game from video distribution or the like. The secondary player may play his game using the results generated in the primary player's game.

  In various embodiments, a player, such as a secondary player, may be engaged in a gaming activity using a station, workstation, or terminal having multiple screens. The display may be a monitor. The display may include a liquid crystal display (LCD), a plasma screen, a cathode ray tube display, or any other display. The terminal may comprise various other components. The one or more keyboards may include buttons, a touch panel, or other equipment for accepting input from a secondary player. The keyboard may have a dedicated key having a certain function such as a shortcut function. A terminal may include an audio communication channel, such as a telephone, an Internet connection that supports voice, or any other communication channel, and a terminal may include one or more touch screens. The touch screen may match the display screen. FIG. 61 illustrates terminals according to various embodiments.

1. Resize window or delivery.
In various embodiments, the terminal display screen may display a window. A window is a geometric area of the display screen that displays related information within the area. For example, the window may display information about a specific game as a game by a specific primary player or a specific slot machine. The window may be rectangular or any other shape. The window may be resized to extend across the entire display screen or more than one display screen. The window may also be resized relatively small. The window may be completely closed. A new window (eg, displaying information about a new type of game) may be opened. Windows may be stacked on top of each other. Windows may have a variety of other relationships. Each window may display a different type of information. Each window may display information from separate primary player games. The window may display a game by a specific game device. The window may display a game based on a specific game table. The window may display statistics around the casino (e.g., which game device is the best, who is the fastest dealer, what is the longest win in the roulette game, etc.). The window may display sports scores. The window may display a video distribution such as a sporting event video, a primary player video, a game table video, or any other video. The window may display a game simulation such as a game reproduction simulation.

1.1. Customized window layout.
In various embodiments, the second trouser may have the opportunity to create or open a new window, resize the window, and move the window to the periphery. The secondary player may also have the opportunity to change other characteristics of the window, such as border color, background color, title bar, or any other characteristic. The secondary player may thus arrive at a convenient, comfortable, or other suitable window arrangement. The preferred window arrangement of the secondary player, including his preferred window and / or preferred information, may be stored. A suitable arrangement may be stored on the terminal, casino server, or secondary player (eg, a portable flash drive or other media owned by the secondary player). Thus, a given secondary player may leave the terminal and allow other secondary players to use the terminal, with each other secondary player having a different preference for window placement. doing. A given secondary player may return to that terminal and automatically call his preferred window arrangement on the terminal's display screen.

  A suitable window arrangement may include details of the window that the secondary player wishes to view. For example, a secondary player may have a window that displays video distribution from a specific craps table, another window that displays results from a specific slot machine bank, a secondary player's own credit balance and winning history. View another window to display, another window to display the top 50 first competitors currently playing in the casino (totaling the value of the last hour), and another window to display the movie It may be desired. A suitable window arrangement may include details of where the window takes within one or more display screens of the terminal. For example, a first window and a second window operate within a first display, a third window takes the entire second display screen, a fourth window occupies two other display screens, The fifth, sixth and seventh windows may share different display screens. A suitable window arrangement may also include details of the position of the window within a particular display screen. For example, the first window is located in the upper half of the display screen, the second window is located in the lower left quarter of the display screen, and the third window is located in the lower right quarter of the display screen. May be located.

  In various embodiments, the terminal may include a button, key, or other input device that allows the secondary player to save his preferred window arrangement. The secondary player may save the placement by pressing a button. The secondary player may further name the placement. In this way, the secondary player may be able to save multiple placements, each under a different name. The secondary player may first present the identification information by sitting on the terminal and presenting a player tracking card or the like (for example, inserting the player tracking card into the card reader of the terminal). The terminal may then display a message to the secondary player asking if the secondary player wants to load the preferred window arrangement. The secondary player may be presented with a list of saved window arrangements. The secondary player may then select an arrangement from the list, and that arrangement may be regenerated for the secondary player.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may specify a suitable window arrangement using a device other than the terminal. For example, the secondary player may configure a suitable window arrangement on his home computer. For example, the home computer may display a simulation of the terminal. The player may then generate a simulated window and place the simulated window in a suitable arrangement. The player may save such a suitable arrangement using, for example, a casino server. When the secondary player subsequently visits the terminal (eg, at a casino), the secondary player may load his preferred window arrangement on the terminal.

2. hardware.
The terminal may include one or more displays. The display may be mounted on a movable arm. For example, each display may be mounted on an adjustable arm that it has. In this way, the display may be repositioned by the secondary player to fit the preferred field of view. The secondary player may position the multiple displays so that they take their preferred arrangement. For example, the secondary player may be arranged so that four displays are stacked vertically, in a row of horizontal displays, or in a 2 × 2 grid, for example. In various embodiments, the displays may be mounted in a fixed relationship with each other. For example, six displays may be fixed to a rigid concave metal structure so that the entire display becomes a “C” shape around the secondary player. The terminal may include one or more keyboards. The keyboard may have a “qwerty” arrangement of keys, or some other arrangement of keys. The keyboard may have keys having specific functions related to the game. The terminal may be provided with other buttons or input devices. The terminal is a computer processor, a computer memory, a communication port for communication using a network, an antenna or other transceiver for wireless communication, a card reader (for example, a magnetic strip card reader, an RFID reader, etc.), an audio output device (for example, a speaker) , Headphones, etc.), audio input devices (eg, microphones, telephone handsets, etc.), chairs or benches, desks, radios (eg, radio for listening to sports event broadcasts), and any other related devices. The terminal may further include a component for a game directly on the terminal. The terminal may include an embedded game device or may function as a game device. For example, the terminal can accept coins and bills, random number generators, bet insertion buttons, coin dispensers, coin trays, printers, ticket-in / ticket-out (TITO) printers, TITO readers, mechanical reels, and / or bonus games. Guidance hardware may be provided (eg, the terminal may be physically equipped with a rotating disc to guide the bonus times of the Wheel-of-Fortune game). The terminal may include software having various functions. The game software may allow an individual to play as a primary player, such as playing a game directly on a terminal, for example. Some software may provide an interface for the secondary player to place a bet on a game played at another location, such as a game played by the primary player. The software may further include software for displaying video distribution, such as distribution from a sporting event or a primary player's game. The software may further include software for displaying the results generated in a game played elsewhere. The software may further include software that enables communication between the terminal and a network, such as the Internet, a cellular phone network, and / or a telephone network. The software may further include any other software for operating the terminal or associated device according to various embodiments.

2.1. The display is a stack type. The displays can move relative to each other.
In some embodiments, the displays are all attached to a single rigid housing. The housing may include a housing that encloses computer hardware used to operate a desk, stand, or terminal. The display may be attached to the housing via a joint or a flexible arm. For example, the display may be attached to the housing via a metal arm that incorporates a joint. The position of the display may be adjustable by bending or shrinking a metal arm holding the display by being pushed or pulled by a human. The display may be mounted on a rotatable joint and may be upward or downward, one or the other, or any combination of the above. In some embodiments, the displays may be attached to each other. For example, two square displays may be connected on the side by hinges. Thus, the displays may be folded front-to-front and may be further away from each other. In various embodiments, the display may be attached to a backplate or other rigid housing. Each of these positions may be fixed, but the orientation may be adjustable. In various embodiments, the display may be flexible. Therefore, the secondary player may bend the display. For example, the large flexibility may be bent so as to form a semicircle around the secondary player. In some embodiments, the display may be transparent or transmissive. One display may be placed in front of another display. In this way, the player may be able to see some of both displays within the same field of view.

2.2. The display position can be saved.
In various embodiments, the terminal player may save or record a particular arrangement of displays, keyboards, or other hardware. This arrangement may be stored, for example, on a terminal or casino server. When the player returns to the terminal after the absence, or comes to a new terminal, the settings saved by the player may be restored. The terminal hardware may then automatically reposition. For example, the arm that holds the display may be electrically and computer controlled. Thus, it may operate electrically in such a way that the display is in the player's preferred arrangement.

2.3. A display that functions as one.
In some embodiments, two or more displays may function as a single display. A graphic, window, or other image may begin on one display and continue on another display. The player may be able to move from one display screen to another with a seamless movement. For example, a player may be able to drag a window from one display screen to another. In some embodiments, the screen or screen support mechanism may comprise a position sensor. For example, an arm-shaped joint that indicates a screen may include a sensor for detecting an angle in the joint. Software that calculates the position of the screen based on the angle of the joint may be used. Based on the position of the display, it is determined which displays are close to each other or adjacent to each other, thus determining how a single image should be displayed on multiple displays. For example, adjacent image portions must be displayed on adjacent screens.

2.4. Special keyboard.
The terminal may comprise one or more keyboards, keypads, buttons or other input devices. Some keys may have special functions.

2.4.1. Key function.
The key opens a communication on a specific line (eg, to another player, casino representative, etc.), calls a video distribution for viewing, and information about the game for viewing (eg, what is the current result) , What was the last five results, etc.), for calling a broadcast for viewing or listening, or for any other function. In various embodiments, the keys may be pre-programmed or have default functions. In various embodiments, the keys may be configured or programmed to perform certain functions. For example, the secondary player may be configured to open a communication line with a specific friend of the secondary player.

2.4.2. Communication line.
A key (eg, button) may open a communication line. The communication line may be unidirectional, bi-directional, or multi-directional. The communication line may be audio, text, video, or a combination of audio, text, and video. The key may open a communication line between the secondary player and another person, such as a friend or casino representative of the secondary player. In some embodiments, the secondary player may configure a key to open a communication line with a particular person. The secondary player may provide the name of a particular person, an identifier from a particular person (eg, a player tracking card number), or any other information about other persons. The secondary player may have access to a special window where a list of keys or buttons is provided, and the player is given the opportunity to press the button and enter the names of those who want to contact. Also good. A key or button may have a small display associated with it. The name of the person or party that opens the communication line when the button is pressed may appear on the display. For example, if a secondary player enters a friend's name "Joe Smith", the name "Joe Smith" may be displayed on or near the button. This may allow the secondary player to remember that a particular button opens a communication line with Joe Smith.

  In various embodiments. A communication line with the casino representative may be opened by a key or a button. The secondary player may press such a button for drink orders, meal orders, terminal service requests, jackpot payment requests, or any other purpose. The secondary player may also initiate contact with the casino representative for information not related to the particular game. For example, a secondary player may want to book a restaurant, may want to find out when the restaurant is closed, may want to buy a ticket for a show, or search for any other information Or any other work implementation may be desired.

  For example, in a one-way communication, a secondary player may receive video distribution, audio distribution, and may receive information in several other formats. Received information includes games that the secondary player is betting on (for example, the primary player's slot machine game playing in other parts of the casino), general weather information, and general information about the casino. May relate to specific information (eg, when the swimming pool is closed, etc.), general news (eg, world news), or any other activity or event. In various embodiments, the secondary player may be a person communicating on a one-way communication line. For example, the secondary player may open a voice line for ordering drinks. The player's request may be recorded at the other end of the line and then communicated to the waiter or waitress where the secondary player is located.

  In two-way communication, a player (eg, a secondary player) may communicate with another person (eg, a player's friend, casino representative, etc.). Video and / or audio from both parties may be transmitted back and forth over a network such as the casino internet or the internet.

  In some embodiments, a player may have multiple communication lines open at the same time. For example, a secondary player can send two-way audio and video to Joe, a friend, via one line of a two-way audio line, to Sam, a friend, via another line of a two-way audio line. You may talk to your friend's building over the communication line. The secondary player may be able to customize each communication line on the spot. For example, the two communication lines may be muted so that the secondary player can talk to the friend's building without being heard by other connected friends. Similarly, a secondary player can change the communication line from audio alone to audio and video, from video to audio, from two directions to multiple directions, and to change the communication line in any other form. Good. For example, the secondary player may be talking to three friends, each via a different communication line. In addition to simply calling and listening to the secondary player, this time the secondary player may be able to connect the communication line so that friends can call and listen to each other.

2.4.3. Key to a specific game.
In various embodiments, a distribution that includes information about the game may be available to the secondary player. Distribution for a game may include video distribution for a particular game. For example, video distribution of a high limit baccarat game may be available. Distribution about the game may include distribution that simulates the reproduction of the game. For example, distribution may include the rotation of an animated slot reel to reveal actual results that occurred on a slot machine. Distribution about the game may include summary information. Information may be represented in the form of text, graphics, or video. The summary information includes, for example, the bet amount displayed, the result reached, the winning amount, the number of paylines in the game, the winning payline, whether the bonus times have been reached, the decision made for the bonus times, and any decision branch points. It may include what decisions were made in the game and any other relevant information. The distribution may include a video of the primary player. For example, the secondary player may be able to see the video when the primary player is playing. The distribution may include video for a game that is running. For example, video footage can be switched from a variety of different players depending on who is currently in the game, who is currently making decisions in the game, whether the game is close to resolution, and similarly Also good.

  The key may be configured or programmed to always invoke distribution for a particular gaming device. The key always calls the distribution to a specific game table, always calls the distribution to a specific table group (for example, to display information about the game results of each time in the table group in the distribution) (Although it may always display the distribution to the game device group (for example, information about the game result of each time derived from the device-free group may be displayed in the distribution)) Calling distribution to the area (for example, information about the game result of each time for a specific area of the casino may be displayed in the distribution), or any other game device group or game table group May be configured or programmed to invoke delivery to.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may want immediate access to information about a favorite game or games. Thus, a single key or button may be configured to recall information about a preferred game or games when pressed.

  In various embodiments, the information is displayed on one of the terminal's display screens when invoked. Such information may occupy the entire screen, or may occupy part of the screen using a window or the like in the screen.

2.4.4. Key for the latest update.
In various embodiments, when a secondary player presses a key or button, the game, primary player, gaming device, dealer, or other object of interest, real thing, or secondary player An event may be called. For example, the latest result at a specific blackjack table may be displayed on the screen by the secondary player pressing a key. As another example, when a secondary player presses a key, the latest result of payment of $ 200 or more generated throughout the casino may be displayed on the screen. As another example, the player may display the latest 10 times on the crap table by pressing a key. In various embodiments, an update may be provided by a secondary player pressing a key. The update may appear in one window on the terminal display screen, for example. The update may disappear after some period of time, for example after 30 seconds. In some embodiments, the update may remain until the player presses the key that updated the first location again. The window or screen displaying the update may be continuously updated or may be fixed. Thus, in various embodiments, a secondary player may press a key to obtain updated information about a table, player, etc. However, the information may represent a small snapshot of recent information and may not represent continuous or new information as it occurs.

2.4.4.1. The keyboard has different channels.
In various embodiments, the keyboard may have a key, button, or space key combination corresponding to a channel. The channel may be a broadcast or a one-way communication line. A channel may present information related to a specific topic, such as a specific type of game, a player type (eg, high scorer), or some other subject or topic, such as video delivery, statistics, Game status, strategy information, or any other information may be presented.

2.4.4.1.1. Video poker channel.
In various embodiments, there may be a video poker channel. This channel may broadcast information about one or more video poker games. This channel may present a list of final results as they occur throughout the casino. For example, the video poker channel may present a scrolling list with the results “3d, 4c, Ac, Js; 9h, 9d, 3s, 3c, Ks; Ks, Qh, Jd, 10c. Such a result may be the latest result generated in a video poker game in a casino. The channel may include a scrolling list with items of cards dealt, winnings paid out, decisions made, or any other information item. The channel may include video footage. The video image may be switched from one game to another. For example, the announcer may say, "Let's go to John's game. He is dealt 3 cards and goes to the Royal Flush ...". The video footage may then be a display of John's game. There may be many games that can be displayed on the channel at any given time. There may be some games that display in one format or another format, such as video delivery format, text description format, or any other format, while there may be some games that do not display . The displayed game may meet one or more criteria. Such criteria include the following: (A) a game with a large bet, (b) a game played by an advanced player (for example, a player who uses 80% or more of time in an optimal strategy), and (c) an amount of money within the last hour Games played by the winning primary player, (d) games that are likely to yield high-paid final results (for example, a four-card vs. royal flush distributed as a result in the middle), (e) popularity Games played by certain primary players (e.g., highly ranked in secondary player surveys), (f) more bets than pre-determined secondary players (G) a game in which a bet by a secondary player is more than a certain amount, and any other criteria.

  There may be more special channels. For example, even if there is a dedicated channel for $ 1 video poker, multi-hand video poker, video poker games played in Las Vegas, video poker games played in the last hour, or jack-or-better video poker Good.

  The channel may display live information. The channel may also display historical information. For example, the video poker channel may display the best games played last year in the last week.

2.4.4.1.2. Sports book channel.
The sports book channel may display information about various sports events such as baseball games, basketball games, horse racing, car racing, golf tournaments, or any other sports event or contest. This information may be presented as a text description of the score. For example, the latest scores of various games may be scrolled across the screen. The sportsbook channel may display video distributions of various games or highlights of various games. The sportsbook channel may selectively display the video of one game across the board for various reasons. The video of a specific game may be displayed in the following cases. (A) The bet on the game by the secondary player is very high (for example, the total exceeds a certain amount, or more money is bet than another game not displayed), ( b) The bet on the game by the secondary player is more than a certain amount, (c) The game is close (for example, the number of opponents in the game is approaching, and the horse in the race is dismissed) (D) the game is approaching resolution or any other reason.

2.4.4.1.3. Personal channel.
In various embodiments, the channel may be a one-way communication line to a secondary player. However, the channel may be customized for a particular player. Thus, for example, two different secondary players watching a blackjack channel may have received different sets of information. The channel displays information about games that are considered relevant to the secondary player based on information about the secondary player, so that information about the game that a particular secondary player is betting on is displayed. With a demo image similar to the secondary player to display (for example, if the secondary player's home team is playing, the secondary player may display a sports game) So that information about games played by the primary player is displayed to the secondary player, and information about games played near the birthplace is displayed to the secondary player (e.g., If the secondary player is from Mississippi, you may display the game from a Mississippi casino), and display information about games that you have previously shown to the secondary player. (Example For example, if a secondary player has previously bet on a game played on a particular game device, the game played on the same game device is displayed to the secondary player on a customized channel. May be customized).

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may be asked what they want to see and hear on a particular channel. The secondary player can then select a particular type of game (eg, video poker, monopoly slot, etc.), a particular table, a particular dealer, a particular area within the casino, a particular type of strategy (eg, a second type of strategy) The next player wants a channel to display only the first player using a particular type of strategy, such as a basic strategy), a specific stage in the game (for example, a second player is a game Select the display of only the bonus times for the secondary player, select the channel to display only the game after the halfway result, such as after the first two cards were dealt in Blackjack, etc. ), Games with certain outcomes (for example, a secondary player chooses a channel that only displays results with payouts greater than $ 100, and a secondary player may Select a channel that displays only the results for which the game is displayed, the secondary player selects the channel that only displays games where the primary player is a three-card versus royal flush, etc.) The game to be played (for example, the secondary player selects a channel that displays only the national league baseball game, the secondary player selects a channel that displays only the college basketball game, etc.) Alternatively, the secondary player may select or identify any other type of content within the customized channel. A player may select from a menu (eg, a player may select a type of game from a menu that includes different types of games), and the player may specify the desired content using text. Alternatively, the player may specify the desired content using any other format. The secondary player may have the opportunity to name the channel. For example, the player may name the channel “bonus times”, “primary player with the highest score”, “craps game”, “high payout game” or any other name.

2.4.4.2 Specific table (Blackjack table X is preferred).
In various embodiments, the channel may present games or information from a particular game table. For example, a channel may present a game from a specific blackjack table. The channel may display a video image of the game. The video image may be displayed from above the table. A video image that focuses on an individual player at the table may be displayed (eg, the video may focus on the face of one of the primary players). A video image focused on the dealer may be displayed. An image focused on a specific hand, a specific card, a stack of chips of various players, or any other aspect of the table may be displayed. The channel for a table includes the percentage of hands that the player has won in the last hour, the net performance of the primary player, the percentage of blackjack that has been on the table in the last hour, or any other statistic. , Statistics about the table may be displayed. Channels to the table can be dice rolls, roulette wheel results (for example, the percentage of “black” results that have occurred in the last 100 roulette disks can be shown as a statistic), or any other event Or you may display the statistics about the event in a game table.

2.4.5. Key to a specific player.
In some embodiments, a secondary player may press a key or button to receive information about a particular primary player. By pressing such a key or button, the video image of the primary player's game may be viewed by the secondary player, or the video image of the primary player himself / herself may be viewed. (E.g. video footage of the primary player's face), you may be able to see the effects of simulating the game of the primary player, or you can see statistics about the primary player It may be (e.g., the net lifetime performance of the primary player) or any other information related to the primary player may be viewed. In various embodiments, a communication line such as a voice communication line with the primary player may be opened by the secondary player pressing a key.

2.4.6. A key for a particular game device.
In some embodiments, the secondary player may receive information about a particular gaming device by pressing a key. By pressing such a key or button, the secondary player may be able to watch the video of the game device, or may be able to see the result that occurred on the game device. You may be able to see a reproduction of the game played above, or any other information about the game device. The key may be labeled with a video device identifier such as “VideoPoker 12345”. The key may also be given a custom name by the secondary player. In various embodiments, a secondary player may open a communication channel with a gaming device by pressing a key or button. For example, the secondary player may enter voice communication with the primary player in the game device.

2.4.7. Key to a specific game table.
In various embodiments, pressing a key or button may allow a secondary player to receive information about a particular game table. For example, a secondary player can deliver a video from a game table, an indication of who the dealer is, an indication of who the primary player is, information about the cards dealt, statistics about the outcome, primary game Information about the percentage of time the person won versus the percentage of time the dealer won, information about the strategy used at the table, or any other information at the table may be received. With a key, the secondary player may open a communication line with the table, such as a communication line with one or more primary players at the table or a communication line with a dealer at the table. Good.

2.4.8. Key to a specific sporting event.
In various embodiments, buttons or keys may allow a secondary player to access information about a particular sporting event. For example, a secondary player may press a key to watch a video distribution of a Yankees and Red Sox baseball game. When the sports game becomes commercial, the secondary player may press another button that calls another sports event. In various embodiments, a secondary player may select a view angle for a sporting event. For example, a sporting event may have a plurality of cameras that capture scenes. The secondary player may be able to press the first button to watch the video delivery from the first camera, and press the second button to watch the video delivery from the second camera. It is the same. For example, in a tennis game, one button may correspond to a view from the center of the court, while another button corresponds to a view from the back on one side of the court. In some embodiments, a key may allow a secondary player to switch between commentators for a video, broadcast, or channel. For example, the secondary player may be browsing a video image from a sporting event. The secondary player may press a key to switch the sound from one sports commentator to another. The secondary player may change the commentator for other types of events as well. For example, a commentator may explain the strategy of a primary player from a blackjack game table. The secondary player may switch to a new commentator because the commentator is not preferred. The switching may occur by pressing a button or key, through a menu, or by some other means.

2.4.9. Function keys for video distribution.
In some embodiments, the key may have special functions for video control. Various keys may allow the secondary player to zoom in or zoom out. Various keys may allow the player to pan, tilt, increase or decrease the viewing angle, hide one or more objects in the video distribution, increase or decrease the contrast, and increase or decrease the brightness. If there is sound, a key may allow a secondary player to remove a sound source (eg, a secondary player may use a certain basketball to focus on the voice of a favorite basketball player. You may want to silence the player's voice). Various keys may allow the secondary player to stop the video, play the video in slow motion, reverse play the video, or fast forward the video. There may be various keys for video or audio operations.

2.4.10. Programmable key. Shortcut key.
Buttons or keys may be programmable or configurable to recall any type of information or to perform any other function. For example, a secondary player may program a button to retrieve information about a favorite game table, favorite primary player, preference results, or any other. The secondary player may configure a button to open a communication line with a specific other person, a specific game device, a specific game table, or any other specific competition party. The secondary player may configure the button to make a request. For example, the button may be configured so that a martini is ordered for a secondary player when the button is pressed.

2.4.11. Key that provides a message or notice.
In various embodiments, the buttons or keys may change color, flash, or other things that call attention. A secondary player can use a button or key to open a communication line, call for specific information, view a specific channel (eg, a video poker channel), or perform any other function. You may press. The button may blink or alert when any event of interest, importance, or meaning that deserves the attention of the secondary player occurs. For example, the button may be configured to call a bonus channel on a screen. The button may flash when the primary player reaches the first bonus time somewhere in the casino. The secondary player may press the button when flashing to see the first time the bonus times are occurring. The secondary player may also press the button several times when not blinking to see information about the bonus times at the casino. However, the secondary player may be particularly motivated to press a button when flashing.

2.4.12. Specialized keys for various games.
The terminal may be equipped with specialized or dedicated keys or buttons that are specialized for a particular game, a particular type of bet, or any other special function. There may be a key set for placing a bet in a video poker game. There may be a set of keys to place a bet on a blackjack game. Other key combinations include a key for placing a bet in a roulette game, a key for placing a bet in a poker game (eg, Texas Hold'em Poker), and a bet on craps. For example, a key for placing a bet in a slot machine game, a key for placing a bet in a Keno game, a key for placing a bet in a baccarat game, or a key for placing a bet in any other game. A special key may be used when the player at the terminal behaves as a secondary player. A special key may be used when the player at the terminal behaves as the primary player.

  The key combinations specially designed for roulette include: a key for placing a bet on “red”, a key for placing a bet on “black”, a key for placing a bet on odd numbers, and a bet on even numbers A key for placing a bet on each number on the roulette wheel and a key for a bet associated with any other roulette. Therefore, a player of a terminal desiring to participate in a game or roulette game may conveniently use a dedicated key for betting on the roulette on the terminal. A complete roulette bet is specialized using, for example, two keys, the first key specifies the bet amount (eg, 5 credits), and the second key is the bet type (eg, “red”). May be specified. A complete bet may be specified using a single dedicated key. Pressing that key may be equivalent to betting 5 on red. In various embodiments, the bet amount may be understood by default, for example. For example, the bet amount may not be specified, and the same bet may be used from the previous game. Thus, for example, if the previous bet is also 5 credits, the player may bet 5 credits red by pressing the dedicated “red” key.

  A dedicated key for a video poker game may comprise five different “hold” keys, each key corresponding to a different hand location. The dedicated key may correspond to a strategy in an arbitrary game. For example, in video poker, there may be a key that directs execution of a strategy that is expected to win the best. By pressing such a key, the player can determine which card is to be held and which card is to be discarded based on the calculation that leads to the highest expected winner (eg, software belonging to the terminal or casino Software belonging to the server). In a blackjack game, the dedicated key may be pressed to execute a basic strategy.

  In a craps game, a dedicated key may allow a player to place a bet on “pass” or “do not pass” or bet specific to any other craps.

  The key may be configured to perform one task. For example, the key may be configured to always place a certain type of bet when pressed. However, in various embodiments, the key may be reprogrammed to perform another dedicated task. For example, a key that is always used to place a bet of 5 on black may then be used to place a bet of 10 on red.

2.4.13. A key dedicated to different types of bets.
Keys that can be customized for bets of different tastes, such as customizing the “7 lines, betting 10 cents on each line” key, or “the primary player Joe goes bankrupt” Customization, etc. In various embodiments, the key may be customized for a particular type of bet. A player may prefer a bet that is generally not easy to select or describe. For example, a secondary player places bets on 7 paylines on a slot machine game, places 5 bets on each payline on 5 paylines and 1 per payline on the remaining 2 lines. May want to place a dollar bet. The secondary player may program the key to just make this desired bet or make any other desired bet. Therefore, the player may avoid the problem of entering a complicated command each time he wishes to place a bet. In various embodiments, at an initial point in time, a player may enter detailed instructions to make a complex bet. The player may then have an opportunity to save the bet. For example, the terminal may display a message asking whether or not the player wants to save a bet entered or entered. A player may indicate an intention. The terminal may give the secondary player the option to save a bet on a particular button. For example, the terminal may give the player the option of associating a particular button with a bet on the terminal so that the player can simply press the button once to place the bet. (In some embodiments, the bet is not effective until the player confirms or actually starts the game following bet placement.) In some embodiments, the terminal allows the player to A list of recently placed bets may be stored on the terminal. For example, the terminal may store the last 10 or 50 bets placed by the player. A player may have an opportunity to look at a list of recent bets and select one from the list. For example, a player can move between the list of recent bets using a mouse or arrow keys. One of them may be selected. The player may then re-insert the bet without having to re-enter the bet.

2.4.14. Keys specific to the display screen.
In various embodiments, the key may correspond to a particular display screen. The corresponding display screen may be activated in some way by pressing a key. For example, by pressing a key, a mouse pointer is displayed in the corresponding display screen, and the player may select or click an item displayed on the display screen. In some embodiments, a player may play different games simultaneously, with different display screens displaying different games. A player may desire to start a new game displayed on a particular screen. The player may then press a button that activates the screen. The player may then place a bet in the game using a common set of bet keys and start playing the game. The player may then press another key corresponding to another display screen. A new display screen may be activated. The player may then place a bet on the game displayed on the new display screen using the same general set of bet keys.

2.5. image.
In various embodiments, a player may load a picture of himself on the terminal. For example, you may display each photograph of a secondary player's grandchild on six screens of a terminal. The secondary player may bring a photograph into the terminal using a portable device such as an MP3 player. A player may also download photos from a photo sharing site such as Flicker.

2.6. Other special input devices.
Joystick. The terminal may have various input devices. These include joysticks, touchpads, trackballs, touch screens, microphones, cameras (for example, a player may direct commands to the terminal with hand signals, such hand signals are captured by the camera, software A foot pedal, an electronic pad for handwriting recognition, or any other input device. The terminal may have the same input device as the type found on some gaming devices. For example, the terminal may include a handle that can be pulled like the handle of a slot machine. By pulling such a handle, the secondary player may bet on the game of the primary player.

2.7. A method of confirming that human shock and destruction are invalid.
In various embodiments, the terminal may include expensive or fragile equipment. For example, the terminal may include a plurality of buttons and a display screen. In various embodiments, the sensor may detect behavior that is dangerous to the device, such as striking or striking. For example, a sudden impact on the device may be detected by a vibration or pressure sensor. In various embodiments, the terminal peripheral area may be monitored by a camera. For example, an area where a secondary player normally sits or stands may be monitored with a camera. An alarm may be triggered when a dangerous act is detected or perceived by a camera or various sensors. A casino employee may be alerted to go to the terminal upon detection of a potential danger or harmful activity. The casino employee may be able to ask the secondary player what happened. If necessary, the casino employee may ask the secondary player not to take an action. In some embodiments, a communication line may be opened between the terminal and a casino employee such as a guardman if a potential harmful activity at the terminal is detected. The casino employee may then have the opportunity to talk to the secondary player, ask what is happening, and possibly ask him to stop doing anything that could cause damage.

2.8. Ticker. Interest statistics ticker. Red / black in all casinos. All casino house vs. player.
Many other displays can be displayed in a ticker format. In various embodiments, the ticker display may be displayed on one or more display screens. The ticker may include one or more bands on the display screen, and information travels across the bands. The strip may have a specific color, such as green, a specific pattern, or any other pattern to give an identification from the surrounding graphics or the appearance of the ticker tape. The ticker may contain a variety of information. The ticker may include statistics about games at one casino or multiple casinos. For example, the ticker is the number of red results that have occurred in roulettes in the casino in the last 5 minutes, the number of red and black results that have occurred in the last 5 minutes, the number of 7 that have been craps in the last hour The number of times a player busted in blackjack in an hour, the number of jackpots paid out on any slot machine in the last 20 minutes, the names of the five players who won the most in the last hour, progressive jackpots Size, sports game scores, or any other statistic. The ticker may vary or be customized in many ways. The ticker may span one display screen or may continue across two or more display screens. The ticker may extend less than one display screen. The ticker can be wide or narrow. The ticker may be horizontal, vertical, or diagonal. The ticker may go quickly (eg, information may go quickly from one to the other) or slowly. The ticker may appear in red, blue, or any other color. The ticker may have a yellow, green, or any other color font. There may be more than one ticker. For example, the ticker may run in parallel across the display screen and there may be two different tickers on two different display screens.

  The ticker may be customized in various ways. The secondary player may change the size, background color, font color, font size or any other aspect of the ticker. Information may be specified. For example, a secondary player may wish to display only statistics about slot machines and craps. Another secondary player may wish to display statistics describing the top 50 players in the last hour. Another player may wish to see a score display from an ongoing sports game.

  In some embodiments, certain ticker distributions may exist and may be available to one or more secondary players within the casino. There may be a blackjack ticker, a crap sticker, a sports ticker, a high scorer ticker, or any other specific ticker. Thus, the secondary player may select one or more tickers that he / she wants to see as he scrolls on the display screen.

  In various embodiments, the ticker is displayed using a matrix of light emitted from the diode, such as a rectangular array of diodes.

2.9. Configuration settings that fit the human body.
For example, all screens are placed within reach of the arm. The chair moves up and down to get close to the screen. The terminal may include a sensor such as a range finder, laser, sonar, or camera to measure the player's body size (eg, tall, low, etc.). The terminal parts may automatically adapt to the player's body size. For example, the display screen may be moved so as to reach from the player (for example, when the display screen is a touch screen). The terminal chair may move up and down according to the height of the player.

2.10. audio.
The terminal may have various audio output means. Audio output includes voice communications from player friends, voice communications from casino representatives, audio related to television broadcasts, audio related to radio broadcasts, movies, TV shows, or other media formats This may include related audio, audio related to the game (eg, audio output related to winnings), or any other form of audio.

2.10.1. Provision of headphones.
The player of the terminal may be able to use the headphones. By using such headphones, the player may ensure that the sound to himself / herself does not enter the ears of other people around and concentrate on the sound to himself / herself without suffering from environmental noise. A switch, button, or other input device may allow the player of the terminal to switch audio from one type of output to another. For example, audio may be initiated by release from a terminal speaker. When the player puts on the headphones, the player may tilt the switch so that sound comes from the headphones. In some embodiments, the headphones or terminal may sense when a player wears headphones. The player's voice may then be sent to the headphones rather than released from the speakers. In various embodiments, there may be more than one set of headphones. Each set of headphones may broadcast audio distribution separately. For example, one set of headphones may correspond to distribution from a sporting event, while a second set of headphones may provide an audio track for a slot machine game in which a player is participating.

2.10.2. Display-mounted speaker.
In various embodiments, the terminal may comprise one or more speakers. The speaker may be mounted on the terminal housing or on another structure attached to the terminal. The speaker may form part of the display. The speaker may be mounted on the display.

2.10.3. Mute button.
In various embodiments, the terminal may include one or more mute buttons. Audio distribution may be muted by pressing the mute button once. The audio delivery may be restored by pressing the mute button again.

2.10.4. On-site speaker.
In various embodiments, there may be open-line communication lines between multiple groups of 3, 4, 5, 6 or more. This communication may be voice type. The terminal may have a speaker that is adapted to send a real voice or other message from any person in communication. Furthermore, a microphone or other audio input device may allow players to exchange voice messages for participatory communication. An arbitrary voice message may be sent to all groups on the communication means. If several people speak at once, all spoken communications may be transmitted at once. Therefore, participatory communication can result in messy and messy audio. The communication line is used between the friend groups, between the terminal groups, between all terminals, between all secondary players, between all secondary players who have opened the communication line, to the game device in the casino. May be opened among all players, between players and casino representatives, between players in different casinos, or between any other group of people.

2.11. phone.
The terminal may comprise one or more telephones and / or telephone lines. A player may be able to call another group.

2.11.1. A phone that allows local calls only.
In some embodiments, the terminal phone may only allow local calls. In some embodiments, the terminal phone may be capable of calling only to certain areas, certain people, certain devices, or certain other restricted destinations. In some embodiments, restrictions on phone calls may be imposed only when the player is placing a bet on the sport. For example, when a player bets on a sporting event, only local phone calls may be made. This may help limit the player from finding information about the outcome of a sporting event earlier than those who compete for betting. In various embodiments, a player may not place any sports bets within a predetermined amount of time that he has made a phone call regardless of various restrictions. For example, a player may be prohibited from placing a bet on a sporting event within 10 minutes of ending a long distance call.

2.1.2. Call other nodes on the network.
In various embodiments, telephone calls to certain groups may be restricted. You may restrict telephone calls to other terminals. Phone calls to people calling from within the inter-casino network may be restricted.

2.11.3. Call record. According to sports book restrictions.
In various embodiments, telephone calls made from a terminal may be recorded. The call record may be checked to confirm that no sports related information was communicated or no information was communicated that could provide special knowledge about the bet made. The call record may be checked randomly. The call record may be checked after the player wins the bet. The call record may be checked after the player has won more bets than statistically expected. The call record may be checked by a person or by a machine or computer (eg, voice recognition software). The call record may be analyzed based on the location of the competitor in the call. For example, if the call was directed to a phone near the racetrack, the call record may be reviewed.

2.11.4. Telephone that can be directly dialed to the radio show.
In various embodiments, the terminal phone or telephone may be accompanied by various direct dial functions. A player may be able to press a button for dialing into a radio show. Thus, the player may listen to the radio show over the phone and may ask questions to the host of the radio show. In various embodiments, a direct dial function may allow a player to call a radio sports broadcast distribution. For example, a player may pick up a phone and listen to a radio broadcast of a match being played by a favorite team. Various buttons may allow the player to dial different sports broadcasts. In various embodiments, direct dialing may allow a player to dial in preference to any other telephone number or competitor.

3. Different information on different displays.
In various embodiments, different displays may display different information or different types of information. The display screens may complement each other. For example, some displays may display a wide variety of types of information, while others may display more detailed information about a particular type of information, or what is shown on another display. Some displays may include one area of one game or casino, while other displays may include other areas of other games or casinos.

3.1. Different field of view.
3.1.1. One display shows a reproduction of the results.
The reproduction of the game result may be displayed on one display. The display may display a video of actual results, for example, results that have actually occurred. The result may be a result for a game in which a player participates at a terminal as a primary player or a secondary player.

3.1.2. One display shows only data about the results.
In various embodiments, the display may display data about the results. The display may indicate that a result has occurred. The display may display statistics showing multiple results. For example, the display may display statistics indicating which results are most frequently occurring at the casino within the last 5 minutes. The display may display statistics indicating the flow of results (for example, 7 eyes appearing 10 times in a craps game).

3.1.3. One display may display a top view of the game floor area.
In various embodiments, the display may display a top view of the casino area. The area may be the same area as a specific game displayed in more detail on another display screen of the terminal.

3.1.4. One display may display the entire game table.
In various embodiments, one display screen of the terminal may display the entire game table. For example, another display screen may display more details about the table, such as focusing on one player at the table or showing statistics for that table.

3.1.5. Video enlargement to display important events on many screens simultaneously.
In various embodiments, important or significant events may attract attention. The display area used for such events may be enlarged. The region may be expanded from one display screen to two or more display screens. The area may be enlarged from a portion of the display screen to take the entire display screen. Severe events include the occurrence of a critical outcome in a game in which a secondary player participates, the occurrence of a jackpot, or any other unusual high payout or other important event.

3.1.6. Picture in picture.
There is a speed dial switch for moving from video to video. In various embodiments, a window, frame, or image may be displayed without a larger window, frame, or image. A small window may include one video distribution, while a large window may include another video distribution. Small and large windows may also include other types of supplies or images, such as animations that reproduce the game results. The player switches between the windows so that the video displayed in the small window is immediately displayed in the large window, and the video displayed in the small window is immediately displayed in the large window. Also good. A special key or button may act on the switch immediately. In various embodiments, there may be multiple small windows within a single large window. There may be special keys or buttons corresponding to each small window and / or corresponding to an image in the window. Thus, a player may monitor a number of games, sporting events, or other activities simultaneously. When a player is interested in one particular game (or sporting event or other activity), the player may press a button corresponding to the game of interest (eg, an overconfidence game window). In this way, the video of interest may expand into a larger window within the window of interest, while the video within that larger window may then shrink and occupy a smaller window. In various embodiments, certain events, sporting events, or other activities that occur within a game may have a corresponding window (eg, a window displaying the game) as a larger window. For example, when a game displayed in a smaller window results in a high payout, the video of the game may be enlarged and displayed in a larger window.

3.1.7. Exclusive distribution from different services.
For example, distribution from one casino. Or there is a distribution from one type of game that is played in only one place. There may be a payment agreement with the casino to receive this distribution. Information displayed on the terminal may come from various places. Information may be from different casinos, vendors specializing in generating and selling game results, sports franchise, race tracks, media companies (eg, movies displayed on the terminal may be from media companies), or any other It may come from an information source. Various information sources may charge for these information provisions. For example, a sports franchise may charge for the comprehensive use of sports video in a casino or the use of sports video on a specific terminal. In various embodiments, various information sources may charge at different rates and in different ways. The information source may charge according to one or more of the following. (A) number of terminals using information from the information source, (b) number of browsing information from the information source, (c) size of a window in which information from the information source is displayed (for example, owning a terminal) The casino may pay more for video displayed in a large window than for video displayed in a small window), (d) other information sources displayed with a given source (E.g., a casino may display video or information from a given source if the information is displayed on the same terminal along with a number of other types of information. (E) the length of time that the video from the information source is viewed, (f) the position of the person in the video as a celebrity (for example, the celebrity Playing poker games The video to be displayed, may be expensive than the image that unnamed person to view the poker game to game). The casino may pay for information on a regular basis. For example, a casino may pay a reservation fee for an information source.

3.2. What is the standard default data that is always displayed, for example, standard games, standard headings, etc.
In various embodiments, the terminal may have a default set of video or information components to display. For example, there may be video footage displayed from a Wheel of Fortune slot machine game, video poker game, blackjack, and phrase wrap game. In various embodiments, the default video is selected based on what is the most popular game in the casino. For example, if the primary player or the most popular game is a monopoly slot machine, it may be inferred that the secondary player of the terminal will want to participate in such a game. Accordingly, an image from a monopoly slot machine game may be displayed. In various embodiments, there may be a default configuration of various keys, buttons, or switches at the terminal to match the display of the default video. For example, a set of keys used by default to place a bet on a video poker game may be configured.

3.3. Video distribution.
Multiple full motion video delivery. High definition video signal. In various embodiments, a high bandwidth connection is used to relay multiple high definition video distributions to the terminal. Therefore, a comfortable game and entertainment experience may be enjoyed while the player is at the terminal.

3.4. warning.
When something has happened, it is displayed in red, for example. The terminal may include several windows, several videos, information about several games, or various other information. When a noticeable event or event occurs in one video, the video may be emphasized or made noticeable. For example, a window having a specific image may be enlarged or brightened. The audio from a particular video may be raised and the competing audio may be lowered. The image may be blinked, or another display may be blinked. When a notable event occurs for the video, a button that can call up a specific video or information source may flash.

3.4.1. alarm.
In various embodiments, a warning about the occurrence of a noticeable event may be generated by voice. Special audio may be broadcast for various events. For example, there may be various corresponding sounds for various types of events. However, in some embodiments, there is general purpose audio for any notable event. In some embodiments, the arrival of a jackpot occurrence may be announced with one type of voice, and the arrival of a length of flow may be announced with a different type of audio (eg, the first Plays a chime sound when the next player wins 10 times in blackjack), a game by a preferred primary player (eg, a primary player preferred by a secondary player on the terminal) The arrival of the start may be announced by a third type of voice (eg, a roaring roar).

3.4.2. Customize the alert sound.
In various embodiments, a player may customize which audio is used to provide a reminder or announcement regarding a particular event occurrence. The player may select from a list of special events. The player may select from a voice menu as well. The player may match the event with voice. The player may provide his / her own sound via a portable MP3 player, for example.

3.5. Entertainment work.
The secondary player can use the terminal for entertainment purposes. Secondary players can watch movies, TV shows, casino related events or other forms of entertainment. Secondary players can watch news programs, science programs, documentaries or other videos. The player can listen to music, tape-blown books, speech or other sounds. The terminal may be able to use a plurality of display screens. In this manner, the secondary player can watch the game progress on the other screen while watching the entertainment on the one screen.

3.5.1. On-demand movie.
The secondary player may watch a movie on the terminal. The secondary player may request a specific movie, such as from a list of movies licensed for screening by the casino. The secondary player may select a movie channel such as a cable or satellite TV channel on which the movie will be shown. The player may receive the channel distribution at the terminal.

3.5.2. TV show.
The secondary player may select a TV show on the terminal, and the secondary player may select a list of pre-recorded TV shows. The secondary player may also watch a normal TV channel that may be delivered to the terminal.

3.5.3. Casino related events.
A secondary player may watch a video distribution of casino related events. For example, a player may watch a video of a concert, comedy offering, animal performance, or any other casino related event performed the night before.

3.5.4. musics.
In various embodiments, the secondary player may listen to music on the terminal. Music may flow from speakers built into the terminal. A headset with earphones for listening to music or other voice communications may be provided to the player. The secondary player may select one or more channels. A channel may correspond to a broadcast that takes place exclusively within a radio station or casino. For example, there may be a casino jockey for selecting a song or a melody to be broadcast to a player in the casino. A player may select a music or audio channel to listen to using a menu. A button or key may be configured that corresponds to a voice or music channel. For example, there may be a “Rock and Roll” button, a “Jazz” button, and a “Classical Music” button. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be able to select music to play individually. The casino or third party may provide a number of songs for selection by the secondary player. Thus, in various embodiments, payment may or may not be required, but the terminal may function as a jukebox in conjunction with the network. In various embodiments, when a secondary player selects a song to play, the secondary player may create a list of favorite songs. That is, the secondary player may have the option to play a song in his list (eg, a previously selected song). The terminal may systematically progress one song at a time from a list of secondary player's favorite songs (eg, play one by one and start from the beginning), and randomly play songs to play at any time You may choose.

3.5.4.1. Selection of songs corresponding to game results.
In various embodiments, the terminal may play a song or melody that is selected based on the outcome that occurred in the game in which the secondary player participated. For example, when a secondary player wins a game and gets a bet, a song having a fun theme may be played. If the player loses the bet, a song with a sad theme may be played. A song may be selected based on symbols, graphics, or lyrics corresponding to in-game events. For example, when a “Grape” symbol occurs in the game, a song “I Heart It Through the Grapevine (Japanese title:“ Sad Rumor ”)” may be played.

3.5.4.2. Bringing songs by a secondary player.
In various embodiments, secondary players may bring their own melody or music for listening at the casino. The player may bring an MP3 player such as iPod (registered trademark) into the casino. The secondary player may dock the MP3 player on the terminal. That is, the speaker of the terminal may be used to play a song stored in the MP3 player. Furthermore, information about the songs of the MP3 player may be downloaded to the terminal. Various buttons, dials, or other input devices on the terminal may then be used to navigate the secondary player's song list and select a song to play. In various embodiments, the secondary player may also store songs on a network such as the Internet. A secondary player may store songs on his home computer, which can be accessed via the Internet, for example, via file sharing software. The terminal may access the secondary player's song and may play it back at the request of the secondary player. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bring a movie or other entertainment piece to the terminal. The movie may be brought in with a portable movie player, MP3 player, storage medium (eg, flash drive, DVD, etc.), or any other object or device. A movie or other entertainment piece may be loaded onto the terminal and played.

3.5.5. Entertainment work viewing requirements-Be a game at a certain ratio.
In various embodiments, a secondary player is allowed to watch a piece of music or other video that is not related to game activity, as long as the secondary player is involved in the game activity to some extent. Also good. A secondary player may place a certain amount of bets per unit time, participate in a certain number of games per unit time, suspend game participation for X minutes or less, or meet any other game criteria You may be asked to do that. Thus, in various embodiments, being able to view an entertainment piece may be a reward for a game that the player is involved with.

3.5.6. Interruption of entertainment works for game results.
In various embodiments, video or audio distribution may be interrupted for various reasons, such as video distribution displaying a movie or other entertainment piece. Distribution may be interrupted when certain events occur in the game. If the game in which the secondary player participates has reached resolution or is nearing the end, if the game in which the secondary player may participate may result in meeting certain criteria May interrupt the delivery. Results that meet these criteria include results corresponding to payouts exceeding a certain threshold, results corresponding to jackpot results, results corresponding to winning results, results below a given probability of occurrence, or any other specific Results that meet the criteria set. The interruption of the entertainment product may allow the secondary player to concentrate on the game result or game event without losing a movie, a TV show, or other part of the entertainment product. An interruption in the entertainment piece may also give the player the opportunity to direct a new bet or set of bets.

3.6. Advertising.
In various embodiments, one or more displays may include advertisements or other promotions. The advertisements may be from third party merchant products, casino shows, casino restaurants, casino shop sales consumption, casino hotel rooms, other casino events, or other goods or services. In various embodiments, the terminal screen may be dedicated to advertisements only. In various embodiments, the advertisement may be displayed in a window within the display screen. The secondary player may be able to purchase using the terminal. For example, a secondary player may react to an advertisement and purchase a product displayed in the advertisement. In various embodiments, various buttons or keys on the terminal may be temporarily or permanently associated with goods, services or advertisements. For example, a message may be displayed in connection with an advertisement. The message may be "Please press the flashing button if you want to know more about this item or if you want to buy it". The button on the terminal may flash. In this way, the player of the terminal presses a button, browses an additional screen for the product, opens a communication line (eg, a telephone call or video conference) with the sales representative of the advertised product, and the player May enter the purchase screen, where a specific price may be paid to confirm the desire to receive the advertised product and / or immediately purchase the product. For example, in some embodiments, a player may purchase a product immediately upon pressing a button. The purchase price of the item may be deducted from the player's game credit. In some embodiments, buttons or other devices may be associated with goods or services without any promotions or advertisements. Buttons or other devices may be permanently associated with goods or services. A player may press the button to purchase goods or services. After pressing a button, one or more receipt or confirmation steps may be sought. For example, providing signatures, thumbprints, credit card numbers, shipping addresses, or confirmation of hope for other players to make purchases, or other details necessary to complete the purchase, You may ask the player.

4). Play with multiple opponents. Watch people on each monitor.
In various embodiments, a secondary player may participate in a game where there are multiple primary players. For example, a secondary player may participate in a Texas Hold'em poker game. The terminal may display images or videos of two or more secondary players participating in the game. Images or videos may be displayed simultaneously. Images or videos may be displayed simultaneously on different screens. For example, there may be six primary players in a Texas Hold'em poker game. The terminal may have six display screens. Each screen may display one different video image of six players. In various embodiments, the display may be configured side by side to mimic the field of view as if a secondary player is actually sitting in a live poker game. In various embodiments, the display screen may be placed closer or further away from the secondary player to mimic the depth of field beyond reality. For example, it is assumed that video images of all the players on the poker table are shot from a position with a good view of one seat of the poker table. The video of the primary player furthest from the seat may be displayed on a display screen located farthest from the secondary player (eg, farther than any display screen of the terminal). Similarly, the video of the primary player closest to the seat where the video is shot may be displayed on a display closest to the secondary player (eg, closer to any display on the terminal).

  In various embodiments, a terminal player may play a game as a primary player. For example, a player may play a Texas Holdem Poker game or a Blackjack game. A video or video of his opponent may appear on various screens of the terminal. In some embodiments, each screen may include a different image or video of a player's opponent.

  In various embodiments, a player (for example, a primary player) who has turned in the game may be displayed prominently on the terminal. An image may be arranged in the center of the screen of the terminal for the player whose turn has been played in the game. If multiple player videos or images are displayed, the procedure player images may be magnified, highlighted, brighter than other player images, or otherwise highlighted.

  In various embodiments, a player (eg, primary player) avatar may be displayed on the display screen of the terminal. For example, the primary player's video or image may not be available, and the primary player may desire not to display his video. Accordingly, the primary player's avatar or other representation may be displayed on the display screen of the terminal. When a player acts as a primary player at a terminal, his opponent's avatar may be displayed on the display screen of the terminal.

5. Application to server games. You can't play on multiple game devices at the same time for no reason.
In various embodiments, the terminal may function as a game device. The terminal may also function as two or more game devices. For example, the terminal may be one in which a player can play two or more games simultaneously. In various embodiments, the first screen of the terminal may display the first game. The second screen of the terminal may display the second game. For example, the first screen may display a video poker game. The second screen may display a slot machine game.

5.1. Game device.
In some embodiments, a game guidance function may be implemented in several steps. A random number may be generated. A random number may be reflected in the result. A game scenario that ultimately leads to the display of results may appear or be displayed. For example, it may be displayed that the reel rotates and then stops at the time of the result. Further steps include determining intermediate results (eg, based on the same or random numbers), receiving decisions from players, determining payouts based on results, and crediting player accounts It may include performing a payout. The terminal may perform one or more game guidance functions. The terminal may display the result of the game to the player. Game functions not performed by the terminal may be performed by another device, such as a casino server or a separate game device. For example, a casino server may determine random numbers or results for a game. That is, the terminal may display the game result for the player. When a terminal and another device both guide a game, the terminal may request game-related information from another device, for example, and communicate with the other device to receive the game-related information. . In various embodiments, the terminal may download software for guiding the entire game or a portion thereof. The software may be downloaded from a casino server, for example. The software may operate such that the terminal draws an image and generates sound associated with the game. The terminal may operate to download software for a plurality of different games, and thus the terminal may operate to guide portions of a plurality of different games. For example, the terminal may operate to guide a slot machine game portion and a video poker game portion.

5.2. Two or more game devices.
In some embodiments, the terminal may function as two or more game devices at the same time. For example, an image of a video poker game and other information may be displayed on one screen of the terminal. An image of the slot machine game and other information may be displayed on another screen of the terminal. In some embodiments, a new game may be started on one or the other for both types of games if desired by the player at the terminal. The terminal may have separate keys or controllers for the two types of games. For example, a set of keys may be operated to place a bet in a slot machine game, while another set of keys may be operated to place a bet and make a decision in a video poker game. Both sets of keys may be part of the same terminal. In addition, other key sets may be available, such as craps, roulette, or other gaming keys. In some embodiments, the terminal may simultaneously guide two or more of the same type of game. For example, the first screen may display a first slot machine game, and the second screen may display a second slot machine game. There may be a separate set of keys for two or more of the same type of game.

5.3. The player plays as a primary player and as a secondary player.
In various embodiments, the terminal may allow a player to play a first game as a primary player and participate in a second game as a secondary player. For example, a player of a slot machine game may start a slot machine game and receive a payout based on the result of the slot machine game. The player at the terminal may also place a bet in a slot machine game that is started and played by a different player. The first display screen of the terminal may display information about the first game in which the player of the terminal is acting as the primary player. The terminal's second display screen is displayed by a set of keys or buttons or other input devices that may display information about a second game in which the player of the terminal is acting as a secondary player, The player of the terminal may be allowed to play the first game as the primary player (for example, bet insertion, determination, game start, etc.). The second set of keys or buttons or other input devices allow the terminal player to play the second game as a secondary player (eg, selecting a player to place a bet, placing a bet, etc.) Also good.

6). A screen with a control panel.
In various embodiments, the terminal may comprise a screen having information about a player using the terminal. Such information includes credit balance, bet amount or bet on first game, bet amount or bet on second game, bet amount or bet on any number of other games, secondary player A game table for a game in which a player (for example, a secondary player) is participating, and a secondary game. Any other information about the person's behavior. Information about the player on a device typically includes what you are doing (for example, how much you win or lose), how much you have left, how much you have won in a particular game, The player may be given what the game is, and any other useful information or other information related to the secondary player. In some embodiments, a terminal earns its own total comp points and / or how much comp points it earns in a particular game session (eg, in a game session at that terminal). The player may be shown to the player. The screen of the terminal may further comprise an interaction area where the player can interact with touch or otherwise to receive further information. The screen may be a touch screen, for example. In various embodiments, a player may touch the screen to open a game rule. For example, the player may touch a “rule” button on the screen. In some embodiments, the player may touch the screen to open the game payment table. In some embodiments, the player may touch the screen to display a payline on the game.

7). Various screens that display layers of information.
In various embodiments, the first display screen of the terminal may display a first set of information. However, the terminal player may wish to further dig into the information. Therefore, the player may indicate some place where he / she wants to know more information. Then, further information may be displayed on another display screen of the terminal. Therefore, the screen may have a hierarchical relationship. The first screen may generally display a wide range or upper information. The second screen may generally display more detailed information regarding a specific item derived from the first screen. The first screen may be located in the center of the player's field of view, while the second screen is on the side of the player, above, or in places that are not easily in view like the first screen. May be. In one embodiment, the first screen may display a video image of the primary player. The secondary player at the terminal may click on the image of the primary player in the video to learn more about the primary player. Subsequently, information about the primary player may further appear on the second screen. Such information includes the primary player's name, age, profession, the type of strategy the primary player normally uses, the results of the primary player's last 10 games, Information about the player's total wins, the primary player's lifetime jackpot win count, or any other information about the primary player. In another embodiment, the terminal player may be watching a sporting event. The player may click on the horse and the current statistics for that horse may pop up on another screen. In another embodiment, the player may be watching a game delivery from a blackjack table. The player sees the percentage of hands that the dealer has won, the percentage of winners by the primary player at the table, the number of blackjacks that have been dealt in the last 100 hands, and any other information about the table You may click on the table for that. In various embodiments, there may be various levels between the hierarchical screens of the terminals. Each layer of more detailed information may appear on a new screen of the terminal so that more detailed information about a topic can be repeatedly requested.

  The following are embodiments, not claims.

A. Receiving information identifying a casino player;
Associating a player with a button,
Determining that the button was pressed;
Identifying the video associated with the player;
Presenting a video.

  B. The method of embodiment A further comprising displaying the player's name on the button.

C. Identifying the video associated with the player further
Sending a request for video relating to the player to the casino server;
Receiving the video from the casino server.

  D. The method of embodiment A wherein presenting the video includes displaying the video on a display screen.

  E. The method of embodiment A, wherein identifying the video includes identifying a video representing the player's face.

  F. The method of embodiment A, wherein identifying the video includes identifying a video representing a player involved in gaming the game.

  G. The method of embodiment A, wherein identifying the video includes identifying a video representing an indication of a game result reached by the player.

H. Receiving a request for a telephone call from a player of the gaming device;
Check the phone call destination,
Confirming the available bets on the electronic game device;
Check the ruleset associated with the electric bet, make sure that the phone call to the callee complies with the ruleset,
Connecting an electronic player to a callee.

  I. The method of embodiment H, wherein receiving the request from the player includes receiving an indication of a set of numbers dialed from the player of the gaming device.

  J. et al. The method of embodiment H, wherein confirming a bet available on the gaming device includes confirming a bet on a sports event available on the gaming device.

  K. The method of embodiment J, wherein confirming the rule set associated with the bet includes confirming that a telephone call to the local area of the gaming device is not allowed when a bat for a sporting event is being inserted.

  L. The method of embodiment H further comprising recording the telephone call.

M.M. Confirming that the player has bet,
Confirming that the electric player won the bet,
The method of embodiment L, comprising playing the recorded telephone call if the electronic player wins the bet.

N. Receiving a first betting instruction from a primary player, deducting a first bet amount from a credit balance associated with the electric, primary player;
Receiving a game start signal from the primary player;
Checking the first result of the electric first game;
Displaying an image associated with the first game on a first display screen;
Confirming the payout of the first game based on the first result and based on the first bet;
Increasing the credit balance associated with the primary player by the first payout amount;
Receiving a second betting instruction from the primary player;
Deducting the second bet amount from the credit balance associated with the primary player;
Receiving from the primary player a second game instruction to be played by the secondary player;
Confirming the second result of the second game;
Displaying an image associated with the second game on a second display screen on which an image associated with the second game is displayed simultaneously with the display of the image associated with the first game;
Confirming the second result of the second game;
Confirming the second payout based on the second result and based on the second bet;
Increasing the credit balance associated with the primary player by the second payout amount.

  For example, the secondary player may be a primary player, and the primary player may participate in the first game as a secondary player. At the same time, the primary player may play the first game as the primary player. Thus, the primary player may act as both the primary player and the secondary player at the same time.

  O. The method of embodiment N, wherein the second game is played remotely from the location of the primary player.

  P. The method of embodiment N, wherein the image associated with the first game includes displaying an effect of the spinning slot machine reel.

  Q. The method of embodiment N, wherein the image associated with the second game includes displaying a video image of a secondary player playing the second game.

Sorting games.
In some embodiments, the primary player may participate directly in a game that depends on luck. The primary player wins or loses based on bet placement, game decisions, dice administration (eg, in the case of a craps game), his bet, his decision, and events that occur during the game (eg, random events). May be received. In some embodiments, the secondary player may place a bet on a game played by the primary player. A secondary player may decide that a certain outcome will occur, that a decision will be made, that a card will be dealt, that a number will be on the game's dice, or that any other event will occur. You may bet on what happens. The secondary player may be out of the physical location of the game. The secondary player may not be involved in any decisions made during the game. The secondary player may participate in the game via a remote terminal, mobile game device, or other game device. For example, a secondary player may enter a bet and use a terminal with buttons and a monitor to watch the game progress.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may view data or information about a game that a secondary player may participate in (eg, about a game that a secondary player can bet on). Good. A secondary player may browse different types of data, browse data in different ways or display formats, search from data in different ways, and in different ways. The data may be filtered, viewed in other ways, and interacted with data about the game in various ways.

1. Data about game activities.
Data that the various data may be associated with a game, player, game table, game device, or any real or event related to the game includes: (A) time of the day (for example, time of game play), (b) type of game (for example, video poker, slot, craps, table game, “Double Diamond 2005 Video Slot ™”, etc. ), (C) Game platform (e.g., Game King), (d) Game maximum payout or winning, (e) Game result payout, (f) Game result probability, (g) Game result (e.g., game) Winners, player loses, player jackpot wins, player bonus rounds, “Cherry / Cherry / Cherry” results, etc.), (h) decisions made in the game (eg, hits, (I) discarding the first three cards of a video poker game), (i) bets made in the game (eg, betting on “red” in roulette) (J) the nature of the decision made in the game (eg, the best decision, how much the strategy deviates from the optimal strategy) Whether it was a strategy that selected a player's win or a strategy selection that maximized the opportunity to receive the highest possible payout, etc.), (k) a player (eg, a player who played a particular game), (l ) Location (eg, the city where the game was played, the area of the casino where the game was played, the store where the game was played, the game table where the game was played, etc.), (m) the location in the flow (eg, Games after 3 wins, 5 games after losing, 3 games after 6 wins followed by 6 wins, etc.), (n) probabilities associated with specific outcomes occurring in the game Or odds (eg, game (Probability associated with the result of “bell / bell / bell”), (o) the winning amount in the game, (p) the bet amount in the game, (q) one or more cards dealt in the game (eg, (R) one or more visual features generated in the game (eg, “cherry”, “cherry” and “bell”). Wild symbols, “bell” or “bar”, etc.) (s) Players who played the game (eg, the primary player of the game is from Wisconsin, the game player is a nurse, etc. ), (T) a player's prominence (eg, the player is a state legislator, etc.), (u) a game ’s popularity (eg, the game is the five most played games at the casino in the past week) , Etc.), (v) secondary games The popularity of the game from the player's point of view (eg, the game was most frequently bet by a secondary player of any kind of game, etc.), (w) similarity of one game to another (E.g., game A has the same rules as game B, most players who played game A played game B, etc.), (x) recommendations for games, players, dealers, tables, etc. ( For example, slot mania got 90% positive recommendation of players, etc.), (y) indicators such as players, game results, dealers, game tables, other indicators (eg, indicators are specific games) The average amount of money won by the player in the table, or the average amount of money won per game over the past hour in a particular type of game, etc.), (z) game manufacturer ( For example, for certain games Game manufacturers associated), (aa) game ratings or reviews (eg, by other players), (bb) number of comps associated with game play, or game related devices, any other data about the real thing , (Cc) whether the game is a table game, (dd) whether the game is played without player input, (ee) how much the player wins and how much the dealer wins, (ff) the player The ratio of how much the pair won and how much the dealer won, or any other data.

1.1. Sort by any of the above attributes.
In various embodiments, a secondary player may view data associated with multiple games, gaming devices, players (eg, primary players), game tables, or other real devices or events. Also good. For example, the secondary player may browse a list of games that have both the game, the time that the game was played, the player who played the game, the bet amount, and the winning amount. The secondary player may sort the list of games according to the time the game was played, the player who played the game, the bet amount, or the winning amount. For example, the secondary player may rearrange the list of games so that the games are arranged in the order of time in which the games were played. Similarly, the secondary player may rearrange the games so that the game with the most win is at the top of the list and the game with the least win is at the bottom of the list. In some embodiments, the secondary player may sort by one or more types of data. For example, the secondary player may sort by winning amount first and then by betting amount.

1.2. Search for any of the above attributes.
In some embodiments, a player may search for a game using specific values or specific cases of any relevant types of data. For example, a player may play a game played at a specific time, a game played by a specific player, a game table with a highly rated dealer, a gaming device placed in a specific area of a casino, and / or any You may search for the game played from other specific characteristics. The secondary player may search from a plurality of features at the same time. For example, a secondary player may search for a gaming device that is placed in a specific area of the casino and has paid out more than 6 times out of 100 coins in the past hour.

  In various embodiments, data about the game may be stored in a database located with the casino server. Various database search techniques may be used to find games with specific attributes. For example, a structural query language (SQL) may be used to find games with specific attributes.

1.3. Retrieval of any of the attributes described above for a game, player, table, dealer, or other object or group of objects.
In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for a set of games, a set of tables, a set of dealers, a set of gaming devices, a set of places, or any other set of objects or objects. . For example, a secondary player may search for: (A) a set of tables where the player has won 60% or more of the game in the past 5 minutes, (b) a set of game devices that have paid out over 100 dollars over the past 10 minutes, (c) A) a set of primary players where each person uses a basic strategy; (d) a set of dealers where each person hands over 20 per hour; or any other set that meets some criteria or some criteria . In various embodiments, there may be constraints on the set of objects or objects that are searched. For example, the constraint may be that everything must be in the same area, such as a casino room. Otherwise, for example, in some embodiments, it is acceptable, but by picking up individual primary players from the entire casino, a set of primary players to use to tie up the basic strategy is immediately found. May be. In some embodiments, a player, table, dealer, gaming device, or other object or entity is defined or considered to exist prior to the search. For example, a game device in a specific bank is considered to be a component of a set of game devices. Thus, for example, a secondary player may search for a bank of game devices that meet certain criteria, such as a bank of game devices that are 70% or more occupied.

1.4. Exploring the flow.
In various embodiments, the secondary player may search for a player, game, dealer, gaming device, game table, or other object or entity associated with the flow. The flow may be subject to some pattern of winning, losing, or other consequences. The flow may include a series of games that all win, a series of games that all loses, a series of games that always lose after winning and always win after losing, or any other pattern. The flow may incorporate just one thing, such as just one game. For example, the length of one game may be the flow of winning against the primary player. The flow may not cover consecutive games. For example, a primary player may ride every other win for a total of 20 games. The stream may also include duplicate games. For example, a primary player at a game table may ride a flow in which the primary player at the table wins 15 games without losing. However, many of those games may have occurred at the same time (eg, many of those games may compete against the same dealer card).

  In various embodiments, a secondary player searches for a player, game, dealer, gaming device, game table, or other object or entity associated with a length of flow, such as a 7-game flow. Also good. In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for primary players, games, dealers, etc. that are associated with a flow of at least some length, such as a loss of at least 10 games. . For example, a secondary player may trust that a primary player will soon win a game that the primary player loses after at least 10 games. You may want to participate.

2. Display type.
2.1. Tabular display.
In various embodiments, a secondary player may view data related to a game, gaming device, primary player, game table, dealer, or other physical or device related game using a tabular format. Also good. Each line of the table may include related data, such as all data written on the same game or the same game device. For example, one line of the table may include data related to the game. The line may include data describing the time the game was played, the game device where the game was played, the bet amount on the game, and the highest jackpot in the game. The next line in the table may contain the same type of data but for different games. Accordingly, each column of the table may include similar types of data such as the period during which the game was played. The secondary player may be able to rearrange the data using any column. For example, the secondary player may be able to rearrange the games according to the game time so that all games are in chronological order. The secondary player may be able to rearrange the games according to the type of game, such as video poker or slot machines. After such a rearrangement, for example, all video poker games are near the line in the table. In various embodiments, a second list of games, gaming devices, or other real objects or devices is provided only after the secondary player uses some filtering or sorting criteria to limit a large number of games. A tabular display may be used to display to the next player. Otherwise, the list may only be huge or overwhelming for secondary players. FIG. 57 illustrates some embodiments of tabular display. Column 1020 may indicate the time the game was played, such as the game start time. Column 1030 may indicate the name of the game or game device. Column 1040 may indicate the amount bet on the game by the primary player. Column 1050 may indicate the outcome of the game. Column 1060 may indicate the amount of the game won by the primary player.

2.2. Map (floor display).
In some embodiments, a secondary player may view a casino floor display or other model of a casino venue. Locations of various rooms, game tables, game devices, people, etc. may be shown in a guide map. For example, the floor plan may represent a scale model of the composition of a casino and / or objects within the casino. In some embodiments, the floor display may not follow scale. For example, the size of a room may be emphasized relative to other rooms. The secondary player may use the floor display to search for players, game tables, dealers, etc., based on various criteria such as specifying a range for data retrieval. A variety of visual cues such as a difference in color, a difference in shading pattern, a difference in gradation, and the like may be used to indicate differences in data types or data ranges. For example, a red color may indicate a game table in which the player is on the average winning the dealer. The green color may indicate a game table in which the player loses to the dealer on average.

2.2.1. The player selects a color and selects what the color represents.
In various embodiments, the secondary player may choose to use colors, shading patterns, tones, or other visual cues in the lookout of the casino floor or other gaming venue maps. For example, a player may have a red color representing a gaming device with a jackpot of $ 2000 or more, an orange color representing a gaming device with a jackpot between 1000 and $ 2000, and a yellow color representing a gaming device with a jackpot less than $ 1000. You may choose. However, the player may simply select another color series representing the data in the floor display. The interface for the secondary player may provide a fixed data range, such as a jackpot level range. Therefore, the player may select a color corresponding to the range by using a menu or the like.

2.2.2. The winning device or player.
In some embodiments, the floor display may represent shades, colors, or other patterns of primary players, gaming devices, game tables, or other objects or objects that result in separation. For example, a game device that has paid out 100 dollars or more within the past 5 minutes may be indicated by a first shaded color. A gaming device that has paid out over $ 200 within the past 5 minutes may be shown in a second shaded color. As another example, the position of the game table where the player has won a certain amount or more in the past 5 minutes (or the past X minutes) may be indicated by color, shading, or the like. FIG. 58 illustrates a floor display according to some embodiments. Reference numeral 1105 corresponds to a game device. Reference numeral 1110 corresponds to a game table, and each game table includes a player position and a dealer position. Game devices 1115, 1120, 1125, and 1130 are shown with shading. Depending on the shading, it may indicate that the game device has paid out an amount equal to or greater than a threshold value in a recent period such as within 20 minutes. It may represent that the threshold value exceeded in different game devices is different due to a difference in lightness level (for example, the game device 1120 is darker than the game device 1130). For example, game device 1120 may have paid out $ 500 in the past 10 minutes, but game device 1125 may have paid out $ 250 in the past 10 minutes. The difference in the light and shade levels may have a meaning other than the payout amount. For example, the shading level may represent the number of games played on the gaming device, the number of bonus times reached, the size of the jackpot, the percentage of game device occupancy, the number of consecutive losses, or any other information . Reference numerals 1135, 1140, and 1145 indicate the positions of the players at the game table. Various information may be given by display of shading or other colors at the player position. Such information may include the amount won in a period, the amount lost in a period, the number of consecutive winners, the number of times a specific hand has been reached (eg, blackjack), the skill level, the player's age, or any Other information. By making the player position shaded, information about the player who currently occupies that position (for example, the amount the player has won in the past day in any game) may be represented, or the position itself (For example, regardless of the primary player, it may represent the amount won at this position in the past hour). Reference numeral 1150 indicates a dealer position. Depending on the shade at the dealer location, the dealer himself (eg, how quickly this dealer delivers), the dealer location (eg, how much blackjack the dealer has received in the last two hours, regardless of who was giving it), or the table itself Various information about (for example, the percentage of games won by the primary player in the past hour in this table) may be represented. In various embodiments, other portions of the floor display may be shaded or otherwise patterned. For example, the entire game table may be shaded. The shading of the game table may represent that a player at that game table has won a higher percentage than a player at any other game table.

2.2.3. Hot spot.
The floor view may show areas in the casino where a significant effective amount has occurred or where some type of significant effective amount has occurred. For example, a casino area where 80% or more of game devices are occupied may be shown on the floor display diagram. In another embodiment, the floor view may show a casino area where three or more jackpots have been won in the past hour. As another example, a floor view may show an area of a casino where a player has a net win of $ 10 or more per player on average. A prominent active area may be indicated or communicated using a certain color, tint, border (eg, the prominent active area is surrounded by a border) or any other clue. In addition, the player may select the color, tint, or other visual cues used to communicate information about an activity. In various embodiments, a “hotness meter” may be represented on a casino floor, game table, gaming device or other area. An “intensity meter” may include, for example, a series of colors or shades used to convey information about a game device, player, or game success. For example, among all game devices, game devices that are in the top 5% of items that are beneficial to the player may be represented in red, while game devices that are in the bottom 5% of items that are useful to the player are colored blue. It may be expressed as

2.2.4. The player's location.
The floor view may show the location of a player or other casino customer. An area where the player is relatively dense may be shown in one color, while an area where the player is relatively dense may be shown in another color. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be able to identify a primary player in a category. For example, the category is a primary player who has won more than $ 100 in the past hour, a primary player from Minnesota, a primary player who plays video poker with a basic strategy, over $ 10 per game It may be the primary player betting, or any other category. Thus, the floor display may show the location of the primary player that falls into a particular category. For example, an area where a primary player with a pet is dense may be shown in one color while an area where such a player is low in density may be shown in another color. In order to find and display primary players or other casino customers that fall into a particular category, the secondary player may, for example, peruse a list of available categories. The secondary player may select one or more categories. The secondary player may then select colors or visual cues corresponding to one or more selected categories. The secondary player may select visual cues for each category (eg, different categories of primary players are indicated using different visual cues). The selected visual cues are then used to indicate to the secondary player the category (or category group, eg, logical intersection of various different categories) that the secondary player has selected for viewing. May be. In various embodiments, a floor display may show a player (eg, a primary player) associated with some personally identifiable information associated with a name or associated with a pseudonym. For example, the secondary player may see the dots moving on the casino floor display. A text box may be floated above the dot to display the name of the player represented by the dot.

2.2.5. Interactive floor display.
In various embodiments, the secondary player may select a gaming area on the floor, and may select an object, person, or other real thing displayed on the floor display. For example, the secondary player may drag the mouse pointer onto the game table shown in the casino floor display. By dragging the mouse pointer on the game table, a bubble or text box containing the upper part of the game table may be called. For example, the name of the dealer, the percentage of the number of times a player has won in the last 10 games, the betting cap, the game, or any other information about the table may be displayed in a bubble. The secondary player may interact with the floor display in various ways, such as touching various portions of the touch screen on which the floor display is displayed.

2.2.6. Display the entire floor as a roulette game or other game.
In various embodiments, the casino floor or other location within the casino may be shown as one large game. For example, different areas within the casino floor may be shown in separate boundaries. There may be an identifier in the boundary area. For example, the numbers 1 to 30 may be attached to 30 regions with boundaries. The secondary player may select a region. For example, the secondary player may place a bet in a specific area. The winning area may then be determined based on the events that actually occurred within that area. For example, the winning area may be the first area where the jackpot is won. For example, the winning area may be the first place where 10 primary players flash in video poker. A region may be selected based on any other event or set of events that occurred within that region. In some embodiments, one or more areas within the casino may be used to determine symbols and visual features. For example, the casino may be divided into five regions. The most frequently dealt cards in each area may be determined. For example, among the four tables of video poker 10 games and blackjack, the heart 2 may be the card most often dealt in the first area. Using the five regions, the video poker hand may then be determined. Video poker hands may be used in games played by secondary players.

2.2.7. Data retrieval using filters.
In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for games, dealers, game tables, or primary players based on various types of data. A secondary player may specify a range of values for a particular type of data, and find all games, dealers, or primary players that are specifically associated with the data that falls within the range. May be. For example, the secondary player may specify a range of the total amount of wins paid from the gaming device in the past hour, with the range being specified as $ 500 to $ 2000. In this way, all gaming devices that have paid $ 500 to $ 2000 in the past hour are found. Such a gaming device may be highlighted on a casino floor display. In some embodiments, all other gaming devices other than those whose total winnings fall within a specified range may be erased or dimmed in the casino floor display. Thus, it is good also as a filter which highlights or emphasizes the apparatus (or game or player or game table etc.) which falls into the specified range by specifying the range of data. In some embodiments, the secondary player may specify multiple filters. The filter may continuously erase other entities such as games, game devices, game tables, or ranges that identify more types of data. For example, a secondary player may specify a particular game manufacturer (eg, IGT), which causes all gaming devices not manufactured by that game manufacturer to disappear from the casino floor display. The player may further specify a maximum jackpot range (eg, $ 1000 to $ 2000). The remaining game devices whose maximum jackpot amount is out of this range may disappear. In this way, the secondary player may narrow the list or list of game devices (or players, real objects, game tables, etc.) continuously. This may help the secondary player go straight to the gaming device that wants to bet.

2.3. Virtual tour display (you can virtually move through the casino and see overlaid statistics).
In some embodiments, the secondary player may view the casino as if walking in the casino. For example, the casino view may be from a camera located somewhere in the casino. The view may be developed as if the camera is moving. In some embodiments, a secondary player may view the casino as if he were flying through the casino, passing through a wall, or performing other away work. The player may view an actual image from the casino, and the player may view an effect imitating the casino. For example, the player may operate the joystick by manipulating the joystick in the desired direction from the effect imitating the casino. When performing a “virtual tour” of the casino, the secondary player may view what would normally be seen by a person while walking in the casino. That is, the secondary player may look at game devices, game tables, people, artworks, and the like. In some embodiments, the secondary player may add an overlay of information that is not visible to the person walking through the actual casino. The player may superimpose and display information on the game device. The information may indicate the flow of the game that the primary player has won on the game device, the final result reached by the game device, the most recent jackpot payout time, or any other information. Similarly, information may be displayed overlaid on the game table image. The information may indicate the current player at the game table, the ratio of the player's win to the dealer's win over the past hour, the popularity of the dealer, or any other information related to the game table. Thus, in various embodiments, a secondary player may take a virtual tour of a casino or any other location with various features, objects, or people that do not exist or are not visible in the real world. . Thus, a secondary player taking a virtual tour may be able to quickly find a game, primary player, dealer, game table, or other game or real thing that suits their preferences.

2.4. Ladder display (can be a bar graph or just a graph including cards).
The ladder display may include a first axis that represents several sets of units. The unit may be, for example, the winning amount of the game device in the past hour. In another embodiment, the unit may be a game that is currently winning. Various points on the axis may have numbers, bars, pictures, or other descriptions representing the amount of things that match the points on the axis. For example, 5 points above the axis origin may be indicated by the number “30” to indicate that 30 game devices have been paid for 5 dollars. A point of 8 units above the origin of the axis may be a number 31 to indicate that 31 game devices have completed payment of 8 dollars. In some embodiments, a ladder display may display the ratio of the amount bought by the player to the amount won by the house. The location of the axis is 0.8 (the player wins 80 cents for every dollar won by the house). Ratios such as 1.0 (player and house win equal amounts) and 1.2 (player wins $ 1.20 for every $ 1 house wins) may be supported. There may be bars at various points on the axis, and the length of such a bar corresponds to the number of game tables that fall on that point on the axis. For example, a 1-inch long bar extending horizontally from a point on the vertical axis corresponding to a ratio of 0.9 may indicate that there are three game tables where a player wins 90 cents for every dollar a dealer wins. . A 2 inch long bar extending horizontally from a point on the vertical axis corresponding to a ratio of 1.0 may indicate that there are six game tables for a player to win $ 1 for every dollar won by the house.

  In various embodiments, the ladder display may indicate an average amount of whether the player is winning or losing at the table. For example, for each $ 25 range (eg, $ 25 to 0, 0 to $ 25, $ 25 to $ 50, etc.), players who are at these tables for the average number of dollars that fall within that range. For example, the ladder display indicates that there are four game tables where the player is winning somewhere between $ 25 and $ 50 on average. Also good.

  In some embodiments, the secondary player may drill down further on the data that makes up the ladder display. For example, the secondary player may see from the ladder display that there are four game devices in which the player has won in a horizontal row in the past 5 minutes. The secondary player may then wish to further ask which 4 gaming devices they are. A player may indicate such a desire in various ways. For example, the player may click the number “4” on the ladder display indicating the number of game devices won in one horizontal row in the past 5 minutes. A text window may then appear, displaying details about the game device, such as location, game type, name of the primary player at the game device, and so on.

  In various embodiments, the ladder display represents the number of times a particular mark has appeared, or the number of game devices that have a particular mark, or the number of game tables that have a particular card, or a combination of specific cards. The number of played games may be displayed. For example, each position on the axis may represent a different card. Thus, for example, there may be 52 positions on the axis. The first position may correspond to an ace of spades, and the second position may correspond to a king of spades. Each position may be filled with a number such as “12”. “12” may indicate that there are 12 game devices in which the ace of spades has been distributed in the past 30 minutes. Since one or more cards may be dealt in the game device, a single game device may be counted twice in the ladder display.

  In some embodiments, each point on the ladder display axis may correspond to a combination of visual features. For example, a certain position may correspond to “bell / bell / bell”. Depending on the number written in the position, the number of game devices in which the result of “bell / bell / bell” has occurred within the past 10 minutes (or in the past X period) may be indicated. In another embodiment, the position on the axis of the ladder display may correspond to “As Ks Js 10h 10d”. The corresponding number may indicate how many video poker games have had the above combination of cards in the past hour.

  Various embodiments assume a ladder display where the axes are oriented vertically, horizontally, or in any other direction.

2.5. Time-varying attributes (those that evolve over time), such as winning as a function of time.
In various embodiments, the display includes data changes, game changes, situation changes, or other changes that occur over time. A casino floor display may show a time evolution in some situations. For example, a casino floor display may show a first game table that is generally won by a player at an initial point in time. The casino floor display may show a second game table that the player is generally winning at a second point in time. An arrow may be drawn from the first game table to the second game to indicate that a state satisfying a certain criterion (in this case, a table in which the player generally wins) has changed over time. Multiple points in time may be shown so that the secondary player may see how the “winner's crown” has moved over time, that the player is generally the winning table . The secondary player may try to identify a pattern as to which next table the primary player will generally win. For example, a secondary player says, “These three arrows appear to move west of the casino. So I think the next table that is best for the player is the other table on the west side of this casino. "You might say to yourself."

  FIG. 59 shows a floor display according to some embodiments. Many game devices are displayed. Some game devices are shaded, indicating that the game device has had the largest payout in a particular 5-minute interval among all game devices. Game device 1210 paid out most during the first five minute interval. Game device 1220 paid out most during the second, later five minute interval. Game device 1230 paid out most during the third and later five minute interval. Arrows 1250 and 1260 indicate the progress of the maximum payment of the gaming device over time. Game device 1240 is shaded differently than game devices 1210, 1220, and 1230, indicating that it will predict the game device that will pay the most in the next 5 minutes. Game device 1240 may be selected to complete some rectangular pattern formed between game devices 1210, 1220, 1230, and 1240, for example.

  In various embodiments, the time promotion of the situation can be a single game, a single table, a single player, a single gaming device, a single dealer, or any other single object or entity. May be indicated. For example, the display may show a player's net win trend over time. The display may show a chart so that at each point in time, the player's net win accumulation from the start of the game session by the player is shown. In another embodiment, the display may show the time between game starts at a particular game table as a function of time. For example, the display shows an average of 2 minutes between the game start at the table from 10:00 am to 10:30 am, but the game start at the table from 10:30 am to 11:00 am It may indicate that the interval is an average of 2 minutes and 30 lines.

  In various embodiments, the time promotion of the situation may be displayed with respect to a game, table, player, dealer, gaming device group or set, or any other object or real set, for example, a display of 10 The number of payouts exceeding $ 20 may be displayed for a bank of one gaming device over the past 3 hours in each 5-minute interval.

  In various embodiments, the time promotion of the situation may be displayed in a tabular format. For example, each row of the table may correspond to a specific point in time. Data associated with each point in time may include payouts paid at that point in time, decisions made during the game at that point in time, results that occurred at that point in time, etc. .

  In various embodiments, the ability to see data or situations that evolve over time may give secondary players an opportunity to try to predict where the trend is going. For example, over the past hour, if a group of gaming devices averaged higher payouts during each 5-minute interval, the secondary player speculated that this trend would continue, May want to participate in a game played on one of the game devices of the group.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may be given access to a prediction tool or tool collection. The prediction tool may allow a secondary player to use a set of known data and estimate future events that may occur based on the known data. For example, the prediction tool may be capable of performing linear regression, prediction using a neural network, prediction using a rule set, or any other method of prediction. The secondary player may use the prediction tool in combination with various data (for example, various data about games, game devices, etc.), thereby determining which game to participate in. In various embodiments, the secondary player may allow an automatic bet placement on his behalf based on the output of the prediction tool. In various embodiments, the prediction tool may be a software program belonging to the casino server. In various embodiments, a person such as a “resident expert” may make a prediction as to which games are likely to be suitable for secondary player participation. The resident expert may provide predictions to one or more secondary players. The secondary player may pay for receiving the services of the person making the prediction and / or the prediction tool. The resident expert may be a casino employee. In some embodiments, it may be determined which of the secondary players is most successful (e.g., wins best during a certain time). The secondary player may be selected or selected as a “resident expert”. Thus, other secondary players may have the opportunity to use the selected secondary player's predictions. In various embodiments, data about the success of secondary players may be made available to other secondary players. For example, data with some percentage of winning bets on the first secondary player may be made available to the second secondary player. The secondary player may then decide whether to participate in the same game as the first secondary player based on the self-evaluation of the data.

2.6. Network diagram (one game is related to another game, which is related to another game).
A network with related links together games played by the same player. In various embodiments, the display may roughen gaming devices, players, dealers, game tables, or other objects or objects on the network. Nodes may connect to each other based on some similarity between the players (or games, game tables, etc.) represented by the node. For example, two gaming devices, both video slots with 5 reels, may be displayed as being close to each other in the network, possibly with direct connections in between. In another embodiment, two games with the same jackpot size may be displayed as being close to each other in the network. In one embodiment, a first gaming device that operates a particular game and receives a dollar chip is connected and displayed in a network with a second gaming device that operates the same game and receives 25 cents. May be. Similarly, the second game apparatus may be connected to and displayed on a third game apparatus that receives 5 cents when a specific game operates. The first and third game devices may not be displayed as being directly connected.

  In various embodiments, the primary player may be displayed on the network display. Primary players may display as being connected to or close to each other based on the following. The strategy used by the primary player (eg, the primary player using the basic strategy), the game played by the primary player (eg, all primary players in the vicinity on the diagram are blackjack) The primary player's active time (eg, primary players in the vicinity of each other on the diagram may be playing at similar times), the primary player Demographics (for example, primary players who are close to each other on the diagram may be in the same age group, and primary players who are close to each other on the diagram are engaged in similar industries. May be).

  In various embodiments, the network diagram may display dealer relationships with each other. When a dealer distributes based on how quickly the dealer distributes, based on how full the table is when the dealer distributes, and based on how much the dealer makes a mistake Normally, players may be located close to each other based on how much they win and / or based on any other factor.

  A display that displays a gaming device, player, dealer, or other object or entity as connected, does not necessarily mean that there is some physical connection between the object or the real thing. Rather, the display may attempt to illustrate the similarity between objects or objects by displaying the objects or objects as being close to each other or connected to each other in a network representation. A secondary player may find a network display useful, for example, when participating in a game on one type of gaming device and wants to find other gaming devices with similar characteristics. By doing so, another game device connected to the game device that is already preferred may be found in the network display.

  The network display may be developed or constructed in various ways. Object data about game devices, players, dealers, or other objects or objects may be used. For example, the casino server may have data about whether to use a gaming device jackpot, manufacturer, video reel or mechanical reel, or data about any other feature of the gaming device. The object data may be used to place a device (or player, dealer, etc.) in the vicinity of other game devices that have similar object data (eg, similar manufacturer, similar jackpot). The network display may be constructed based on secondary player activity. If two different gaming devices tend to be joined by many of the same secondary players, such gaming devices will be similar, at least as long as the secondary player likes. May be considered. Accordingly, such game devices may be located close to each other in the network display. In this way, network displays tend to place game devices, primary players, dealers, game tables, games, etc. that tend to be preferred by secondary players close to each other or connected to each other. There may be.

  FIG. 60 illustrates a network display according to some embodiments. Each node, such as nodes 1310 and 1320, represents a game device. Some information about each gaming device is displayed on the node, including the type of game, the size of the jackpot, the amount won or lost in the last 20 minutes, and the age and gender of the primary player at that gaming device. included. Game devices having one or more common or similar features tend to be connected to each other in a network display.

2.7. Combination display and betting interface.
To place a bet, drag a chip to a game on the display. In various embodiments, a display of a game, player, game table, or game may be displayed on the display. A secondary player may use a display to collect information in some embodiments. In some embodiments, the display may be used as a betting interface. The player may place a bet using the game device, for example, by selecting or designating the game device on the display. For example, the secondary player may drag the display of the game chip on the display of the game device using the computer mouse. By doing so, the secondary player may indicate that the same amount of bet represented by the game chip is to be placed into the next game played on that gaming device. The player may specify the game device in various ways, for example, by double-clicking on the display of the game device, for example by turning the game device with a mouse pointer. In various embodiments, a secondary player may designate a primary player using a display. For example, the display may show various primary player displays. The secondary player may drag the display of the game chip onto the display of the selected primary player. Thus, the secondary player may place a bet on the game next to the display of the selected primary player. In various embodiments, the secondary player may display a game chip display, a game table display (eg, for placing a bet on the next game played at that game table), a dealer display (eg, On the display of the game (for example, to place a bet next time on that game played somewhere in the casino), etc. You may drag.

2.8. Different windows for different games.
Things in progress will come to the fore. Or there are different criteria for coming to the front. In some embodiments, the secondary player may participate in two or more different games. The secondary player may participate in the game on two or more different game devices. A secondary player may participate in a game displayed by two or more primary players. A secondary player may participate in a game of two or more dealers. A secondary player may participate in a game at two or more tables. In various embodiments, a secondary player may participate in two or more separate games at approximately the same time. For example, the secondary player may place a first bet on the first game at the first game table. While the first game is still in progress, the secondary player may place a second bet on the second game at the second game table. While the second game is still in progress, the first game may resolve. At this time, the secondary player may place a bet on the third game at the first game table. While the third game is still in progress, the second game may resolve. At this time, the secondary player may place a bet on the fourth game at the second game table. Thus, for example, a secondary player may participate in a game at two or more game tables at the same time.

  In various embodiments, if a secondary player is participating in multiple different games at the same time, games in different categories may be displayed in different windows. For example, games at different game tables may be displayed in different windows. For example, games on different game devices may be displayed in different windows. For example, different games for different primary players may be displayed in different windows. In various embodiments, games with common features may be displayed in the same window. For example, games at the same game table may be displayed in the same window. For example, the secondary player may place a bet on the game of two different primary players, both sitting at the same game table.

  In various embodiments, the display may bring the window to the front based on events that occur in the game displayed in the window. For example, when the game displayed in the window is solved, the window displaying the game may come to the front. This may allow the secondary player to see what the outcome of the game is and how much he has won. Similarly, a new game following a game that has just ended (e.g., a game played on the same game device as the game that just ended, a game played by the same primary player as the game that just ended, a game that has just ended) The secondary player may be given an opportunity to bet on a game played on the same game table. In various embodiments, the window may be in front when the displayed game is nearing resolution. This may allow the secondary player to recognize the expected moment before seeing the solution. In various embodiments, the window may be brought to the front if there is a potential for a large payout. For example, a video poker game may be displayed in a window. If an interim result of four cards that will become a royal flush is dealt, the chance of winning with a royal flush payment is high, so the window may come to the front. In various embodiments, if a decision is made in a game, the window may be in front. For example, if a window displays blackjack, it may be brought to the front if a decision is made in the game or is coming soon. Thereby, the secondary player may see the decision and may have the opportunity to evaluate the arm of the primary player making the decision. In various embodiments, the window may be brought to the front when an unusual event occurs in the displayed game. Unusual events include decisions against basic or optimal strategies, high payout results (eg, jackpots on slot machines), situations where all players at a table get the same result, and being at a table A situation where all players win, a situation where all players at the table lose, or any other event that is considered rare or unusual.

  In various embodiments, a window may be removed from the front if game activity stops in the game or games displayed in the window. For example, if the game table is closed, the window displaying the game from the game table may be removed from the front or removed entirely.

  The window may include an area with a boundary such as a rectangular area on the display screen. The region may have a clear boundary. The region may display images, text, or other visual cues that are distinct from those that are outside the window. When a window is in front, the window area may be completely visible. Other window area portions may be covered by the front window. When a new window comes to the front, the portion of the window that was previously in front may be covered.

2.9. Indication of the face of a person or avatar (type of mental state, or other facial features).
In various embodiments, the display may show the primary player's facial expression. The facial expression may be a real facial expression or an animated facial expression that does not necessarily reflect the appearance of the actual primary player. The primary player's facial expression may be displayed from a photo previously taken of the primary player. The expression of the primary player may be displayed on the basis of, for example, an image of the primary player taken by a camera when playing the game device. By looking at the expression of the primary player, the secondary player may have more information available to him in determining which game to participate in. For example, a secondary player might think in his heart, "I will bet him because he seems to know what he wants to do." As another example, a secondary player might think "Because she looks so lucky today, let's bet on her."

  In various embodiments, to participate in the primary player's game, the secondary player may click on the primary player's facial expression on the display as seen by the secondary player. The secondary player may select the primary player's facial expression in other ways as well. The secondary player may also look at the primary player's facial expression, but actually select the primary player in a different way, such as typing in the name or identifier associated with the primary player. May be.

  In various embodiments, software tools for identifying information about the primary player based on the primary player's facial expression may be available. For example, the mental state of the primary player may be determined using software (for example, determined using some probability). In various embodiments, the secondary player may sort the primary players based on the mental state of the primary player. For example, a secondary player may search for a “happy” primary player because such primary players may feel that they are about to win. Software that analyzes images of primary players may be used to infer other information such as age, ethnicity, gender, or health. In various embodiments, the secondary player may search for or sort the primary player based on any information identifiable from the primary player's image.

  In various embodiments, the display may display dealer images, such as dealer facial expressions. The display may also display an avatar of the facial expression of the dealer. The secondary player may select a game based on the appearance of the dealer handing out the game. For example, a secondary player may want to participate in a dealer's game with a bad mental state, because the poor mental state may be an indication that the secondary player loses the house. is there. In various embodiments, a software tool may be used to determine information about the dealer from the dealer's image. In various embodiments, a software tool may be used to search for or sort dealers based on information determined from dealer images.

2.10. Virtual world display. That is, the game is organized in a virtual world.
In various embodiments, the display can have a scene from a virtual world. The virtual world may look like a fantasy landscape, desert, countryside, or interior of a building. There may be a display of a game table or game device in the virtual world. Such a display may have an appearance similar to an actual game table or game device. In some embodiments, the appearance of the game table or game device may have a completely different appearance. For example, a game table may be represented as a large mushroom, while a game device may be represented as a rose bush. A secondary player may select a mushroom to participate in a game at a game table represented by the mushroom. In some embodiments, the virtual world may organize gaming devices and game tables differently than those organized within a real casino. For example, instead of mixing different types of games, the virtual world may present all game devices of the first type in one area and all game devices of the second type in another area. Good. Therefore, it may be easy for the secondary player to find the game he / she wants to find in the virtual world. In various embodiments, the secondary player may navigate through the virtual world as if they were in a vantage point for the person walking inside. For example, the secondary player may move the joystick forward to attract objects that appear far away on the screen. Similarly, the secondary player may move the joystick backward to move further away from objects that appear far away on the screen.

2.11. A method of placing information (eg, different floors of a casino on each display) across multiple display screens.
In various embodiments, the terminal, computer, or other device used by the secondary player may comprise multiple display screens. On a multi-display screen, a secondary player can identify the game he is participating in, the games he can participate in, his current credit balance, options for betting on the game, and / or any other association You may look at information about the topic you ’re doing. There may be different ways to divide the information presented to the secondary player across different screens.

2.11.1. Different games.
In various embodiments, different displays may be used to display information about different games. For example, on the first screen, the secondary player may watch the progress of the video poker game, while on the second screen, the secondary player may watch the progress of the slot machine game. As another example, a secondary player may watch the game progress on the first game device on one screen, while the game progress on the second game device on another screen. I see.

2.1.2. Different types of games.
In various embodiments, information about the first type of game may be displayed on the first screen, while information about the second type of game may be displayed on the second screen. . For example, information about the table game may be displayed on the first screen, while information about the game device may be displayed on the second screen. As another example, a roulette game may be displayed on one screen while a video poker game is displayed on another screen.

2.11.3. Different views of the game. (From above, as if you were playing).
In various embodiments, different screens may be used to display the same game view from different viewpoints. For example, a secondary player may participate in a blackjack table game. One view may display a game that develops as if the secondary player is seated on the shoe of the primary player. That is, the secondary player may be able to see the cards dealt, but may not be able to see the primary player. Another view may display a game that unfolds as if the secondary player is floating above the head. That is, in the second view, the secondary player may see a card dealt with the primary player's head. Other views are possible as well, such as a view from the dealer's perspective and a view from the underside of the table.

2.11.4. Control panel vs. game information.
In various embodiments, the progress of a game in which a secondary player is participating may be displayed on one screen. A control unit or interface that may be used by the secondary player may be displayed on another screen. As a control unit or an interface, a control unit for selecting a game to participate, a control unit for selecting a bet amount, a control unit for inputting a search criterion (for example, a search criterion for finding a game of interest for a secondary player) , A control for making any other game related decisions or other decisions. The screen for displaying the control unit may be a touch screen in some embodiments.

2.11.5. Game view vs. statistical view (eg, for players, game devices, dealers, etc.).
In various embodiments, the progress of a game in which a secondary player is participating may be displayed on the first screen. Statistics or other information may be displayed on the second screen. The statistics or other information may be related to the game displayed on the first screen. Statistics include the probability that one or more results will occur, the number of times a similar card has already been dealt yesterday, the location of the flow that a game occupies (for example, this is the eighth game in the losing flow), Or other information. The statistics may relate to the primary player of the game. For example, statistics include the net win of the primary player over the past two hours, the normal strategy used by the primary player, the number of jackpots won by the primary player in his lifetime, the primary game Or any other information about the primary player. On the second screen, statistics about a dealer, a game, or a game table may also be displayed.

2.11.6. One screen is common to some secondary players.
For example, all secondary players are participating in a game at one table. In various embodiments, two or more secondary players may be near each other. The screen may be visible to both secondary players. The screen may display information related to both secondary players. For example, both secondary players may participate in the same game table. The dealer's cards may be displayed on the screen that is visible to both secondary players, or a view of the game table from above high so that all games at the table can be seen. Each of the secondary players may have their own individual screen as well. Information related to each secondary player may be displayed on the individual screen. For example, the guard of the primary player from the game in which the secondary player participates may be displayed on the individual screen. Another secondary player may be indifferent to such a card, as the primary player may be participating in a different game.

2.12. You can have an actual physical machine that replicates what is happening on the spot.
For example, a wheel of fortune rotates on his machine. However, it is simply “reproduction”. In various embodiments, a game played on the first game device may be reproduced on the second game device. For example, the primary player may play the first game on the first game device. A second game device placed near the secondary player may receive information about the first game. That is, for example, by displaying the same visual feature as that displayed in the first game, and by producing the same sound as that displayed in the first game, the blinking in the first game. The second game device may recreate the first game by flashing the lights in the same manner as was done and / or imitating the first game device in other ways. Next, the second game device may function as a three-dimensional display, and may reproduce or reproduce a game played on the first game device. In some embodiments, a gaming device that is close to a secondary player may include a rotating disk such as a fate wheel game. The second game device may rotate the disk in a manner in which the disk is rotated by the first game device. Accordingly, the secondary player may feel the experience of watching the rotation of the disk nearby. In various embodiments, a device that is not a complete game device may still be used, for example, to reproduce a portion of a game that occurred on a first game device in a game played by a primary player. For example, the device may include a rotating disk, such as a fate wheel game, but may not include a video screen or rotating reel. In various embodiments, when a device is used to reproduce or play a game, the device is only a non-original reproduction of the game, the game does not pay out in real life, and any other related Presenting the display may be clearly indicated. If the device presents that the game is only a reproduction, the problem of a person requesting a jackpot displayed on the device may be avoided.

3. Zoom in.
In some embodiments, the secondary player may wish to see the progress of the game. For example, a secondary player may want to see the progress of a game while being played. In another embodiment, a secondary player may want to see the progress of a game played in the past, as if the game is currently being played (eg, the player is viewing a video of the game Or I want to see the reproduction). For example, the secondary player may peruse the floor display of the casino. The secondary player may find a game table in which the player has won 80% of the 40 hands that have been dealt in the past. Accordingly, the secondary player may wish to view the game at a table where the game is deployed. The secondary player may indicate that he wants to see the game in progress in various ways he desires. The secondary player may click on the game device or the game table from the floor display of the casino. The secondary player may click on a line or record corresponding to the game device in the tabular view to view the game in progress on the game device. The secondary player may key in the game type name, location in the casino, game device or any other criteria that narrows down the player's area. If the area is narrowed down to one or a small number of games, you may see where the game is progressing. For example, a secondary player may be able to see at or near the actual time when a bet is placed or a card is dealt.

  In some embodiments, the player may watch the game progress along with other information. The other information may be information that did not exist in the original video. For example, the casino server may provide text that indicates the probability that a certain final result will occur, text that indicates the player's name, text that indicates what happened last time a similar intermediate result occurred (for example, the primary player A text indicating what happened in the last time the royal flash was drawn) or any other text overlay may be added to the game video.

3.1. video.
In some embodiments, the secondary player may watch the game progress via video. The video may represent an actual video by a camera overlooking the game table or the game device. The video may be live or delayed, or may represent a video saved from a previously played game.

3.2. simulation.
In some embodiments, the secondary player may view the progress of the game via simulation. The simulation may mimic the reproduction of the game. The reproduction may display an animated card distribution and an animated hand betting in the animation chip. The simulation may display actual visual features that have occurred or are occurring in the game. The simulation may display, for example, rotation of a slot machine disk by animation, rolling of a dice by animation, or rotation of a roulette disk by animation.

3.3. Blackjack battle.
In various embodiments, the game may be simulated or reproduced figuratively. For example, rather than displaying cards dealt in a blackjack game, two arm wrestling may be displayed in the reproduction. When the superiority in the game moves to one side (for example, the player has an advantageous hand, such as 20 in Blackjack, the player has an advantageous hand), the arm sumo wrestler representing the dominant player It may indicate that it is winning an arm wrestling match (for example, an arm wrestling player representing the player may have pushed the opponent's arm to the table within 1 inch). Similarly, if a player's opponent (e.g., a dealer or another game player) gains an advantage, the arm wrestling player representing the opponent displays that it has an advantage in the arm wrestling match. Also good. Many other metaphors may be used to reproduce the game, including various sports contests, battles, wars, other contrasts or activities. The superiority of one or another player in the game may be determined with probability. For example, the superiority may be determined based on an opportunity for the player to win the game. A player's superiority may be determined using speculation of a particular strategy, such as a basic or optimal strategy.

3.4. Commentary-good or bad decision.
In various embodiments, a game reproduction or live game may be displayed along with a game description. The commentary may indicate whether the decision in the game was good. For example, a comment may indicate that the player has made a good decision, such as a decision according to a basic strategy. In another embodiment, a comment may indicate that the player has made a decision to give up $ 2 at the expected value. Comments may indicate other things. For example, a comment may indicate that the player may be thinking. For example, “John is currently considering whether to hit or stand. Both would be a reasonable decision, but under normal conditions, the hit is considered slightly better.”

3.5. Simple text description of the game.
In various embodiments, the replay of the game or the live display of the game progress may be text based. For example, the text “A, 7... Distributed to the player Henry M” may be used. In this way, the secondary player may have sufficient information to reconstruct the game, but not necessarily see the visual features or other game events in the form that originally or actually occurred. Also good. In various embodiments, the secondary player may listen to a game description by voice. The secondary player may also hear a voice commentary.

4). A player wants to be in a game with some criteria.
When the criteria change, the player is automatically switched to a new table. For example, I want to stick to a table with the best winning flow. Then it switches to it. Therefore, this time, a table may be selected. Then check the box that says it will remain on the table with the best winning flow. In some embodiments, the secondary player may indicate criteria for participating in the game. The criteria may specify the primary player of the game, the type of game, the bet amount, the location in the casino, or any other data related to the game. The casino server may find a game that matches the criteria desired by the secondary player (eg, criteria specified by the secondary player). The casino may then allow the secondary player to participate in one or more such games. For example, the casino server may allow a player to place a bet on one or more of the games and win based on the results of the one or more of the games. In some embodiments, a secondary player is a particular gaming device, played continuously on a particular game table, played by a particular primary player, or otherwise common You may continue to participate in certain games. For example, a secondary player may continue to participate in a series of games played on a particular slot machine. The specific slot machine may be a slot machine that matches the criteria specified by the secondary player. For example, the slot machine may be the slot machine that has paid out the most among the slot machines in the casino within the past half hour. However, it may happen that a game, a player, a game table, a game device, another device or the real thing no longer satisfies the criteria that were initially met over time. For example, a slot machine may retain the attribute that a slot machine has paid out the most in the last half hour among all slot machines. However, over the course of the few minutes, there was a large payout for the other slot machines, so that the first slot machine is no longer the slot machine that paid the most in the last half hour. Thus, in some embodiments, a secondary player wants to switch gaming devices, wants to switch primary players, wants to switch game tables, or a secondary player meets his desired criteria. In some cases, it may be desirable to perform some kind of switching so that participation in the game can be continued for the time being. Thus, for example, a secondary player may start a game on the first slot machine that he has paid most in the past half hour. When a new slot machine becomes the most paid slot machine in the last half hour, the secondary player may stop participating in the first slot machine and switch to the new slot machine game .

  In some embodiments, the secondary player may specify the criteria of the game that he wants to participate. The casino server may find a primary player that meets the criteria and allow the secondary player to participate in the game. In this way, the secondary player is played on the same game table as the first game, the game played by the same primary player as the first game, the game played on the same game device as the first game, and the first game. You may continue to participate in games with something in common, such as games played by the same dealer as the first game. In some respects, the casino server allows the secondary player to participate in a game (for example, if they continue to participate in the same primary player's game, continue to participate in the same game table game, Etc.) may make a determination that it no longer matches the original criteria thrown by the secondary player. In this regard, the secondary player may be switched to participate in a game that matches his original criteria. In various embodiments, a secondary player may participate in a first game set (eg, from the first primary player's participation in a game) and participate in a second game set (eg, It may be specified whether switching is desired (for participation in the second primary player's game). The secondary player may indicate whether switching is desired when initially identifying criteria for game participation. For example, a secondary player specifies that he wants to join the game of the first primary player who has the highest net win over the past hour among all primary players May be. The secondary player also has a secondary player at the moment when a different primary player outperforms the first primary player in that it has the highest net win over the past hour. May decide to stop joining the first primary player's game and begin joining a new, different primary player's game.

  In various embodiments, if the game in which the secondary player is participating no longer meets the game participation criteria specified by the secondary player, the secondary player automatically enters a new game. It may be switched to. For example, the secondary player may be automatically switched from participating in the game in the first table to participating in the game in the second table. In some embodiments, the secondary player is notified of this switch. For example, the message may pop up on the display screen of the secondary player. Even if the message says, "You are currently participating in the game at Blackjack Table 6, where the player's net prize in the last hour is the highest of all the tables." Good. In some embodiments, the secondary player may not be notified of the switch. Rather, the secondary player may continue to watch the reproduction of the game without recognizing that the game originates from a different game table. In some embodiments, the secondary player may not be explicitly told about the switch (eg, via a pop-up message), but a method of inferring that the switch has occurred is available to the secondary player. It may be possible. For example, the table identifier may be included in the lower right corner of the display screen where the secondary player is watching a simulated reproduction of a blackjack game. When the secondary player is switched from participating in the game in the first table to participating in the game in the second table, the table number in the lower right corner may change.

  In some embodiments, the secondary player may be asked for input regarding possible switching. For example, a message may be displayed to the secondary player indicating that the secondary player will be switched from participating in the first set of games to participating in the second set of games. The secondary player may be asked if he really wants to be switched or wants to remain a participant in the first set of games. The secondary player may be notified of the reason for switching. For example, the secondary player may be informed that the second set of games is switched over because of their game participation criteria rather than the first set of games.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may not provide an indication that he wants to switch from the first set of games to the second set of games. The secondary player need only specify the criteria for selecting the game to participate in. In various embodiments, the casino server indicates that the second set of games matches the secondary player's game participation criteria more than the set of games that the secondary player is currently participating in. It may be determined at a certain time. Thus, the casino server may ask the secondary player whether he wants to switch to and participate in the second set of games. Even if the secondary player has never been interested in switching, a question may be asked. The secondary player may then have the opportunity to accept it.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may be alternated from game to game according to an algorithm. For example, a secondary player goes to a second game device of the same type (eg, characterized by the same game) after every 50 games of the first game device in which the secondary player participates. , May be moved automatically. In various embodiments, after a certain win / loss pattern, the secondary player may be alternated with another gaming device, game table, or primary player. For example, if a secondary player loses 5 games in a row while participating in the first primary player's game, the secondary player It may be automatically replaced by the player's game. In some embodiments, the secondary player may be asked a question to confirm his permission before being replaced with a new game.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may wish to participate in a game having certain characteristics. A secondary player can play a game with a certain primary player, a game at a certain game table, a game at a certain game device, a game with a certain betting limit, a game with a certain jackpot, a specific game You may want to participate in a game produced by the manufacturer, a game after X consecutive wins, a game after X consecutive loses, or a game with any other feature. However, a game that matches the secondary player's request may not be immediately available for the secondary player's participation. For example, a secondary player may not have a primary player operating a specific game device that he / she wants to participate in the game. Thus, in various embodiments, a secondary player may be notified when a game that meets certain criteria becomes available. The criteria may include criteria previously used by secondary players to find games to participate in. For example, in a game device of a game that a secondary player wants to participate in, when there is no primary player currently playing, when the primary player is seated in the game device, the secondary player May be notified.

  The following is an embodiment and not the scope of the claims.

A. A method,
Receiving at least one criterion for selecting a game from a secondary player;
Determining a first game that matches the at least one criterion at a first time point, wherein the first game is performed by a first primary player;
Receiving a first wager from the secondary player;
Determining a first result of the first game;
Determining a first payment based on the first wager and the first result;
Adding credit to an account associated with the secondary player based on the first payment;
Determining at a second time after the first time that the second game played by the first primary player does not match the at least one criterion;
Communicating to the secondary player an indication that the second game does not match the at least one criterion.

  B. The method of embodiment A wherein the at least one criterion is that the game is played by a primary player who has the highest net prize among all primary players over a specified period of time. ,Method.

  C. The method of embodiment A, wherein the at least one criterion is that the game is played on a game table where most of the prizes have been won among all game tables over a specified period of time.

  D. The method of embodiment A, wherein the at least one criterion is that the game is played by a primary player who has won the last five games played.

E. The method of embodiment A, comprising:
Receiving from the secondary player a second wager for a third game made by the first primary player, the third game being after the first game and Steps performed before the second game;
Determining a second result of the third game;
Determining a second payment based on the second wager and the second result;
Adding credits to an account associated with the secondary player based on the second payment.

F. The method of embodiment A, comprising:
Receiving from the secondary player an instruction to find another game that matches the at least one criterion after communicating the instructions;
Determining a third game that matches at least one criterion;
Receiving a second wager from the secondary player;
Determining a second result of the third game;
Determining a second payment based on the second wager and the second result;
Adding credits to an account associated with the secondary player based on the second payment.

  G. The method of embodiment F, wherein the third game is not played by the first primary player.

H. The method of embodiment A, comprising:
Determining a third game that matches the at least one criterion, wherein the third game is not performed by the first primary player;
Receiving a second wager from the secondary player;
Determining a second result of the third game;
Determining a second payment based on the second wager and the second result;
Adding credits to an account associated with the secondary player based on the second payment.

I. A method,
Receiving at least one criterion for selecting a game from a secondary player;
Determining at a first time a first game that matches the at least one criterion, wherein the first game is performed at a first game table;
Receiving a first wager from the secondary player;
Determining a first result of the first game;
Determining a first payment based on the first wager and the first result;
Adding credit to an account associated with the secondary player based on the first payment;
Determining at a second time point after the first time point that the second game played on the first game table does not match the at least one criterion;
Communicating to the secondary player an indication that the second game does not match the at least one criterion.

J. et al. A method,
Determining at least one criterion for the gaming device;
Determining a first game device satisfying the at least one criterion at a first time point;
Determining a second game device that satisfies the at least one criterion at a second time point after the first time point;
Determining a third game device that satisfies the at least one criterion at a third time point after the second time point;
A step of presenting an image including visual representations of the first game device, the second game device, and the third game device, wherein the image points from the first game device to the second game device; The method further comprising: 1 arrow and a second arrow pointing from the second game device to the third game device.

  K. The method of embodiment J, wherein the at least one criterion can be met by only a single gaming device at any point in time.

L. The method of embodiment J,
(A) a result generated in the first game device;
(B) a result generated in the second game device;
(C) a result generated in the third game device;
(D) payment made at the first game device;
(E) payment made in the second game device;
(F) The method further comprising the step of receiving an instruction of at least one of payments made at the third game device.

  M.M. The method of embodiment J, wherein the step of determining the at least one criterion for the gaming device has made the highest payment among all gaming devices in the casino in the last hour. A method comprising determining that there is no difference.

  N. The method of embodiment J, wherein the step of determining the at least one criterion for the gaming device is the longest sequence of player wins among all gaming devices in the casino in the last hour. Determining that it must have had a positive result.

  O. The method of embodiment J, wherein the step of presenting the image includes the step of presenting a visual representation of the casino floor, the image comprising the first game device, the second game device, and the third game. Including a visual representation of the device, the image further includes a first arrow pointing from the first game device to the second game device and a second arrow pointing from the second game device to the third game device. ,Method.

  P. The method of embodiment J, further comprising generating a prediction of a fourth game device that satisfies the at least one criterion based on the first game device, the second game device, and the third game device. A method in which an instruction from the fourth game device is included in the image.

  Q. The method of embodiment J, wherein a prediction of a location of a fourth game device that satisfies the at least one criterion is generated based on the locations of the first game device, the second game device, and the third game device. The method further includes a step, wherein the instruction of the fourth game device is included in the image.

Automatic Game Play In various embodiments, a gaming device may automatically start and / or run a series of games for a player. During the series of games, player input may not be required. Prior to a series of games, the player may describe the rules or parameters that the game follows. Thereby, the player may configure the game device to use these rules or parameters. The parameters are (a) the number of games to be played, (b) the time to play each game, (c) the time to run the whole series of games, (d) the amount to bet on each game, (e) to be used in each game. Strategy, (f) one or more criteria for the time at which the game should be automatically stopped, (g) one or more criteria for the time at which the player should be asked for input, (h) one or more of the games to be played The type, (i) the game device or devices used to run the game (eg, to generate game results), (j) the method of communicating the results to the player (eg, the results may be displayed) Well, for example, the results may be printed on paper for a player), or may include any other parameters.

  In various embodiments, the gaming device may be configured to use a particular strategy over a particular time period. The specific strategy may be an optimal strategy. In various embodiments, the strategy may be optimal in the sense that once a game is started, the player's expected winnings in that game are maximized. A particular strategy may be a strategy that allows the highest possible payment. For example, in a video poker game, one strategy may always be to pursue royal flushes. In various embodiments, the player may configure the gaming device to perform an optimal strategy over the next 10 minutes. In various embodiments, a player may configure the gaming device to play blackjack using a basic strategy over the next 20 minutes.

  In various embodiments, the game device may be configured according to the frequency of play. For example, the game device may be configured to play 10 games per minute. Similarly, the game device may be configured to have a specific period between games. For example, the game device may be configured to start each new game 10 seconds after the most recent game is started. The game device may be configured to play a game of a certain length. For example, the slot machine may be configured so that it takes 10 seconds for the reel to stop rotating. In various embodiments, the gaming device may be configured to play over a length of time. For example, the game device may be configured to run the game over the next 45 minutes. In various embodiments, a gaming device may be configured to play a game until a certain amount of winnings is won or lost. For example, a gaming device may start with $ 50 player on-hand funds. The gaming device may be configured to continue playing until the on-hand fund reaches $ 75 (ie, $ 25 is acquired) or the on-hand fund reaches $ 25 (ie, $ 25 is lost). In various embodiments, the gaming device may cease playing even if the amount earned or lost (or money on hand) has not reached an accurate threshold. For example, on a dollar currency machine, the on-hand funds may start at $ 50 and reach $ 25.50. If the bet is made one more time, the machine may stop playing because the remaining funds will be $ 24.50 below the lower limit configured for the gaming device.

  In various embodiments, the gaming device may be configured to perform an optimal strategy for a percentage of games played. For example, the gaming device may be configured to perform an optimal strategy in 80% of games played. Thus, for example, the game device may randomly determine whether to use the optimal strategy for each game. If a random decision can be made such that there is an 80% chance that the optimal strategy will be used, for example, there is a biased lottery made to determine whether the optimal strategy is used. In various embodiments, the gaming device may be configured to perform an optimal strategy over a percentage of time. For example, the optimal strategy may be used over the first 60% of the time that the gaming device is playing automatically. Over the remaining 40% of the time, a non-optimal strategy may be used. In various embodiments, using a non-optimal strategy does not necessarily mean that the gaming device does not make the same decision as using the optimal strategy. In various embodiments, two different strategies may result in the same decision. For example, a strategy that maximizes expected winnings may result in the same decision as a strategy that always aims for the highest possible payment.

  In various embodiments, the gaming device may be configured to pursue a first strategy (eg, an optimal strategy) over a percentage of time or for a percentage of games played. Other strategies may be used during times or games where the optimal strategy is not used. Other strategies may be strategies that attempt to obtain the highest possible payment (whether or not it is very unlikely to win such a payment). Another strategy may be a strategy that always seeks to obtain a payment above a certain level. For example, one strategy in video poker may maximize the likelihood of receiving a flash or better.

  In various embodiments, the gaming device is configured to automatically play a series of games. Performing the game automatically may include making a strategy decision. However, in various embodiments, the gaming device may stop playing the game automatically and wait for a player input to the game. The player may then provide input. The input may indicate a strategy to pursue in the game. For example, the input may indicate which card to hold in a video poker game, or to hit or stand in blackjack. The gaming device may stop automatic play and allow player input for various reasons. A game device may stop automatic play if (a) two possible decisions are equally valid according to a strategy (eg, both possible decisions are both expected to be the same for the player) (B) if the possible payment in the game exceeds a predetermined threshold (eg, if the possible payment in the game exceeds 500 times the wager), (c) the probability of a high payment is , If it exceeds a certain probability of occurrence (for example, if the chance of a royal flush exceeds 1%), or (d) if the winnings are guaranteed (for example, the first 5 cards distributed in a video poker game) If the player receives three cards of the same rank, the player can complete the game manually and experience the joy of victory), (e If the gaming device is configured to stop for any particular or intermediate result (eg, stop playing automatically when two aces are dealt to a player in a blackjack game) If the game device is configured to do so, the game device may actually stop automatic play if two aces are dealt to a player in a blackjack game), or others Any situation or criteria of the stipulate that the game device stop automatic play. In various embodiments, automatic play may be stopped so that the gaming device can accept the player's decision. However, in various embodiments, automatic play may resume once the player makes a decision. In various embodiments, after automatic play is stopped, the player must explicitly indicate that he wants to resume automatic play. For example, the player may press a button “Restart automatic play”. Otherwise, the player may continue to start and determine the game manually.

  In various embodiments, automatic play may be stopped at any event or sequence of events. A series of events may include a series of results. For example, when a player has won five consecutive games, a player has lost five consecutive games, or a player has earned an amount exceeding a predetermined amount in a certain number of games (for example, If a player wins $ 50 or more in 10 games), a specific card occurs in a predetermined number of consecutive games, or in a predetermined number of consecutive games, or any other series of events Or a specific result occurs in the pattern of events. Additional patterns are described herein, and various embodiments contemplate that automatic play may be stopped upon the occurrence of any particular or specified pattern or sequence of events.

  In various embodiments, automatic play may be suspended for a period of time so that a player can input. However, if the player does not provide input after a certain amount of time, the game device may automatically determine the input. For example, the game device may determine an input according to an optimal strategy. In various embodiments, the automatic play stop or pause may be highlighted by a beep, vibration, or other alert. For example, a beep indicates to the player that the player must make a decision in the game and that the player cannot just be watching the game progress automatically. May be shown. Similarly, the vibration of the mobile gaming device may be notified to the player to remove the mobile gaming device from the pocket because the player's input is required. In various embodiments, a player may set preferences regarding the types of alerts provided to him. In various embodiments, if automatic play stops, the gaming device may display or communicate a message to the player. The message may indicate that input from the player is requested. The message may further indicate the amount of time that the player must provide input (eg, before automatic play is resumed). In various embodiments, if a player is asked for manual input, the player may have an option to instruct the gaming device to make its own determination. For example, the button may indicate “Continue to play”. You may make it make a game device perform determination by pressing such a button. The determination may be made according to any particular strategy (eg, according to an optimal strategy).

  In various embodiments, the gaming device may stop automatic play. However, the game device may stop the automatic play only to allow the player to view the current game state. The game device may resume automatic play after a certain period of time. In various embodiments, a player may have the opportunity to intervene and make their own decisions when automatic play stops or is suspended. For example, the player may press a button that typically points to the player's strategy. For example, a player may press a button (indicating a player's request to hold a card) below a card that is dealt in a video poker game. By pressing such a button, the player may invalidate the decision process of the game device and register his own decision in the game. In various embodiments, a player may invalidate a game device decision at any time, not just when the game device is suspended. For example, the player may press a “stop” button at any point during automatic play. The player may then have an opportunity to enter his own decisions. The player may later press a button labeled “Resume” or the like. As a result, automatic play may resume.

  In various embodiments, the gaming device may make the decision automatically. However, the game device may request confirmation from the player. As soon as the player knows that a decision has been made (for example, by displaying a decision instruction on the screen of the gaming device), the player presses the button (or provides some other input) You may have the opportunity to stop the game device and have the game device make different decisions instead. In various embodiments, the gaming device may make an automatic decision. The gaming device may allow the player to invalidate the decision at a certain time (eg, 3 seconds). However, if there is no input from the player, the gaming device may continue to generate the rest of the game that results from the decision.

  In various embodiments, if automatic play is stopped or suspended, the player may have an opportunity to specify that a new strategy be used. If automatic play is subsequently resumed, a new strategy may be used.

  In various embodiments, if a player chooses to bet on a certain number of games, such a game may be created and executed for the player for the first time. In various embodiments, if a player chooses to bet on a certain number of games, such a game may include games already played by other players (eg, by the primary player). Thus, for example, a player may choose to bet on 100 games. The casino server may then select the 100 games previously played. The selection may be random. For such games, if the player who first played them wins, the current player may win as well. For such games, if the player who first played them loses, the current player may lose as well. In various embodiments, a player may choose to play a certain number of games. The casino server may then use the game that is currently or will be played. For example, a casino may use a game played on a video poker machine throughout the casino. Players may participate in such games, may win if those games result in player wins, and if those games result in player loses You may lose. In various embodiments, a player may bet on the loss of the primary player, for example, winning if the primary player loses, losing if the primary player wins. You may do it. Thus, if a player selects several games to participate, the game may be generated for that player for the first time, or the game has been or has been played by another player It will be understood that it may be a game.

  In various embodiments, two or more players may wish to participate in automatic play. For example, both players may wish to have their respective gaming devices automatically play 50 games. In various embodiments, these players may participate in the same game. The common game to be played may originate from another player in the casino area, for example. In various embodiments, a casino may have a data feed of game results from the entire casino. The data supply may be sent to a gaming device of a player who desires automatic play, which may allow such a player to participate in the game from across the casino. In various embodiments, if a player participates in a common set of games, the player may participate in such a game in random order. For example, the player A may first participate in the game X and then participate in the game Y. The player B may first participate in the game Y and then participate in the game X.

  In various embodiments, multiple interfaces may be associated with automatic play. The input button allows the player to disable the strategy, order the game device to stop automatic play, command the game device to resume automatic play, indicate the specific strategy used, It can indicate the parameters that the device uses to initiate an auto play session, and perform any other function. In various embodiments, a player may be required to press two buttons to override the strategy proposed by the gaming device. Pressing two buttons may include pressing each of two different buttons, or may include pressing the same button twice (eg, double-clicking). In this way, it is possible to reduce the possibility that the player automatically invalidates the desired decision by the game device. In various embodiments, a rotating disk (eg, a fingerwheel disk) may allow a player to change the speed of automatic play. For example, the player may increase the speed of play by moving the rotating disk in one direction, and may decrease the speed of play by moving the rotating disk in the opposite direction. In various embodiments, a button may be used to indicate that the gaming device should begin automatic play, for example after the gaming device is suspended.

  In various embodiments, every game played can be an entry to a draw. The faster the game is played (eg, in automatic play mode), the player may receive more entries. The lottery may be performed at a certain time (for example, every day at 4:00 hours) or irregularly. Thus, a player may play a game at a faster pace (eg, automatically play a game at a faster pace) to accumulate more entries by the time random random draws occur. May be encouraged. In various embodiments, a card received in a game may constitute a lottery entry. The player may win if the card received in the game matches the card drawn in the lottery. As will be appreciated, other game marks may serve as entries to the lottery, and the lottery marks may be compared to marks received from players entering the lottery. In various embodiments, the games played, the cards received, or other marks received may serve as entries to the lottery. In various embodiments, the meter may indicate to the player the number of games played by the player, the number of cards received by the player, and / or the number of other types of marks received by the player. Good. The meter may thereby indicate to the player the number of entries that the player has in the upcoming draw. A player may be encouraged to play more quickly to see the meter rising.

  In various embodiments, a jackpot (eg, a progressive jackpot) may receive a portion of a wager resulting from automatic play as a contribution. Therefore, automatic play may increase the jackpot rules. Players participating in automatic play may also have the opportunity to win jackpots (eg, progressive jackpots). Thus, the player may have additional incentives to participate in automatic play.

  In various embodiments, a specific area of the casino allows a secondary player to monitor the primary player in one or more games throughout the casino or in one or more games across the casino. Including equipment to make. A casino area may include one or more monitors. Such a monitor may be small or large. The large monitor may be visible to a plurality of secondary players, for example. A small monitor may be visible to individual secondary players. In addition, individual players may customize a small monitor to view related primary players, related statistics, related games, or anything else related. The monitor may display various information. The monitor may display video images from the game. For example, the monitor may show a video image of a blackjack game in progress. The monitor may reproduce the game result. For example, the monitor may show a display of a slot machine game that has been or is being played by a primary player. The monitor may also show statistics. For example, the monitor may show the total prize money won by the primary player in the last hour, the number of times that a specific dealer has busted in the last 30 minutes, and the number of consecutive times red has appeared on the roulette wheel. Good. In various embodiments, the monitor may show betting rules, probabilities, payout rates, and other information that may be applied to bets made by secondary players. For example, the monitor may indicate that the secondary player can get a payout with a probability of 1: 1 for the bet that the primary player will win red in the roulette, and that the primary player will continue to play 4 in roulette. It may be shown that for a bet to win a recovery, the secondary player can win a payout with a probability of 16: 1.

  In various embodiments, a casino area may include facilities for betting on one or more games being monitored. For example, the terminal may allow a secondary player to bet on a game (eg, a game being monitored). The terminal has a key, a charge card (eg credit card or debit card) acceptor, a currency or game chip acceptor, a cashless game ticket acceptor, bet information input (eg bet amount input, eg Keys or buttons for selection of which game to bet on) and any other facilities or interfaces that allow betting may be included. The terminal may include a monitor. The monitor displays the bet information to the secondary player, and shows the secondary player the game that the secondary player is betting on, so the amount of money the secondary player has won is May be used to indicate to the secondary player and to indicate to the secondary player a secondary player's bet or any other information related to the secondary player himself.

  In various embodiments, a betting area for a secondary player who bets and monitors for a primary player's game may have the appearance of a sports book.

Embodiment.
the term.
As used herein, the term “viewing window” includes an area of a gaming device that can display a picture or result. The area may include, for example, a glass plate or other transparent material disposed over the reel of the gaming device. Therefore, only the part of the reel inside the transparent material may be displayable to the player. In some embodiments, the viewing window may include a display screen. The picture or result that can be displayed in the viewing window may include a picture or result that determines the player's prize money.

encryption.
As used herein, the term “encryption” refers to a process for obscuring or concealing information so that it cannot be easily understood without special knowledge. The encryption process may convert raw information called plaintext into encrypted information. The encrypted information may be called ciphertext, and an algorithm for converting plaintext into ciphertext may be called cipher. Ciphers may be used to perform the opposite operation of converting ciphertext back to plaintext. Examples of ciphers include substitution ciphers, transposition ciphers, and ciphers performed using a rotor machine.

  In various cryptographic schemes, cryptography may require an auxiliary part of information called a key. The key may consist of a string of bits, for example. The key may be used with a cipher to encrypt the plaintext. The key may be used with the cipher to decrypt the ciphertext. In a cryptographic category called common key algorithms (eg, secret key cryptography), the same key is used for both encryption and decryption. Thus, the inviolability of the encrypted information may depend on the key kept secret. Examples of common key algorithms include DES and AES. In a category of encryption called asymmetric key algorithms (eg public key cryptography), different keys are used for encryption and decryption. Any ordinary person may use a first key (eg, a public key) to encrypt plaintext into ciphertext with an asymmetric key algorithm. However, only the owner of the second key (for example, the secret key) can decrypt the ciphertext again into plaintext. An example of an asymmetric key algorithm is the RSA algorithm.

  It will be appreciated that other methods besides encryption (eg, encoding or steganography) may be used to keep the information secret or obscured. Such a method may also be used with cryptography.

  Encryption may be used for:

  Send a message that only certain recipients can read. For example, both Alice and Bob may have the same secret key. Alice may encrypt the plaintext message with a secret key. Alice may tell Bob the resulting ciphertext. Bob may then decrypt the ciphertext using the private key to view the plaintext version of the message.

  Allow messages to be encrypted by multiple people and decrypted by only one person (eg PGP). For example, Alice may own a public key and a private key. Bob may want to send Alice a message that only Alice can read. Bob may create a plaintext message and encrypt it using Alice's public key. Bob may send the resulting ciphertext to Alice. Alice may then use his private key to decrypt the ciphertext, thereby viewing the plaintext message. Even if Cindy intercepts a ciphertext message from Bob to Alice, Cindy does not have access to Alice's private key, so Cindy cannot decrypt the message. Even if Alice's public key is available in Cindy, it is not enough to decrypt the ciphertext message in a feasible time.

  Authenticate the sender of the message. This method of using encryption may include having the sender create a digital signature. For example, Alice may want to send a message to Bob so that Bob can be sure that the message has come from Alice. Alice may create a plaintext message and encrypt the plaintext into ciphertext using his private key. Alice may then send a ciphertext message to Bob. Bob may then decrypt the ciphertext into plaintext using Alice's public key. Alice's public key is only valid for decrypting ciphertext messages created using Alice's private key, and perhaps only Alice has access to her own private key, so Bob You can be sure that the message came from Alice.

  Enable non-repudiation. If a sender applies a digital signature to a message or part of a message, the sender cannot later claim that he did not send the message.

  Guarantee the time / data transmitted. See hashing below.

  Guarantee receipt by the recipient. See hashing below.

  Verify that the message was not changed after it was sent by the sender. See hashing below.

  Hashing is a process that generally converts arbitrary length input data into output data that is generally shorter and / or fixed length. The hash function is a function that performs conversion. In many cases, useful hash functions are one-way functions. That is, the output can be easily calculated for a given input. However, for a given output, it is difficult to calculate the input that generated the output. Also, useful hash functions often have the property that two different inputs rarely produce the same output. Hashing can be used for the following purposes.

  Perform data redundancy verification. For example, the database may include a number of names. The name can be of any length. In order to match a redundant name, a hash value for the name may be created. The hash value may be smaller than the name, and all may be the same length. Thus, comparing name hash values may be easier than comparing names themselves.

  Verify that the message has not changed. For example, Alice can send a plaintext message to Bob along with the hash value of the message. Alice can apply a digital signature to the hash value to assure Bob that the hash value was sent by Alice. When Bob receives a plaintext message from Alice, he can calculate a hash value for the message. If the hash value that Bob calculates is the same as the hash value that Alice sent to Bob, Bob can be very confident that the message was not changed on the way from Alice to Bob.

  To prove ownership of a message without needing to reveal the message. For example, Alice can send a message to Bob. Bob can take the hash of the message and send it back to Alice. Thus, Alice can be confident that Bob receives the message without the risk of the message being intercepted on the way from Bob to Alice.

  To prove ownership of a message at a certain time without the need to reveal the message. For example, Alice may wish to come up with a great idea and prove that she came up with the idea at a certain time without having to reveal it. Therefore, Alice may write out the idea in the form of text and take a hash value of the text. Alice can then publish a hash of the text to the newspaper. It is readily apparent that Alice had ownership of the idea at least on the date the newspaper was published.

  Time stamp the document. For example, the document may be sent to a time stamp service. The service may then determine a hash value for the document. The service may then add the current date and time to the hash value of the document and apply a digital signature to the result. The digitally signed hash value and date / time may then be published. As long as you can trust that the time stamp service provides an accurate date and time (eg not using the old date and time), the published time stamp is a proof that the document existed at the date and time provided by the time stamp service. May play a role. Further precautions can ensure that even a timestamp service makes it very difficult to provide a fake date. For example, the time stamp service may add a serial number (eg, 1, 2, 3, etc.) to each document to be time stamped. If the service wants to provide an older date, the service must find an older sequence number. Older sequence numbers must fit between the two sequence numbers used immediately before and after the desired fake date. However, such a serial number is not available if, for example, there are no numbers skipped in the first place.

  FIG. 48 illustrates a system according to some embodiments. According to some embodiments, Casino A and Casino B may represent facilities capable of participating in luck games or other competitions. In various embodiments, in casinos A and B, a player may bet on a game or competition and / or may win or lose prizes based on the game or competition. The system of FIG. 48 may allow a secondary player at casino A and a secondary player at casino B to participate in the game of the primary player at casino A. Further, the system of FIG. 48 may allow a secondary player outside of Casino A or B to participate in the primary player's game at Casino A. Further, the system of FIG. 48 includes participation of a primary player played in casino A into a game, participation of a secondary player in casino A, participation in a game, and secondary player in casino B. It may be possible for the regulator to track various data related to participation in games and participation in games by secondary players not in either Casino A or Casino B. According to some embodiments, casino A may include a server 110. The server may communicate with the game device 130, the monitor device 160, and the terminal 140 of the secondary player X, each of which may be in the casino A building. Server 110 may further communicate with casino B server 120, regulator 170 server, and secondary player Z device 190, which may be either casino A or casino B. Not placed in any building. Communication between the server 110 and the device 190 may occur through an external network 180 (eg, through the Internet). Casino B may include a server 120 that communicates with server 110, a server of regulator 170, and terminal 150 of secondary player Y, which may be in casino B's building.

  In some embodiments, casino A server 110 may receive game-related data from game device 130 or monitor device 160. The monitoring device may include a device such as a camera or a microphone that can monitor the game at casino A and send data related to the game to a server at casino A. The casino A server allows the terminal 140 to reproduce the game, accept bets on the game from the secondary player X, and pay the secondary player X based on the game. Therefore, the data received from the game device 130 or the monitor device 160 may be transmitted to the terminal 140 of the secondary player X.

  The server 110 of the casino A may further transmit the reception data regarding the game to the server 120 of the casino B. The server at casino B allows terminal 150 to reproduce the game, accept bets on the game from secondary player Y, and pay a prize to secondary player Y based on the game. Therefore, such data may then be transmitted to the secondary player Y's terminal 150.

  The server 110 of the casino A may further transmit the received data regarding the game to the device 190 of the secondary player Z through the Internet, for example. The device 190 of the secondary player Z then reproduces the game for the secondary player Z, receives a bet on the game from the secondary player Z, and / or is based on the game The prize money for the secondary player Z may be credited.

  The server 110 of the casino A may further transmit the reception data related to the game to the server of the regulator 170. Such data allows regulators to monitor game fairness, track casino taxable income, watch out for illegal games, or perform any other desired function. Good.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player X's terminal 140 may send data regarding the activity of the secondary player X at the terminal to the server 110 of casino A. Further, the terminal 150 of the secondary player Y may transmit data relating to the activity of the secondary player Y at the terminal to the server 120 of the casino B. Casino B server 120 may send such data to casino A server 110. Further, the device 150 of the secondary player Z may send data relating to the activity of the secondary player Z in the device to the server 110 of the casino A. The data received by the casino A server 110 from the terminals 140 and 150 and the device 190 is that the casino A server tracks the wins and losses of the secondary players X, Y and Z, and any data (eg, Determining whether to send data to the terminal or device, determining the amount that Casino B borrows from Casino A for use of data from Casino A, and so on. Further, data received by the casino A server 110 from the terminals 140 and 150 and the device 190 may be forwarded to the regulator 170 server. The regulator may use such data to track secondary player bets, check for illegal gambling, monitor game fairness, and the like.

  The system of FIG. 48 represents a system according to some embodiments, and it is to be understood that other servers, devices, terminals, networks and communication links may exist in various embodiments.

  FIG. 49 illustrates a casino A server according to some embodiments. In various embodiments, a similar server may comprise a casino B server, or any other casino server. The storage device 230 may store program data. Program data may be used to instruct processor 210 to execute an algorithm in accordance with various embodiments. The storage device 230 may store other types of data. Such data includes data received from game play, data that can be used to reproduce the game, data describing bets and wins and losses of primary and secondary players, primary It may include data describing the current location or activity of the player or secondary player, data describing the amount borrowed from the casino, and the like. The communication port 220 may be used for data transmission and / or reception. The communication port 220 may include an antenna, wireless transmitter, signal generator, router, or any other communication device. Any data transmitted or received may be stored in the storage device 230 at least at some point in time.

  FIG. 50 illustrates a game device 130 according to some embodiments. The storage device 330 may store program data. Program data may be used to instruct processor 310 to execute an algorithm in accordance with various embodiments. The program data may include data used for generating graphics, determining game results, calculating prizes, and the like. The storage device 330 may store other types of data. Such data may include data describing bets and wins / losses by the primary player at game device 130. Input device 340 includes sensors, buttons, touch screens, microphones, bill validators, coin acceptors, card readers, and any other means by which a primary player or other party can interact with game device 130. But you can. For example, the input device 340 may include a “bet” button.

  The output device 350 may include a display screen, microphone, light, coin dispenser, buzzer, and any other means by which the gaming device can provide a signal to the secondary player. Communication port 320 may be used for transmitting and / or receiving data.

  FIG. 51 illustrates a terminal 140 used by a secondary player, according to some embodiments. The storage device 430 may store program data. Program data may be used to instruct processor 410 to execute an algorithm in accordance with various embodiments. The program data may include data used to reproduce a game or a depiction of a game based on data received for the initial game. The program data may include data used for generating graphics, displaying game results, calculating prizes, and the like. The storage device 430 may store other types of data. Such data may include data describing bets and wins / losses by secondary players at game device 140. Input device 340 may include sensors, buttons, touch screens, microphones, bill validators, coin acceptors, card readers, and any other means by which a secondary player or other party may interact with terminal 130. Good. For example, the input device 340 may include a “bet” button.

  The output device 350 may include a display screen, microphone, light, coin dispenser, buzzer, and any other means by which the terminal 140 can provide a signal to the secondary player. Communication port 320 may be used for transmitting and / or receiving data.

  FIG. 52 illustrates a monitor device 160 according to some embodiments. The monitor device may receive data regarding the game via the input device 530. The input device 530 may include a camera, a microphone, a pressure sensor, a barcode scanner, a sensor, a button, and the like. For example, the input device may include a camera aimed at a table where a blackjack game is being played. For example, the input device may include a camera that is aimed at the viewing window of the slot machine. Communication port 520 may be used to transmit data received by an input device (eg, a casino server). In various embodiments, the monitoring device may serve multiple purposes, some of which may not include receiving data about the game. For example, the monitor device may include a camera that also serves for security purposes in a casino.

  FIG. 53 shows a database entry 600 containing various information related to the game. The database entry may store various aspects of the game played by the primary player (eg, Jane Smith). Such data may be used later to allow a secondary player to participate in the game.

  FIG. 54 shows a database entry 700 that includes various games played by a player. The player may be a primary player. The data in the database entry 700 is related to the primary player's game (eg, about the Sam Hunter game), including statistics about the game (eg, the benefits brought in the last 100 games) by the secondary player. ) It may be possible to examine history data.

  FIG. 55 illustrates a display screen according to some embodiments for entering betting information and tracking the progress of the game. In some embodiments, the display screen is sensitive and / or responsive to touch, which may function as a touch screen. One area of the display screen lists the preferred primary player of the secondary player who is currently browsing the display. Perhaps the secondary player is logged into the terminal or device to which the display belongs or has identified himself. The secondary player may indicate his / her favorite primary player in advance. Thus, the casino may track the whereabouts of the preferred primary player and notify the secondary player when the preferred primary player begins play.

  Another area of the display screen includes an announcement area. The casino may create an announcement for the secondary player. Such announcements may include promotional announcements. For example, such announcements may include announcements of discounts on casinos or other restaurants, announcements of discounts on shows, announcements about upcoming concerts or boxing matches, announcements about discounts on hotel rooms, and the like. Announcements may include promotions for other products such as automobiles, toothpaste, or plane flights to the Caribbean. The announcement may further include an announcement regarding the primary player that may be of interest to the secondary player. For example, the announcement may indicate that the secondary player's favorite primary player has just started playing.

  Another area of the display screen includes a list of primary players that are available in the sense that a secondary player may participate in the primary player's game. This display area may identify the primary player by their real name or alternative name (eg, “TeeBone”). The alias may allow the primary player to maintain anonymity or privacy. This display area shows the game played by the primary player (thus the game that the secondary player may participate in), the minimum wager required for the secondary player to participate in the game , And one or more statistics associated with the primary player may be further indicated. For example, the statistics may indicate the number of games that the primary player has continuously won. This display area may further include an area that the secondary player can contact to begin participating in the game of the primary player. For example, by contacting an area named “Select” next to the primary player named Robert Clements, the secondary player may begin to participate in the Robert Clemens game.

  Another area of the display screen includes a window where the secondary player can track the progress of the game he is participating in. FIG. 55 shows a first window in which the secondary player can track the game of the primary player “TeeBone” (a game in which the secondary player is participating). The game is blackjack and the secondary player is betting $ 5 on the game. The game is currently in progress. FIG. 55 shows a second window in which the secondary player can track the game of the primary player, the so-called baker. The game is a slot machine game. The game has just ended with the result "Cherry Bar Cherry". The secondary player has just won $ 6 in the game. Currently, the secondary player has an opportunity to bet on the next game, as indicated by the status “can participate in betting”.

  Another area of the display screen includes a display of the secondary player's credit balance. These credits may be used to bet on games in which secondary players are participating. Each credit may, for example, correspond to a value of $ 0.25. A secondary player has a display that includes a "bet 25 cents" area, a "bet one dollar" area, a "bet $ 5" area, a "repeat previous wager" area, and an "auto bet" area. You may bet using the betting area on the screen. At the time of contact, such an area may only apply to games that have a status of “can participate in betting”. For example, touching “bet one dollar” may bet one dollar for a superbaker game. This is because it is the game that has the status “can participate in betting”. Thus, there is no need for a separate set of betting buttons for every game in which a secondary player is participating. The “repeat previous bet” area may allow the secondary player to easily repeat the previous bet, which may take extra effort to enter using other betting areas. For example, when entering a bet of $ 4, a secondary player does not touch the “betting $ 1” area four times, but simply touches the “repeat previous bet” area, You may repeat the $ 4 bet. An “automatic bet” area may allow, for example, a secondary player to continue making the same bet on each new game without having to always enter a bet. In some embodiments, the secondary player automatically programs the strategy to the secondary player's terminal by programming a specific betting strategy and then contacting the “auto betting” area. You may make it perform. The “lock game” area may prevent other secondary players from accessing the terminal while the secondary player is away for a break. The “order a drink” area may allow a secondary player to order a drink or other product and have it delivered to his / her terminal without leaving the seat at all.

  As will be appreciated, the various areas of the touch screen that allow touch interaction processing may also be implemented using normal buttons or any other interactive technology.

  It should be understood that the drawings do not necessarily indicate everything that can be included in a system, object, machine, apparatus, and the like. For example, although not shown in FIG. 50, game device 130 may include a coin hopper.

  1. One player bets on the outcome of another player's game. For example, one player bets on whether a winning result is achieved in another player's game. For example, one player bets on whether another player wins. In various embodiments, one player may place a bet and may win or lose based on the outcome of a game played by another player. As used herein, “single primary player”, “plural primary players”, etc. refer to the single or multiple players that participate most directly in a game (eg, casino game). Also good. A primary player may be physically present at a slot machine, for example, by participating in a slot machine game by inserting coins, instructing stakes, and pulling the slot machine handle. Also good. The primary player may also be physically at the table game (eg, a blackjack game with an actual dealer). In various embodiments, a primary player may identify himself / herself by, for example, pulling a slot machine handle or physically betting in a table game and signaling the dealer that he / she is interested in playing. Start the participating game directly. In various embodiments, certain games are not played without the activities of the primary player.

  As used herein, “single secondary player”, “multiple secondary players”, etc. participate in a game played by a primary player or other secondary player or It may refer to one or more players that may participate. For example, a secondary player bets on a game in which the primary player participates. The secondary player wins when the primary player wins, and the secondary player loses when the primary player loses. In another example, a secondary player bets on an already played game. The secondary player does not know the outcome of the game when betting. Once the secondary player places a bet, the outcome of the game may be revealed to the secondary player, and if the outcome is a winning result, the secondary player may be paid. In another embodiment, secondary player A bets on win of secondary player B and bets $ 10 on secondary player B. Here, secondary player B bets $ 20 on the game. If secondary player B wins the $ 20 bet, secondary player A wins the $ 10 bet. In various embodiments, a secondary player does not start a game in which he participates. In various embodiments, a game in which a secondary player participates is played regardless of whether or not the secondary player has chosen to bet on the game. The game in which the secondary player participates may be started by the primary player or may be started automatically (eg, by a computer program).

  It should be understood that whenever data is used herein, such data may be stored in, for example, a database, or any other suitable media, format or data structure. Data may be stored across fixed or distributed locations. Data may be stored in a single location or in multiple locations (eg, multiple redundant locations). Data may be retrieved from its storage location as needed. If data is generated but not immediately needed, such data may be stored for later retrieval. The data may be accessible by referring to any part of the data and includes any tag or label associated with the data. For example, if some data items in a set of data items are known, the remaining data items in the set of data items may be retrieved based on the known data items. For example, a known data item may serve as a search key for finding the remaining data items in a set of data items.

  In all applicable embodiments described herein, any data that is generated, transmitted, stored, retrieved or used may also be stored for audit purposes. Such data may be made available to regulators for casinos (eg, for casinos that generate data or for casinos that use data, for example), or any other relevant party. The data that may be stored includes the size of the bet amount that the primary player has bet on the game, the type of bet that the primary player has bet on the game, and any intermediate events (e.g., craps games) The roll before the last roll in the game), the date of the game, the decision options available in the game (eg hits in blackjack, stand), decisions made in the game, game results, paid to the game winner Data describing the amount, etc. may be included.

  In various embodiments, the data may be collected and stored in association with any search for games related to the data. For example, suppose that the secondary player searches for all games for which more than 100 coins have been paid out. Therefore, since data indicating the search criteria may be stored, it is possible to determine in the future that the secondary player has searched all the games for which more than 100 coins have been paid out. There may be. Additional data describing the results of the search may be stored. For example, if the search result of the secondary player is a game of 1218, this fact may be stored. A further identification name may be stored for each game specified by the search.

  (1.1.) One player bets on a game in which another player participates. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the outcome of the game itself. For example, a secondary player may bet on the outcome of a slot machine game. If the game results in “Bar Bar Bar”, the secondary player may receive ten times his wager. In various embodiments, the secondary player need not place the same type of bets as the primary player. For example, a primary player may start a craps game with a “pass” bet. The secondary player may place a bet on the same craps game, but may place a “do not pass” bet. Therefore, even if the secondary player and the primary player bet on the same game, the primary player may lose or the secondary player may win.

  (1.2.) One player bets on the method that another player does. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on what happens to the primary player in the game. In various embodiments, the secondary player does not bet on the outcome of the game itself, but takes into account the bet on the game by the primary player and how the outcome of the game is given to the primary player. Bet only on whether it will have a significant impact. For example, the secondary player may bet on the way the primary player wins the game. If the primary player wins, the secondary player's bet may be the winning bet and the secondary player may receive payment. However, if the primary player loses, the secondary player may lose.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the one that the primary player loses. Thus, if the primary player loses, the secondary player may receive a payout for the winning bet, but if the primary player wins, the secondary player loses his bet. Also good.

  Note that in many cases bets made by primary players provide benefits to the house or casino. On average, a house may benefit in this way. Therefore, if the secondary player can bet on the loss of the primary player, the secondary player may enjoy the same benefits as the house. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be charged a fee for betting against the primary player. The fee may provide a profit to the house in a bet that may be otherwise advantageous for the secondary player. The fee may be a uniform fee. The fee may be a percentage of the secondary player's wager. The fee may be taken only from the payment of a prize received by the secondary player. For example, if a secondary player wins a $ 10 payment based on a $ 10 bet placed, 50 cents may be deducted from the payment and received by the house.

  In various embodiments, the fee charged to the secondary player may be set to an amount that provides the house with the same profit that the house earns on the loss of the primary player. As used herein, “house profit” or “house advantage” may be defined as the ratio of the expected amount that the casino will earn to the initial bet amount by the player. Assume that the house profit in the game is 1.41%. Thus, a primary player betting $ 1 can expect to receive $ 0.98.59 on average. Further, assume that the primary player may initially bet $ 1 and receive $ 0 (for a net loss of $ 1) or $ 2 (for a net profit of $ 1). . Such an example bet is a $ 1 pass bet in a craps game. In this example, the secondary player may bet $ 1 on the loss of the primary player. A secondary player can expect to receive on average $ 1.01.41. In order to give the house the same profit that the house gets if the primary player loses, the secondary player gives $ 0.02.82 A fee may be charged. This fee may be rounded up to $ 0.03 or may vary across multiple secondary player bets to reach an average of $ 0.02.82. Considering the fee, the secondary player may expect to receive $ 0.98.59 per bet of $ 1, the same as the house gets if the primary player loses Profits are provided to the house if the secondary player loses.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player takes a diametrically opposite position to a primary player (eg, all primary player wins are secondary player loses and vice versa). There are things that can not be taken. In various embodiments, even if a secondary player wagers against a primary player, the result of losing the primary player may not win the secondary player. . For example, depending on the result of “Plum Orange Cherry”, the primary player may lose and the secondary player may also lose. In various embodiments, the result of losing the primary player may result in a push or tie for the secondary player. Thus, the house may maintain an advantage over the secondary player even if it has an advantage over the primary player. In various embodiments, the secondary player wins even if the primary player loses, so that the house has the same advantage over the secondary player as the secondary player. Non-results may be chosen. For example, suppose that a particular game provides a primary player with the potential to either win a net $ 1 or lose a net $ 1. Assume further that the game has a 2% house advantage. Assume further that results X and Y in the game are both losing results for the primary player. Result X occurs with a probability of 0.03 and result Y occurs with a probability of 0.01. By betting $ 1 on the loss of the primary player, the secondary player can expect to typically earn $ 1.02, with an average net profit of $ 0.02. However, in various embodiments, outcomes X and Y may also be counted as a tie for the secondary player. The secondary player's expected payment should have been earned when Y occurs (beyond bet amount), with a probability of X times the amount that would have been earned (exceed bet amount) when X occurs The amount is reduced by the probability of Y times the amount of money. This reduction is equal to 0.03 × 1 dollars + 0.01 × 1 dollars = 0.04 dollars. Accordingly, the expected prize money of the secondary player is reduced from $ 1.02 to $ 0.98. This reduction provides the house with the same 2% advantage that the house had in the first game when the primary player loses, when the secondary player loses.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet against the outcome that would normally win in the game. For example, in a blackjack game, a secondary player may bet on a dealer's win. In various embodiments, the house may change the probability of various outcomes in the game in order to regain control over the house. For example, if a secondary player bets on a dealer in a blackjack game, the house may remove a card with a low score value from the deck. This may reduce the probability that the dealer will win, and thus the probability that the secondary player may win if betting on the dealer. In various embodiments, the game that the secondary player bets on the house may not be a game that is actually played by the primary player. Rather, the game may be a house simulated or simulated game with various outcome probabilities changed from the standard probabilities of the game.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may take the house position, or approximately the house position, and place a bet on the primary player's loss. Thus, the secondary player may be defeated regardless of which primary player wins and wins regardless of which primary player loses. For example, if the primary player loses a $ 1 bet, the secondary player may win $ 1. However, if the primary player wins $ 10, the secondary player loses $ 10. In order to ensure that the house can recover $ 10 from the secondary player if the primary player wins $ 10, the house covers the potential for the secondary player to lose. In order to do so, the secondary player may be required to deposit a sufficient deposit in the house. The deposit is freely charged by the house for collection in the form of the credit balance accumulated by the secondary player (eg as a result of inserting a banknote or as a result of winning a bet), as a secondary player's obligation Can be received in the form of a financial account that can be received (eg, a secondary player may provide a credit card number), a check provided by the secondary player to the house, or any other suitable form May be. In various embodiments, the house may require a secondary player to make a deposit or other commitment equal to the maximum possible payout that the primary player can receive. For example, suppose a primary player participates in a game that the primary player may win up to $ 100. If a secondary player bets on the loss of the primary player, the secondary player may risk losing up to $ 100 in the game. Thus, the house may require the secondary player to have a $ 100 credit balance to bet on the primary player's loss. In various embodiments, the house may require a secondary player to confirm (eg, by pressing a button) to confirm that he knows that he has the potential to lose up to an amount X. X is the maximum amount that a secondary player can lose by participating in the game.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the loss of the primary player without reflecting the payout of the primary player. For example, a secondary player may bet $ 1 for a game in which a secondary player bets against a primary player. If the primary player loses the game, the secondary player may receive $ 1.25 with a net profit of $ 0.25. If the primary player wins, the secondary player may lose a $ 1 wager with a net loss of $ 1. Regardless of the amount the primary player earns, the secondary player may lose $ 1. For example, even if the primary player wins $ 1 or the primary player wins $ 100, the secondary player may lose $ 1.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet that the primary player will win a certain multiple of the primary player's bet in a given game. For example, the secondary player may bet $ 5 for the primary player to win at least three times the $ 2 wager of the primary player in the game. If the primary player wins at least $ 6, the secondary player may win $ 20. If not, the secondary player may lose his $ 5 wager.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may be paid according to a table or function that maps all possible outcomes of the primary player to secondary player payments. For example, if the primary player wins $ 0, the secondary player may receive $ 3, and if the primary player wins $ 1, the secondary player costs $ 5 If the primary player wins $ 2, the secondary player may receive $ 0, and if the primary player wins $ 3, the secondary player The player may receive $ 0, if the primary player wins $ 4, the secondary player may receive $ 1 and so on. As will be appreciated, the function need not perform a linear or continuous mapping.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may be prohibited and / or prevented from making bets that may provide an advantage to the secondary player. For example, the secondary player may be prevented from betting on the loss of the primary player, in which case the house has an advantage over the primary player.

  (1.3.) A player bets on a past game. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on games that have been played in the past. With respect to the game, (a) the start of the game, (b) the end of the game, (c) the collection of wagers from the primary player who played the game, and (d) for the primary player who played the game At least one of the prize payments may have been made in the past (eg, before the secondary player bets on the game).

  A game record may be created when the game is first played. The record may contain sufficient data to reproduce all or part of the game. Such data may include (a) one or more seeds or random numbers used to generate the game results, (b) one or more results of the game (eg, “Cherry Bell Lemon”, eg, a series of 5 cards (such as cards that make up a poker hand), for example, a set of card hand (a player's hand and a dealer's hand, or a player's hand and a player's opponent's hand) Etc.), for example, one or more numbers indicated by one or more dice (in a craps game, etc.), for example a series of numbers indicated by a series of dice rolling, for example a set of numbers in a kino game, for example in a bonus round Payout, for example, the level achieved in a bonus round), (c) one or more pictures that make up the outcome of the game, and (d) one or more cards. (E) reel position for one or more reels of the slot machine, (f) number of decks used, (g) decisions made by the primary player of the game, (h) game results One or more algorithms used to generate, (i) an identifier for the gaming device used in the game, (j) a payment table used for the game, (k) used in the game The game machine manufacturer, model, or year of manufacture, (l) the date and time the game was played, (m) the location where the game was played, (n) the dealer involved in the game, (o) used to play the game The position of the primary player in the table, (p) the identification name (eg name) of the primary player who played the game, (q) the identification name of another player in the game (eg game) Another player at the blackjack table made), (r) a bet made by the primary player of the game, (s) a prize received by the primary player of the game, (t) of the game It may include video recordings, (u) game audio recordings, and (v) a sequence of cards dealt from a set of cards. The video recording of the game may include video recordings from various views. In some embodiments, the video recording may show or focus on cards, dice, reels, or other items that determine and / or reveal the outcome of the game. The video recording may include a record of actions in the game (eg, a player's record to place a bet, make a decision, and / or collect a prize). Such a video recording may be focused on the player's hand, for example. In some embodiments, the video recording may show or focus on a dealer or other casino agent responsible for the game. In some embodiments, the video recording may show or focus on the player's face or body. For example, the video recording may indicate a player's facial expression or body language during the game. In some embodiments, the video recording may be focused on the audience. In some embodiments, the video recording is recorded from an actual game. In some embodiments, a video recording is generated. The video recording may be generated based on stored data regarding the game.

  Video recordings may be generated in a number of ways. In some embodiments, the video recording may be generated by combining stock video clips. For example, one stock video clip may indicate a primary player (eg, an actor who plays the role of a primary player) making a bet. Another stock video clip may show the primary player rolling the dice. There may be a stock video clip of all possible outcomes in the game. For example, there may be a stock video clip that shows all the possibilities when rolling two dice. In order to make a complete video record of the game, the casino will, for example, respond to the actual results of the video clip being betted, the first game being betted by the secondary player. The resulting video clip to be deployed and the video clip of the player collecting the prize money may be combined. In some embodiments, the stock video recording may include a video recording of the entire game. If a similar game is played later, the same video recording may be used for the similar game when the secondary player joins the similar game.

  In some embodiments, the video recording is generated using a computer algorithm. For example, a computer algorithm may generate a record showing a simulated primary player who places a bet and rolls a dice, a dice that splashes and lands, a simulated game progress assistant who pays a prize, etc. Good. In various embodiments, the video may be generated to be as faithful and practical as possible to the game data. For example, the video may be generated to show a video or animated depiction of the results actually performed in the primary player's game.

  In various embodiments, the video may be generated based on data about the game. Data indicating the primary player's bet amount may be used to generate a video of a primary player (e.g., a simulated primary player) making the same bet amount. Data indicating the outcome of the game may be used to generate a video indicating that the same result is generated. Data indicating intermediate pictures or marks that appear during the game may be used to generate a video showing these same intermediate pictures or marks. For example, data indicating that a heart 7 was dealt at a particular position in a blackjack table could be used to generate a video showing a simulation of a heart 7 dealt in a simulated blackjack table. Good. Data indicating the primary player's identification name may be used to generate a video. For example, based on a stored photograph of the primary player, the casino may generate an animation of the primary player who is playing the game. Data indicative of the primary player's age or other demographics may be used to generate a video. For example, if the primary player is a 60 year old woman, the casino may generate an animation of the 60 year old woman playing the game. In some embodiments, demographic data about a player may be used to retrieve a stock record of players with similar characteristics. For example, a stock record of a 60 year old female player may be retrieved.

  The game record may be stored by a gaming device, casino server, third party server, or other device. Thereafter, the secondary player may bet on the game, or some aspect of the game. Once the secondary player places a bet, the data stored in the record may be used to reproduce the game or to reproduce some aspects of the game. For example, a video record of the game may be shown to the secondary player. In some embodiments, the outcome of the game may simply be displayed for the secondary player.

  Based on the outcome of the game and based on bets made by the secondary player, the secondary player may lose a wager, lose a portion of the wager, become an even or win May be paid. For example, if the game result is a winning result, the secondary player may be paid based on the standard game rules. For example, if a secondary player bets $ 10 on a blackjack game and the primary player in the game receives 20 points against the dealer's 19 points, the secondary player will have his bet In addition to keeping the price, you may earn $ 10.

  If the secondary player bets on what can happen to the primary player, the primary player's win or loss may be revealed to the secondary player. For example, if the secondary player bets on the loss of the primary player and the primary player loses, the secondary player may win. If the secondary player receives twice the prize money of the primary player due to the betting by the secondary player and the primary player wins $ 20, the secondary player will have 40 You may receive dollars.

  (1.4.) The primary player that the secondary player was betting on is no longer available. In various embodiments, the secondary player may participate in one or more games played by the primary player. For example, the secondary player may bet on a game played by the primary player. The primary player may end his play session at some point. The secondary player, on the one hand, may wish to continue to participate in the primary player's game and may therefore be aware that he has been deprived of the opportunity to bet on the primary player's game.

  (1.4.1.) The primary player is asked to stay (stay bet). In various embodiments, the primary player may indicate his intention to end the play session. For example, even when the primary player is in a table game, the primary player may stand up, exchange money, or refrain from betting. The secondary player may indicate a request to continue participating. For example, the secondary player may press a button named “Continue Session” on the betting interface. The secondary player makes his request in words (for example to a casino agent), via text (for example via a text message sent to the casino agent) or in any other way May be transmitted. Regardless of whether or not the secondary player actually indicates a request to continue participating, the primary player may be contacted. For example, a casino agent may contact a primary player. Such agents may include waitresses, pit bosses, dealers, and the like. The primary player may be asked to stay and continue playing. The primary player may be provided with cash, goods or services, free meals, show tickets, odds improvements, free points, etc. as benefits for staying. The primary player may be notified that there is a secondary player who understands the result of the primary player and wants to remain with the primary player.

  In some embodiments, a primary player who intends to quit may be asked to stay only if one or more criteria are met. For example, a primary player may be required to stay only if at least three secondary players are participating in the game of the primary player. Other criteria are: (a) there are at least X secondary players watching over the primary player's game; (b) a second interested in participating in the primary player's game. There are at least X next players, (c) the amount bet on each game of the primary player by the secondary player was at least X dollars, (d) a specific number of games for a specific period The total amount bet on the primary player's game by the secondary player during a particular play session, etc. was at least X dollars, (e) participated in the primary player's game The profit gained by the casino from the secondary player was at least X dollars; (f) the theoretical profit or profit gained by the casino from the secondary player who participated in the game of the primary player was at least X dollars, etc. may be included. It will be appreciated that in order to ask a primary player to stay, the casino may require that any combination of the above criteria be met. There may be multiple ways to meet the above criteria, including partially satisfying more than one of the criteria. It is further understood that there may be other criteria that the casino can use based on being met so that the casino can ask the primary player to continue the play session.

  In various embodiments, if the primary player continues to play (ie, the primary player's expected winnings occupying the wagering cost is exactly zero), the casino will prompt the primary player. An opportunity to play a fair game may be provided.

  (1.4.2.) The casino plays automatically. In some embodiments, if the primary player ends the play session, the casino or house may play on behalf of the primary player. For example, a blackjack table dealer may continue to hand his hand to the position where the primary player was. The dealer may make a decision regarding the hand (eg, hit or stand decision). The decision may be made according to an optimal strategy. The determination may also be made based on input from a secondary player. Another representative of the casino may also take the place of the primary player. For example, another agent may sit at the table or slot machine where the primary player was and resume play.

  In some embodiments, game results may be automatically generated once the primary player leaves. For example, a slot machine left by a primary player may continue to generate results. Thus, the secondary player may continue to bet on the result.

  In some embodiments, the computer algorithm may make decisions in the game. Since the computer algorithm may represent the primary player in the game, the secondary player may participate in a game in which no human primary player exists. In some embodiments, the computer algorithm may serve as the primary player even if no secondary player has participated in the previous human primary player's game. Good. In other words, the computer algorithm does not necessarily have to represent the primary player and may serve as a simulated or artificial primary player from the beginning. The computer algorithm may make decisions in the game. Computer algorithm decides how much to wager, what kind of bet to make (eg, computer algorithm may decide whether to get insurance in a blackjack game), check Decision to play, bet, raise, call or fold (eg in a poker game), decide whether or not to accept more cards (eg in a blackjack or video poker game), and in game Any other decisions that may be made may be made. A computer algorithm may refer to a stored set of rules that make a game decision. For example, a computer algorithm may point to a table that enumerates one or more possible situations that may occur in a game and enumerates the corresponding decisions to be made when that situation occurs. The computer algorithm may also include procedures, logic, or other computational methods for calculating decisions that take into account certain game states. For example, in a video poker game, a computer algorithm may calculate the expected prize taking into account each of several possible decisions. The computer may determine which decision yields the highest expected prize and perform that decision.

  In various embodiments, the computer algorithm may be programmed to make decisions that yield the highest expected winnings, payouts, and / or profits in the game. In various embodiments, the computer algorithm may be programmed to approximate the play of a human player. The computer algorithm may be programmed to prefer a strategy that has an emotional or intuitive appeal over an optimal strategy at least sometimes. For example, a computer algorithm may be programmed to pursue a high paying hand in a video poker game, even if the expected winnings can be optimized by pursuing a more secure hand with a lower payment. May be. In various embodiments, the computer algorithm may be programmed by different individuals. Some computer algorithms may be programmed to take great risks in the strategy used. Some computer algorithms may be programmed to play conservatively. Some computer algorithms may be programmed to bet frequently (eg, in a poker game). Some computer algorithms may be programmed to wager only occasionally (eg, in a poker game) and still with a highly desirable hand.

  (1.4.3.) The interrupted session of the primary player is resumed when the primary player returns. In some embodiments, when the primary player leaves, the secondary player's session may be put on hold. In other words, for a while, the secondary player may not have an opportunity to bet by participating in a game played by the primary player. However, when the primary player returns and starts a new game, the secondary player may have the opportunity to resume play.

  (1.4.3.1.) When the primary player returns, an alert is given to the secondary player. In some embodiments, an alert is sent to the secondary player when the primary player returns, or when the primary player returns shortly, or when the primary player is about to return May be. Alerts may take the form of phone calls, emails, text messages, verbal alerts by casino agents, and the like.

  (1.4.4.) In some embodiments, the secondary player may indicate a primary player who may be interested in the secondary player participating in the game. This allows the secondary player to “tag” or “bookmark” the primary player as a player who may want the secondary player to participate in the game. In various embodiments, the casino may play when a bookmarked primary player plays (e.g., when seated at a gaming device or game table, e.g., when a player tracking card is inserted into the gaming device or game table, e.g., The secondary player may be able to easily determine when one or more games have been played in the most recent past. For example, the secondary player may review a bookmarked list of primary players. The secondary player may select one of the primary players from the list, then whether or not the primary player is currently playing, what the primary player is You may be shown whether you are playing a game, where the primary player is playing, or any other relevant information. In some embodiments, the casino may notify the secondary player whenever the bookmarked primary player starts playing. In some embodiments, the casino may keep track of various statistics associated with the primary player bookmarked by the secondary player. When a secondary player contacts the casino (for example, when sitting from a secondary player to a terminal that can participate in the primary player's game) or at any other time, the casino Such statistics may be reported to the secondary player. The statistics may include statistics regarding recently played games, recent wins, recent losses, recent high payouts, recent profits, and the like. The statistics need not be recent, but may be recent if the secondary player already knows older statistics about the primary player. In various embodiments, a secondary player participates in a bookmarked primary player's game when the secondary player is ready to begin participating in the primary player's game. Opportunities may be provided (eg by default). The secondary player participates in the game of the first bookmarked primary player (eg, the first primary player in the secondary player's preferred primary player list). Opportunities may be provided. If the secondary player declines it, the secondary player will select the second bookmarked primary player (eg, second in the list of preferred primary players of the secondary player). May be provided with an opportunity to participate in the game of the primary player. In various embodiments, multiple secondary players may share primary player tags or bookmarks between themselves. For example, a secondary player may publish a list of people who are considered “lucky” primary players. Other secondary players may browse the list and decide to participate in the listed primary player's games.

  (1.4.5.) The expected amount is paid to the secondary player. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the outcome of the primary player across multiple games. For example, a secondary player could bet that the primary player would have won financially one hour after play. However, if the primary player leaves before the 1 hour of play ends, the secondary player's bet may remain unresolved. In various embodiments, the secondary player's bet is resolved by the expected amount (EV) of the secondary player's winnings. For example, if the secondary player's expected prize is $ 8 based on the current time, the primary player's current prize, and the odds of the game that the primary player was playing, When the next player ends the session, the secondary player may be paid $ 8. A wager may also be resolved by various functions of the EV (eg, EV minus processing fees, 50% of EV, etc.).

  (1.4.6.) The wager is returned to the secondary player. In some embodiments, when a primary player ends a session, a wager made by a secondary player who was subordinate to the primary player ending the session is a secondary It may be returned to the player.

  (1.4.7.) The option to participate in another primary player's game is shown to the secondary player. In some embodiments, when a primary player ends a session, the secondary player may be able to place another primary player (a secondary player may bet on that person or the game). May be presented). By selecting one or more new primary players, the secondary player may continue to participate in the game. For bets that require the first primary player to complete the session, the new primary player will be treated as if continuing from where the first primary player left. Good. For example, a new primary player may be treated as if it had lost $ 6 in the last 30 minutes, just as the first primary player did. By a secondary player that if the new primary player subsequently wins $ 10 in the next 30 minutes, the first primary player will win one hour after play A bet may be a winning bet.

  When a new primary player selection is presented to the secondary player, the primary player presented is selected by the casino based on similarities to the first primary player May be. For example, assume that the first primary player was from Texas. When the first primary player ends the session, a new primary player, also from Texas, may be presented. Other features that the first primary player and the new primary player may share are: (a) they may play the same type of game (e.g., they both have IGT's Wheel of Fortune (registered trademark) may be played) (b) Both may be the same gender, (c) Both may be the same age, (d) Both are the same (E) Both may have an address or place of birth in the same geographical location, (f) Both are common (eg in music, food, sports, etc.) And (g) both may share a common birthday.

  (1.4.8.) The secondary player is given the opportunity to become the primary player. The secondary player is told where to sit and start playing. In some embodiments, when the primary player ends the session, the secondary player is provided with the possibility to become the primary player. For example, the secondary player is shown the location of the slot machine or table game that the primary player was playing. The secondary player may be provided with the opportunity to sit in the primary player's seat and / or replace the primary player.

  (1.4.9.) In some embodiments in which a primary player's historical game is found, when the primary player ends a session of play, the secondary player Opportunities to participate in the primary player's historic game may be provided. In various embodiments, historical games may include games where secondary players have not yet joined. This may allow the secondary player to have the opportunity to continue to benefit from the technology, luck, or other value associated with the primary player.

  (1.5.) Maintenance of the player's privacy. In various embodiments, the identity of the primary player may be hidden from the secondary player. This prevents the secondary player from knowing financial information that requires careful handling regarding the primary player, and the secondary player accuses the primary player of undesirable results. Or otherwise it can prevent damage or discomfort to the primary player.

  (1.5.1.) The secondary player will not see the person he is betting on. In various embodiments, the primary player's facial features or any other identifiable features are hidden from the secondary player. For example, in a video recording of a primary player's game, the face is smeared, covered, or completely removed from view. The audio may be deleted or masked.

  (1.5.2.) The secondary player does not know where the person he is betting. In various embodiments, the primary player's location is camouflaged or concealed. In other cases, particularly in actual games, it is conceivable that the secondary player can know the primary player by simply going to the location of the primary player. Accordingly, in various embodiments, the primary player's whereabouts identification feature may be deleted from the video record of the primary player's game. Such features may include casino identifiable features such as photographs, sculptures, fountains, restaurant names, toilet signs, poker room or other casino category signs. Table game identification features may also be disguised or deleted. For example, the unique design or color of the table may be deleted. In various embodiments, a game or location with easily identifiable and / or unique features may be inappropriate for participation by a secondary player.

  (1.5.3.) A limit on the number of times a secondary player can bet on one particular person. In various embodiments, there may be a limit as to the number of games of the primary player that a secondary player may participate in. This can reduce the possibility that the secondary player presents strong emotions to the primary player in some way. In various embodiments, there is a limit to the amount of time that a secondary player can participate in a given primary player's game.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may be switched from participating in the game of the first primary player to participating in the game of the second primary player. The secondary player may be switched without knowing that the secondary player has been switched. For example, the secondary player may receive data about the game, including pictures, marks, and / or results generated during the game. However, the secondary player may not necessarily receive identification information regarding the primary player of the game. Thus, when the secondary player is switched from participating in the first primary player's game to participating in the second primary player's game, the secondary player Since it may not have access to identification information about the first or second primary player, there is no need to be aware of the switch. In various embodiments, the secondary player, after a predetermined number of games, from participating in the first primary player game to participating in the second primary player game. It may be switched. For example, the secondary player may be switched to participating in the game of the second primary player after participating in the 25 games of the first primary player. In various embodiments, the switching may occur randomly. For example, the casino may randomly generate a number between 1 and 100 each time the game is played by the first primary player. If the number exceeds 80, the casino switches the secondary player from participating in the game of the first primary player to participating in the game of the second primary player. Also good. In some embodiments, switching may occur after a random number of games with an upper limit. For example, if the secondary player is not switched after the first primary player's 20 games, the secondary player may be switched automatically. In some embodiments, the secondary player may be switched according to his own requirements. In various embodiments, if a secondary player is switched between games of different primary players at a reasonable frequency, the likelihood of the primary player's privacy being compromised may be reduced. In some embodiments, the secondary player may be notified when switching from the first primary player's game to the second primary player's game. In some embodiments, the secondary player is not notified of the switch.

  (1.5.4.) The time to ensure that the primary player is not in the place where it was before by the time the secondary player starts participating in the game. Introduction of delay. In various embodiments, a secondary player is limited to betting on games that have been played in the past for a predetermined amount of time (eg, one or more days in the past). In this way, the primary player can no longer be in the vicinity, so the secondary player is unlikely to be able to contact the primary player. In various embodiments, secondary players are limited to betting on games played by primary players who have already left the place where the game was originally played.

  (1.6.) The secondary player or spectator is provided with knowledge of what the next card is or what the primary player's opponent holds. The secondary player may watch the primary player struggle with the decision while already knowing the correct decision. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be notified of information about a game that the primary player does not know, or at least information about the game that the primary player did not know when participating in the game. Good. For example, a primary player may participate in a video poker game. The secondary player may watch the progress of the game from the remote terminal. The secondary player may be notified that the next four cards in the deck are all ace. However, this information is not made known to the primary player. Thus, the secondary player may experience the excitement that the primary player desires to draw the focard.

  (1.6. 1.) The secondary player knows the next card, the picture that appears on the reel, the unique door that opens in the bonus game, and so on. In various embodiments, the secondary player may, at some point in the game, prior to when the primary player knows (or knows), (a) the outcome of the game (eg, “Cherry Cherry Cherry” )), (B) the payment received by the primary player based on the game, (c) the result of the game (eg, winning or losing), (d) the reel position, (e) the picture appearing on the reel (eg, the second The next player will complete the winning result of "Bar Bar Bar Bar" by showing the "Bar" picture on the third reel of the slot machine before the primary player knows (F) cards received by the primary player, (g) cards received by the dealer, (h) the top of the deck used in the card game or A nearby card, (i) a card hand that is achieved by the primary player when the primary player makes a specific decision (eg, a hit decision in blackjack), (j) The order of the cards in the deck, (k) payments, results, or outcomes resulting from a particular selection in the bonus game on the gaming device (eg, the primary player selects the third door in the bonus game, (Acquires 200 coins), (l) a card received by the primary player's opponent, (m) a card held by the primary player's opponent (eg in a poker hand), (N) Numbers that appear on the dice in the game (eg in craps), (o) Numbers that occur in the roulette game, etc. One may be notified of the above.

  (1.6.2.) If the primary player is unlikely to make a decision to win the secondary player, the secondary player may make a new bet with clearly desired odds. Good. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be able to bet on a game being played by a primary player after knowing information about the game. A bet may be made with odds that are clearly advantageous to the primary player. For example, suppose a primary player holds the first hand of video poker, consisting of a king of spades, a king of clubs, a heart of 10, a club of 3, and a diamond of 7. What is unknown to the primary player but known to the secondary player is that the next four cards in the deck are the heart ace, heart king, heart queen, and That is the heart jack. Thus, in various embodiments, if a primary player discards a spade king, a club king, a club 3 and a diamond 7 the primary player will receive a royal flush (best payout result). Can be achieved. The secondary player may be able to bet 4 coins on the game. A secondary player may earn one coin with one pair of Jack or Better, two coins with two pairs, three coins with three cards, and 800 coins with royal flush. Thus, the secondary player may bet 4 coins with the obvious possibility of earning 800 coins. In fact, the second player may win 800 coins. However, it is very unlikely that the primary player will discard the king pair to draw up to 10 four-cards in the heart. Therefore, there is a possibility that the primary player may offer a payout of three coins to the secondary player by holding the king pair, drawing the three card and ending with the king three card. high. Thus, in various embodiments, the primary player's strategy may be predicted by, for example, a casino server. Taking into account the lack of information regarding future outcomes or outcomes (eg future cards in the deck), the predicted strategy may be an optimal strategy, for example. Based on the prediction of the primary player's strategy, the casino server may provide a betting opportunity to the secondary player so that the house maintains profits taking into account the predicted strategy. . If the primary player has access to knowledge of future outcomes or outcomes (eg future cards in the deck), the same betting opportunities offered to the secondary player will be detrimental to the house It may have been. Accordingly, the secondary player may place a certain bet on the game in the hope that the primary player will deviate from the optimal or conventional strategy.

  (1.6.3.) The secondary player may provide hints. In various embodiments, the secondary player may have the opportunity to communicate hints to the primary player. The hint may take the form of a decision proposal. For example, the hint may indicate that the primary player should discard the first and third cards in the video poker hand. The hint may take the form of denial. For example, the primary player may initially indicate a particular choice of strategy (such as a particular combination of cards to be discarded in a video poker game). The secondary player may provide an indication that such a strategy should not be followed. The secondary player may be able to deny only once or a predetermined number of denials. The hint may take the form of information about a pattern or a game result or achievement. For example, in the bonus round of the slot machine game, the secondary player may notify the primary player of the number of coins behind the door 2. In some embodiments, it may occur that there are more coins behind the door 3, but the secondary player may only be able to give hints about the door 2.

  (1.6.4.) The secondary player may watch over the primary player for entertainment purposes. The secondary player may watch the facial expression during the desired outcome, or the facial expression during the near miss. In various embodiments, the secondary player may gain entertainment or other satisfaction by watching the primary player's experience. For example, the secondary player may watch where the primary player plays a game in which the primary player wins a large payout. The secondary player can watch the facial expression of the primary player (eg, from a video recording) and observe that the facial expression changes from expressionless to surprise and uplifting. The secondary player may choose to participate in a game that has or may have had an emotional influence on the primary player. Therefore, even if a secondary player selects a game in which a payment exceeding a predetermined amount is obtained, a certain result (for example, a winning result) is achieved, a jackpot is achieved, a bonus round is played, etc. Good. The secondary player may also select a game that the primary player is approaching or will approach to achieving a high payout. For example, the secondary player may select a game in which the primary player has four cards leading to a royal flush in video poker and then draws the fifth card. . The secondary player may also select a game in which two of the three reels of the slot machine line are lined up in a jackpot pattern.

  (1.6.5.) A search is performed to find a game that includes near misses or any other features of the high payout results. In various embodiments, the secondary player may receive information regarding upcoming games, games in progress, or games already played. Based on the information, the secondary player may select a game to join or a game to watch. The secondary player may have a favorite game he / she wants to play, a favorite primary player he / she wants to bet, a favorite dealer he / she wishes to participate in the game, and the like. A secondary player may also want to participate in a game that knows something about the outcome, results, or other information about the game. For example, a secondary player may want to participate in a game where the first two reels of the slot machine show a jackpot picture.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may indicate one or more desired criteria for the game. Various games that meet one or more criteria may be made available to participating secondary players. The secondary player may then select one or more participating games. In various embodiments, once a secondary player has indicated one or more criteria, the secondary player may automatically begin participating in a game that matches the criteria or criteria. The criteria indicated by the secondary player for the game are: (a) the game has a specific dealer, (b) the game has a specific number of players, (c) the game is on a specific game device (D) the game is played on a specific type of gaming device, (e) the game is played by a specific primary player, (f) the game has specific characteristics (eg, age, race, (G) The game has a possibility of payout exceeding a certain level (for example, the game will give 1000 times the wager amount), which is performed by a primary player with marital status, nationality, residential area, occupation, etc.) (H) The game has an expected payout above a certain level (eg, an expected payout exceeding 95% of the initial wager), (i) The game has a bonus round ( ) The game is played at a certain place, (k) The game is played at a certain time or date, (l) The game is or will be the winning game (eg the game is the first player's first (M) characterized by the fact that the game has almost all the necessary pictures required for high payouts (eg video poker games lead to royal flush) And so on), and so on.

  (1.6.6.) Prevent collaborative work. In various embodiments, measures may be taken to prevent collaborative work between a primary player and a secondary player. In particular, if the secondary player knows information about the game (for example, a card hidden in the deck), the secondary player can exchange information with the primary player, It may be possible to benefit the player and himself. As described above, the identity of the primary player may be hidden from the secondary player. Similarly, the identity of the secondary player may be hidden from the primary player. One or both of the primary player and the secondary player may be confined in an enclosed space (eg, a soundproof room or a Faraday cage) that reduces the likelihood of communication. In order to detect possible communications between the two, a signal detector (e.g. an antenna) may be installed near the primary player or the secondary player. Mobile phones, pagers, BlackBerry®, and other communication devices may be temporarily confiscated from one or both of the primary player and the secondary player. The secondary player may participate in the game only after one or more game decisions (including all game decisions) have been made in the game.

  (1.7.) What happens if a repair is needed while the machine is rotating? What happens if the primary player takes too long to finish the game. In various embodiments, completion of the game may be delayed or prevented. For example, the game device may break down during the game. The primary player may begin a discussion with a friend in the middle of a video poker game and may therefore delay the game decision for several minutes. A secondary player participating in a delayed game may recognize that the delay is frustrating and may wish to complete the game in some other way.

  (1.7.1.) The game is automatically completed. In various embodiments, the game may be completed automatically by a casino, for example. The automatically completed game may actually be a copy of the first game, so the primary player can complete the first game himself. However, the secondary player may receive payment based on the automatically completed game. The game may be completed using a predetermined strategy (eg, optimal strategy). The game may be completed using a random strategy, for example, one of several possible strategies is randomly selected.

  (1.7.2.) The secondary player decides the game. In some embodiments, the secondary player may have the opportunity to complete the game by making his own decisions. For example, if the game is blackjack, the secondary player may indicate a decision such as “hit” or “stand” to complete the game. In various embodiments, the secondary player may complete a copy of the initial game, so the primary player may complete the initial game himself. The copy of the first game may include a second game having one or more parameters or aspects similar to the first game. For example, in a copy of a game, one or more of a player's hand, a dealer's hand, the order of cards in a deck, a prize available behind a certain door in a bonus game, etc. May be the same.

  (1.7.3.) The wager is returned to the secondary player. In various embodiments, if the game is delayed, a wager bet on the game by the secondary player may be returned to the secondary player.

  (1.7.4.) The secondary player is provided with the expected amount of his prize money at the time of the game. In various embodiments, if the game is delayed, an expected payment or expected prize money paid to the secondary player may be provided to the secondary player. In some embodiments, an expected payment function is provided (such as an expected payment minus a fee).

  (1.8.) Communication between the secondary player and the primary player. In some embodiments, the primary player and the secondary player may be given an opportunity to contact. The contact may be made via text, voice, or any other means. The contact may be made through a casino server. Communication may be monitored by a casino (eg, by a computer program or a casino agent). If there is inappropriate or threatening language and / or the communication provides any form of fraud to either the primary player or the secondary player, the communication may be edited or blocked Good.

  (1.8. 1.) The secondary player sends help to the primary player. For example, “You should hit here”. In some embodiments, the secondary player may send help to the primary player. The secondary player may assist the primary player with strategies in the game (eg, blackjack, video poker, or actual poker). In video poker, the secondary player may suggest which cards the primary player should discard. In blackjack, a secondary player may suggest whether to hit, stand, double down, split, etc. In an actual game of poker, the secondary player may advise the primary player whether to check, bet, raise, fold, or call. The secondary player may also propose a bet or raise amount. The secondary player may provide other suggestions or opinions (eg, suggesting that another player is probably hungry). The secondary player may provide additional information (eg, probabilities of various events that occur taking into account a particular strategy). For example, a secondary player may indicate that if the primary player continues a poker game, the odds of making a flash may be approximately one-half.

  (1.8.2.) The secondary player takes over the game. In various embodiments, the secondary player may represent the primary player in making a game decision. For example, the secondary player may send a signal that allows a game decision to be made without further input by the primary player. For example, the primary player may press a button named “Follow the secondary player” on the game device. The secondary player may then select, for example, a discard card from the remote terminal. The remote terminal may then send an indication to the game device which card the secondary player has chosen to discard. The selected card may then be removed from the primary player's hand and replaced with a new card. The primary player may win or lose and receive payment based on the decisions made by the secondary player.

  (1.8.3.) Sending chips to the primary player. In various embodiments, the secondary player may send chips, other consideration, or other thank-you marks to the primary player. For example, if a primary player just wins a high payout, and this causes the secondary player to also get a high payout, the secondary player will thank the primary player with a tip. You may want to give. The secondary player may provide an indication that he wishes to give the primary player a chip, for example, by pressing a button on the remote terminal. The casino server may then deduct the amount of chips from the account associated with the secondary player and add the amount to the account associated with the primary player. The casino server may also allow the amount of chips to be paid out to the primary player's gaming device or table, for example in the form of a coin or cashless game receipt. In some embodiments, the primary player may make a payment to deliver something to the primary player. For example, a secondary player may pay for a bottle of wine. A casino agent (eg, a waitress) may then deliver a bottle of wine to the primary player at the location of the primary player.

  (1.9.) A betting interface. The secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player using various interfaces. The interface may allow a secondary player to select a game to participate in, selecting various aspects of the game, such as the device on which the game is played, the primary player playing the game, time, etc. Including that. The interface may allow a secondary player to select a bet type. For example, a secondary player can bet on a primary player win or a primary player lose. The interface may allow a secondary player to select a wager amount. The interface allows secondary players to inject cash or other consideration, verify their own identity (for example, to receive free offer points), and cash prizes or remaining balance It may be.

  (1.9.1.) The Internet. The secondary player may participate using a network (eg, the Internet or a casino intranet). A secondary player may use a computer (eg, a personal computer) for this purpose. The secondary player may view the selection of a game to participate, the progress of the current game, the credit balance, etc. using a computer monitor. The secondary player may enter the decision using a mouse, computer keyboard, or any other computer input device. For example, a secondary player may enter a bet amount using a numeric keypad on a computer keyboard. The secondary player may also use a device such as a phone, a mobile phone, a personal digital assistant, or a BlackBerry®. The contents of the following US patent applications (listed by application number, title, and case number in parentheses) are hereby incorporated by reference for all purposes. That is, (a) No. 10 / 835,995 “System and Method for Convenience Gaming” (0725234.121), (b) No. 11/063, 311 “System and Method for Convenience Gaming” (0754, 01542). (C) No. 11 / 199,835 “System and Method for Wireless Gaming System with User Profiles” (0752344.0173), (d) No. 11 / 199,831 “System for the Wire 75. 0174), (e) No. 11 / 201,812 “System an” d Method for Wireless Gaming with Location Determination ”(0753234.176), (f) No. 11 / 199,964“ System and Method for Providing Wiring Asam.34 ”, No. 11 / 199,964. No. 256,568 “System and Method for Wireless Lottery” (0725234.178), (h) No. 11 / 210,482 “System and Method for Peer-to-Peer Wireless Gaming” (795, 792). No. 60 / 697,861 Enhanced is a Wireless Gaming System "(075234.0183). As is known in the prior art, the device used by the secondary player to participate in the game may communicate with the casino server via the network. The message may be exchanged between the device used by the secondary player and the casino, and the message is represented by an electronic pulse, light pulse, or any other practical representation of a bit It takes the form of a stream.

  (1.9.2.) A felt table with an actual dealer. In various embodiments, a secondary player may participate in a game by sitting at a table and interacting with a casino agent. The table on which the secondary player sits may be different from the table on which the primary player sits. Accordingly, the game activity of the primary player may be performed at a location different from the location of the secondary player. However, the secondary player may store cash or chips at his table, and may indicate a wager by placing chips on certain parts of the table. The secondary player may watch the activity of the primary player's game from this table, for example using a closed circuit television. Based on the results of the game played by the primary player, the secondary player may receive payment at his table. Thus, for example, a casino agent at the secondary player's table may collect wagers from the secondary player, and the primary player's game results will be the winner of the primary player. In some cases, a prize may be paid to the secondary player. The secondary player's table may be similar in appearance to the primary player's table. For example, the table may have the same shape and surface marking. In response to the primary player sitting at the primary player's table, the secondary player may be seated at the same position as that at his table. The secondary player enjoys the same experience as the primary player, except that he will not use the cards, dice, or other gaming devices used at the primary player's table. Also good. In various embodiments, the secondary player table serves as a means for the secondary player to place a bet, receive a prize, and possibly view the primary player's game. You may fulfill.

  In some embodiments, the secondary player uses the same table or gaming device as the primary player. For example, a secondary player may place a bet in addition to the primary player's hand. The secondary player may then receive payment based on the outcome of the primary player's game.

  (1.9.3) A machine in a casino. In some embodiments, a secondary player may participate in a game using a machine or terminal configured to allow participation in another game. The terminal may include coin slots, bill validators, credit card readers, and / or other means for accepting consideration. The terminal may include buttons, keys, roller balls, and / or other input devices that may be used by secondary players to select a game to participate in, select a bet amount, select a bet type, etc. May be included. The terminal may communicate with a device that executes the actual game. For example, the secondary player's terminal may communicate with a gaming device that the primary player is playing. Accordingly, the terminal may receive instructions from the primary player's device regarding the games played by the primary player, the bet amount, the results received, and other relevant information. The secondary player's terminal may communicate directly with the primary player's device, or may communicate with a casino server that communicates with the primary player's device. The secondary player's terminal may also communicate with sensors, detectors, and / or other monitoring devices, for example in games played by the primary player in a blackjack game. For example, the secondary player's terminal may receive a supply from a camera located in a blackjack game being played by the primary player. In various embodiments, a dealer or other casino agent may report information about a primary player's game. For example, the dealer may enter on a keypad connected to the casino server that the primary player was dealt an ace and 10 in a blackjack game. Such information may be subsequently received at the secondary player's terminal and used in determining the secondary player's payment. The secondary player's terminal may be a mobile device (eg, a mobile device as described in Nevada Bill AB471).

  In some embodiments, the secondary player's terminal may be configured or configured to look like a gaming device. The terminal betting interface may be designed to look similar to the gaming device betting interface. The graphics shown on the housing or screen may also be similar. However, the terminal may simply reproduce and redisplay the game and results generated by the gaming device. In various embodiments, the terminal may not generate its own game or result, for example using its own processor or locally stored algorithm. In various embodiments, the terminal may comprise a kiosk.

  (1.9.4.) Casino desk. In various embodiments, a secondary player may visit a casino desk, casino cage, or other casino venue, where he may place a bet. The secondary player may then select a game to participate in. The secondary player may bet. The secondary player may receive a record of his bet. For example, the record may be a paper receipt. The record includes the name of the secondary player, the name of the primary player, the type of game, the time of the game, the machine or place where the game was played, the amount of the bet, the wagering conditions (eg what results May constitute a winning result), and any other relevant information. Once the game is determined, the secondary player may return to the desk and receive any prize payments.

  (1.9.5.) How to input bets. In various embodiments, the bet amount and bet selection may be entered using a button, keyboard, microphone, computer mouse, joystick, or any other input device. The secondary player may also place bets and indicate the amount bet according to the rules. The rules include instructions that the computer algorithm may follow, which indicate rules or conditions that specify when and how much to place a wager. By betting according to the rules, the secondary player may save effort that repeatedly indicates his intention to bet. The rules are: (a) bet $ 1 on each new game until the secondary player provides instructions to stop, (b) bet $ 1 on each new game in the next 20 games Continue, (c) bet $ 1 on the game after each win, double the previous bet after each loss, (d) keep betting until the credit balance reaches 0 or $ 100, etc. But you can. In some embodiments, the rules may be explicitly entered by a secondary player. In some embodiments, different rule sets may be predefined. The secondary player may simply select one of the predetermined rule sets to have his bet automatically executed according to the selected rule set. In some embodiments, the rule set indicates that the previous bet should be repeated. The secondary player simply needs to confirm before making each new bet. For example, for the first game, the secondary player may bet 5 coins on each of the seven paylines of the slot machine game. For the second game, the secondary player may simply press the “Repeat Previous Bet” button to bet 5 coins again on each of the 7 paylines. The process of re-entering a bet without pressing such a button can be time consuming. Further, the primary player may have continued the next game until the secondary player has time to enter a bet for the second time. In various embodiments, the secondary player may specify a wager for a previous wager. For example, the secondary player may indicate a request to bet the previous bet twice or make the same bet made two games ago.

  (1.9.5.1.) Layout of betting screen and graphical user interface. In various embodiments, a secondary player selects a bet type, selects a bet amount, tracks game progress, tracks primary player progress, game devices, tables, dealers Statistics related to primary players, casinos, etc. may be viewed, all of which use a betting interface on the display screen. The display screen may also function as a touch screen, so the secondary player may interact with the screen by touching a certain position on the touch screen. The first position on the screen may include a selection area. Any number of attributes associated with the game may be shown in the selection area. For example, the selection area may list a large number of primary players. The secondary player may select one of the primary players to indicate that he wants to participate in the selected primary player's game. The selected areas are (a) primary player, (b) game device, (c) time, (d) date, (e) casino, (f) game type (eg video poker, slot, etc.), ( g) Dealer, (h) Opponent, (i) Game result (for example, game paid 0-2 coins, game paid 3-4 coins, game paid 5-6 coins) Etc., a range of payouts provided by the game), etc. may be presented. Possible choices may be presented as a menu, list, scroll bar, or any other presentation. The secondary player may go through various levels of selection before completely specifying the game in which he participates. For example, the secondary player may first select the primary player, then select the game device and then the game time. Each selection set may be presented as a new menu.

  The second position on the screen may include a betting area. In the betting area, the secondary player may indicate the amount to bet on the game. The secondary player may specify the betting results, such as the number of paylines to bet or the number of video poker hands to bet, the secondary player also specifies the amount bet on each payline or each result May be. If different types of bets can be made (for example, main and insurance bets in Blackjack, pass lines and hard eights in craps, etc.) which secondary player wants to place May be specified. The secondary player may specify to place a bet on the primary player. For example, a secondary player may specify a bet that the primary player will lose or win, or may specify a bet that the primary player will win more than a certain amount. Good.

  The third position on the screen may include an area where information about the game is displayed. The area may allow a secondary player to track the progress of the game. In this area, the secondary player may see a new picture (for example, a card in a card game or a picture on a slot reel), and a new bet may be placed by the primary player and / or his opponent. What is done, decisions are made by the primary player, decisions are made by the dealer, hidden pictures are revealed (for example, the dealer's down card is returned to the table in a blackjack game) ), Paying out wagers (eg from the primary player), paying out prizes (eg to the primary player). The third position on the screen is a live video, an animation showing the reproduction of the game, a video with the game pre-recorded, a pre-recorded video showing a game similar to the game in which the secondary player is participating, or other Any video display may be included. The third position may include a text description of the event in the game. For example, the text description may indicate “Joe Smith has just been dealt with a pair of Kings”.

  The fourth position on the screen may allow a secondary player to view statistics related to game devices, tables, dealers, primary players, casinos, and the like. For example, the fourth position is a graph showing the number of times a primary player has won or lost in the last 100 games, the primary player's funds over the last two hours, and the date on which the particular game device was last May indicate the number of payments of more than 20 coins. Statistics may be presented in any conceivable format using tables, graphs, bar graphs, line graphs, pie charts, and the like.

  The fifth position on the screen may allow the secondary player to communicate with the primary player, casino agent, other secondary players, or others. The fifth location may comprise, for example, a chat area, where text conversations are tracked and different utterances are named with the originator of the utterance.

  The sixth position on the screen may allow the secondary player to track his own progress. For example, the secondary player may check his / her account balance and statistics about his / her win / loss.

  The seventh position on the screen may allow the secondary player to redeem part of his winnings and / or account balance.

  The eighth position on the screen may allow a secondary player to call a casino agent, for example, to order food.

  As will be appreciated, the above positions may overlap. All positions need not have the same function at the same time, and may be replaced. For example, at the initial point in time, the screen may be completely occupied by the video recording of the game. When the game is over, the video recording may be replaced with statistics about the player. It is further understood that there may be additional locations on the screen.

  (1.9.6.) In order to participate in the game of the primary player, the secondary player may provide identification information about himself. The identification information may include name, age, residence status, nationality, driver's license number, social security number, and / or any other identification information. The casino may use such identification information to verify that the secondary player is authorized to place a bet as a secondary player and / or participate in the game. For example, the casino may use the identification information to verify that the secondary player is over 21 years old. The casino may allow the secondary player to participate in the primary player's game only if the secondary player is over 21 years old.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may be automatically identified by the casino. For example, a secondary player may seek to participate in a game while at a remote terminal or device. The remote terminal or device may be configured to verify the identity of the secondary player before communicating with the casino. In some embodiments, the terminal or device may communicate with the casino only if the secondary player is a specific player. Thus, the casino may automatically identify the secondary player by the terminal or device where the secondary player is located. If a terminal or device is configured to communicate with the casino only if a particular secondary player is identified to the terminal or device, the casino will be You can be sure that you want to join. The specific secondary player may be, for example, a specific secondary player who is authorized to participate in the game. In some embodiments, the remote device or terminal may constitute a mobile device (eg, a mobile device as described in Nevada Bill AB471). A mobile device may be programmed to be used only by certain secondary players. Thus, if a secondary player is authorized to place a bet and the mobile device is configured to communicate with the casino only if a specific secondary player is using it The casino can confirm that the person making the bet via the mobile device is an authorized secondary player.

  (1.10.) The secondary player bets on the result that the primary player did not bet. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on a result or outcome that was not bet by the primary player. As will be appreciated, there can be many possible outcomes for a given game, and many types of bets can be made on various outcomes. For example, in craps, many different bets can be made in the same game, among them “pass” and “do not pass”.

  (1.10.1.) The secondary player bets on the payline that the primary player did not bet on. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a slot machine payline that was not bet by the primary player. For example, a slot machine may include three paylines (eg, lines 1, 2, and 3). The primary player may bet on payline 1. The secondary player may bet on payline 2 and / or payline 3. In various embodiments, the secondary player may also bet on payline 1. In some embodiments, the secondary player is only allowed to bet on a payline that the primary player has not yet bet on. Such an embodiment may help a secondary player avoid determining that the primary player has realized a winning payline and then betting on the same payline. . In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on a payline that was not available to the primary player at the time of play. For example, the secondary player may place a bet on a custom payline composed of the upper two pictures on the first reel and the lowest picture on the second reel in the slot machine. In some embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a payline that was not even displayed to the primary player during game play. For example, the slot machine may show only one picture on each reel of the viewing window. The picture on each reel that is one position above the viewing window may not be displayed. Nevertheless, the secondary player may have an opportunity to bet on a payline with an array of pictures one position above the viewing window. Similarly, a secondary player may place a bet on a payline with an array of pictures at one position below the viewing window. In various embodiments, any other payline or result may be configured with a displayable picture and a non-displayable picture. For example, the payline may be configured by using a part of a picture that can be displayed to a primary player and a part of a picture that cannot be displayed.

  (1.10.2.) In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a picture that has never been shown to the primary player. Such a picture may have appeared, for example, considerably above the viewing window. In some embodiments, such a picture may be shown to a secondary player.

  (1.10.3.) A card game is played using unused cards. For example, in video poker, only the top 10 cards may be used during the game. The secondary player can play another game using cards from the bottom of the deck. In various embodiments, a secondary player may play a game using cards, pictures, or other marks that were not revealed to the primary player. For example, a primary player may participate in a video poker game. The primary player may use the top nine cards from the shuffled deck during the game (for example, the primary player receives the first five cards dealt first, then 4 Draw additional cards). However, in a standard 52 card deck, 43 cards remain in the deck. The secondary player may play a new game using the remaining 43 cards. Therefore, the secondary player may participate in a game for which no one knows the result. This may help to avoid situations where a secondary player may choose to participate in a game that he knows will have a favorable outcome for him. In various embodiments, a secondary player may use a remaining card to make a new one after a blackjack game, after a poker game, after a casino war game, or after any other game. You may participate in the game. In various embodiments, the secondary player may make his own decisions in the game, for example, rather than based on the decisions of the primary player. In various embodiments, the secondary player may use the cards remaining in the deck for games other than the game in which the deck was originally used. For example, after a deck has been used for a primary player's video poker game, a secondary player may use the cards remaining in that deck for a blackjack game.

  (1.10.4.) The secondary player bets on a function of the data from the game. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on a function or transformation of results, outcomes, or other data used in games played by the primary player. As used herein, the term “function” may refer to a process or procedure for associating any acceptable input with an output such that there is only one output for a unique input. Outputs and inputs may be numerical or non-numeric. As used herein, an input “function” may refer to the resulting output when the function is used to relate the input to the output. As used herein, the term “transformation” may refer to a process or procedure for associating any acceptable input with an output.

  (1.10.4.1.) A result is generated using a function of random numbers used when generating a result in the first game. Assume that a random number 10232 was used to generate a result in the primary player's game. By using a value obtained by adding 1 to this random number, the number 10233 can be used. This can have very different results. Various games played at the casino utilize a random number generator. For example, the slot machine may use a random number generator to select a random number for each reel of the slot machine. Each random number is then used to determine the picture to be shown by the corresponding reel. In various embodiments, a game played by a secondary player may use a new set of random numbers generated based on a random number function used in a game played by a primary player. For example, the random number used in the game played by the secondary player may consist of each random number used in the game played by the primary player plus one. Therefore, “10245, 31189, 19320” may be converted to “10246, 31190, 19321”. This new set of random numbers can be used to generate algorithms or results for games played by secondary players (eg, the same algorithm used in games played by primary players). It may be used as input. As will be appreciated, any random number function in the primary player's game may be used to generate random numbers in the secondary player's game. For example, 1 may be subtracted from each random number to change the order of the random numbers (for example, each random number corresponds to a different reel), each random number may be multiplied by a coefficient, and so on.

  In various embodiments, the seed number may be used in random number generation. Thus, in some embodiments, the number of seeds used in a game played by a primary player is converted according to a function to generate seeds used in a game played by a secondary player. (For example, 1 may be added).

  In various embodiments, a game played by a primary player may provide a first result having a first associated payout. The game may be camouflaged by changing the first result to a second result having the same payout. Accordingly, the primary player may view the first result when playing the game, but the secondary player may view the second result when participating in the game. Financially, the primary player and the secondary player may have the same experience. In other words, in various embodiments, both the primary player and the secondary player will have the same payout for the same bet. However, the primary player and the secondary player will observe different expressions of the game. For example, assume that a slot machine game includes several possible outcomes. Of these possible outcomes, “Bar Bar Bar” has an associated payout of 10 coins, and “Cherry Cherry Cherry” also has an associated payout of 10 coins. The primary player may play a game and achieve a “bar bar bar” result. Secondary players may also participate in the game. When the game is presented to the secondary player, the secondary player may be shown a result of “Cherry Cherry Cherry”. Accordingly, in various embodiments, a first outcome of a game may be generated for a primary player. The casino may determine what other outcomes have the same payout as the first outcome. The casino may select a result to be presented to the secondary player who participated in the game from other results.

  In various embodiments, the results presented to the secondary player may be different with respect to both the constituent picture and the payout resulting from the results observed by the primary player. However, over two or more games, the secondary player will have the associated payout result equal to the payout associated with the result presented to the primary player over the same two or more games. May be presented. For example, the primary player and the secondary player may participate in the same two games. In the first game, the primary player may be presented with a result A and receive an associated payout of four coins. For the first game, the secondary player may be presented with a result C and receive an associated payout of 3 coins. In the second game, the primary player may be presented with a result B and receive an associated payout of six coins. For the second game, the secondary player may be presented with a result D and receive an associated payout of seven coins. Therefore, neither the primary player nor the secondary player was presented with different results over the two games. However, after two games, each receives a total of 10 coins, both receiving the same total payout.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may view a game that is essentially the same as the game being played by the primary player. However, the game may be camouflaged by replacing the picture from the presentation to the primary player with a new picture for presentation to the secondary player. For example, “cherry” when viewed by a primary player becomes “dog” when viewed by a secondary player. However, with respect to the underlying logic, the game may remain the same. For example, “Cherry” may always be mapped to “Dog”, as well as a consistent function that maps the picture shown to the primary player to the picture shown to the secondary player. Also good. Paytables on the display for primary and secondary players may exhibit similar functional relationships. For example, suppose the primary player's pay table includes a line showing 15 payouts for “Cherry Cherry Cherry”. Corresponding lines in the pay table for secondary players may include a line showing 15 payouts for “Dog Dog Dog”. In various embodiments, other graphics may be changed. For example, the background color of a game viewed by a primary player may be blue, and the background color of the same game viewed by a secondary player may be green. In various embodiments, the second game presented to the secondary player may be of a different type than the game presented to the primary player. However, a result having the same payout as the result that appeared in the game played by the primary player may be selected to be presented to the secondary player. For example, the primary player may participate in a casino war game. The secondary player may view the results of the primary player's game, but it may be disguised as a craps game. For example, if a primary player wins a casino war game (eg, by giving a card having a higher rank than a card dealt to a dealer), the secondary player will receive the first roll of the game. An animated sequence of dice that rolls out 7 may be shown (ie, the winning result in craps). However, if the primary player loses the game to Casino War, the secondary player may be presented with a video sequence of dice that rolls 2 in the first roll of the game (ie, the result of losing in craps). ).

  The various methods of game impersonation described herein provide the advantage that in certain embodiments, it is difficult for a secondary player to determine details about the first game in which he is participating. May be. For example, this may make it difficult for a secondary player to change bets based on prior knowledge about the outcome of the first game.

  (1.10.4.2.) The same random number may be used, but the reel configuration is different. In various embodiments, the gaming device may store an internal table or function that maps a random number to a picture or result. For example, the random number 1293 may be mapped to the “cherry” pattern on the reel 1 of the slot machine. In various embodiments, the game played by the secondary player may utilize the same random number as the random number used in the game played by the primary player. However, the secondary player's game may include a different table or matching function between the random number and the picture. Thus, for example, in a game played by a secondary player, the number 1293 may be mapped to a “bell” pattern instead of “cherry”. Therefore, while using the same random number, the game of the secondary player may reach a picture or result different from the picture or result that appeared in the game of the primary player.

  In various embodiments, the gaming device may store an internal table or function that maps random numbers to reel positions. For example, the random number 2451 may instruct the game device to stop the reel 1 according to the position 12 displayed in the viewing window of the game device. Each position on the reel may be provided with a picture. For example, a reel may have 10 positions, each position approximately corresponding to 36 degrees of a circular reel arc. Therefore, by instructing the game device to stop the reel at a certain position, the random number also instructs the reel to display a picture provided at that certain position. In various embodiments, the game played by the secondary player may utilize the same random number as the random number used by the game played by the primary player. However, the position and / or order of one or more pictures may be changed. Therefore, the same reel position in the game of the secondary player may correspond to a pattern different from the pattern corresponding to the game of the primary player. Thus, despite using the same set of random numbers, the secondary player's game may have a different picture or result than the primary player's game.

  (1.10.4.3.) What happens when all cherries are converted to bars? A secondary player may bet on actual results, but one aspect is changed to another. In some embodiments, one or more pictures acquired in a game played by a primary player may be mapped to other pictures in a game played by a secondary player. For example, an arbitrary “cherry” pattern in the game of the primary player may be converted into a “bar” pattern in the game of the secondary player. Thus, if the primary player receives a “Cherry Bell Cherry” result, the secondary player receives a “Bar Bell Bar” result. The pay table between the two games may remain the same. In embodiments where the paytable remains the same, the winning result can be mapped to the losing result and the losing result can be mapped to the winning result. In some embodiments, a first card in one game is converted to a second card in another game. For example, heart 2 becomes the diamond king. In some embodiments, the overall outcome of the primary player's game may be mapped to different outcomes in the secondary player's game. For example, the result of “Bell Lemon Plum” may be mapped to “Cherry Cherry Cherry”. In various embodiments, when a picture in a game played by a primary player is mapped to another picture in a game presented to a secondary player, the same mapping is performed in the pay table. Also good. For example, suppose that a “lemon” pattern in a game played by a primary player is mapped to a “tree” pattern in a game presented to a secondary player. If a line showing 100 payouts related to the result of “Lemon, Lemon, Lemon” is in the pay table of the primary player reading, 100 payouts related to the result of “Tree Tree Tree” The corresponding line shown may be in the secondary player indication paytable.

  (1.10.4.4.) A secondary player may bet on the initial distribution of cards, but here 7 is wild. In some embodiments, the pattern in the game played by the primary player may have a new meaning in the game of the secondary player. For example, in the case of a card game, any 7 distributed in the game of the primary player may be counted as a wild card in the game of the secondary player. Thus, for example, a primary player may receive a final poker hand: a spade queen, a heart queen, a diamond jack, a heart 3 and a spade 7. At this time, the primary player may be paid based on having a one-pair (jack or better) hand. Since 7 may count as a queen, the secondary player may be paid based on having a three-card hand.

  (1.10.4.5.) A secondary player may bet on a blackjack hand that appeared in poker, and vice versa. In various embodiments, a secondary player may play a different game by using the same picture or result obtained by the primary player. For example, a primary player may participate in a blackjack game. The secondary player may form a poker hand using cards received by the primary player. Thus, if a primary player receives 2 of spades, 7 of spades, 3 of spades, 3 of spades, 6 of spades (19 points in a blackjack game), the secondary player You may receive flash (all spades) in poker games.

  (1.10.4.6.) The secondary player may bet on the shifted data. For example, the result consists of the last two reels with one slot pull and the first reel with the next slot pull. Alternatively, a poker hand consists of the last three cards of a hand and the first two cards of the next hand. In various embodiments, a single game for a primary player may be created by combining data, graphics or results from two or more games of a primary player. For example, by combining three cards used in the first game of the primary player and two cards used in the second game of the primary player, A single hand of cards for the game may be configured. Data used in the primary player's successive games may be treated as a stream of data frames, with each frame containing all the data from one game. For example, each frame may include three pictures that appear on the slot machine payline. A new stream of data frames may be created by shifting the frame limit by a certain number of data points (eg, a certain number of pictures) (eg, left and right). Thus, for example, each frame in a new stream of data frames may include a picture from reels 2 and 3 followed by a picture from reel 1. In other words, a new game was created using the last two pictures of the primary player in the first game and the first picture of the primary player in the second game. Accordingly, a new game sequence may be generated for the secondary player by shifting data frames used in the primary player's game sequence.

  (1.10.4.7.) The secondary player may bet on the same results except for different pay configurations. For example, a secondary player may lose with a royal flush. In some embodiments, the secondary player may receive the same results as the primary player. However, the pay table applied to the secondary player may be different from the pay table applied to the primary player. For example, in a video poker game, the primary player may win 5 coins with a flash, but the secondary player may only win 2 coins.

  (1.11.) The secondary player may bet on the total result of the primary player. For example, the secondary player may bet that the primary player will win or lose after one hour. In some embodiments, the secondary player may place bets that depend on multiple games or outcomes of the primary player. For example, a secondary player may decide that the primary player will win the next three games, or that the primary player will win the next game but lose the following game. You may bet. A secondary player may bet that a primary player's win or loss will meet one or more conditions after a specified period of time. The secondary player may bet that the total primary player prize will exceed a certain amount in the next hour. The secondary player may bet that the loss of the primary player will exceed $ 1000 in the next 6 hours. The secondary player may bet that the primary player will lose more than $ 100 or win more than $ 200 in the next 15 minutes. Wins and losses can be net of each other (eg, a $ 20 win and a $ 10 loss can result in a net gain of $ 10), or can be calculated separately (eg, related to lost stakes) And the total prize money is the sum of all the amounts won). The secondary player may bet on any statistics related to the results received by the primary player. For example, the secondary player may bet that the primary player will receive more than 10 payouts of more than 20 coins each in the next 25 minutes. The secondary player may bet that the primary player will achieve 4 full houses in the next 50 games. In various embodiments, the secondary player may track the net prize or net loss of the primary player. Thus, for example, if the primary player loses $ 200 after one hour, the secondary player also loses $ 200. If the primary player wins $ 734, the secondary player also wins $ 734.

  (1.11.1.) The secondary player may take the upside instead of the downside of the primary player. In some embodiments, the secondary player gives the secondary player the right to earn an equal amount if there is a primary player's prize over a period of time, but the primary player If the player has a net loss, a payment or bet may be made that the secondary player is not obligated at all. For example, if the primary player achieves a $ 50 prize over the next hour, the secondary player may also receive $ 50. However, if the primary player loses in the next hour, the secondary player has no obligation to pay beyond his initial wager or payment. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be obliged to receive or pay money based on a more complex function of primary player wins and losses. For example, a secondary player may receive three times the primary player's prize money in the next hour, but loses the primary player's loss if there is a loss. You may be obliged to pay 1.5 times.

  (1.11.2.) In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet that the primary player will receive five payouts of more than 20 coins.

  (1.12.) The secondary player may bet on the difference between what the primary player bet and what the primary player could bet on. The secondary player may end the partial wager and thereby obtain only the extra payout resulting from the extra wager amount. In some embodiments, the secondary player may place a bet that the primary player could have made but did not. This includes ending the bet made by the primary player. In this way, the secondary player can earn a payment that the primary player would have won more than the actual win if the primary player made a bet. Good.

  (1.12.1.) For example, many machines require a stake of 3 coins to win the jackpot. If the primary player bets only 2 coins, the secondary player bets the 3rd coin and then wins by betting 3 coins against the bet of 2 coins A difference may be obtained. Various game devices include a pay table based on the number of coins to bet. For example, if a player bets one coin and receives a result of “Bell Bell Bell”, the player wins 100 coins. However, if the player bets two coins and receives the same result, the player wins 200 coins. Many gaming devices provide better payout odds for each increase in bet coins. Thus, in the above example, if the player bets 3 coins and receives a result of “Bell Bell Bell”, the player will earn 400 coins. Thus, at least for “Bell Bell Bell”, the incremental payout odds of the third bet coin are better than those of the second bet coin. Thus, for example, if a primary player bets only two coins in a game, the secondary player is offered for the third bet coin by betting the third coin himself. Better incremental payout odds may be used. If the result of “Bell Bell Bell” appears, the secondary player will have the difference between the payout for the three coins bet and the payout for the two coins bet, ie 400 You may receive 200 coins which are the difference of a coin and 200 coins.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may make additions or terminations to bets on games made by the primary player, so the primary player and the secondary player The total stakes of both can result in higher payouts. The secondary player may receive any extra payout related to his wager. Thus, if the payout relating only to the primary player's wager is X and the payout relating to the sum of the primary player's wager and the secondary player's wager is Y, The primary player may receive X and the secondary player may receive Y-X.

  (1.12.2.) In Craps, bets are placed after others have bet. In various embodiments, the primary player of a craps game is given an opportunity to bet further during the game. For example, if a primary player sets points for a pass line bet, he will have the opportunity to place a bet after his pass line bet, which is called an “odds bet”. Odds bets often do not have a house advantage and are therefore generally more advantageous to the player than almost any bet in a casino. However, players at craps tables often do not make odds bets, or do not make the full amount of odds bets they can. In various embodiments, the secondary player can place odds bets that the primary player could have made. If the odds bet wins, the secondary player may be paid for the odds bet. Thus, a secondary player may enjoy the opportunity to place a bet with true odds without having to make an unfavorable passline bet first.

  (1.12.3.) In various embodiments, a secondary player may place an odds bet, even if the primary player has already made such a bet, or A partial bet may be made such as betting the third coin in the slot machine. Nevertheless, the secondary player may receive incremental payouts associated with such bets. For example, the secondary player may bet one coin that is counted as the third coin bet in the slot machine. Thus, the secondary player may be entitled to earn a payout difference between the payout for the three coins bet and the payout for the two coins bet.

  (1.13.) The primary player may check who or how many players are betting on him. In various embodiments, the primary player knows the secondary player participating in the primary player's game or the secondary player who will subsequently participate in the primary player's game. May be. The primary player may receive a description of the secondary player's name, image and various attributes (eg, age, occupation, location of residence, etc.). The primary player may also receive an indication of the outcome of the secondary player while participating in the primary player's game. For example, the primary player may decide whether the secondary player has won or lost, the type of bet made by the secondary player, the number of games the secondary player has participated in, the secondary player You may confirm the period etc. which were participating in the game of a primary player. The primary player may infer satisfaction or satisfaction from the participation of the secondary player. For example, a primary player may feel proud that many secondary players have participated in his game. The primary player may feel proud of having won a prize for the secondary player. In various embodiments, the primary player may have an opportunity to contact the secondary player. For example, the casino server may provide the contact information of the secondary player to the primary player.

  In various embodiments, the primary player may be paid based on participation of the primary player in the game by the secondary player. The primary player may be paid for each secondary player and for each game. For example, a primary player may receive 0.5 cents per secondary player per game. Therefore, when three secondary players participate in the two games of the primary player, the primary player has 0.5 cents x 3 secondary players x 2 games = 3 You may receive a cent. Thus, the primary player benefits from having more secondary players and by increasing the number of games each secondary player participates in. The primary player may be paid for by a bet rate made by a secondary player participating in his game. The primary player may be paid by a percentage of expected prize money derived from a wager of a secondary player participating in the primary player's game.

  Accordingly, the primary player may be encouraged to communicate some value to the secondary player in order to attract the secondary player to participate in his game. The primary player may communicate value, for example, by using a good strategy. The primary player may also attempt to provide entertainment by, for example, joking or commenting on his game.

  In various embodiments, data from a primary player game and / or a primary player game is made available for participation and / or viewing by a secondary player of interest. May be. Data from the primary player's game may be made available continuously, continuously, and / or on a real-time basis. The secondary player may browse or participate in the game at his spare time or at any time. As such, data from a primary player's game may be broadcast or transmitted in a manner similar to a television or radio program, or in a manner similar to a regularly updated web page. The secondary player may freely adjust the channel or change to another channel. Each primary player may constitute a “channel” or “station”. The secondary player may browse the list of primary players just like browsing the list of television stations, for example. The secondary player may then determine which primary player or “station” he / she wishes to join. In selecting the primary player, the secondary player may also have the opportunity to review data relating to historical games played by the primary player. For example, a secondary player may be able to examine the primary player's wins and losses over the previous 20 games.

  In various embodiments, the casino may select from a subset of available primary players the primary player whose game data is made available to the secondary player. In some embodiments, the casino may act as a “disc jockey” by selecting which primary player's data is available to others. The disc jockey may be a human (eg, a casino employee) or may be a computer algorithm that automatically selects a certain primary player based on, for example, a defined rule set. The disc jockey or jockey may select the primary player based on any number of factors. The primary player (a) based on recent results (eg, recent wins or high payouts), (b) based on long-term results (eg, long-term profits), (c) (E) based on the use of basic strategies in blackjack, (d) based on fame status (eg, based on whether the name was published in last year's newspaper), (e) preferred by secondary players May be selected on the basis of a history or the like. The disc jockey may make data from certain primary players unavailable and / or begin making data from other primary players available at any given time, May be determined. For example, the disc jockey may determine that any secondary player will not be interested because the primary player has lost continuously. Accordingly, the disc jockey may not be able to use data from the primary player. For example, a disc jockey may determine that a given primary player may have been interested in a secondary player just because he has won a high payout. Accordingly, the disc jockey may begin making data from the primary player available.

  In various embodiments, data regarding the primary player's game may be made available across one or more casinos. The first casino may broadcast or transmit data from the games of one or more primary players to the second casino. Broadcast may occur over the radio or television frequency range, via mobile radio frequencies, via microwave frequencies, via metal or optical cables, or via any other means. One or more secondary players at the casino may browse the data (eg, browse games that are reproduced based on the data). The data may be made available on the Internet, one or more radio stations, a television, an interactive television, etc. For example, a secondary player may visit a web page that lists the names or identifiers of one or more primary players. The secondary player may view data related to the game of the corresponding primary player by clicking on the identification name. In some embodiments, the secondary player may set the television channel to a specific channel so that various primary player identifiers are listed in the menu. The secondary player may invoke additional data related to the primary player's game on the television screen by selecting an identifier from the menu (eg, using remote control).

  In various embodiments, data relating to the primary player's game may originate from the first casino. For example, the primary player may play a game at the first casino. Data regarding the game may be transmitted to the second casino. The secondary player may participate in the game from the second casino (eg, from a terminal at the second casino). Thus, the second casino may earn revenue from the secondary player by using data generated from the first casino. In various embodiments, the first casino and the second casino divide the revenue, win, profit, theoretical win, or any other monetary profit derived from the use of data at the second casino. May be. For example, 50% of the theoretical win from a secondary player wager (ie, the casino profit against the wager multiplied by the secondary player's wager amount) is given to the first casino by the second casino. May be. The monetary profit may be divided into a commission allocated to the first casino and another commission allocated to the second casino. In some embodiments, the second casino pays the first casino a flat fee for data usage. The flat fee may cover all possible uses of the data (ie use of the data in the number of games requested by the second casino) or one use of the data (ie in one game). It may be covered. In some embodiments, the second casino retains certain monetary profits from the use of data and pays any remaining monetary profits to the first casino. For example, the second casino may hold 2 cents of the theoretical win for the game in which the data is used and give the remaining portion of the theoretical win to the first casino. As will be appreciated, the monetary benefit may be divided between the first casino and the second casino in many other ways.

  (1.14.) The secondary player watches the game in progress. A secondary player may have various ways of watching or tracking the game or games in which he is participating. Tracking a game relates to receiving information about the outcome or result of the game, receiving information about a picture or mark that has occurred in the game (eg, a dealt card), or to an outcome or result received by a dealer or opponent. Receiving information, receiving information about decisions that are available or made in the game (eg, hit or stand decisions by the primary player), player traps (eg, primary player) in the game Or receiving information about the opponent's facial expression), receiving information about the amount bet on the game (eg, the amount bet by the primary player or the secondary player), the amount earned in the game (E.g., captured by a primary player or a secondary player Are amounts) to receive information about, or the like may contain.

  (1.14.1.) The split screen allows the secondary player to see all the roulette wheel at the casino simultaneously. In various embodiments, a secondary player may use one or more display screens to track the progress of one or more games in which he participates. Display screens are cathode ray tubes, flat panel displays, plasma displays, liquid crystal displays, diode displays, light emitting diode displays, organic light emitting diode displays, projection displays, rear projection displays, front projection displays, digital light processing (DLP) displays, surface electric fields ( SED) displays, electronic ink displays (eg, display technology from E-ink), holographic displays, and the like. Secondary players can use devices such as BlackBerry (registered trademark), iPod (registered trademark), personal digital assistants, mobile phones, laptop computers, cameras, personal computers, televisions, electronic books (eBooks), etc. The progress of the game may be tracked. A single screen may include information about a single game in which a secondary player participates. A single screen may also include information regarding multiple games in which a secondary player participates. The display screen may display information about a certain game on a part of the screen and display information about another game on another part of the screen. For example, the screen may be divided into four quadrants, each quadrant showing information about different games in which the secondary player is participating. A secondary player participating in two games may view the first of the two games on one display screen and the second of the two games on a different display screen. . The secondary player may thus watch or track the progress of the game using multiple display screens.

  (1.14.2.) The display is supplied from an overhead camera. In various embodiments, secondary players may track the progress of their participating games using video images and / or audio sounds from near the game. For example, the camera may capture the progress of a blackjack game played by a primary player. By watching the video image, the secondary player can determine which cards will be dealt in the game, decisions made by the primary player, decisions made by the dealer, and the outcome of the game (eg, the primary player wins). , Dealer wins, primary players blackjack, Thailand). In various embodiments, the video image or audio sound may be live, delayed, or stored for later playback and later played for the secondary player.

  (1.14.3.) Data is electronically wired from the slot machine. In various embodiments, data is captured from a gaming device or an actual table game and encoded in an electronic format before being used to display a display device (used to present data to a secondary player), a speaker, Or it may be transmitted to another output device. The output device may decode the electronic data and present it in a form that can be perceived by human viewing. The presentation may include a text description of the events in the game. For example, the text reads: “At 9:02 pm, slot machine number 1423 achieved a bar-bar-bar result. Congratulations, you earned 20 coins.” It may be. The presentation may include a reconfiguration of the game. For example, the game may be reproduced using a video display of the game. For example, a video slot machine may indicate the result achieved by the actual slot machine that generated the game in which the secondary player participated by showing a video reel that rotates and stops. In another example, a video dealer using a video card may be used to recreate the actual blackjack table game. In various embodiments, computer synthesized speech may report events in a game in which a secondary player participates to a secondary player.

  (1.14.4.) Only the running machine is shown to the secondary player. For example, a machine that is currently returning to a certain result is shown. In various embodiments, a secondary player may participate in several games at the same time. Not all games progress at the same pace. For example, one game may be ended while another game is in progress. In some embodiments, a game or game aspect may be presented to a secondary player only when an important or related event occurs in the game. For example, when the first game ends, all or part of the game may be presented to the secondary player. For example, when the first game ends, a depiction or image of the final result (eg, the final card on the primary player's hand) may flash on the display screen viewed by the secondary player. Good. When the second game ends, the image related to the first game may be deleted. When the second game ends, a depiction or image of the final result of the second game may blink on the display screen. In this way, the secondary player need only view the aspects of the game that are most relevant, most important, or most interesting to him. When the game is in an intriguing stage (eg, during rotation of a slot machine reel), the secondary player may view information about other games. Information that may be considered valuable to the secondary player is information about the decision to be made in the game (eg, the primary player receives the blackjack first hand and hits or stands The decision has to be made now), information about the decision made in the game (eg the primary player has decided to hit), information about new cards, pictures or other marks obtained in the game (For example, a new reel in the slot machine has stopped and showed a new picture for the payline), information about the final result of the game, information about the bonus round or entry to the bonus game (for example, the primary player Just won the opportunity to do a bonus round), by the dealer, or first Information about pictures, cards or other marks obtained by the player's opponent, information about the bet amount (eg bet amount by the primary player or secondary player), and the amount obtained (eg the first amount) Information on the amount acquired by the next player or the secondary player).

  (1.15.) The secondary player is notified when his favorite primary player is seated. In various embodiments, a secondary player participates in a specific primary player game, a game on a specific gaming device, a game played at a specific game table, a game played by a specific dealer, etc. You may like that. The secondary player may explicitly record his preferences, for example by notifying the casino. In some embodiments, a secondary player may be considered to have certain preferences, for example based on a history of participating in a particular primary player's game. For example, if a secondary player participates in a particular primary player's 300 games, the secondary player is deemed to prefer or enjoy participating in the primary player's game. May be. In some embodiments, the casino may notify the secondary player if a game is in progress or is in progress that the secondary player may be interested in joining. For example, assume that a secondary player has indicated that he wants to participate in a game played by a primary player named Joe Smith. When Joe Smith sits on the gaming device and begins playing, the casino detects the presence of Joe Smith (for example, by a player tracking card inserted by Joe Smith) and indicates that Joe Smith has started playing. You may notify a secondary player. The secondary player may then bet on Joe Smith's game. The casino may notify the secondary player using any number of contact means. The casino agent may call the secondary player, send a text or email message to the secondary player, call the secondary player, find the secondary player directly, etc. Good.

  (1.15.1.) The secondary player is informed about the presence of a successful primary player for him. If a secondary player has had a good result in the past when the secondary player has participated in the primary player's game, when the primary player starts playing, the secondary player The player may be notified. Good past results can mean that the secondary player has won the prize based on all previous participations in the primary player's game, and that the secondary player has Having won in the most recent period of participation in the primary player's game, the secondary player exceeds a predetermined amount in a single session participating in the primary player's game (eg, 500 That the secondary player has won a jackpot or other high payout result when participating in the primary player's game, It may be a win in the most recent X games when participating in the primary player's game, or any other outcome determination when participating in the primary player's game.

  (1.15.2.) The secondary player is informed about the presence of a primary player with good statistics. If a primary player has a certain historical record or certain statistics that may be of interest to a secondary player, the secondary player will be notified when that primary player begins to play. May be. A historical record is a record of winning one or more jackpots or other high payout results, a record of winning a prize for another secondary player, a very recent game session or any previous It may include a record that a profitable session has been achieved in a game session, a record that a profit has been achieved during a certain previous period (eg, in the past six months), and the like. The secondary player may also be notified when the primary player who has a certain degree of popularity starts playing. For example, a primary player may be evaluated by, for example, one or more secondary players based on the degree of satisfaction or other emotions of the secondary player with respect to the primary player. A primary player may be highly valued, for example, if he has won prizes for many secondary players in the past. Thus, for example, if a highly appreciated primary player begins to play, the secondary player may be notified and given the opportunity to participate in the primary player's game.

  (1.15.3.) The secondary player is notified when a good machine is used. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be notified when play begins on a gaming device or table that may or may be of interest to the secondary player. Numerous factors that may be of interest to the gaming device include: the secondary player gaining a jackpot or other high payout result when participating in the gaming device game, the secondary player That the game device has a profitable session, the secondary player has a recent session that benefits the game device, and the secondary player has another similar game device. Having a profitable session on a gaming device (e.g., the same type of gaming device, or a gaming device from the same manufacturer), one or more recent games on the gaming device will result in a jackpot or high payout result That a recent game on a gaming device has benefited for one or more players on the gaming device It was possible, the game apparatus, that are valued (e.g., by secondary player), and the like.

  (1.16.) The secondary player pays a fee for participating in the game. In various embodiments, the secondary player may be required to pay to participate in the primary player's game. Payments may be based on primary player status, rating, historical results or requests. For example, if the primary player is a well-known celebrity, the fee required of the secondary player may be higher than if the primary player is a celebrity that is not well known. Good. If the primary player has a very good historical result (for example, has made a significant profit in the past) than if the primary player did not have such a good historical result The fee required for the secondary player may be high. In various embodiments, a primary player may also declare a fee required for a secondary player to participate in his game. Some of such fees paid by the secondary player may be paid to the primary player.

  (1.17.) Rules for using old data in ready-to-use cash games. Since the player and / or casino may already know the data, there is an opportunity for fraud. Using historical games, results, and other data associated with the game provides an opportunity for any party with knowledge of the data to benefit. For example, a casino is a losing player (and thus a prize for the casino) that may provide a secondary player who has the opportunity to participate only in games where the casino knows the outcome. In another example, a secondary player may have already participated in a particular game (eg, as a primary player) and may thus know the outcome of the game in advance. Thus, if a secondary player knows that the game will result in a win for him, he will bet a big bet on the game, It is possible to make a small bet or not bet.

  (1.17.1.) Prior to being generated, the initial data may be tagged for reuse at a specific date and time in the future. As such, the casino may not be given discretion regarding whether to use the data. In various embodiments, before a particular game is played for the first time, the casino specifies the time, date, location, and / or any other situation or environment in which the game is allowed to participate by others. The situation in which the game is made available may be randomly selected according to an algorithm or in any other manner. Once the situation or environment for future participation in the game is established, the game may be started for the first time. In this way, the casino has established a future environment in which the game may be made available for participation by others (eg, by secondary players) before the casino knows the outcome of the game. Thus, even if the game is known to bring a jackpot to the player, the casino cannot make a decision to prevent participation in the game. In various embodiments, establishing a future environment in which games are available for participation by others becomes binding on the casino. The regulator may always know when the game has to be made available for future participation and may verify that the game was actually available. In various embodiments, a player or other party does not necessarily know the environment in which the game must be available in the future. In this way, the player cannot selectively select a game to participate based on prior knowledge about the outcome. In various embodiments, a record is stored that includes information about the game and information about the environment in which the game will be made available for participation by others.

  (1.17.2.) Data may be placed in a queue. Data must be used when the head of the queue is reached. In various embodiments, when a game is played or generated for the first time, data or information about the game is queued. Next, based on the first-in first-out model, games from the queue are made available for participation by secondary players. Thus, based on a relatively simple scheduling algorithm, the game is made available for participation, and there is little casino discretion as to when the game will be available for participation. In various embodiments, other scheduling algorithms may be used. For example, the game is made available according to a last in, first out scheduling algorithm. In particular, once the outcome of the game is known, any other scheduling algorithm may be used if the casino has little control over the schedule.

  (1.17.3.) One data set may be used only after another data set. In various embodiments, data relating to the second game may be associated with data relating to the first game. By this association, data relating to the second game may be used to allow a secondary player to participate in the second game only after data relating to the first game is used. May be defined. Similarly, the data related to the third game may be associated with the data related to the second game so that it can be used only after the data related to the second game is used. In this way, the association chain makes data about different games available in order, allowing a secondary player to participate in a series of games. Data about different games may be related in many ways. For example, data relating to the first game and the second game can be stored in a location having sequential addresses in the semiconductor memory. The casino may sequentially access locations in the memory by address, which may make data relating to the first game and data relating to the second game available sequentially. In some embodiments, data regarding a given game may be associated with an index. The index may be a numerical order index using an integer, for example. Using such an indexing scheme, for example, data relating to the game associated with index 235 may be made available after data relating to the game associated with index 234 is made available. In some embodiments, the index may be time. The time may represent, for example, the time when the relevant data was first generated, or the time when the data should be made available again. For example, if the time associated with a particular data set actually matches the current time, that particular data set may be made available, so the secondary player generates using that data You may participate in a played game.

  (1.17.4.) The machine that generated the time, date, and / or data may be randomly selected. In various embodiments, a game that is made available for participation by a secondary player is randomly selected using one or more randomly selected variables or parameters. For example, the time and / or date may be selected randomly. Once a date and time is selected, a game played at that date and time may be made available for participation by a secondary player. The gaming device, player, dealer, casino, location, and game type may also constitute randomly selected parameters. In various embodiments, several parameters must be selected simultaneously to narrow the game area to one specific game. For example, time, date, and machine number may be requested to determine a unique game. In various embodiments, the parameters may be selected by a secondary player, a casino, or a third party (eg, a regulator). In various embodiments, the parameters may be selected after the game is played for the first time.

  (1.17.5.) The secondary player may select time and / or machine. In various embodiments, the secondary player may select time, date, machine, or other parameters used to select the game. The selection is not necessarily random.

  (1.17.6.) The regulator may select time and / or machine. In various embodiments, a third party (eg, a game regulator) may select a game that is made available for participation by a secondary player. The third party may not particularly have a stake in the game outcome. Therefore, the third party may not be biased toward selecting a game that will win the secondary player or a game that will win the casino. The regulator or other third party does not necessarily select the game directly. Rather, the third party may select one or more parameters (eg, time, date, machine number) that may be used to select a game that satisfies the selection parameters.

  (1.17.7.) When data is first generated, a player who has a player tracking card in the game device may be prevented from playing a game based on that data. In various embodiments, the casino does not have a secondary player present in the game when the game is first played and / or the secondary player has no knowledge of the outcome of the game. You may verify that. The casino may verify that the player was not staying at the casino hotel on the date or time the game was played. For example, the casino may check a record of who checked into the hotel on the date of the game. The casino may check to see if the player made a bet at the casino on the date of the game. For example, the casino may check for the date of the game to see if the player has inserted or recorded a player tracking card in the gaming device. It is understood that the casino may verify the player's presence not only on a specific date, but also for longer or shorter periods. For example, the casino may verify that there is no player presence record for the entire five days including the game date. The casino may verify that there was no player in the same city where the game was played at the time the game was played. For example, a casino verifies that there is no player record at any other casino that is affiliated with the casino during the game date (eg, under the same ownership as the casino). May be. The casino may use any practical means to verify that the player did not have knowledge about the game or game outcome.

  (1.17.8.) Do not approve changes in betting scale. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be prevented from changing betting rules during a game session. In particular, if the secondary player has participated in a game that was first played in the past, the betting rules may not be changed. This may prevent the secondary player from changing the betting rules based on prior knowledge about the outcome of the game. For example, a secondary player may place a higher bet when he knows that the outcome of the game will be advantageous, or a lower bet when he knows that the outcome of the game will be unfavorable. You may be forced not to do that.

  (1.17.9.) Bet restrictions on games. In various embodiments, limits may be placed on betting rules made for games that have already been generated or played. For example, a secondary player may be allowed to bet only $ 1 for games played in the past. In this way, even if the secondary player has knowledge about the outcome of the game, the loss of the casino is limited. In some embodiments, the total amount of wagers for the game may be limited. For example, bets made by all secondary players participating in a particular game may be limited to a total of less than $ 5.

  (1.17.10) Limit on prize money. In various embodiments, possible winnings or payouts for a game may be capped. For example, if the payout for the result of "Bell Bell Bell" in the first game is 2000 coins, a possible payout for the same game when a secondary player is participating in this game May be reduced to 500 coins. This may limit the possible loss of the casino to a secondary player who has knowledge about the outcome of the game.

  (1.17.11) To disguise a game. In various embodiments, one or more aspects of the game may be camouflaged before the secondary player is allowed to participate in the game. Therefore, a secondary player who has previously participated in the game may not be able to recognize the game and bet accordingly. The game may be camouflaged in a number of ways. One or more graphics of the game may be modified to be displayed differently. For example, the pattern “cherry” may be displayed with a different lightness of red, or may be displayed as if three cherries are attached to the stem instead of two. In some embodiments, the new pattern replaces the old pattern. For example, the game may use a “blueberry” pattern instead of a “cherry” pattern. However, a result including blueberries may result in the same prize as the prize given by the cherry pattern in the first game. In some embodiments, the acoustic effect is altered or impersonated. For example, the background music of the camouflaged game may be different from the background music of the initial game. In some embodiments, the animation or video sequence may be changed. For example, the reels of the game device may be displayed so as to rotate faster or slower than the first game, or may be displayed more jerky, or may be displayed more smoothly. In an actual game, the characteristics of one or more players may be hidden or camouflaged. For example, the dealer's face in an actual game may be blurred in the video recording of the game. In some embodiments, a new face may be superimposed on the dealer or player's old face to enhance the effect of camouflage. As will be appreciated, there are many other possible ways to disguise a game, so even a player with knowledge of the original game cannot predict the outcome. As described elsewhere herein, a game may be disguised with different game skins while maintaining the same underlying events, results, logic, etc. In some embodiments, the game may be generated and displayed using at least two steps. In the first step, the outcome of one or more random events is determined, leading to a final outcome and final payout determination for the game. In a second step, a graphic display for the player is created using the random event results, final results, and final payout data. For example, once it is determined that the player will receive a result consisting of three similar pictures with an associated payout of 20 coins, such data may be provided to the second step. In a second step, a graphic rendering of a slot machine reel may be created, and the reel that such rendering shows will eventually rotate to a result with three similar pictures. In addition, the graphic rendering may include a flashing message “Congratulations, you have earned 20 coins!”. The first step may be performed by a first device, processor, algorithm, or set of algorithms, and the second step may be performed by a second device, processor, algorithm, or set of algorithms Is understood. Thus, the second device, processor, algorithm, or set of algorithms may be removed and replaced with a third device, processor, algorithm, or set of algorithms. This third device, processor, algorithm or set of algorithms may receive from the first step a data set identical to the data set received by the second device, processor, algorithm or algorithm set. However, the third device, processor, algorithm, or set of algorithms may perform the second step in a different manner. This allows the third device, processor, algorithm, or set of algorithms to have a different set of graphics, graphics rendering, or other than the second device, processor, algorithm, or set of algorithms generated. A display format may be generated. Thus, the underlying structure of the game remains the same, but displayed using different skins.

  (1.18.) Selecting a game aspect. In various embodiments, a secondary player may select a game to participate based on one or more attributes of the game, or one or more attributes associated with the game. A secondary player may select a game indirectly by first selecting an attribute and then having an opportunity to participate in one or more games having the selected attribute. Since various attributes may be particularly meaningful for secondary players, secondary players may prefer to play games having those attributes. In various embodiments, the casino may select a game for the secondary player that has attributes that are expected to be meaningful to the secondary player. In various embodiments, the casino may provide secondary players with the ability to search for games based on one or more attributes of the game.

  (1.18.1.) Select a special date. In various embodiments, the secondary player may know that a particular date is meaningful. Accordingly, the secondary player may select a game played on that date. If the casino knows a date that is meaningful to the secondary player, the casino may select the game played on that date for the player.

  (1.18.1.1.) Selecting the secondary player's birthday. The date meaningful to the secondary player may be the birthday. The birthday may be a birthday of a secondary player, a relative of the secondary player, a pet of the secondary player, a friend of the secondary player, or the like. The secondary player may indicate to the casino that such a date is meaningful to the secondary player. Thus, the casino may select a game played on that date for the secondary player. The casino may also have a record of the secondary player's birthday based on information already provided to the casino by the secondary player. For example, a secondary player may have provided his / her date of birth to a casino when he signed a player tracking card or received a loan from a casino. The casino may then select the game that was first played on the secondary player's birthday without a request from the secondary player.

  (1.18.1.2.) Select the date on which the large jackpot was won. In various embodiments, a secondary player may wish to play a game that was originally played on the date that a high payout (eg, jackpot) was earned. This may give the secondary player an opportunity to participate in the game where the jackpot was won. The secondary player may indicate to the casino a request to play the game that was first played on the day of the large jackpot. Next, the casino may allow a secondary player to participate in one or more games played on the day of the jackpot. The secondary player himself does not need to know the date on which the large jackpot was won. Accordingly, the secondary player may request that he be allowed to join the game from the same date as the date on which the most recent large jackpot was acquired.

  (1.18.1.3.) Select the date on which the progressive was still expensive. The secondary player may have shots at a high price progressive. In various embodiments, a secondary player may wish to have an opportunity to win a large progressive jackpot. As is well known, the size of a progressive jackpot may change over time. In general, as time progresses without a progressive jackpot being acquired, the progressive jackpot becomes more expensive. The current scale of progressive jackpots may not be high enough to meet the demands of secondary players. Thus, a secondary player may wish to participate in a historic game when the progressive jackpot was more expensive. Accordingly, the secondary player may request to participate in the first game played when the progressive jackpot exceeds a certain threshold. Accordingly, the casino may allow a secondary player to participate in such a game.

  (1.18.2.) Selecting a game device. In various embodiments, the secondary player may search for gaming devices that have the desired attributes or features. As soon as a game device having the desired attributes or features is found, the secondary player may choose to participate in a game played on the game device. The secondary player may search for a game device using a search form. In the search form, the player may select from various features of the game device. Some of them are described below.

  (1.18.2.1.) The secondary player may search for a game device based on the historical results of the game device. For example, the secondary player may search for a game device having one or more of the following features. (A) The game device paid a prize money exceeding the amount X in the most recent amount of time Y. (B) The game device as a whole paid a prize money exceeding the amount X. (C) The game device paid an amount X exceeding the amount received in the most recent amount of time Y. (D) The game device as a whole produced an amount X that exceeded the amount received. (E) In the most recent period Y, the game apparatus generated a winning game for the player in X% of the game. (F) The game device generated a winning game for the player in X% of the most recent Y games. (G) The game device generated a winning game for the player in the most recent X games. (H) The game device paid out X exceeding Y in the last Z games. (I) The game device paid out X exceeding Y. (J) The game device paid a jackpot during the most recent X days (or other period). (K) The gaming device paid X jackpots as a whole. (L) The game device has entered X bonus rounds in the last Y games. (M) The gaming device has entered X bonus rounds so far.

  (1.18.2.2.) The secondary player may search for a game device based on the type of game played on the game device or the characteristics of the game. The secondary player may search for game devices that have one or more of the following attributes. (A) The game device uses a mechanical reel. (B) The game device uses a video reel. (C) The game device has three reels. (C) The game device has five reels. (E) The game device has X reels. (F) The game device accepts a wager for a specific monetary unit (eg, penny, nickel, quarter, dollar). (G) The game device has X paylines. (H) The game device has one payline. (I) The game device has three paylines. (J) The game device has a plurality of paylines. (K) The game device allows a plurality of bets per payline. (L) The game device was manufactured by a specific manufacturer. (M) A game device, or a game on a game device, was introduced within the last X years (eg, the game is a new game). (N) The game device has a specific theme (for example, I Love Lucy, Regis Philbin). (O) The game device includes a slot game. (P) The game device includes a video poker game. (Q) The game device includes a video blackjack. (R) The game device is part of a specific cluster of game devices (eg, in a cluster of game devices, the result of one game device can affect the result of another game device in the cluster), etc. It is.

  (1.18.2.3.) A secondary player may search for a gaming device based on one or more payouts that may be provided by the gaming device. Such payout may be made on condition that the primary player of the game device obtains a specific result at the game device. The secondary player may search for gaming devices that have a maximum payout greater than X times the wager, a payout greater than amount X, and / or a payout of at least X greater than amount Y. The secondary player may search for game devices that have more than X win results and / or game devices that have more than X results of paying more than Y. The secondary player may search for game devices having a specific payout frequency or a specific range of payout frequencies. For example, the secondary player may search for a game device that pays once every five to seven games on average.

  (1.18.3.) The simulated game matches the search criteria. In various embodiments, a secondary player may specify search criteria to find a game to join. The casino may then provide the secondary player with an opportunity to participate in a simulated game that matches the search criteria. For example, a secondary player may search for a blackjack game where the dealer's up card is 6. The casino may then provide the secondary player with an opportunity to participate in a simulated blackjack game where the dealer's up card is six. The simulated game may have been simulated in the past. For example, the casino may simulate many games in the past and store data related to the games. The casino may then find one game from the stored set of games such that the game found matches the secondary player's search criteria. The casino server may then provide the secondary player with an opportunity to participate in the found game. In the above example, the casino server may provide the secondary player with an opportunity to participate in a simulated game where the dealer's upcard is six. In various embodiments, a simulated game may include a game in which a player's decision is made by a computer routine. In various embodiments, the simulated game may include a game in which random events are generated using computer routines. In various embodiments, a secondary player may perform a search for a primary player's game that matches certain criteria. Once the search criteria are specified by the secondary player, the casino may generate one or more simulated games that match the search criteria. For example, the secondary player may search for a series of games in which the primary player has won 10 consecutive games. The casino may then simulate a series of games. The casino may continue to simulate the game until the simulated primary player wins 10 games in a row. The casino may then provide the secondary player with an opportunity to participate in the next simulated game, for example. In various embodiments, the casino may constitute one or more games that match the secondary player's search criteria. For example, if a secondary player is interested in participating in a craps game where the first roll of the dice is 8, the casino starts a simulated game and causes the first roll to be 8. May be. The next roll in the game may be randomly generated. In the embodiments described herein, any search performed by a secondary player for a particular type of game is satisfied by a simulated game and / or a game configured by a casino server. May be. In various embodiments, if the secondary player specifies the criteria that the game must meet, the odds, payouts, rules, and / or bet amount required for the game may be changed. For example, if the secondary player designates a blackjack game that the primary player has a good starting hand (for example, a total of 11 points), the payout for the winning hand may be reduced.

  (1.18.4.) Search for trends. In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for a particular trend or pattern from one or more games. For example, a secondary player may search for any 10 consecutive series of games played by the same primary player as the primary player who has won all 10 games. Good. Once a secondary player finds a trend, the secondary player may participate in a game that immediately follows the trend. For example, the secondary player may find the tendency of spins in a roulette wheel with the result of three consecutive spins being the number 13. The secondary player may then participate in the spin of the roulette wheel immediately after the three spins where the number 13 occurred. The secondary player does not need to know the result of the spin immediately after the three spins where 13 occurred. The secondary player may search for various trends including: (A) A series of consecutive games played by the same primary player as the primary player who lost all games. (B) A series of consecutive games played by the same primary player as the primary player who won all the games. (C) A series of consecutive games played by the same primary player as the tied primary player in all games. (D) A series of consecutive games played by a primary player who is the same as the primary player who has provided at least a predetermined net prize. (D) A series of consecutive games played by the same primary player as the primary player who has provided at least a predetermined total prize money. (F) A series of consecutive games played by the same primary player who made a particular picture (eg, “bell”) appear in all games. (G) A series of consecutive games played by the same primary player as the primary player who alternately won and lost in all games. (H) A series of consecutive spins in a roulette wheel that produced the same result (eg, number 4). (I) A series of consecutive spins in a roulette wheel that produced the same type of result (eg, red result). (J) A period during which 80% of blackjack games played by any primary player have won (eg, 5 minutes). (K) A period (for example, 1 hour) in which three jackpot results are obtained in a particular casino slot machine. (L) a series of games (eg, games played at a specific table in a casino) in which a particular starting hand appears at least 20% of the time (eg, at least 20% of the time the primary player has Received blackjack), etc. In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for a primary player who is the largest loser in a given population during a given period. For example, the secondary player may search for the primary player who has lost most in an hour in the reel slot machine. In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for a primary player who is the largest winner in a given population in a given period. In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for a primary player who had the highest payout result in a given population for a given time period that is greater than $ 50. In various embodiments, the secondary player may search for the primary player who is the biggest loser over the entire session compared to any other primary player. In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for a primary player who is the biggest loser over the entire play history, at least in a particular casino. In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for trends based on casino areas. For example, a secondary player may search for a casino area where a game played in the last hour resulted in a net prize of $ 3,000 for all players. In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for trends based on game type. For example, the secondary player may search for the type of game that brought the primary player an average prize of over $ 20 in the last X minutes. In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for trends based on a primary player having certain characteristics. For example, a secondary player may search for a trend that a primary player from Arkansas has earned over $ 50 per player on average over the last hour.

  (1.18.5.) Selecting a primary player. In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for a primary player having a desired attribute or characteristic. Upon finding a primary player with the desired attributes or characteristics, the secondary player may choose to participate in the primary player's game. The secondary player may search for the primary player using a search form. In the search form, the player may select from various characteristics of the primary player. Some of them are described below. For example, the secondary player may input a desired age or age range for the primary player. The secondary player may also select the primary player's characteristics from the menu. For example, the secondary player may select one of 50 states (a state indicating a desired place of residence for the primary player) from the menu. As will be appreciated, the secondary player may search for the primary player in many other ways. For example, the secondary player may communicate the description of the primary player to the casino agent (eg, via a text message). The casino agent may then check the records of those who are currently checking in at the hotel or who are currently playing on the gaming device (eg, with an inserted tracking card), and the secondary player You may try to find a person that matches the description provided by. In some embodiments, the secondary player may seek a specific and unique individual. That is, the secondary player may submit a description that can be satisfied by only one person worldwide. For example, the secondary player may submit a name. In some embodiments, the secondary player may submit a description that may be satisfied by one or more of any primary player. Secondary players do not need to have a particular individual in mind.

  (1.18.5.1.) The secondary player may search for the primary player based on the historical results of the primary player. For example, a secondary player may search for a primary player having one or more of the following characteristics. (A) The primary player has won a prize money exceeding the amount X in the most recent amount of Y hours. (B) The primary player as a whole has won a prize money exceeding the amount X. (C) The primary player provided a profit of amount X over the most recent amount of time Y. (D) The primary player as a whole provided a profit of amount X. (E) The primary player won X% of the game in the most recent period Y. (F) The primary player won X% of the game in the most recent Y games. (G) The primary player has won X of the most recent games. (H) The primary player won a payout of X exceeding Y in the last Z games. (I) The primary player has won a payout of X exceeding Y. (J) The primary player has won a jackpot in the last X days (or other period). (K) The primary player gained X jackpots as a whole. (L) The primary player used the optimal strategy in the last X games. (M) The primary player used a good or expert level strategy in the last X games. (N) The primary player entered X bonus rounds in the most recent Y games. (O) The primary player has entered X bonus rounds so far.

  (1.18.5.2.) The secondary player may also search for the primary player based on the historical relationship between the primary player and the secondary player. Good. The secondary player may search for the primary player of the game or games that the secondary player has previously participated in. When a secondary player participates in a game of the primary player, (a) the secondary player has won the jackpot, (b) the secondary player has profited, (c ) Secondary player entered X bonus rounds, (d) Secondary player won X out of the most recent Y games, (e) Secondary player last Y You may search for a primary player who has won X% of the number of games, (f) a secondary player has won a payout of X exceeding the amount Y, and so on. The secondary player may also search for the primary player when the secondary player has participated in the game of the primary player more than X times.

  (1.18.5.3.) The secondary player may search for the primary player based on demographic characteristics of the primary player. For example, a secondary player may be: (a) age of primary player, (b) race, (c) marital status, (d) number of children, (e) number of grandchildren, (f) Religion, (g) place of birth, (h) address, (i) gender, (j) occupation, (k) income, (l) disability, (m) education level, (n) high school from (o) The primary player may be searched based on one or more of universities, etc. For example, a secondary player may wish to participate in a primary player's game that shares one or more demographic features with the secondary player.

  (1.18.5.4.) The secondary player may search for the primary player based on the hobby enjoyed by the primary player. For example, a secondary player may search for a primary player who enjoys a specific game or sport, or a primary player who is a fan of a specific sports team.

  (1.18.5.5.) The secondary player may search for a primary player with whom the secondary player had a previous relationship or relationship. The secondary player may search for a primary player of a game that the secondary player has previously participated in. A secondary player is the primary player of a game in which the secondary player has previously won a prize, won a jackpot, won a high payout, or other outcome of interest to the secondary player. You may search for a player.

  (1.18.6.) In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for a particular game based on game attributes. The search may be specific to individual games. For example, the search may distinguish between two games played by the same primary player on the same game device. In some embodiments, the secondary player may search for games where a certain wager has been placed. For example, the secondary player may search for a game where three coins are bet. A bet of three coins may qualify the primary player of the game to win the jackpot. The secondary player may search for a game in which X paylines are activated, or a game in which X cards of video poker are played simultaneously. A secondary player may search for a game based on the time or date the game was played.

  (1.18.6.1.) In some embodiments, a secondary player may search for a game based on events that become bright in the game. For example, the game may have been played already, or the game may be in progress when searching for a secondary player. Secondary players: (a) A specific card set is dealt (for example, a video poker game where one pair is dealt in the first hand, blackjack where a total of 11 cards are dealt as the starting hand (B), (b) a particular picture or patterns of a result have been determined (eg, two bars of pictures are displayed on the reels of the game device from the result of three pictures), (c You may search for games that have reached () bonus rounds and / or (d) reached a certain level of bonus rounds.

  (1.18.7.) To provide a game for the secondary player to participate. At some point, the secondary player may be ready to participate in a game having certain attributes. The attribute may be an attribute specified by the secondary player. For example, the secondary player may search for a game having a certain attribute or may provide an indication of a request to participate in a game having a certain attribute. In some embodiments, the casino may wish to have a secondary player participate in a game with certain attributes for other reasons.

  (1.18.7.1.) An actual historical game is provided. Given a set of attributes or features, the casino may retrieve data regarding historical games that have this set of attributes or features. The historical game may be a game actually played by a real human player. For example, if a secondary player indicates a request to play in a video poker game played by a 60-year-old primary player, the casino has actually been in the past by the 60-year-old primary player. And data relating to games played at video poker machines may be retrieved. By using the retrieved data, information about the game is displayed to the secondary player (eg showing a screenshot of the cards dealt in the game) to determine what the outcome of the game was The secondary player may determine whether or not the secondary player is a winner based on a bet made on the game, and determine the amount to be paid to the secondary player. Data relating to historical games may be stored in a database or any other storage means. Data about historical games may be indexed by different attributes (eg, player age or game type). Therefore, the game may be searched by attribute, and data related to the game having the attribute required by the secondary player may be searched.

  (1.18.7.2.) A historical simulated game is provided. Given a set of attributes or features, the casino may retrieve data regarding a simulated historical game. The game may have never been played by a real person. In some embodiments, the outcome of the game may have been determined prior to real human play. However, humans (eg, secondary players) may participate in the game after the results are generated. Similar to the historical game originally played by an actual player, data about the simulated historical game may be stored in a database and indexed by attributes. Thereafter, data relating to historical games may be retrieved according to desired attributes. The data may then be used to reproduce the game for the secondary player and determine the result and the amount paid to the secondary player.

  (1.18.7.3.) The current actual game is provided. Given a set of attributes or features, the casino may determine a game that is currently in progress that has this set of attributes or features. For example, a 60-year-old primary player from Wisconsin may currently participate in a game on a video poker machine where the first hand with a pair is dealt. A secondary player may be allowed to participate in the game while in progress. For example, a secondary player may be allowed to bet on what the final outcome of the game will be. In various embodiments, the secondary player is betting during the game and has more information than the primary player has at the beginning of the game, so the secondary player Does not have to obtain the same profit from the pay table as the primary player.

  (1.18.7.4.) The current simulated game is provided. Given a set of attributes or features, the casino may simulate a game with this attribute or feature. The casino may determine the cards that will be dealt in a card game (eg, video poker), for example, by using a computer algorithm, or the pictures shown in a simulated reel slot machine. For example, if a secondary player wants to participate in a video poker game, the casino may simulate a video poker game. If a secondary player wants to participate in a video slot machine game, the casino may simulate a video slot machine game. In various embodiments, the casino may simulate table games as well as games commonly played on gaming devices by using algorithms. For example, a casino server may simulate craps, blackjack, or poker. If other players are normally present in the game, the casino may simulate a decision that would have been made by a human by using a computer algorithm. For example, to simulate a poker game, a casino may use an algorithm designed to place a bet, call, fold, raise, or check according to certain pre-programmed rules. In some embodiments, a secondary player may wish to participate in a game that produces certain pictures or results. In some embodiments, the casino may simulate multiple games until the desired picture or result occurs. The secondary player may have an opportunity to participate only in a game in which a desired pattern or result has occurred in a plurality of games. For example, a secondary player may indicate a request to join a game in which a three card is dealt on the first hand in a video poker game. The casino may distribute a large number of simulated hands of video poker. Only if the casino ultimately distributes the first hand with a three card (for example by a random probability), the casino will allow the secondary player to place a bet and receive a prize for the final outcome of the game. to enable. In some embodiments, the casino first accepts a bet from a secondary player, simulates multiple games until a game with the desired characteristics is simulated, and then the game with the desired characteristics. The player may be paid based on the result. In some embodiments, the simulation may begin with a game with a desired attribute. For example, if a secondary player wishes to play in a video poker game where a three card is dealt in the starting hand, the simulation may begin by handing out the three card immediately. The simulation may randomize the remaining cards (eg, after three cards of the same rank are dealt, the remaining cards are shuffled, and the remaining cards complete a standard deck of 52 cards. ). The game continues by two additional cards dealt from a randomized deck, completing the first hand, then discarding one or two cards, then randomizing the discarded cards You may replace it with a new card from the selected deck. In various embodiments, the secondary player may or may not have the opportunity to make a simulated game decision. For example, in some embodiments, a secondary player may choose which cards to discard in a video poker game. In some embodiments, the discarded card may be automatically selected (eg, by a computer algorithm using an optimal poker strategy).

  1.18.7.5. An alert is provided when a game having the desired characteristics is played. Given a set of attributes or features, the casino may determine when such a game is or will be played. For example, a secondary player may want to participate in a game played in a three reel slot machine by a primary player who has three children and has a birthday in April. The casino may determine that a primary player who has three children and has a birthday in April is actually seated in a three reel slot machine. The primary player may have already played for 20 minutes and will probably continue to play. Accordingly, the secondary player may be allowed to participate in the game of the primary player after that time. The casino notifies the secondary player that a primary player with the desired characteristics has been found and that the secondary player may begin to bet on the primary player's game. Also good. Further, the casino may begin to send information about the primary player's game to the secondary player.

  (1.19.) A secondary player participates in a game where a progressive jackpot is acquired. In various embodiments, a secondary player may participate in a game in which the primary player is eligible to win a progressive jackpot. However, in various embodiments, a progressive jackpot constitutes a single pool of prizes and therefore cannot be paid to multiple different players as a whole.

  (1.19.1.) The secondary player obtains a fixed substitute. In various embodiments, if a primary player wins a progressive jackpot, a secondary player participating in the same game receives a fixed payment. The fixed payment may be a predetermined amount (eg, $ 10,000).

  (1.19.2.) The secondary player obtains a fixed commission. In various embodiments, if a primary player wins a progressive jackpot, a secondary player participating in the same game receives a progressive jackpot rate.

  (1.19.2.) The primary player earns the full amount or less, so the secondary player can be paid. In various embodiments, if the secondary player receives a progressive jackpot commission earned by the primary player, the amount the primary player receives from the jackpot may be reduced accordingly. Good. For example, if the secondary player receives X% of the progressive jackpot, the primary player may receive 100% -X% of the progressive jackpot. In various embodiments, for each bet made on a progressive jackpot game, a portion of the wager is donated to increase the size of the progressive jackpot. Thus, if each primary player and secondary player place separate bets on the game, a portion of the primary player's wager may be added to the progressive jackpot scale, A portion of the secondary player's wager may contribute to the size of the progressive jackpot. A fixed contribution to the progressive jackpot may be required for each game. Therefore, when both the primary player and the secondary player participate in the game, the contribution from the primary player for the progressive jackpot is only for the primary player for the game. Better at least than if you were attending. In various embodiments, the primary player may receive the full amount of the progressive jackpot. The amount received by the secondary player may be higher than the amount paid out to the primary player. Even then, the secondary player may receive an amount equal to a predetermined percentage of the progressive jackpot (eg, 10% of the progressive jackpot).

  (1.19.3.) A portion of the progressive amount is reserved for the secondary player before being paid out. In various embodiments, a progressive jackpot is divided into two or more parts. The first part is available to be acquired by the primary player. The second part is available for acquisition by a secondary player. When a progressive jackpot is acquired in a game, a primary player participating in the game acquires a portion of the progressive jackpot available to the primary player and participates in the game. The next player wins the portion of the progressive jackpot that is available to the secondary player. If there are no secondary players in the game, the portion of the progressive jackpot available to the secondary player may remain unclaimed.

  (1.19.4) There are progressives only for secondary players. In various embodiments, a progressive jackpot (other similar terms used herein may include “progressive award”, “progressive award pool”, “progressive pool”, “progressive payment”) The amount may be increased from the contribution of only the secondary player. Progressive jackpots may be available to be won only by secondary players. For example, for each bet that a secondary player bets on a particular type of game, a portion of that bet may be set aside and added to the progressive jackpot. If a secondary player who participates in a particular type of game later wins a progressive jackpot, that jackpot may be handed over to the secondary player. The amount of progressive premiums may be zero. In some embodiments, once a progressive award sum is required, the next sum will be used to earn some money from the casino, such as $ 10,000, to profit from the secondary player. May be provided using. In various embodiments, the display visible to the secondary player may track the progressive magnitude. For example, a secondary player may participate in a game using a mobile device (eg, a mobile device as described in Nevada bill AB 471). The mobile device may maintain a current account on the display screen of the amount of progressive premiums.

  In various embodiments, two or more separate progressive jackpots may be available to secondary players. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be eligible to win a progressive award based on the location or geographic region where the secondary player participates in the game. For example, a secondary player seated and participating in Casino A may be eligible for a first progressive prize sum of $ 10,000. Another secondary player seated and participating in Casino B may be eligible for a $ 20000 second progressive award sum. Progressive award sums may be available to be won by a particular secondary player based on one or more characteristics or circumstances of the secondary player, and such characteristics or circumstances (A) age, date of birth, place of birth, marital status, educational background, etc. Secondary player demographics (there may be a second progressive sum) (b) the specific type of game in which the secondary player is participating (eg, slot machine games and videos) There may be a separate progressive award for poker games), (c) where or where the secondary player is participating (eg, different casinos, different cities, There may be different progressive sums for different states, etc., the time or duration that the secondary player is participating (eg, there are different progressive awards offered during every 6 hours of the day) (E) the primary player's ID (eg, the first progressive award amount associated with the first player's first set of games and the primary player's first There may be a second progressive award total associated with the set of 2), (f) characteristics or status of the primary player (eg, demographic, location, etc. of the primary player), (G) A bet made by a secondary player (eg, a secondary player may be eligible for the first progressive award if the bet is greater than $ 3, and the bet is less than $ 4 If there is It may even qualify for the second of the progressive awards), including the other. In various embodiments, the progressive award sum may be associated with a predetermined time period. For example, the progressive premium sum may be associated with a particular date. The progressive progressive sum may be associated with a guarantee that is won on the relevant date (or the relevant period). With that guarantee, the first secondary player who achieves the result A, the first secondary player who achieves the result B when there is no secondary player who achieves the result A, the result A or A progressive award may be requested, such as by a first secondary player who achieves a result C when there is no secondary player who achieves B. In various embodiments, a progressive prize sum may have a probability of occurrence that is set such that the sum is likely to be won during the relevant period. For example, if a secondary player is expected to play 10,000 games during a predetermined period when the secondary player has the opportunity to win progressively, the winning probability for each game will be 1/5000. It may be set. The probability that progressive will be won during that period may therefore be approximately 86%. In some embodiments, the casino may be aware of the outcome of a game played by a secondary player in advance, so the casino will play at least one game that results in a progressive prize being won. You may intentionally provide to play. Such a single game may be offered for any period of time that guarantees that a progressive prize will be won. In various embodiments, two or more progressive award sums may be available at the same time to be won by the secondary player. One progressive sum may be associated with a relatively short period, while another progressive sum may be associated with a relatively long period. For example, the total amount of premiums for the first progressive award may be won once a year on average. In practice, the first progressive award sum may be guaranteed to have a winner every year. The total premium for the second progressive award may be won on average once a day. A secondary player may be eligible to win any of the progressive awards in the same game. In some embodiments, the secondary player may win only the first progressive award sum while participating in the first game. In some embodiments, the secondary player may be eligible to win only the second progressive prize sum while participating in the second game.

  (1.19.5) A secondary player cannot play a game with progressive. In various embodiments, a secondary player may not be able to participate in a game with progressive payments.

  (1.19.6) The secondary player wins the full progressive amount. In various embodiments, if the progressive payment is won in the game, the secondary player may receive the full progressive amount. For example, assume a primary player wins a progressive jackpot in a game where the progressive jackpot is $ 100,000. This primary player may receive $ 100,000. A secondary player may also receive $ 100,000.

  (1.19.7) Make up for additional funds paid to secondary players. In various embodiments, a progressive payment (e.g., a progressive jackpot) may include funds that have been saved if the jackpot must pay. If a progressive jackpot is won in a game in which a secondary player participates, the progressive jackpot may be handed over to the primary player, and additional funds will be paid to the casino that pays the secondary player. Need to be obtained by. In various embodiments, the casino may pay the secondary player from funds for a separate total sum, such as an account deposit that the casino uses as a general business expense. In some embodiments, the secondary player may receive a payment commitment. The secondary player may receive a portion of the share for future progressive payments. For example, the secondary player may receive 50% of all bets deducted for the next progressive jackpot until the next progressive jackpot is won.

  (1.20) Antihygienic (vulture) provisions. The secondary player may be prevented from playing the game using a positively expectable value. Various situations can arise with respect to gaming machines or with respect to table games where the betting situation is favorable to the player. Preferred situations may include bet situations in which a player can expect to receive, on average, 100% or more of the player's bets from winning in the game. For example, if a progressive jackpot or other payment at a slot machine reaches a predetermined level, the slot machine may return more than 100% of the total bet on average. In some slot machines, certain symbols, tokens, or other objects may be accumulated throughout a series of games. For example, in a Double Diamond Mine (R) manufactured by IGT, a player can accumulate diamond symbols through a series of games. Once 10 diamond symbols from a particular reel have been accumulated, the player wins the payment. A slot machine in which a plurality of such objects are accumulated may return 100% or more of the bet amount on average. In a blackjack game, for example, in an ongoing blackjack table game, if the cards remaining in a set of cards are one type of dominant card (eg, a card with a high number), a bet In some cases, 100% or more of the amount may be returned.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may be able to search for historical games where the expected payment is 100% or more of the bet. For example, a secondary player may search for a game in a Double Diamond Mine (registered trademark) slot machine in which nine diamond symbols are stored for each reel. In another example, a secondary player may be able to search for a gaming machine whose progressive jackpot exceeds a predetermined threshold. A secondary player may be able to participate in such a game. However, in some embodiments, the secondary player may be prevented from participating in games where the expected payment is 100% or more of the bet. In some embodiments, if a game that returns 100% or more of the bet amount occurs during a longer game time or session, the player may be able to participate in such a game. . For example, a secondary player may have a double that has nine diamond symbols stored on each reel only if the secondary player has already participated in the previous game that occurred in the same slot machine. It may be possible to participate in a Diamond Mine (registered trademark) slot game.

  Track game data usage. In some embodiments, a game originally played at a first casino or other facility may then be reproduced at a second casino or facility. For example, a secondary player at a second casino may participate in a game originally played at the first casino. The second casino may derive revenue, revenue, or other economic gains from replaying games at the second casino. For example, if a secondary player bets on a game at a second casino, the second casino may, on average, be scheduled to win a portion of the bet. In some embodiments, the second casino may offset the first casino for the benefits of using or reproducing the game that was originally generated or played at the first casino. Good. In various embodiments, the use of a game in which a secondary player participates may be tracked. Tracking such use allows a first casino (eg, the casino that originally generated the game) to track how much it is paid and a second facility (eg, a secondary player plays). It may be possible to track how much the casino that reproduces the game is paid. Game usage in a casino may be tracked in many ways. For example, data related to a game such as a game identifier may be stored in a database. The time during which the game is reproduced may be saved. Other saved items include (a) the ID of the secondary player who played the game, (b) the bet amount on the game, (c) the winning or loss amount by the casino reproducing the game, (d A) the type of bet on the game, (e) the number of secondary players participating in the game, (f) the location of the secondary player betting on the game, and (g) paid to the casino that originally generated the game. Forehead, etc. may be included. Data about individual games may not be stored in some embodiments. Data about blocks or groups of games may be stored. For example, the casino may store a record indicating that a group of 1000 games was reproduced during the afternoon of August 17, 2010, and a total of $ 40,000 was bet on the game.

  In various embodiments, a casino that has used or reproduced one or more games may send a report of game usage to the casino that originally generated the game. For example, a casino that reproduces a game is a printed report with each item in the report details, such as the specific time, the specific time that the game was reproduced, the bet amount, the amount paid to the casino that originally generated the game, etc. May be sent. The report may be a paper or electronic report. The report may be sent through a download from the Internet, such as a postal letter, email, fax, or any other means. The report may cover a single game or group of games. The report may be sent periodically (eg, a report on the use of a game may be sent to the casino that generated the game when the game is used or immediately after it is used). Hourly) or only once (eg, at the end of a period when the casino using the game authorized the game to be used by the casino that originally generated the game).

  Data stored by the casino relating to the use or reproduction of games within the casino may be obtained from a device used by a secondary player to play. For example, a terminal where a secondary player participates in a game sends various data such as a bet amount by a secondary player to a game played by the secondary player to a casino server. It may be stored and / or transmitted.

  In various embodiments, a casino that uses data about a game that originally originated at another casino may track or record the use of various images associated with that game. Royalty may be paid to the copyright holder of the image based on the use of the image. Also, the casino that originally generated the game may track the use of images from the game.

  (1.21) Bucket shop paradigm. Under this paradigm, the facility wants to invest the smallest amount possible in the casino infrastructure, including games and licenses to casino operators. On the contrary, the facility plans to reuse the data from the actual casino, build a nice looking look and start the business. In various embodiments, an operator may assemble a gaming facility that uses a game or outcome that has already occurred alone or preferentially. Operators can thereby reduce various costs, including gaming equipment purchase costs, accounting software and other infrastructure, and costs associated with meeting various regulations, if possible. For example, by reusing results that have already occurred, the operator does not need to purchase an expensive gaming machine to generate the original results. In addition, the operator need not throw such a gaming machine for regulatory approval or investigation. In some embodiments, operators of facilities that only reuse games and results that have already occurred need to obtain similar types of regulatory approvals, just as the facilities that generate the original games and results do. It is not necessary. Operators of facilities that only re-use games and results that have already been generated may, in some embodiments, provide a secondary game for similar processing of regulatory approvals for normal gaming machines (eg, slot machines). There is no need to submit the equipment used by the person. Rather, the regulatory approval process may be simpler for a device that is used solely by a secondary player. In some embodiments, an entire facility that only reuses a game or result may not be subject to the same regulatory approvals as a facility that generates the original result. Rather, regulatory approvals may be simpler in facilities that only reuse games or results.

  In some embodiments, by using the already generated results, the operator can use the already generated accounting data to account for received, won and lost amounts based on the results. Also good. In this way, the operator may reduce the cost of accounting software and other accounting infrastructure such as a network or intranet that carries accounting related information.

  (1.21.1) Use of a shell machine that simply displays results from other machines. In various embodiments, an operator may install a machine or device with simplified functionality. The machine may include a currency accepting machine, a credit card accepting machine, or other accepting machines, such as for rewards used for betting purposes. The machine may include output devices such as a microphone for audio output and a display screen for video or graphic output. The machine may further include a dispenser for cash, coins, money, tokens, chips, cashless game receipts, or others. Players may be paid a reward based on the winning amount while participating in the game, or based on the amount remaining from the initial reserve made by the player. Good. The machine may further include a media media playback machine and / or storage device. For example, the machine may include a DVD player or a VHS player. The machine may include a VHS tape, DVD, CD, flash memory, or other media media storage device. The machine may further comprise buttons, handles, and a touch screen that are used by the user to enter information such as the amount to bet. The machine may further include a network interface that transmits and receives information over a network such as an intranet or the Internet. The network interface may include a wireless network interface such as an antenna. In operation, machines according to various embodiments may receive past game records stored on a media device such as a DVD. The machine may receive money from the player. The machine may then receive an indication of the amount to bet. The machine may receive an initial game signal from the player. A player may carry an initial signal, for example, by pressing a button on the machine labeled “Spin”. The machine may then play the video or other depiction of the game saved from the DVD to the player. For example, the machine may play a 10 second video clip from a DVD. The video clip depicts a past game that occurred in an actual slot machine. The machine may determine the outcome of the game. For example, a DVD may store information about payments or payment rates associated with a game in association with each game. Based on the information about the payment, the machine may pay the player. The player may be paid, for example, by paying money through a machine dispenser or by adding to the player's credit balance stored on the machine. In various embodiments, the machine itself does not generate results or games. The machine simply plays a previously generated game. In various embodiments, the machine may reproduce the game based on a limited amount of information about the game. For example, the machine may receive information about the outcome of the game. The machine may then display an animated sequence representing the slot machine reels rotating and stopping to show the results. In some embodiments, a machine need not store information about previous games locally on the machine. Rather, the machine may receive information about past games over the network. When information about a past game is received, the machine may reproduce the past game at the machine for the benefit of the secondary player.

  (1.21.2) Simplified regulatory license. The operator only reuses data that has already been authenticated. There is no need to correct the data. In various embodiments, an operator using past results may operate without one or more licenses required by a normal game operator. Special licenses may be given to operators using only past results coming from authorized gaming facilities.

  (1.21.3) Reuse of accounting data. The operator does not need to generate his own accounting data. In various embodiments, a casino operator may generate multiple original games or results. Based on the results, the casino may generate a record of winnings, losses, recoveries, amounts paid as taxes, and the like. Such data may constitute accounting data. The casino operator may then share such accounting data with a second operator that reuses the results generated by the first casino operator. Since the results used are the same, the required accounting data may be the same or similar. Thus, in some embodiments, the second operator may receive accounting data from the first casino operator and reuse the accounting data for its own records.

  (1.21.4) Pre-inspection of data is not allowed because bucket shops are accused of knowing the results in advance. In various embodiments, an operator using a past game or result may have a law, regulation, practice, or other policy that allows a secondary player to gain knowledge about the game or result before joining the game. Prohibited by. In this way, the operator may be advised not to make available games or results selective, which is inconvenient for the operator.

  (1.22) A tier poker game. In various embodiments, a poker game occurs. A poker game may include a number of playing players at a casino table. A poker game situation may be referred to as a first stage game. A second stage game may be played based on the first stage game. The second stage game may include different sets of players. In some embodiments, the second stage game includes one player for each player in the first stage game. Each person in the second stage game may be associated with or competed with a person in the first stage game. In various embodiments, a person in a second stage game may bet what a player associated with him in the first stage game will do. For example, a player in a second stage game may bet that the player associated with him in the first stage game will check, bet, raise, call, or fold. Furthermore, the person in the second stage may bet on the amount bet by the related person in the game in the first stage. For example, if Joe, a second stage game, is associated with Sue in the first stage game, Joe may bet that Sue raises at least 30 chips. In various embodiments, a person in the second stage game cannot communicate with a person associated with him in the first stage game. In various embodiments, a person in the second stage game cannot communicate with a person in the first stage game, and vice versa. In various embodiments, the person in the second stage game knows the card of the relevant person in the first stage, but does not know any other player's card in the first stage game.

  In various embodiments, a person in the second stage game may make a check, bet, raise, fold, or call against another person in the second stage game. He may be a bluff or he may want others in the second stage game to fold. Once the first stage game has reached its end, and two or more players remain in the second stage game, the pot in the second stage game is based on the results of the first stage game. An award may be given to a person in two stages. That is, if a person in the second stage game is associated with a person in the first stage game that has won the first stage game, then the person in the second stage game is also in the second stage game. win. In some embodiments, the outcome or outcome of the second stage game is determined as each person in the second stage game holding his associated person's card in the first stage game. Is done. In various embodiments, when a player in a first stage game folds, the associated player in the second stage game automatically folds and consequently loses in the second stage game.

  In various embodiments, higher levels may exist. For example, the third stage may include the same number of players as in the second stage (or equivalent to the first stage). Each player in the third stage may be associated with a player in the second stage. Thus, a player in the third stage may be automatically associated with a person in the first stage associated with a player in the second stage associated with a player in the third stage. . That is, one player at each stage may be associated with a particular hand in hand, and all such players may be associated with each other. A player in the third stage may place a bet on what was bet by an associated player in the second or first stage. Furthermore, a player in the third stage may bet on the contrary as determined by the result of the lower stage. A player who is in the third stage does not fold, his associated player who is in the second stage does not fold, his related player who is in the first stage does not fold, the first stage If his associated player at the end has the best poker role at the end of the first stage game, he may win the pot. However, if the associated player in the first or second stage folds, the player in the third stage is automatically folded. However, it should be noted that a player in the second stage is not automatically folded, even if the associated player in the third stage folds. For example, there may be any number of stages, such as fourth, fifth, sixth, etc., which are similar to those described in connection with the first, second, third stage. It should be understood that this works. In some embodiments, a person at a higher stage than the first stage may see the cards of all players in the first stage.

  (1.22.1) Since people at higher levels may have time limits, they cannot rest to see what happens in the actual game. In some embodiments, a player who is in the second stage or higher may have a time limit for betting or other game decisions. Due to time restrictions, a player who is in the second stage or higher will be able to play a game in the first stage before the game progresses in the first stage, and thus a player in the second stage or higher can help in his game decision. By looking at the person, you may be allowed to take action before discovering important information.

  (1.22.2) Higher level games may not occur in an ongoing game environment. Thus, higher level players may bet after that fact. In various embodiments, the third stage and higher stage games may occur after a single game of that stage has occurred. Accordingly, action playback in a single game of that stage may be stopped until all appropriate actions are performed in a higher stage game.

  (1.22.3) Multiple stages can be formed among people in a pool using a handheld device. In various embodiments, a second, third, or higher stage game may be formed among people away from the poker table. For example, a player at the poolside of a casino may engage in a second stage game using a handheld device such as a PDA (personal digital assistant). Thus, the second stage player may benefit from the work of the dealer and from the use of physical cards, but does not have to be physically present at the poker table.

  (1.23) In various embodiments, the first secondary player may receive an alert regarding the activity of the primary player and / or the activity of the second secondary player. An activity that can trigger an alert includes (a) the primary player inserting a tracking card into the gaming machine, (b) the primary player inserting money or other rewards into the gaming machine, (c A) a primary player presents a tracking card or other ID in a table game (e.g. in a blackjack game), (d) a primary player purchases chips in a table game, (e) a primary A player bets in a slot machine game, (f) a primary player bets on a game, (g) a primary player joins the game, (h) a primary player plays in the game Receive payment, (i) the primary player checks in to the hotel, (j) the primary player pays for a meal at the restaurant (thus by his credit card, for example) Is verified), it may comprise the like. A similar activity by the second secondary player may trigger an alert for the first secondary player. An alert may be sent to the secondary player if the primary player signals or does for some reason, such as being of interest to the first secondary player. For example, the first secondary player may indicate that the primary player is a favorite player of the secondary player. Thus, the first secondary player may have the opportunity to participate in the first primary player's game so that the first secondary player may It may be desired that an alert be issued at any time during or at the beginning of play. The alert may be sent to a second secondary player's device (eg, including a mobile phone, PDA, BlackBerry®, laptop computer, personal computer, television, etc.).

  The alert may be sent to the first secondary player under other trigger conditions. The primary player (a) is playing a specific game (for example, a second secondary player's favorite game), (b) consecutive wins or consecutive losses (eg, primary game) The player wins 10 games in a row, the primary player loses continuously), is continuous, (c) the primary player wins a predetermined amount (eg, the primary player May be sent to the first secondary player.

  (1.24) The embodiments disclosed herein need not be applied only to casino games. Rather, the disclosed embodiments may be applied to a wider range of games, content, sporting events, random events, unknowns, etc. where applicable. Where applicable, the disclosed embodiments may apply to anything that may be bet. The disclosed embodiments include table games, video games, boxing matches, sporting events, stock price fluctuations, bond price fluctuations, other market bond fluctuations, election results, weather, temperature, and student exams. You may apply to an average score etc. For example, a secondary player may bet on whether the stock price will rise or fall in the next 10 minutes. In various embodiments, the primary player need not be explicitly present. For example, a secondary player may bet on the temperature of the future day, even though there is no primary player who affects the temperature itself.

  (1.25) The embodiments described herein need not be applied only to complete games. If applicable, the embodiments described herein may be applied to in-game events. For example, the secondary player may bet on the next card that the primary player receives in the game. The secondary player bets on the next turn of the dice to bet on the number of times the player hits in the blackjack game, the dealer's total points in the blackjack game, the contents of the flop in the Texas Hold'em poker game, etc. Also good. The secondary player may be alerted when a predetermined sequence of events occurs. For example, a secondary player may be alerted if the last 10 cards dealt in the game are red cards (eg, hearts or diamonds). The secondary player may view past data about events in a single game or multiple games. For example, a secondary player may examine past data about how many times 12 cards have appeared in craps during the last 10 minutes.

  (1.26) The secondary player only watches the primary player. In various embodiments, the secondary player may watch the primary player's game, watch the primary player's game, watch the primary player's facial expression, It may be desirable to track a player's strategy, examine the primary player's past results, or track the primary player. The secondary player may want to track the primary player without betting or risking money on the primary player's game. For example, a secondary player may want to see a game of a celebrity primary player. Simply watching a celebrity player may provide the enjoyment of a secondary player.

  The secondary player may search for the primary player based on any number of criteria, as described above. The secondary player may be, for example, a name (eg Ben Affleck), demographic, celebrity status (eg a name that is 1000 hits or more in Google search), a normal bet amount (eg secondary game) A player may search for any player who bets $ 100 or more in a game), past wins, lost strategies, facial expressions (for example, computer algorithms determine facial expressions of primary players) The primary player may be searched based on scoring and the secondary player may be able to search for the most expressive face) and / or any other criteria.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may pay a fee for watching the primary player's game. Depending on the area paid by the secondary player, the casino may be able to profit from the secondary player even if the secondary player does not bet. The secondary player may pay a fee for the game he watches, a fee for the time he is watching, or any other indicator. In various embodiments, the primary player may receive a portion of the fee paid by the secondary player.

In various embodiments, the primary player's permission needs to be obtained before the secondary player tracks the primary player's game.

  (2) Betting on a small aspect of someone else's game. For example, betting what the next card is and what the next roll of the dice is. In various embodiments, a person who does not participate directly in a casino game may bet on various events in the game. Events may include dice rotation, card drawing, roulette wheel rotation, slot machine reel rotation, and the like. The event was determined by the number of forms that appeared on the surface of the dice, the form of a rank or drawn set of cards, the number of forms that appeared on the roulette wheel, the form of symbols that appeared on the payline on the reel, etc. May be. Events may include decisions or actions made by players directly related to the game. For example, an event may be a player making a hit or stand decision in blackjack, a player making a bet or fold in poker, a player making a decision on which door to choose in a bonus round in a slot machine game, etc. May be included. Such an event may be a decision in the form of a decision made in practice. For example, the decision may include a decision actually made by the player, such as “hit”, “draw”, or “fold”. Events may include dealers that make decisions in the game. For example, in a Pai Gow poker game, an event may include placing the dealer's seven cards in two card hands and five card hands. The determination of the event may take the form of an actual five-card hand and an actual two-card hand arranged by the dealer.

  As used herein, “payment odds” may refer to a message of the amount received by the player for each bet amount in the winning event. For example, if a player bets and wins, the odds of 3: 2 mean that the player receives 3 units for a 2 unit bet (in addition to his original bet continuing) To do. The payment rate may be easily determined from the payment odds, and vice versa via mathematical operations. Therefore, embodiments described herein using payment rates may be easily performed using payment odds and vice versa.

  In a given event, an appropriate payment rate may be determined. For example, if a secondary player bets on 2 as the outcome of a six-sided dice roll, then the secondary player will have his initial stake when 2 actually appears You may be in a position to win by 5 times (pay rate is 5). Assuming that the player first gives up his bet, his net profit is four times the initial premium if 2 appears. The payment rate may be determined based on the inherent probabilities of various possible decisions for the event. In the above example, the inherent probability of a turn that turns 2 out is 1/6. Thus, a payment rate of 5 attempts to provide the player with a payment that is commensurate with the opposite of the probability of the player deciding to win, while on average, also allows casino profits.

  Once the event is determined, it may be determined whether the secondary player has won. For example, suppose a secondary player bets that the next card dealt in a poker game is an ace of spades. Once the next card is dealt, it may be determined whether the card is actually an ace of spades and, therefore, whether the secondary player has won. If the secondary player wins, the secondary player may be paid according to payment odds.

  In various embodiments, the event that the secondary player bets does not constitute a complete game for the primary player of the game. For example, a secondary player may bet on what the next card is in a video poker game. However, the results of the video poker game are not only based on the next card, but also based on at least four other cards that make up the complete hand of the poker. Thus, the primary player may bet and be paid based on his bet and the determination of the first and second events in the game. The secondary player may bet on the same game and may be paid based solely on his bet, as well as the determination of the second event in the game.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may be away from the game. For example, a primary player may participate in a game while physically present at a slot machine, video poker machine, table game, or other game location. However, the secondary player may be away from the primary player, eg, 50 feet away, different rooms, different buildings, different cities, etc.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on an event in the game after the game is over. For example, a secondary player may bet on an in-game event that ended last week. The game event may be ignorant to the secondary player because the secondary player has not observed or participated in the game from which the game was originally played.

  (2.1) Bet interface. In various embodiments, a secondary player may use a betting interface to bet on events in the game. The betting interface may be a graphical user interface and may include interactive features such as buttons, microphones, touch areas, a mouse, a keyboard, and other features that receive secondary player betting instructions. An exemplary betting interface is shown in FIG. The betting interface shown in FIG. 56 includes an area where the names of available primary players are listed. The secondary player may select and bet on events of the game played by these primary players. Next to each primary player is a list of instructions for determining the final event. For example, the spade J (Jack) is listed next to Robert Clemens, the primary player. This means that at the most recent event (card distribution) in the game of Robert Clemens, the decision for the event was that a jack of spades was distributed. Next to Sue Becker, “Bar” is listed. This is that in the most recent event of Sue Becker's game (a random determination of the symbols shown in the slot machine game viewing window), the decision for that event is that a bar has appeared. In the case of Tbourne, the most recently distributed card was Heart 2. The betting interface shown in FIG. 56 includes two game windows, where the secondary player may bet on events in the game. In the Teebone game, the secondary player bets $ 5 that the next card distributed in the game is the club. In Sue Becker's game, two symbols have already appeared in the slot machine game viewing window where Sue Becker has joined. The game state is that the secondary player may bet on a third symbol that has not yet appeared in the same game by Sue Becker. The secondary player may use the “bet menu” area on the screen to select a symbol to bet. Currently, the “Cherry” symbol appears in the area of the bet menu. However, the secondary player may scroll through additional symbols in the menu and select a symbol to bet (eg, by touching it three times in quick succession).

  (2.2) Determine the payment table. In various embodiments, payment rates may be determined for in-game events. The payment rate may be based on the probability that a bet on the event will be a winning bet. The payment rate may be determined based on a number of other factors. The payment rate may be displayed to the secondary player or otherwise presented. In some embodiments, the payment rate is displayed in the form of a payment table. The payment table may include a first column that shows various possible decisions for the event, and a second column that shows the amount paid for each amount bet on each of the possible decisions.

  (2.2.1) Determine the appropriate odds. In various embodiments, the payout rate is based on the desired average amount that the casino will win for each bet received by the casino (eg, based on the desired house advantage). And / or may be determined based on authority regulations related to acceptable house advantage.

  (2.2.1.1) Desired house advantage. In various embodiments, the casino may determine a desired house advantage to bet on in-game events. The casino may determine a desired index of any number of converted values, and such converted index may be determined via a mathematical transformation of house advantage, deterministic by algorithm. For example, the casino may determine in terms of a desired average amount that the player wins for each unit bet. Exemplary house advantages may be 15%, 10%, and 5%. The desired house advantage may be determined based on any number of factors, including a perception of how much house advantage will attract the player while continuing to provide sufficient benefits to the casino.

  (2.2.1.2) Same as game console. In various embodiments, the house advantage for events in the game is determined based on the house advantage for the game itself. For example, the house advantage for betting on an event in the game may be the same as the house advantage for betting on the game. In various embodiments, the house advantage for in-game events may be similar, but it may not be the same as the house advantage of the game. For example, the event house advantage may differ by 2 percentage points from the game house advantage. The same house advantage to achieve is practical, for example, due to an integral number of payment requests, or a limited number of possible decisions for an event (eg, there are only six decisions for dice rotation). It may not be.

  (2.2.1.3) Wage amount. In various embodiments, the house advantage for an in-game event may be determined based on the amount bet on the event. In some embodiments, the larger the bet amount, the smaller the house advantage. This provides an incentive for the player to bet further.

  (2.2.1.4) Minimizing authority. In various embodiments, laws, regulations, policies, or other conventions may determine the maximum allowable house advantage for a gaming machine. Accordingly, the house advantage for the event may be determined to be less than or equal to the maximum allowable house advantage.

  (2.2.2) Player preferences affect the payment table. In various embodiments, an in-game event may have more than two possible decisions. For example, a roll by dice rotation may have six possible decisions. On the other hand, drawing a card from a set of playing cards may have 52 possible decisions. A payment rate may be associated with each possible decision. Thus, a payment table may be formed for that event, where the payment table details the payment rate for one or more possible decisions. In various embodiments, it may be possible to create multiple different payment tables for the same event. In addition, many different payment tables may result in the same or similar house advantage. For example, a first payment table for dice rotation may provide a payment rate of 5 for 6 rolls and a 0 payment rate for any other roll roll. The second payment table for the dice roll outcome is 3 payouts for 6 outcomes, 2 payouts for 5 outcomes, and 0 for any other outcome. A payment rate of may be provided. In the first payment table, the player may expect a 5x win for his bet with a probability of 1/6, resulting in a 5 / 6x payment for his bet. As a result, a house advantage of (1-5 / 6) /1=16.67% occurs. In the second payment table, the player may expect to win three times his bet with a probability of 1/6, or against his bet with a probability of 1/6. You may expect to win twice, resulting in a payment rate of 3/6 + 2/6 = 5/6. Thus, the second payment table has the same house advantage of 16.67%.

  (2.2.2.1) The player selects a payment table from the range of the player table. In various embodiments, the secondary player may select from a variety of possible payment tables to use for the event. For example, when betting on a card draw, a secondary player may choose a payment table that pays 48 times the initial premium only if an ace of spades is drawn. Alternatively, the secondary player may choose a payment table that pays 12 times the initial premium when any ace is drawn. In one embodiment, the secondary player is between a payment table that provides a relatively high payment with a relatively low probability, and a payment table that makes a higher or lower payment or multiple payments. You may choose. In a series of recurring games, the former payment table tends to provide a greater but less frequent reward, while the latter payment table provides a more frequent but smaller reward. There is a tendency. The secondary player may therefore determine his preferred method of receiving rewards. Secondary players may be given machines from within a range or sequence of possible payment tables, each having approximately the same house advantage, but for each providing payment Have different maximum payments and / or different frequencies. A player may select a payment table by selecting a maximum payment. Usually, but not always, payment tables with a relatively higher maximum payment rate tend to pay less frequently than payment tables with a relatively lower maximum payment rate. The player may select a payment table that is clearly based on the payment frequency associated with the payment table. In some embodiments, a player may adjust a dial, where one limit of the dial is a payment with one or more relatively high payments and a relatively low frequency payment. Associated with a table, the opposite limit of the dial is associated with a payment table having one or more relatively low payments and relatively high frequency payments.

(2.2.3)
Determine the odds of a particular symbol on a slot machine reel. In some embodiments, a player may bet on the occurrence of a particular symbol or mark during the game. In some embodiments, the probability of occurrence of a symbol may be determined. In some embodiments, the probability of occurring at a particular location in the first location across the slot machine payline may be determined. By determining the probability of a symbol occurring at a particular location, it may be possible to determine a payment rate that is commensurate with that probability. For example, if the probability is determined low, the payment rate may be set relatively high, and vice versa.

  (2.2.3.1) Monte Carlo. In some embodiments, the probability that a particular symbol will occur may be determined through a wide range of trials, and each trial may include playing a game or a simulated game. The game may be played on an actual gaming machine in a table game or in game software executed by a computer. The game may be played or played with actual money (in the form of a bet) or without betting money. For example, a game in a slot machine may be played 10,000 times. The player may also keep track of such statistics from the game, for example, how many times the “cherry” symbol has occurred in the first position on the payline, and generally how many times the “bar” symbol has occurred. Good. The probability that a symbol will occur at a particular location on the payline may be determined as the number of trials where the symbol occurred at a particular location divided by the number of trials. Similarly, the probability of any event leading to a particular decision is determined or estimated through the number of trials in which the event occurred and by calculating the percentage of trials in which the particular decision occurred. Can be done.

  (2.2.3.2) Go through the virtual payment table. In some embodiments, the probability of occurrence of a particular symbol at a particular location on the payline may be estimated with reference to an internal algorithm used by the gaming machine to generate a game result. In some embodiments, the algorithm used may employ one or more “virtual reels”. The virtual reel may include a table with one column of results (eg, a set of symbols) and one column of number ranges, each of the number ranges corresponding to a result. The random number generator may generate a random number. The random number may be checked against the result from the virtual reel based on the range of numbers to which the random number applies. Each result may then be assumed to have a probability of occurrence that is proportional to the magnitude of the corresponding number range. For example, a result having a corresponding range of numbers from 100 to 299 occurs with twice the probability of a result having a corresponding range of numbers from 300 to 399. This is because the first range includes 200 numbers that can be generated by a random number generator, and the second range includes only 100 numbers that can be generated by a random number generator. Referring to the virtual reel, the probability of each possible outcome may be determined. The probabilities of all outcomes that contain a particular symbol may then be added, resulting in the probability of occurrence of a symbol in the game. The probabilities of all the results that include a symbol at a particular location may be added together to determine the probability of occurrence of that symbol at a particular location. For example, to determine the probability that a “bell” symbol will occur at position 3 in the result, the probability of occurrence of all results including the “bell” symbol at position 3 may be added.

  (2.2.4) Odds for specific cards. In various embodiments, the probability that a particular card constitutes a particular event decision may be determined as follows. First, the number of unknown or unopened cards may be determined. Unknown cards may include cards that are not always shown face up in the game. If the card does not always show a surface, the probability may be determined as being equal to the number divided by the number of unknown cards.

  (2.3) Distinguish between two dice. In various embodiments, a secondary player may desire a bet that has an ambiguous decision during a game of a conventional game. For example, a secondary player may want to bet that a particular dice in a craps game shows six. However, traditionally, the way craps are often played may be difficult or impossible to distinguish between the two dice used in the game. Therefore, once two dice fall and roll, it may be ambiguous as to which dice the player bet is.

  (2.3.1) Distinguish two other similar objects. In various embodiments, two or more similar objects used during game play may appear differently. In a craps game, the two dice may have different colors. For example, one dice may be green and the other red. In this way, the secondary player can bet on either the red or green dice without worrying about ambiguous results. In a game using three dice, there may be three different colored dice, for example, large and small. In a roulette game that involves using two spheres at a time, the two spheres may include different patterns of marking. The player may thereby bet (eg, a striped ball or a polka dot ball). In some embodiments, two or more similar objects may be distinguishably detectable even if the distinction is not visually possible. For example, a radio frequency identification (RFID) tag may be placed in or on the subject. Two dice with different RFID tags in the subject can be distinguished by the RFID tag reader with different signals from the tags.

  (2.3.2) Bet that the lower die is ahead of two. In some embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a determination of one of several events, where an event is only distinguishable after all events have been determined. Become. For example, the secondary player bets that the high dice of the two dice rotated in the craps game will show a six. In this example, two events may occur, and the dice rolls at each event. However, the actual dice that the player is betting becomes apparent only after both events have been determined. That is, only after both dice have been rotated and stopped can it be determined which dice has the higher roll. In some embodiments, the secondary player may have a low dice of two dice, an intermediate dice (eg, in a game with three dice), a roulette ball showing the highest number, etc. You may bet on. In various embodiments, a secondary player's bet may comprise at least two portions. The first part may be a method of distinguishing between two or more events in order to determine which of the two or more events the secondary player is betting. The second part may indicate what constitutes a winning or losing decision for the secondary player. For example, suppose a secondary player bets that the higher die of two dice will indicate 5. The first part of the bet is a method that distinguishes between the rotation of one dice and the rotation of another dice and indicates which of the currently distinguished events the secondary player is betting on. is there. The second part of the bet indicates that the winning decision is the dice that the player has bet on as indicating 5.

  (2.3.3) Specify the card position. For example, suppose the third card drawn is an ace of spades. In some embodiments, a location, location, sequence number, or other clarification may be specified to reveal the specific event that the secondary player is betting. For example, instead of betting that the “a” card is an ace of spades, the secondary player may bet that the “third card drawn” is an ace of spades. . In a video poker game, a secondary player may bet that a particular position in the video poker hand (eg, the fourth card in the final hand) is of a predetermined rank and type. In a blackjack game, a secondary player bets on, for example, a first card distributed to a player, a second card distributed to a player, a third card distributed to a player, etc. May be. For example, the secondary player may bet on the first card distributed to the dealer, the second card distributed to the dealer, or the like. A player may specify an event by orientation. For example, in a blackjack game, a secondary player may bet on a dealer's card with the face up or a dealer's card with the face up.

  (2.4) Receive the player's prediction assistance. In various embodiments, the secondary player may be provided with data, hints, or betting assistance for events in the game. The data may include past data related to the game at hand. For example, if a player bets on a decision made by a primary player, data about the primary player's decision in the previous game may assist the secondary player in his bet. .

  (2.4.1) A sequence of things that occurred in the past. In various embodiments, the secondary player is shown data from a game played or an event within the game prior to the game that includes the event that the secondary player is betting, or other It may be provided in the method. That data may assist the secondary player in selecting the event decisions that make up the winning decision. A secondary player who bets on a particular event in a particular game played by a particular primary player may be shown data about other events that are occurring. Other events may be (a) in games played by the same specific primary player, (b) in games under similar circumstances that exist in a specific game (eg, in that specific game) The first two cards that occurred in the game preceding Blackjack, etc., and the particular event distributes the third card in that particular game), (c) that particular game is played In a game played on the same gaming machine that is being played or played (d) in the recent past (for example, an event that occurred 5 minutes before the second player bet on a particular event, etc. ), (E) Event that occurred in the game that was played 5 minutes before the specific game (F) in games played on the same gaming machine on which the particular game was played (where the games constitute a sequence of games immediately preceding the particular game) (eg, Is a five game played before that particular game), and (g) a game played by the same particular primary player, etc. (where such a game is The primary player may include events that have occurred (which constitute a sequence of games played immediately before a particular game).

  (2.4.2) What is the complete strategy here? In various embodiments, the secondary player may be provided with instructions for decisions made according to some strategy. For example, if a secondary player is betting on a decision made by a primary player in a blackjack game, the secondary player may choose a basic strategy (ie, any A decision made using the strategy used to maximize the expected win without special knowledge may be shown. For example, the secondary player may be notified that an appropriate decision according to the basic strategy is what the primary player will hit. As another example, if a secondary player bets on a card that has been removed by the primary player in a video poker game, the secondary player may remove which combination You may be informed whether to maximize the primary player's expected win. In various embodiments, the secondary player may be notified of decisions made according to a strategy that is not a complete or optimal strategy. For example, the secondary player may be informed that the decision is made in accordance with the strategy for the highest payout in the game.

  (2.4.3) What did this player do in a similar situation? In various embodiments, the secondary player may be provided with instructions for the primary player's decision made in a situation similar to the situation of the game in which the secondary player is participating. A game where the primary player is in a similar situation is that the primary player (a) has the same card, (b) has the same total score (eg, in a blackjack game), (c) Have the same hand (role) rank (eg, in a poker game), (d) have the same sequence of early events (eg, in a craps game, the primary player is in the game situation under consideration) Same as him, with three initial rotations (diet), (e) Same seating position (eg primary player was just to the left of the dealer), (f) Same opponent or same multiples (G) on the same gaming machine, (h) face the same bet or bet from the opponent (for example, in a poker game, the primary player Games where the primary player was in a similar situation may have a similar hand (role) in the dealer (eg in a blackjack game) A game in which the primary player's opponent has similar cards to what the primary player's opponent has in the game under consideration, etc. In some embodiments, the secondary player may have played that the primary player was in a game using a similar external situation, eg, played at the same time of day. Instructions may be provided for games, games played at the same table, games played at the same casino, games played immediately after the primary player has made a big loss, etc. .

  (2.4.4) What cards have already been dealt? In various embodiments, the secondary player may be provided with an indication of what cards have already been distributed in the game. For example, in a blackjack game, a secondary player may be notified of what cards were distributed from that set of playing cards in a previous game where a set of playing cards was used. For example, if a secondary player thinks that the primary player is counting cards, the secondary player predicts the reaction by counting the cards of the primary player In order to do this, information about previously dealt cards may be used. In a poker game, a secondary player may have an opportunity to view the cards that are dealt, for example, as part of an initial hand. By looking at the initial hand cards, the secondary player may help to better predict the primary player's decision.

  (2.4.5) Probabilities are provided to secondary players. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be provided with a probability for a particular decision for an event. For example, if a secondary player is betting on a dice roll (diet), the secondary player is notified that the probability that the roll is 6 is 1/6. May be.

  (2.4.6) Regulatory requirements for hints. In various embodiments, the regulation may indicate whether a hint needs to be provided. In some embodiments, the restriction may indicate that a probability of one decision should be provided. In some embodiments, the regulation may require that the probability that an event is a particular decision should be given if the secondary player has no means of knowing such a probability. For example, while the secondary player can know the probability that the 6-die dice will fall in a predetermined way, the secondary player knows that the reel of the slot machine displays a predetermined symbol Absent. This is because the reel may be controlled by a secret algorithm. In some embodiments, the restriction may indicate that the hint does not mislead the secondary player. For example, in a video poker game, the hint informs the secondary player of the decisions made by the primary player using a particular strategy. However, the strategy may not be the strategy normally used by any player, and therefore the hint may not give proper direction to the secondary player. In some embodiments, the regulation may indicate the form in which hints need to be provided. Regulations may require that hints should be given in multiple languages. The regulation may require the player to have a choice of which language to use to view the hint.

  (2.4.7) A form of hint (eg, a secondary player can not only make a predetermined bet). In some embodiments, the hint may be in a form that prevents the secondary player from making a predetermined bet. Such a bet may be disadvantageous to a secondary player or casino. For example, the graphic user interface may display a selection for a decision that a secondary player can bet on. In a Blackjack game, such a choice can be a “hit” option for the primary player to bet to hit, a “stand” option for the primary player to bet to stand, And may include a “double down” option for the primary player to bet to double bet. If the primary player is given an initial hand of 10 total points, then the “stand” option may turn gray, so that the secondary player Can't bet to stand. This is because it does not make sense for the primary player to stand when there is no risk that the primary player will hit, increase his total points and bust.

  (2.5) Set the odds for the event. In some embodiments, the casino may set event payment odds by referencing historical data. Past data may be used to reach the probability of event determination. For example, past data may be used to determine the probability that a primary player will make a particular decision in a game. This probability may in turn be used to provide payment odds to a secondary player who wishes to bet that the primary player will make a particular decision.

  (2.5.1) Data that does not include the current game. In some embodiments, the casino may use data from the primary player's past games to determine the probability that the primary player will make a particular decision. For example, the casino may examine a series of past games in which various primary players had a hand of 16 points versus a dealer hand showing 10 points. The casino will stand in order to reach the number of primary players who have hit and the estimated probability of what the primary player will do in the particular game under consideration. May be determined. For example, the casino may see 100 past games, find 45 times the primary player has hit, and 55 times the primary player has stand. Thus, under similar circumstances, the casino may determine that there is a 45% opportunity for the primary player to hit and a 55% opportunity for the primary player to stand. Once a casino has various outcome probability estimates, the casino may set payment odds to generate a positive house advantage. For example, in the example above, the casino will pay 1: 1 odds if the secondary player bets on a “hit” and 3: 4 if the secondary player bets on the stand. Odds may be set. In various embodiments, historical data may include data about the primary player's past games included in the particular game in question. For example, to determine the probability that a particular primary player will make a decision, the casino may look at historical data for that primary player.

  (2.5.2) Data including the current game. In some embodiments, payment odds may be set for a game based on a series of games including the game. For example, a casino may use a series of games in a blackjack game, including X games (e.g., 1000 games) where a player has 9 pairs and a dealer shows 8. The casino may determine the number of times the player with 9 and 9 has split and the number of times the player has stood. Thus, the casino knows with certainty the possibility that 9 and 9 will be split and the probability that the primary player will stand against a randomly selected game from X games. Good. Thus, the casino can then set payment odds for betting to stand and betting to split. The casino can set such payment odds to generate a positive house advantage. The casino also allows a secondary player to bet on the primary player's decision in a game from a series of 1000 games, such as from a randomly selected game from a series of 1000 games. Good.

  (2.6) Bet on random actions in the game. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the determination of any desired event. For example, in a craps table game, a secondary player may bet that one dice will bounce off the table. In a poker game, a secondary player must have one of the primary players throw his card, the primary player is kicked out of the game, or the primary player bets incorrectly Or bet on any other decision where the event occurs. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on any decision outside the normal game of the game. For example, a secondary player may bet that a player will spill a drink at the game table.

  (2.7) Bet on certain sub-outcomes. There are many events that a secondary player may bet on. For each event, there may be one or more decisions that a secondary player may bet on.

  (2.7.1) Blackjack. In a blackjack game, a secondary player may: (a) select a specific card, such as a first, second, or third player card, or a first, second, or third dealer card. Rank or type, (b) decisions made by the primary player (eg, hits, stands), (c) decisions made by the dealer, (d) whether the primary player is bust, (e) Whether the dealer busts, (f) whether the primary player receives two identical cards, (g) whether the primary player receives two or more cards of the same type, ( h) whether the two primary players in the game receive the same card, (i) the total points at the start for the primary player, (j) the total points at the start for the dealer, (k) At the end of the primary player The total point is whether it is within a certain range, may be bet on, such as in.

  (2.7.2) Roulette. In a roulette game, a secondary player can: (a) red, (b) black, (c) a specific number, (d) a specific number range, (e) a number in a specific sector of the rotating disk. Occurrence, (f) amount betted by primary player, (g) number bet by primary player, (h) bet on green, etc.

  (2.7.3) Slot machine. In a slot machine, a secondary player can (a) generate a symbol on a reel, (b) generate a set of symbols on a set of reels (e.g., a secondary player Bar ", the second reel bets that it shows" lemon "), (c) whether a bonus round has been achieved, (d) the level of bonus round to be achieved, (d) the primary player (E) Determination of bonus round (e.g., how much money the primary player wins from the bonus round), (f) Amount betted by the primary player, ( g) You may bet on the number of paylines betted by the primary player, (h) the number of paylines to win, etc.

  (2.7.4) Card game. In a card game such as a poker game, a secondary player may (a) generate a specific card in multiple card hands, (b) a specific combination of cards in multiple card hands (eg, paired Occurrence), (c) the order in which the cards are dealt (eg, a secondary player may bet that each card to be dealt will have a higher rank than the last dealt card), (D) You may bet on a place where a card is distributed (for example, an ace is distributed as the first card in the player's hand).

  (2.7.4.1) Poker. In a poker game, a secondary player may bet on what bets are made by the primary player in the game. The secondary player can determine whether the bet is a check, call, bet, raise, or fold, how much the primary player bets, and how many players make a call to the bet or raise. You may bet on how many times the pot is raised, how many betting rounds, how many players all-in. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the total size of the pot. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet if there is a tie. In some embodiments, a secondary player may bet on the size of the side pot.

  (2.7.5) Dice game. In the dice game, the secondary player may bet on a single turn of the dice. For example, the secondary player may bet that the sum of the two dice rotated will be 12. In large and small games, a player may bet that one of the three rotated dice will indicate four.

  (2.8) Bet on the length of the game. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on the length of the game.

  (2.8.1) Time. The secondary player may bet on the time the game continues. The game is played when the primary player bets, when the first random event occurs in the game, when the first card is dealt, when the first roll of the dice is made, Time may be counted to start when, for example, the next player's decision is made. When a game is paid, when a player's bets are collected, when the last random result occurs, or when an object used in the game is collected (eg when cards are collected) When the payment is announced or when the next game begins, the time counting may be terminated.

  (2.8.2) Multiple cards are required. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on multiple cards distributed in the game. The secondary player is a plurality of cards that are dealt and become a specific hand (for example, a player's hand in blackjack, a dealer's hand in blackjack), or a specific combination of hands (For example, the hands of both players and dealers, and the hands of three players in a game in Blackjack). The secondary player may bet on the number of cards distributed as normal cards. For example, for Texas Hold'em, a secondary player may bet that all five common cards will be distributed. That is, the secondary player may bet that at least two people remain in the game until the fifth common card is distributed.

  (2.8.3) The number of dice rolls is required. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the number of dice rolls that occur in the game. For example, the secondary player may bet that the dice roll will be 7 in the craps game. That is, the secondary player sets the points for the primary player to either rotate the number of points again or achieve 7, and then 6 additional exits. You may bet on your eyes.

  (2.8.4) The number of bonus round levels is achieved. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on the number of levels that the primary player will achieve in a bonus round, eg, a bonus round of a slot machine game. Bonus rounds may have multiple distinct levels. If a primary player plays well at an early level, for example, by accurately selecting a hidden treasure location, the primary player may proceed to a later level. However, if the primary player plays a poor game at the initial level, the primary player may not reach the later level. Thus, the number of levels achieved in the bonus round may be effectively random. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the number of spaces that the character will advance on the game board in a bonus round. For example, for a bonus round in a Monopoly (registered trademark) game, a secondary player may bet on the number of spaces traversed by game characters on the game board. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the space or spaces where the game character will land in the game. For example, a secondary player may bet that a game character will land on a boardwalk in a Monopoly (registered trademark) game.

  (2.9) Bet on a different game in the game. For example, bet on poker in Blackjack. In some embodiments, the secondary player is the occurrence of a result from the first game, but it may bet on that in the context of the second game. For example, a secondary player may bet that a primary player involved in a blackjack game will receive multiple cards that generate a three-card poker hand. In large and small games, a secondary player may bet that two of the three dice will form a winning turn in a craps game.

  (2.10) People bet in the order they remain in the game. In some players' games, the player may be removed from the game or withdrawn. For example, in a poker game, players may get out of the game when they fold. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet that the primary player will be deleted.

  (2.1.0.1) Who will be out first? In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet that the primary player is the first primary player who has been expunged. The secondary player is who is the second erased primary player, who is the third erased primary player, or the second erased second at any other spot You may bet on the primary player.

  (2.10.2) Who will be the last two? In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on which one of the primary players will remain last. The secondary player may bet on whether it is the primary player who remains until the last second, the primary player who remains until the last third, or the like. The secondary player may bet on who are the two primary players who remain until the end. In various embodiments, the secondary player may be any combination of primary players and any combination of locations (eg, last, penultimate) where the primary player is expunged. You may bet on. When the designated combination of the primary player is deleted in the combination of the designated place, the secondary player may bet and win. The secondary player may bet that the specific three primary players will be the three who remain until the end, regardless of the order in which they are deleted after the last three. In some embodiments, a secondary player is not only a particular group of primary players that is three remaining to the end, but also the order in which the last three are erased (eg, a game Players A, B, and C are the last three players, player A is the last player, player B is the last remaining player, etc.).

  (2.10.3) Who are the three after the flop? In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on the number of primary players remaining in the game at a given point in the game. For example, a secondary player bets on how many primary players are left by a flop in a Texas Hold'em poker game or by Fifth Street in a Seven Card Stud poker game. May be. The secondary player may bet on how many primary players will remain after the Xth card has been distributed in the game, regardless of who the card was distributed to. A secondary player may bet that a particular primary player will remain in the game at a predetermined point in the game. For example, a secondary player may bet that Joe Smith, the primary player, remains in the game after the flop.

  (2.10.4) Which three people do not bust? In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a combination of players to bust in a blackjack game. For example, a secondary player may bet that all players will bust in a specific group of three specific players in a blackjack game. The secondary player may bet that one player will not bust. The secondary player may bet that no one in the group of primary players will bust during the game.

  (2.11) Bet on what the primary player himself does. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on decisions made by the primary player in the game.

  (2.11.1) The primary player hits here. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on decisions that the primary player will make in a blackjack game. The secondary player is one or more of (a) hit, (b) stand, (c) surrender, (d) split, (e) double down, and (f) insurance. You may bet to do.

  (2.11.2) The primary player pulls to flush. In some embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a strategy that the primary player uses in a video poker game. The strategy may be identified using identifying which card the primary player discards. For example, the secondary player may specify that the primary player discards the first, third, and fourth cards from the starting hand. In some embodiments, the secondary player may identify one or more cards that are discarded while not excluding the probability that additional cards are not discarded. For example, the secondary player may specify that the primary player discards the second card in his hand. The secondary player may then bet whether the primary player will discard the second card, regardless of other cards that the primary player may discard. The secondary player may specify the primary player's strategy with respect to the objectives attributed to that strategy. For example, the secondary player may specify whether the primary player is “pull to flash” or “pull to straight”.

  (2.11.3) How much does the primary player bet? In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the amount that the primary player bets. For example, a secondary player may bet on betting $ 5 in a slot machine game. For example, a secondary player may bet that the primary player will raise $ 25 in a poker game.

  (2.11.4) What bets the primary player places? In various embodiments, the secondary player may place a bet on a particular bet that the primary player makes in the game. For example, in a craps game, there are many possibilities that a primary player can make, such as a pass line bet, a don't pass bet, an “any seven” bet, an “any eleven” bet, a “horn bet”, etc. There is a big bet. The secondary player may bet on one of these, or other possible bets made by the primary player.

  (2.11.5) Which payline will the primary player activate? In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on whether or not the primary player bets on a particular payline on the gaming machine. For example, a game machine may have three paylines. The secondary player may bet that the primary player will bet on the third payline.

  (2.11.6) Primary player's heart rate, breathing, and other biological evidence. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the primary player's biological signature. The secondary player may bet on heart rate, respiratory rate, blood pressure, skin conductivity, body temperature, pupil dilation, muscle tension, or any other indicator related to the primary player. For example, during a poker game, a secondary player may bet that the primary player's peak heart rate is 120. For example, the secondary player may bet that the primary player will take 5 breaths in the next minute. The secondary player can bet indirectly on the primary player's response to the stress level of the game and / or stressful stimuli by betting on the vital sign of the primary player. Also good.

  (2.11.7) When will the primary player stop the game? Is it now? After 5 games? In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the length of the primary player's gaming session. The length may be measured in terms of time, the number of games played, the number of bets made, the number of cards distributed during the session, the number of times the dice has been rotated, or any other indicator. For example, the secondary player may bet that he will play five more games before the primary player stops. For example, a secondary player may bet that the primary player will play an additional 40 minutes before stopping. The session is (a) the primary player has stopped playing for X hours, (b) the primary player has left the game location, (c) the primary player has made a refund , (D) the primary player may have been defined as having finished after exchanging chips for money, (e) the primary player has run out of money, etc.

  (2.11.8) What drinks will the primary player order? In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a service that the primary player receives. The secondary player pays for the drinks ordered by the primary player, the food ordered by the primary player, the price of the primary player's food or drink, and the primary player pays the casino staff You may bet on the amount of chips.

  (2.11.9) How many games will the primary player play in an hour? In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the speed at which the primary player plays. The secondary player is: (a) the number of games that the primary player plays in an hour or any period, (b) the time between two games, (c) two times of blackjack You may bet on the time between the start of the game, (d) the time between the bet in the game and the time of providing payment, etc.

(2.11.10) Any combination of what the primary player does. For example, five primary players split. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on any combination of decisions made by the primary player in the game. For example, a secondary player may bet that at least three primary players will split in a blackjack game, and the secondary player may be three primary players. Certain groups of people may bet on splitting in a blackjack game, and a secondary player will be hit by exactly three primary players in a blackjack game One player may bet that he will split.
With respect to a poker game, a secondary player may bet that exactly two primary players will call a particular bet. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on whether a predetermined decision is made or not, regardless of who makes the decision. For example, in a poker game, a secondary player may bet that one primary player will bet and three primary players without specifying which primary player bets and calls. You may bet that the next player will call. A secondary player may bet and win if any primary player bets and if any three players call.

  (2.12) Bet on the third payline only. Unlike the primary player, the secondary player does not need to bet on the 1 and 2 paylines before betting on the 3 paylines. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on an isolated event where the primary player is not allowed to bet alone. For example, the secondary player may bet only on the third payline of the slot machine. However, the primary player may be required to bet on the first and second paylines at the slot machine before he can bet on the third payline. In a craps game, a secondary player may be allowed to bet an odds bet without betting a pass line. Often, the primary player must first place a bet on the pass line before making an odds bet.

  (2.13) Bet on what advertisements appear on the game console. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on an advertisement displayed on a gaming machine. In various embodiments, the gaming machine may display an advertisement. In various embodiments, a gaming device may display advertisements from time to time or periodically. The advertisements may be displayed randomly or according to a schedule that is unknown to the secondary player. Thus, the secondary player may bet on what advertisements will be shown on the gaming machine. For example, a secondary player may bet that an advertisement for vitamin water will be displayed on the gaming machine. The advertisements may take the form of text, still images, video, or any other output that is adapted to promote a product or service, either directly or indirectly. A secondary player may identify a bet on an advertisement by identifying the product being advertised. For example, a secondary player may specify that a trisket cracker is advertised. The secondary player may identify bets associated with general product categories, such as crackers or snack foods. A secondary player may identify a bet on an advertisement by identifying the brand of the product or the name of the manufacturer of the product. In some embodiments, the secondary player may specify a bet on the advertisement via multiple selections, where the secondary player has multiple possible different bets to place a bet. You may specify from among products. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the time until the next advertisement. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on when the next advertisement for a particular product is.

  (2.14) Combine auxiliary results from several games to form larger results. In some embodiments, a secondary player may bet on game results that are generated using events from one or more games in an integrated manner. For example, the integrated game may include a first set of cards distributed in a first game for a primary player and a second set of cards distributed in a second game for a primary player. May be generated for a secondary player using. As another example, an integrated game is generated using a first rotation of two dice from a first craps game and a second rotation of two dice from a second craps game. May be. In another example, an integrated slot machine game may have symbols appearing on one reel in the first game, symbols appearing on two reels in the second game, and three reels in the third game. It may be generated using the appearing symbol. For example, if all three symbols are “cherry”, then the secondary player will be paid as all three cherries occur in the same spin on the adjacent reel. Also good.

  (2.15) Bet on machine failure or coin supply. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on the occurrence of a machine failure. For example, the secondary player may bet that the machine will fail within the next hour. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet that the gaming machine needs to be restocked with coins. For example, the secondary player may bet that the gaming machine will need to replenish coins within the next 10 minutes.

  The embodiments described herein with respect to a complete game or outcome may apply to events in the game as well. For example, a secondary player may search for events in a game with specific characteristics, just as a secondary player searches for games with specific characteristics, or A secondary player may search for games with specific characteristics to bet on such in-game events. The secondary player may search for a specific primary player or may bet on an event in the game of such a primary player.

  In some embodiments, the secondary player may attempt to view past or current games. The secondary player may desire to participate in the game. The secondary player may, in some embodiments, perform a search for games that meet the first set of criteria. For example, the secondary player may search for a game played by a specific primary player. The search may result in multiple games. The game may then be sorted using a second set of criteria. Multiple games include: (a) the time the game was played (eg, the game may be sorted from the most recently played game to the oldest played game), (b) winning in the game (E.g., games may be sorted from the highest payment to the lowest payment), (c) the amount bet on the game, (d) the rank of the hand distributed in the game (e.g., poker The game may be sorted according to the initial hand poker rank, the blackjack game may be sorted according to the final hand total points), (e) the outcome of the game (eg primary (The player wins, the dealer wins), (f) in each of the plurality of games, the initial number of dice turning out, (g) when the game is played (For example, the games may be sorted according to the casino floor where the game is played), (h) the name of the gaming machine on which the game was played (eg, the game is alphabetized by the gaming machine on which the game was played) (I) the name of the primary player who played the game first, (j) the number of secondary players who participated in each of the games, etc. It may be sorted.

  Any physical game described herein may be electrically implemented in various embodiments. For example, embodiments relating to blackjack games at a physical card table may equally well relate to blackjack games played over an electrical network. For example, a primary player may play blackjack using a video blackjack device. As another example, a primary player may play blackjack through an event. The secondary player may bet on the outcome of the primary player's game and / or an event in the game of the primary player.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player, but may play the game in a direction different from the direction in which the primary player plays the game. For example, a primary player may be involved in a game that requires a decision in the part of the primary player. The primary player may make an initial decision in the game. On the other hand, the secondary player may participate in the game, but may prefer a decision that is different from the decision made by the primary player. Thus, the secondary player may have the opportunity to complete the game in a different manner than the primary player does. For example, the result based on the payment of the secondary player may be different from the result based on the payment of the primary player. Note that the secondary player may join a game after the primary player has joined the game. Thus, the secondary player may participate in past games. However, the secondary player may take a different in-game direction than that which occurred in the original game.

  The following are examples of some embodiments. The primary player starts playing a blackjack game. The primary player is given 9 and 3 as his first hand. The dealer shows the two tables up. The primary player decides to hit. Tens are distributed to the primary player and consequently bust. Because his total point is now 22. Prior to seeing the 10 distributed to the primary player, the secondary player stunted rather than hit. At this point, the casino server determines that what happened is that the primary player has stood. The casino server may then play the dealer's hand or at least play a simulated version of the dealer's hand. The casino server may reveal that the dealer's face down card is 10 and provides the dealer with 12 initial total points. The casino server may then make a hit decision as a dealer action. The casino server may then distribute 10 to the dealer (the same 10 that was previously made to the primary player). The dealer then bust and the secondary player wins. Thus, the primary player and the secondary player started with the same game. However, the primary player and the secondary player advance the game in different directions by making different decisions at the crossroads in the game. As a result, the primary player loses and the secondary player wins.

  (3) In various embodiments, the secondary player may replay and / or redo some aspects of the primary player's game.

  (3.1) The secondary player may know information different from what the primary player knows and may redo the game. When facing a decision in the game, the primary player may have a predetermined amount of information available to him. For example, in a blackjack game, a primary player who faces a “hit”, “stand”, “double down”, “split”, or “surrender” decision has his own two cards and a dealer You may know one card. However, the primary player is unaware of other potentially valuable information such as, for example, the dealer's face-down card or the next card to be distributed on top of a set of playing cards. There is a case. In various embodiments, a secondary player who participates in a primary player's game is the primary player at the time the primary player originally played or played the game. Additional information that the person did not know or did not know may be accessed.

  (3.1.1) Know the cards that have not yet arrived. In various embodiments, a secondary player who participates in a primary player's game may be provided with information about a card for which the primary player was unknown at the same crossroad in the game. . For example, a secondary player participating in a video poker game may be presented with information about the next card to be distributed in a set of playing cards. In various embodiments, the secondary player may: (a) in the dealer's hand, (b) in the opponent's hand (eg, in the opponent's hand in a Texas Holdem game), (c) another In the primary player's hand (for example, in an embodiment where the primary player's hand is distributed and not fully upside down, in the primary player's hand in a blackjack game ), (D) a bust hand, (e) an undistributed hand (eg, the card at the bottom of a set of playing cards may not have the opportunity to be distributed in the game), (f) Information about cards such as a hand that is unlikely to be distributed (eg, a card in the middle of a set of playing cards is likely not to be distributed in the game) may be presented. Information about the card may include information about the type of card and information about the rank of the card. For example, the secondary player may be notified that the card is a heart or the card is not a spade. For example, the secondary player may be notified that the card is a 10 point worth card (eg, in a blackjack game). For example, the secondary player may be notified that the rank of the card is between 2 and 6, or that the card is not 7. In various embodiments, the secondary player may be notified of the exact rank and type of card, for example, a queen of diamonds.

  (3.1.2) Know that the primary player has made a losing decision. In various embodiments, the secondary player may be given information about the outcome of the primary player's decision in the game. For example, the secondary player may be notified that the determination of the primary player results in the primary player losing the game. For example, if a primary player in a game in Blackjack decides to hit and bust, the secondary player decides that the primary player's decision led to the bust of the primary player You may be notified. The secondary player may be notified that the primary player's decision did not reach the best possible outcome of the game. Even if the primary player's decision led to a winning result, the secondary player may be informed that the primary player's decision did not lead to the best possible outcome. For example, in a video poker game, if a primary player draws three cards and forms a three card, the primary player may draw three cards in different ways to form a straight flush You may have. Thus, the primary player may have obtained the best results he can but may not have. Of course, the primary player may have made an accurate decision from his point of view. Because he doesn't know that he can successfully draw a straight flush. In various embodiments, the secondary player may be notified of the relative benefits of the primary player's decision or strategy in relation to other possible decisions or strategies. For example, for a video poker game, a secondary player is informed that the primary player has made the second best possible decision to be achieved regarding the outcome of the primary player. Also good. In various embodiments, a secondary player may determine a primary player's decision or assumption that the primary player has complete information about what has resulted in various decisions or strategies. The merit of the strategy may be notified. In some embodiments, the primary player may or may not have complete information about the outcome of his decision, so that the benefits of the primary player's decision The announcement need not necessarily indicate that the primary player has made a bad or incorrect decision. In some embodiments, the secondary player may be provided with an indication of the benefits of the strategy or decision, such as whether the primary player has chosen such a decision or strategy. For example, in some embodiments, the secondary player may be notified that a particular strategy is a good strategy, but it is not the best possible strategy. For example, the secondary player may be notified that a particular strategy is a losing strategy. In various embodiments, the casino may have information about cards that are unknown to the secondary player in the game. In this way, the casino may be able to notify the secondary player based on such knowledge, thereby enabling the secondary player without clearly sharing the knowledge. May be able to provide recommendations for various strategies.

  (3.2) The secondary player may redo the game using the same order of cards in a set of playing cards or using a different order. In various embodiments, the results of all possible primary player decisions have been determined in advance, for example, at the start of the game or prior to the primary player decision. For example, in a video poker game, the shuffle and ordering of a set of playing cards before the game helps to determine the outcome of any decision a primary player can make in the game. For example, so that any new card that a primary player may decide to draw can be determined decisively by distributing cards from the top of a set of playing cards, Shuffle leads to a specific order of the set of playing cards. In various embodiments, the results of all combinations of primary player decisions in a game may be determined in advance. For example, in a blackjack game, the cards to be distributed may be placed in a definitive order by the primary player by a set of playing card shuffles before the game. In this way, for a given set of primary player decisions (and for certain rules that determine what decisions need to be made by the dealer), The outcome of the game for each set may be determined deterministically from the order of cards in a set of playing cards. In various embodiments, the symbols that appear on each reel of the slot machine are determined in advance and prior to the display of a single symbol. For example, the symbol appearing on the third reel of the slot machine may be determined before the symbol on the first reel of the slot machine appears. In various embodiments, the decisions made in advance of all possible outcomes of the primary player's decision may or may not apply to other possible decisions by the secondary player. In various embodiments, a determination made in advance of one or more symbols in a game may be applied to a secondary player prior to display of the symbol to the primary player or secondary player, You don't have to.

  (3.2.1) Same order. In various embodiments, the pre-determined decisions of all possible outcomes of the primary player's decision may be applied in the same manner as the possible outcomes of the secondary player's decision. That is, it is assumed that the primary player is participating, or is playing a game, and the secondary player is participating in the game. At a given crossing in the game, a secondary player's specific decision (eg, “hit”) is the same specific decision made by the primary player to the primary player as a secondary game With the same results for the For example, a decision by a secondary player to “hit” results in the secondary player being distributed 4 of the diamonds. Similarly, the decision by the primary player to hit results in the primary player being distributed 4 of the diamonds. For the primary player and the secondary player to experience the same result under the same decision, the first and secondary player will experience the same result or the same symbol or It may mean receiving a mark. The actual payment received by the primary player and the secondary player may differ in some embodiments due to different bets by the first and secondary players.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may decide to continue a game that has already been started. For example, the secondary player may decide to participate in the game after an event in the game is decided. For example, a secondary player may enter the game after the first symbol on the reel of the slot machine is revealed and before the symbol on the second or third reel is revealed. You may decide to participate. Once the secondary player decides to participate in the game, the game will be exactly the same as it did for the primary player who originally played the game (or May be processed in exactly the same way as for the primary player involved. That is, once a secondary player joins a game, the secondary player may receive the same results as the game that the primary player plays or has. This may occur, for example, due to the outcome of the game being determined in advance prior to display of the first symbol.

  (3.2.2) Different order. In some embodiments, the secondary player may participate in the primary player's game, make all the same decisions as the primary player, and achieve different results. The result of the determination of the secondary player may not be the same as the result of the determination of the primary player. In some embodiments, the outcome of the secondary player determination is determined after the start of the game. For example, the outcome of the secondary player decision is determined at the crossroads in the game when the secondary player decides, just before the secondary player decides, or after the secondary player decides. The The outcome of a possible decision made by the secondary player is determined by shuffling the rest of the cards in the set of playing cards, which cards will be distributed in the game in which the secondary player participates. May be. For example, suppose a primary player is involved in a blackjack game and receives the hands of the first two cards. The primary player may decide to hit, so that a club king may be distributed and received from the top of a set of playing cards. A secondary player may participate in the same game. The secondary player may decide to hit after the first two cards are distributed. However, prior to the secondary player receiving a new card in his hand, the rest of the cards in the set of playing cards may be shuffled again. Thus, the secondary player may receive a card that is different from that received by the primary player. In this way, the outcome of the secondary player's hit decision is that the secondary player will make his decision (the decision is after the card of the set has been shuffled again). Will be determined only after.

  In embodiments where the secondary player does not make the same decision as the primary player, the outcome of the secondary player decision need not necessarily be determined at the start of the game. For example, in a video poker game, the primary player may decide to discard the fourth and fifth cards from the starting hand. A secondary player who participates in the same game as the primary player and therefore has the same starting hand may decide to discard the first and second cards from the starting hand. Good. The primary player may be distributed with 10 of the dia and the queen of the club. The secondary player may be distributed a Heart Jack and a Heart 9. The secondary player may receive a different card than that received by the primary player. Because the cards distributed to the secondary player after the first hand are used to determine the cards distributed to the primary player after the first hand, a separate randomization process It is because it may be determined using. For example, after the first card in a video poker game, the remaining cards in the set of playing cards are shuffled again from the order they had in the set of playing cards used in the primary player's game. Also good. In some embodiments, the remaining cards in the set of playing cards may be shuffled again in both the primary player game and the secondary player game. The two shuffles may be different from each other, so that the order of the remaining cards in the set of playing cards for the primary player is the order of the remaining cards in the set of playing cards for the secondary player. Is different.

  In various embodiments, a copy of a game, a set of playing cards, or other game elements may be used in completing a secondary player's game. For example, when a primary player starts a game, a set of playing cards used in the primary player's game may be copied. The set of playing cards may be copied and copied in the same order as the cards in the playing cards. The primary and secondary players may then play the rest of the game from two separate copies of the set of playing cards without interfering with each other. In one embodiment, both the primary player and the secondary player do with the same set of playing cards, for example, to make the first hand. Thereafter, the remaining portion of the set of playing cards (eg, the portion of the set of playing cards not yet distributed) is copied. This portion of the set of playing cards may or may not be shuffled again. The secondary player may play the rest of the game using the copied portion of the set of playing cards. Thus, the secondary player may play the rest of the game separately from the primary player without being interfered with the primary player's game.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may participate in a slot machine game. A first symbol from the slot machine game may appear. The secondary player may wish to continue the game from the time after the first symbol appears. However, the secondary player may wish to continue the game differently than the first player continues the game. That is, unlike using the secondary player to generate the remaining symbols for the primary player, the remaining symbols of his result are randomly generated using a different random process. You may want to be. Thus, in some embodiments, a casino (or gaming machine running on behalf of a casino) may randomly determine additional symbols for generation and display to secondary players. Here, such symbols need not be the same as those generated and displayed to the primary player. In various embodiments, the casino may randomly determine how to generate additional symbols as follows. The casino may determine all results that include one or more symbols that have already been generated. Such a result may be a weighted probability, for example, it will be appreciated that some occur with a higher probability than others. The casino may then select from the probability that the results are randomly weighted and proportional to those weights. Thus, for example, a result that is twice the weighting probability of another result has twice the probability of being selected.

  (3.3) The secondary player may redo the game after the fact. In various embodiments, the secondary player may redo the game from a predetermined crossing after the game has already been completed. For example, an hour after a video poker game is completed and the secondary player has played the game after the first hand has been dealt and before any decisions have been made regarding which cards to throw away. You may replay the start. As noted above, even if the secondary player and the primary player make the same decision in the game, the secondary player may have a different result or decision from that experienced or determined by the primary player. You may replay the game with a decision. This is because the replayed game may be replayed with a randomization process different from that used for the original game.

  (3.3.1) Replay the live game. In various embodiments, a secondary player may replay a game that was originally played with multiple primary players. For example, a secondary player may replay a Texas Hold'em game that originally had nine primary players. The secondary player may wish to play the hand of one of the nine players.

  (3.3.1.1) The casino uses AI. In various embodiments, because the secondary player has the opportunity to replay multiple players' games, the other entity is not the player in which the secondary player is replaced, but the primary player. It may change. Thus, in some embodiments, a casino may be transformed into another primary player using a computer algorithm. The computer algorithm may be programmed to determine in a game, such as a poker game. For example, a computer algorithm may include a set of rules detailing actions taken for any given game situation. When replaying a game, a secondary player may play against one or more computer algorithms. In some embodiments, the casino may reveal to the secondary player one or more attributes of a computer algorithm used in the game of multiple players. The casino may reveal rules used by computer algorithms. The casino may reveal the nature of the algorithm, such as “aggressive” or “tight”. In various embodiments, the casino may request to reveal one or more attributes of the computer's algorithm. The request may come from, for example, a casino regulator.

  (3.3.1.2) The secondary player plays against other secondary players. In various embodiments, when a primary player replays a game involving multiple primary players, the location of the other primary player is filled with other secondary players. Also good. Thus, in some embodiments, the first secondary player may play a game against other secondary players. In some embodiments, the first secondary player may play a game with one or more other secondary players and with one or more computer algorithms.

  (3.3.1.3) Other players are not opponents. In some embodiments, the secondary player may replay a game that includes multiple primary players. However, the primary players may not be opponent events. For example, a secondary player may replay a blackjack game from a raw table game that originally includes six primary players. The primary player is competing with the casino, not the opponent. When a secondary player replays a game, the secondary player may want the location of another primary player in the buried game. Thus, in some embodiments, computer algorithms may fill in other primary player locations. In some embodiments, other secondary players may fill in other primary player locations.

  (3.4) The secondary player may make different decisions in real time or may branch to different games. In various embodiments, the secondary player may participate in a game that is currently being played by the primary player. Thus, the secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player in real time. However, at a particular point in the game, the secondary player may want to branch off from the direction of the primary player. For example, a secondary player may want to make a different decision in the game that is different from what a primary player does. In some embodiments, the secondary player may not know which decision is made by the primary player. However, even if the secondary player finds that the secondary player's decision is the same as the primary player's decision, he may want to make his own decision anyway. Once the game of both the primary player and the secondary player is finished, the secondary player may rejoin the primary player for the next game. That is, the secondary player and the primary player in the next game may receive the same symbol, mark, or other event determination. If the primary player finishes his game before the secondary player, the primary player will continue to play the casino until the secondary player has an opportunity to bet on the next game. May be delayed.

  (3.5) Search for a game having a predetermined characteristic. In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for games that have certain characteristics. As described herein, a secondary player may be a specific primary player game, a game played on a specific gaming machine, a game played at a specific time of day, a specific You may search for the game played in the casino, the game played just before the jackpot. However, the secondary player may search for games that provide the secondary player with a machine to process from a predetermined starting point in a beneficial manner. Once the secondary player finds a game in the search, the secondary player may play the game from a predetermined point in the game, such as from a decision point in the game.

  (3.5.1) An incorrect decision was made. In some embodiments, the secondary player may search for a game that the primary player has made or has failed to meet one or more criteria. The secondary player has determined that the primary player (a) has not made the decision to produce the highest expected victory over the primary player, (b) the primary player is eligible (C) did not make a decision in accordance with a generally recommended strategy (e.g., first (The next player did not make a decision in blackjack according to the basic strategy), and (d) the secondary player may not make a decision according to the strategy, etc. . For example, a secondary player may have 13 total points without the ace having an ace, the dealer will show the top three cards, and the primary player will select a stand You may search for a game to play. The reason why a secondary player may choose to search for such a game is that, under various rules, the basic strategy recommendation is a hit. In this way, the secondary player searches for games for which the primary player has not made the correct decision in accordance with basic strategy recommendations.

  (3.5.2) There is a predetermined starting hand. In various embodiments, a secondary player may search for a primary player's game that has a particular starting hand or a particular category of starting hand. . For example, a secondary player may search for a primary player's game that is a video poker game and includes an initial hand with four hearts. The secondary player may search for a video poker game in which the primary player has an initial hand with a pair of jacks. The secondary player may search for a video poker game in which the primary player has an initial hand that includes an ace of spades, a king of spades, a jack of spades, and a 4 of hearts. The secondary player may search for a blackjack game where the primary player has a specific total point, such as 11, for example. The secondary player may search for a blackjack game in which the primary player has a combination of the first total points and the first card and the dealer has shown the second card. For example, the primary player has 14 total points and the dealer shows 4. The secondary player may search for a blackjack game where the primary player has already made two hits, but the total points are still less than 14. In various embodiments, the secondary player may search for games where one or more symbols occurred in the slot machine. In replaying the game, the secondary player may have the opportunity to obtain additional symbols, where the symbols are different from the symbols obtained by the primary player in the same game. .

  (3.5.3) The primary player made a terrible failure. In various embodiments, the secondary player may search for games where the primary player has made a grave failure. The secondary player: (a) the results obtained by the primary player differed from the high payout result by X symbols or several symbols, (b) the primary player I had 4 cards to Royal Flush in video poker but I couldn't get the 5th card. (C) The results obtained by the primary player are: The game may be searched such that only one symbol is different, and a symbol required for the jackpot result is shifted to the next position from the reel payline. The secondary player may keep a result symbol from the primary player's game that contributes to a high payout result, in order to obtain all the symbols necessary to obtain that high payout result. You may have any additional symbols that are regenerated in the attempt.

  (3.6) Adjust the odds of the game based on the situation in which the secondary player has started. In various embodiments, a secondary player who starts playing in the middle of a game, or a secondary player who starts playing in a game after finding any information about the final possible outcome of the game, It may have a different probability of achieving a given final result from what any player had at the start of the game. For example, if a secondary player starts a video poker game midway after the first hand with four cards to the royal flush is distributed, the secondary player will play the game from the beginning. Have a more probable chance of achieving a royal flush than starting. As described herein, the house advantage may be derived from the product of the payment rate and the probability corresponding to the result. Thus, in some embodiments, as the probability of the outcome of a payment increases, the payment rate associated with that outcome is maintained to maintain a certain house advantage or to maintain any house advantage. Need to go down. Thus, in some embodiments, the payment rate associated with the result may change if the secondary player starts the game after some information is revealed in the game. Good. For example, the payment rate for royal flush may be 500 for video poker games that the player starts from the beginning. However, if a player starts a game with the first hand including Spade Ace, Spade King, Spade Queen, Spade Jack, and Heart 3, the payout rate for the royal flush is not 500 It may be set to 25. In various embodiments, the payout rate for results may be adjusted for mid-games, so that the house advantage for mid-games is the same as the same game started from the beginning. It may be the same (or substantially the same). For example, assume that the house edge in a video poker game is 2% in a full game. If the secondary player is able to start in the middle of the game (eg, after the initial hands of poker have been distributed), then the payout rate for one or more outcomes will be the secondary game The house advantage for the person may be adjusted to be approximately 2% (eg, between 1% and 3%, etc.). As will be appreciated, the payment rate for a game may be adjusted in several ways, any of which are considered in various embodiments. In various embodiments, the payment rate may be changed by changing the bet requested from the secondary player while maintaining a constant payment in the result. In various embodiments, the payment rate may be changed by changes to one or more outcomes while maintaining the same requested bet amount. In various embodiments, the payment rate may be changed by changing both the payment for one or more outcomes and the amount of bet required.

  (3.6.1) Odds adjustments in Hold'em games. In various embodiments, a secondary player may wish to participate in a game involving multiple primary players. A secondary player may wish to make one or more decisions in a game that is progressing from a particular point in time on behalf of the first primary player in the game. However, the probabilities for possible outcomes of multiple players' games may not be easily quantified. Because these results can depend on human actions, each with an independent will of the player. Therefore, it may be difficult for a casino to set a payment rate for a secondary player participating in the middle of a game of a plurality of players. Further, the secondary player is not necessarily interactive with the primary player in the game (eg, the primary player in the game other than the primary player in the place where the secondary player was). There is no need to exchange money. This is because the game has been played in the past or there may be a primary player in the actual game where the secondary player was there. . In this way, the secondary player may complete the rest of the game against the computer algorithms that exist on behalf of the other primary players. The secondary player may complete the rest of the game for other secondary players that exist on behalf of other primary players.

  (3.6.1.1) Assume that all players stay and then decide. In some embodiments, the probability that a secondary player will win the game is the probability that all other players in the game (eg, all algorithms present on behalf of the primary player, the primary player) Can be derived or estimated based on the premise that all secondary players, etc. that are present in the game remain in the game. That is, there may be a premise that no player will fold after the secondary player joins the game. Based on the assumption that no further players will fold in the game, the probability that the secondary player will win can be derived in a straightforward manner. In one embodiment, any possible combination of additional cards that are distributed can be tested. For example, in a Texas Hold'em game where the flop has already been dealt, any possible combination of turn and river cards may be tested. The ratio of the combinations that lead to victory against the secondary player may then be used to determine the probability that the secondary player will win. In some embodiments, the distribution of a large number of additional cards in the game may be simulated to determine the proportion of simulation that the secondary player will win. Such a ratio may be used to estimate the probability that the secondary player will win. It should be understood that the probability that the secondary player draws may be determined in a manner similar to the manner in which the probability of victory can be determined. For example, any additional additional possible combinations that may be distributed may be tested, and the ratio of such combinations leading to a draw may be used to estimate the probability that the secondary player will draw.

  (3.6.1.2) Simulate with a good AI player. In some embodiments, the probability of a secondary player winning in a multiplayer game is determined using a simulation in which a computer algorithm exists on behalf of each of the primary players in the original game. May be. For example, 1000 simulated games may be calculated using a computer algorithm that exists on behalf of each of the primary players. While the location at which it is desired to be played by the secondary player is instead present, the ratio at which the computer algorithm wins is used to determine the probability that the secondary player will win. Also good. In some embodiments, the average amount won or defeated by a computer algorithm that lies in place where it is desired to be played by the secondary player is determined by the secondary player in the game. Or it can be used to estimate the expected amount of defeat. In various embodiments, once the probability that a secondary player wins and / or draws in a game is determined, the payment rate for the game may be determined. In various embodiments, once the expected amount that the secondary player wins or loses is determined, the required bet amount for the secondary player may be determined. The payout rate or required bet amount may be determined for any method of completing the game from the time the secondary player joins or from the crossroads. For example, the payment rate or required bet amount will determine whether the secondary player completes the game against other secondary players and whether the secondary player completes the game against the computer algorithm. It may be determined whether or not the secondary player completes the game for any combination of the two.

  (3.7) If the secondary player eventually deviates, there may be a catch-up, or the secondary player may skip to the current result. For example, the primary player may stop playing further games while the secondary player may be working on a bonus round. In various embodiments, the secondary player may complete the game differently than the way the primary player completes the game. For example, the secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player in real time. At a predetermined point in the game, the primary player may make a first decision and the secondary player may make a second decision. As a result of different decisions, or for any other reason, the secondary player's game may last longer than the primary player's game. For example, in a Blackjack game, a decision to “hit” by a primary player may result in the primary player's bust, which makes the primary player's game immediately May end. On the other hand, the decision to “stand” by the secondary player may cause the dealer to make one or more decisions in the secondary player's game, thereby making the secondary game May last longer. If the secondary player's game lasts longer than the primary player's game in the game in which the secondary player is participating, then the primary player Before completing the old game, the primary player may start a new game.

  (3.7.1) The secondary player does not join the next game but joins the future game. In some embodiments, if the primary player starts a new game before the secondary player completes the previous game that the secondary player started with the primary player, The secondary player may then not participate in a new game. The secondary player may not join any number of new games until the secondary player's old game is over. The secondary player may then participate in the next game started by the primary player.

  (3.7.2) The secondary player is involved in two games simultaneously. In some embodiments, the secondary player may participate in a new game for the primary player, even though the secondary player has not completed the previous game. For example, a secondary player may follow the progression of his old and new games using separate screens on his terminal. As will be appreciated, the secondary player may be involved in more than one old game, even if a new game is started. A secondary player may potentially view the progress of two or more old games along with a new game.

  (3.7.3) The old game ends quickly. In various embodiments, once the primary player finishes the first game and / or starts the second game, the secondary player's older game (eg, the primary player's game) Derivation from the first game, etc.) may be speeded up. For example, the casino may not show the effect that the cards are distributed, but the house may show the cards that appear temporarily in the hands of the secondary player. In various embodiments, the house may make decisions for secondary players automatic. For example, the house may make decisions for secondary players according to one or more strategies, eg, optimal strategy or basic strategy.

  (3.7.4) The primary player's game is saved and the secondary player can later join the game. In various embodiments, a secondary player involved in an older game may not be able to immediately participate in the new game of the primary player. However, data about new games may be stored by the casino. The secondary player may then later choose to participate in the game. The casino may keep a record of the primary player's game that the secondary player missed and then give the secondary player the option to participate in such a game.

  (3.7.5) The secondary player gets the EV of the game. In various embodiments, the secondary player may not complete the game in a standard manner and may receive a payment for payment. Settlement payments may be based on the average amount a secondary player would have won if he had completed the game. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be involved in a bonus round (eg, a bonus round in a slot machine game). The secondary player may receive a settlement amount for the bonus round instead of performing the bonus round. This allows the secondary player to save time during the entire bonus round, and therefore the new game that the primary player has started otherwise without the participation of the secondary player. In addition, a secondary player may be able to participate.

  (3.8) The secondary player may bet on different paylines. In various embodiments, the secondary player may choose to bet on a payline different from the payline on which the primary player places a bet or multiple bets. For example, the primary player may bet on the first payline and the second payline in the slot machine while the secondary player bets only on the first payline. For example, a primary player may bet on a first payline in a slot machine while a secondary player bets on a first payline and a second payline. For example, the primary player may bet on the first and third paylines while the secondary player bets on the second and third paylines. For example, the primary player may bet on the first payline while the secondary player bets on the second payline in the slot machine.

  (3.9) The secondary player may bet a different amount than the primary player bets. For example, the secondary player may bet on three full coins instead of one coin. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet a different amount than the primary player. For example, in a poker game, such as a Texas Hold'em multiplayer game, a secondary player raises a $ 20 raise instead of a $ 10 raise made by the primary player. You may decide that. Thus, the secondary player may play the rest of the game by playing against a computer algorithm acting on behalf of the primary player, instead of the primary player's position. In various embodiments, the primary player may bet the first amount at the start of the game, while the secondary player bets the second amount in the same game. Also good.

  Embodiments described herein are based on games that are played electronically, where applicable, and games that are played using physical tokens, devices, equipment, tables, etc. May be executed. In various embodiments, a primary player may play a game using physical tokens (eg, physical cards and chips) while a secondary player may play a game Participate in and view the electronic version of the game. In some embodiments, the primary player may play an electronic version of the game, while the secondary player may participate in the game via the electronic version of the game. . In some embodiments, the primary player may play a physical version of the game, and the secondary player may participate in the game using a physical token. For example, if a secondary player makes a decision in a game that is different from the decision made by the primary player, the set of trumps used in the primary player's game may have another physical A single set of playing cards may be replicated by inserting cards in the same order as the cards in the set of playing cards used in that primary player's game.

  (4) Collect and display all data throughout the casino. This allows people to bet. For example, all red and black are shown across all roulette games. This may affect how people bet in the future on red and black. View cumulative wins and defeats in Blackjack. For example, a player wins with 500 hands and loses with 510 hands. In various embodiments, data about two or more games at a casino may be collected. Data about two or more games may be combined and collected. In some embodiments, a single statistic may be used to describe data for more than one game. In some embodiments, more than one statistic may be used to describe data for more than one game. In some embodiments, the statistics used to describe data for two or more games may represent a summary and compression of that data. Statistics may represent a method that allows a human, such as a secondary player, to increase their understanding of large amounts of data about a game. Example statistics may also indicate the average amount won in a series of games, the number of specific outcomes in a series of games, the occurrence of an excess of a first outcome relative to a second outcome in a series of games, etc. Good. The statistics may be presented to the player. For example, an eye-catching display screen at a casino may show the total number of roulette “red” occurrences in the entire casino during the last 10 minutes. Data about the game may be presented to the player in many different forms. The data may also be presented to casino personnel, such as casino employees. The data may be presented to a regulator, such as a game regulator. Data may be presented in graphical form. For example, a bar graph may show the number of “red” results, the number of “black” results, and the number of “green” results in the roulette as separate bars on the graph. Data may be presented in the form of highlights or quick replays of actions. For example, the resulting video shoot may be shown up to 10 times the original speed. Data about the game may assist the player in determining which bets will be made in the future. For example, a player may believe that a “red” result is likely to come after a long series of “black” results. Thus, a player may be interested in viewing data and general statistics about roulette games.

  (4.1) The type of data. In various embodiments, many types of data may be collected, generated, recorded, displayed, presented, and / or stored. Data about different games may be collected. Data about different players may be collected. Data about game machines may be collected. Data about the casino may be collected.

  The number of times the primary player has won / defeated. For individual games, winning, defeating, and drawing dealers may be collected. If a primary player receives any positive payment and / or receives a payment that is greater than the amount that the primary player bet on the game, the game You may think of it as a victory over the player. If the primary player receives an amount that is greater than the average amount normally paid in the game, the game may be considered a win. Other criteria may also be used in considering whether the game is a win or not. For example, if a particular rule of the game indicates that the primary player is a winner, the game may be considered a victory over the primary player. For example, in a blackjack game, if the primary player's hand is 21 total points or less and the dealer busts or the total points are less than the primary player's hand, The primary player may be considered a winner. If the primary player receives a payment equal to the amount he bet in the game, the game may be considered a draw. If the primary player does not win or lose in the game, the game may be considered a draw. If the game rules indicate that the game is a draw, the game may be considered a draw. If a primary player does not receive payment for a game, the game may be considered losing. If a primary player receives a payment that is less than the amount he bet on the game, the game may be considered a loss. If a primary player receives less than the average amount paid in a normal game, the game may be considered a loss. If a game is not considered a win or a draw, the game may be considered a loss.

  In some embodiments, each payline in the game may be considered separately. For example, the primary player may bet on one coin on the first payline and win three coins. The primary player may bet one coin on the second payline and no coin may be won. In this example, the bet result on the first payline may be considered a winning game, while the bet result on the second payline may be considered a losing game. Thus, in some embodiments, betting, generating results, and winning against a given payline, even if multiple paylines are possible for a given spin of a slot machine, It may be considered a completely separate game. In some embodiments, each hand of video poker may be considered a separate game. For example, if a primary player plays three hands of video poker at a time, the three hands of video poker may be considered as separate games. In some embodiments, even if the three hands of video poker include the same starting hand (eg, the first 5 cards are the same for each hand) May be considered as a game. In some embodiments, each bet made is considered a separate game. For example, a bet on the first payline of the slot machine may define a different game than a bet on the second payline for the slot machine. In some embodiments, if the bet payments are not completely correlated, the two bets are considered to constitute separate games. For example, even if you know the payments from the first bet, if the payments from the second bet cannot be determined with accuracy, the two bets may be considered to define different games. . In some embodiments, the two bets made at the craps table may define separate games, even though the payment for both bets is dependent on the same rotation or multiple same rotations of the dice Good. For example, it may be considered that a pass (line) bet defines a game different from a hard bet.

  Victory, defeat, and draw data may be collected across more than one game. The collected data may be stored and / or presented as statistics, as a graph, or in any other manner. In some embodiments, the statistics may indicate the number of games won by one or more primary players over the last X games (eg, over the last 100 games). In some embodiments, the statistics may indicate the number of games lost by one or more primary players over the last X games (eg, over the last 100 games). In some embodiments, the statistics may indicate the number of games that were a draw. In some embodiments, the statistics may indicate the difference between the number of winning games and the number of defeated games by one or more players over the last X games. For example, a statistic value of −7 may indicate that the last 100 games have lost seven times more than the number of times a series of players has won. As will be appreciated, data may be collected over the number of games, such as the last 100 times, the last 1000 times, the total game of the day, the total game of the year, etc. As used herein, the term “last” does not necessarily refer to the present. For example, a statistic that states that a predetermined number of primary players win over the “last” 100 games is the number of primary players from 100 games up to a predetermined point in the past. You may state that you win. Thus, the term “last” may be used with reference to a point in the past. For example, a certain point in the past may be a period in which statistics are created. In various embodiments, data may be collected for a single primary player. For example, the statistics may indicate the number of games won by a particular primary player during the past three days. In some embodiments, data may be collected across multiple primary players. For example, a statistic may indicate the number of games won in the last hour by all primary players at a particular blackjack table. In various embodiments, data may be collected for games that meet one or more criteria. For example, victory / defeat / draw data may be collected for games that meet one or more criteria. Such criteria are: (a) the game was played during a specific period, (b) the game was played most recently, (c) the game was played by a specific primary player (D) the game was played by one of a series of specific players, (e) the game was played by any primary player with specific characteristics (eg, The game was played by any primary player who is a small business owner, etc.), (f) the game was played on a particular gaming machine, (g) the game was (H) the game was played in a specific casino, (i) the game was of a specific type (eg, slot machine, video poker, etc., specifically, Adams family (J) the game has a predetermined required minimum bet (eg, a game where a minimum bet of $ 1 is required), (k) each of the games is , Having a certain amount of bets to bet on them (eg, all games have a bet of $ 0.25), and so on.

  (4.1.2) The amount won / defeated. For individual games, data may be collected for the amount of winning or losing by the player. For individual games, data may be collected for the amount of winning or losing by the house. For example, in a game with a plurality of primary players against a house, the victory of a given player is not necessarily the reverse of the victory over the house. Data may be collected in connection with the total victory. That is, data may be collected regardless of any amount paid by the player, for example, in the form of a bet. For example, if a primary player inserts $ 1 into a slot machine as a bet and receives a $ 5 payment, the primary player has a total win of $ 5. Data may be collected in connection with net profit wins. That is, data may be collected for a victory after accruing the amount paid by the primary player. In the above example, after having a $ 1 bet and receiving a $ 5 payment, the primary player may have a net profit of $ 4. In a similar situation, data may be gathered for casino total wins and net profit wins. Data related to winning and losing may be collected across multiple games. The statistics may describe the total victory of one or more primary players across multiple games. For example, a statistic may take a value of $ 83, which indicates that the primary player has received a total payment of $ 83 during the last 100 games. The statistics may describe the net profit win of one or more primary players across multiple games. For example, a statistic may take a value of -17 dollars, which means that the primary player bets $ 17 more than the amount he receives in victory over the last 100 games. Indicates that it was. The statistics may describe the victory and defeat of multiple primary players. For example, a statistic may take a value of $ 25, indicating that a group of 20 primary players playing blackjack has an average net gain of $ 25 in the last hour. In some embodiments, victory and defeat data may be displayed graphically. For example, the amount of funds of the primary player may be represented on a graph over time. If the primary player wins, the graph may move up. If the primary player loses, the graph may move downward. The primary player's funds may start with an arbitrary value, such as zero or a value equal to the amount that the primary player puts into the game.

  (4.1.3) Number of hands / games played. In some embodiments, data may be collected to describe the number of games played. For each game played, the statistics may be incremented. The statistics may be just a counter of the number of games played. In some embodiments, the statistics may track the number of games played over a particular time period. Thus, for every game played, the associated time may be stored, for example in a database on a casino server. Once a game has been played for more than X hours in the past, the statistics may be decremented by 1, and the game is played in the last X hours (this time is the time subject to statistics). Reflect what was not. Data about the number of games played may be collected across multiple players. For example, a statistic may describe the number of games played by all roulette players in a casino in the last 20 minutes. In some embodiments, data about the number of hands played may be maintained. In some embodiments, data about the number of paylines may be maintained. In some embodiments, data about the number of results generated or received may be maintained. For example, a statistic may track the number of results generated for a player in a slot machine where each payline can count as a separate result.

  (4.1.4) Number of specific results obtained. For example, the number of jackpots, the number of payments over X, and the number of cherry-cherry-cherry results. Data may be recorded for individual games. The resulting data may include data describing which symbols have been generated for the game. The resulting data may include data describing which symbols were used in determining payment to the player. The result may include a series of symbols such as “Cherry Cherry Cherry” or “Bar Bell Lemon”. The resulting data may include a payment amount. For example, a $ 1 payment may be the result. The resulting data may include total points. For example, in a blackjack game, the result may be that the player has received 21 points. The resulting data may include total points for the dealer and / or the playing primary player. In a blackjack game, the resulting data may include data describing the dealer's total points. In a poker game, the resulting data may include data describing the hands of other primary players with whom the primary player is competing. The resulting data may further include data describing one or more common symbols. For example, in a Texas Hold'em game, the resulting data may include data about which cards were distributed on a flop, turn, and / or river. The result data may include the result of dice rotation (roll). For example, the result data may describe the total number of dice rotations in the craps game. In a roulette game, the resulting data may include data describing the number that appears when the spinning disk is spun. In various embodiments, the resulting data may be collected across multiple games. The game may include one or more primary player games. In some embodiments, the statistics may describe the number of times that a particular result has occurred. For example, the statistics may describe the number of times the result of “Cherry Cherry Cherry” has occurred. For example, the statistics may describe the number of times “black” has occurred in the roulette wheel. The statistics may describe the number of times a result has occurred per unit time or game. For example, a statistic may take a value of 48, indicating that the spinning disk produced 48 “red” results in the last 100 spins. In some embodiments, a statistic may express the occurrence of a result per spin in percent. For example, a statistic may indicate that in a video poker game, 4% of the last 1000 games will yield a “flash” or better result. In various embodiments, data about results may be collected across multiple players. For example, statistics show that a group of primary players won 100 blackjacks during the last hour played by a primary player in the group, or from the last 2000 hands. May be described. In various embodiments, data about results may be collected across multiple tables, multiple gaming machines, or multiple other result generators. For example, a statistic may indicate that in a group of gaming machines, three jackpot results occurred in the last month. For example, for a group of 5 roulette tables in a casino, the statistics may indicate that the number of 12 has appeared 5 times in the last hour. In various embodiments, the statistics may indicate a comparison between the number of occurrences of the first result and the number of occurrences of the second result. For example, a statistic may indicate the difference between the number of straight occurrences and the number of flash occurrences in a video poker game over a predetermined period of time. For example, a value of 10 for a statistic may indicate that a straight has occurred 10 times more than a flash in the past hour in a group of video poker machines.

  (4.1.5) Number of specific symbols obtained. For an individual game, data may be obtained regarding which symbols occurred during the game. For example, data may be obtained that an ace of spades, a jack of hearts, a king of diamonds, a queen of clubs, and a heart of 7 were obtained as first hands in a video poker game. For example, data indicating that the “cherry” symbol was obtained in a reel slot machine game may be obtained. In various embodiments, such data may be collected across multiple games, across multiple primary players, and / or across multiple gaming machines. For example, a statistic may describe the number of times an ace of spades has been distributed at a video poker machine in the past hour. For example, a statistic may list the number of times a player from California has obtained a red card in a game of any card in the last 20 minutes at a casino. For example, a statistic may describe the number of bell symbols generated in any slot machine in a set of slot machines in the last day. For example, the statistics may describe the number of times 6 has been rotated in a craps game. In various embodiments, a comparison between the number of occurrences of the first symbol and the number of occurrences of the second symbol may be shown. For example, a statistic may indicate that a “lemon” symbol occurred X times more than a “plum” symbol in a given period. In various embodiments, location data may be obtained. The location data may include data describing the location of the symbol in the results, in the display area, or in any other area. In various embodiments, when location data is displayed, for example, in a gaming machine viewing window, the symbol is the leftmost symbol in the result, the middle symbol in the result, or in the result Data about whether it is the rightmost symbol may be included. For example, in the result of “lemon bell bar”, it may be considered that the symbol “lemon” is in the first position, “bell” is in the second position, and “bar” is in the third position. In various embodiments, data about a symbol may be recorded even though the symbol does not form part of the result. For example, the symbol data may be recorded even though the symbol does not contribute to the payment decision for the player. For example, a slot machine viewing window may show a grid of 3 × 5 symbols, each of which has three symbols that are visually visible. The player of the slot machine may be capable of only one payline so that only the symbols visible in the middle of each reel are applicable to the payment determined for the player. However, data indicating other symbols may also be recorded. For example, the fact that the “dog” symbol appeared on the top of the first reel would be recorded even if the “dog” symbol did not contribute to the payment determined to the primary player. May be. In various embodiments, data about symbols that are not visually visible may also be obtained or recorded. For example, data about a symbol generated at one place on the reading window on the reel may be recorded. Such symbols may be invisible to the primary player at the end of the game. However, such symbols may be present on the reel, for example in the form of printed symbols or data in the memory of the gaming machine, indicating a virtual or electrical reel configuration. For example, a game machine may maintain a data structure in which all symbols are described on a reel even if a physical concrete form as a reel does not exist. In this way, all symbols related to the display screen of the game machine (for example, a viewing window) even though not all symbols are displayed on the reel at once (for example, on the display screen of the game machine). This position may be known with respect to the game machine. In various embodiments, data about location information may be collected. The data may be collected, for example, over multiple games, multiple primary players, multiple gaming machines, multiple locations, multiple periods, etc. For example, a statistic may indicate the number of times a cherry symbol has occurred in a second place of a result on a particular gaming device in the past hour. For example, a statistic may indicate that the third card in the first hand of video poker is Jack to a group of primary players in the past hour. In various embodiments, the statistic may indicate the number of times “Yosemite Sam” appeared in the upper right corner of the gaming machine viewing window in the last hour. In various embodiments, the chronological order in which symbols occur may be obtained and / or stored. In a card game, data regarding which card is distributed first, which card is distributed second, and the like may be held. The statistics may describe the number of times that a specific symbol appears in a specific time series. For example, the statistics may describe the number of times that the tenth card distributed in the blackjack table game is an ace in the last two hours.

  (4.1.6) Data about the order of a set of playing cards, the order of symbols on a reel. In various embodiments, data may be obtained for the order of a set of playing cards. A position may be recorded for each card in a set of playing cards. For example, the club's 2 position may be recorded as “10”, indicating that the tenth card from the top of the set of playing cards was the club's 2. Data about a set of playing card locations may be obtained or stored even if such a card does not appear in the game. For example, for a video poker game, the rank and type of the card at the bottom of a set of playing cards may be preserved even if the card has not been distributed in the video poker game. In various embodiments, data may be obtained or recorded for the order of symbols on a gaming machine reel. For example, from any location on the reel, each symbol on the reel may be due to a different position. For example, the symbol “lemon” is in the first place. The adjacent “cherry” symbol is the second location. The adjacent “plum” symbol is the third place, etc. In various embodiments, data about the order of symbols may be collected. For example, the statistics may indicate that Heart Jack is in the fifth place of a set of playing cards in the last 200 games of video poker.

  (4.1.7) The player with the highest grade. For example, the player who won the most in the last 100 hours, the last hour, etc. For individual games, data about the primary player's game may be collected. Data about games may include data including total amount, net profit won, results obtained, strategy used, and the like. Data about games may be collected across multiple games, multiple players, multiple gaming machines, and the like. In some embodiments, the numerical score may be assigned to the strategy used by the primary player in the game. For example, a primary player using an optimal or recommended strategy may receive a high score. Primary players who use non-recommended or sub-optimal strategies may receive a lower score. For example, in a video poker game, a primary player may receive an integer score from 1 to 32, and each score could be used by a primary player in a video poker game. To the right strategy. In a video poker game where the primary player can discard any combination of cards from the hands of the first five cards, the primary player can select a card to throw away, to the power of 2 Note that there are 32 possible ways. Thus, each method that the primary player can select may be considered a separate strategy and therefore may correspond to a different score. The strategies may be ranked according to those strategies that provide the highest victory expected by the player. A strategy that provides the highest expected victory may correspond to a score of 32. For example, a strategy that provides the expected second highest victory may correspond to a score of 31. As will be appreciated, the score need not be an integer or any other specific number. In various embodiments, data about strategies used by players across multiple games may be collected. In various embodiments, scores assigned to players may be collected based on selections in the game. For example, during individual games, scores obtained by the primary player may be added to describe a collective score across multiple games. In some embodiments, the scores obtained by the primary player during individual games may be averaged. As will be appreciated, in various embodiments, a low score may correspond to a good strategy, while a high score may correspond to a bad strategy. In various embodiments, data may be recorded for a primary player's strategy selection during a blackjack game. Such a primary player may be given a relatively high score if, for example, he follows a basic strategy recommendation, and a relatively low score if he does not follow it. May be given.

  In various embodiments, data about other gaming metrics may be collected. In various embodiments, data about the amount won may be collected across multiple games. The strategy may indicate, for example, the total amount won by the primary player. The strategy may indicate the total number of wins by the primary player.

  In various embodiments, data about multiple primary player games may be collected. The strategy may indicate which primary player or players played prominent play in the group of primary players. For example, the statistics may indicate which primary player from a group of primary players played the best game according to some metrics. For example, the statistics show which primary player has won the highest total number of wins in the last hour, or which primary player used the best strategy in the last hour. May be. In various embodiments, the top X primary players may be listed according to some gaming metrics. In some embodiments, the lower Y primary players may be listed according to some gaming metrics.

  In various embodiments, the primary player who played the top game may be determined periodically. The primary player who played the top game may be determined using total wins, net wins, best strategy, or any other metric or combination of those metric. The primary player who played the higher game may be determined, for example, every second, every minute, every hour, or the like. In various embodiments, the primary player who played the top game may be determined after each game played by any primary player. For example, after the primary player completes the game, the casino server has accumulated a total number of wins sufficient for the primary player to become the primary player who played the top game You may decide. In various embodiments, the primary player who played the top game is determined at irregular intervals. For example, the primary player who played the first higher game may be determined. After 5 minutes, the primary player who played the second higher game may be determined. Nine minutes later, the primary player who played the third highest game may be determined. As primary players continue to gamble, their relative games may change, so the primary player who was the primary player playing the average game will have the top game It should be understood that the player may become a primary player. For example, a primary player may win a large jackpot, thereby becoming a primary player who has played a higher game.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may participate in the game of the player who played the current top game. The secondary player may be continuously or periodically notified of who is the primary player who played the higher game. For example, the name or other identifier of the primary player who played the upper game may be displayed on the display screen of the terminal of the secondary player of the mobile game machine. The name of the primary player may remain displayed on the display screen of the secondary player until the primary player who has played a new higher level game is determined. The secondary player may select or determine to participate in the game of only the primary player who played the current higher game. In various embodiments, the secondary player may choose to automatically participate in the game of the primary player who played the current top game. For example, the secondary player may place a bet. It is then understood by the casino server that the bet is applied to the game of the primary player currently playing the top game. Thus, for example, if the primary player currently playing a higher game wins, the secondary player may also win. If the primary player who is currently in the top game loses, the secondary player may also lose. In various embodiments, the casino server may make it easiest or most convenient for a secondary player to participate in a game of a primary player who is currently playing a top game. . For example, a casino server can bet a secondary player to press a single button to place a bet and participate in a game of a primary player who is currently playing a top game. Also good. A secondary player may be able to participate in another primary player's game, but to do so, he may be required to perform additional steps. Thus, in various embodiments, participation of a primary player with a higher game in a game may be the primary player's default option.

  In various embodiments, an identifier (eg, name, handle, etc.) of a primary player who played a top game that is currently active may be displayed. Casino servers may allow secondary players to easily participate in games such as primary players (eg, by making participation a default option for secondary players, etc.) ). The currently active primary player may include a primary player who is currently playing a game. For example, an active primary player may include a primary player who has played a game in the last 10 seconds, the last minute, or the most recent predetermined time period. In various embodiments, the currently active primary player may include a primary player having a deposit balance at the gaming machine. In various embodiments, a currently active primary player may include a primary player who is playing at a predetermined rate (eg, 30 games or more per minute). Good. It is understood that the primary player who is playing a higher game that is currently active may change from moment to moment. For example, a first primary player may start a game, thereby becoming a currently active primary player playing a higher game. The primary player may then pause for a short time after his game. Another primary player may begin playing the game in the meantime. The other primary players may therefore be active players who are currently in a higher game.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet. The bet may be involved in a first game starting from a group of primary players. For example, a secondary player may bet 1 dollar. The casino server may determine who is the primary player currently playing the top five games. The secondary player's bet may be involved in the game of the primary player among the five primary players in order to start the game. In this way, the secondary player may enjoy a fast paced gaming experience. Rather than following a single player's pace, the secondary player may participate in the first game to start from any of the group of players. The group of primary players may be defined not only by games but also by other characteristics. For example, a group of primary players may include five players from Mississippi. A secondary player may place a bet involved in a first game initiated by any of the five primary players. After the first game is over, the secondary player may place a second bet. The second bet may be re-engaged with the first game started by one of the five primary players from Mississippi following the second bet. However, the second bet may be involved in a game of a primary player other than the primary player involved in the first bet.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player who played the second highest game. For example, the secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player who has won the second largest amount in the last hour. In various embodiments, the secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player who played the third highest game. It is understood that the secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player at any position in the ranking according to some metric such as the number of wins. In various embodiments, the secondary player may automatically participate in the game of the primary player who is second in the ranking (eg, second in total wins). For example, a secondary player may bet and then participate in the primary player's game, which is second in total win amount in the last 10 minutes. As another example, a secondary player may automatically (for example, by a casino server) for a primary player's game that is third among all primary players in terms of the number of consecutive wins. ) You may bet.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may participate in a game of the primary player who is the best player among some of all primary players. Some of the primary players may be a primary player of a particular demographic, a primary player playing a predetermined type of game (eg video poker), a predetermined area of a casino (eg a first player Primary players in the floor), primary players in a specific casino, primary players in a specific geographic region (eg, a specific city, a specific suburb), etc. . The primary player who plays the best game among the portions may be identified and displayed to the secondary player. The secondary player may automatically participate in such a primary player's game.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player automatically plays the game of the primary player who is the primary player who has played a higher game among the primary players who play the particular game. May participate. For example, a secondary player may want to participate in a blackjack game. Thus, a secondary player makes a bet that automatically participates in a primary player's blackjack game using the best strategy (eg, compared to the optimal basic strategy) in blackjack. Also good. In various embodiments, a primary player who played a top game playing a particular game may be identified and / or displayed to a second player. The secondary player may then decide whether to participate in the primary player's game. In various embodiments, you may participate in a game of a primary player who has played a higher rank game among primary players who play a particular type of game (face value). For example, a secondary player may want to participate in a game played on a gaming device with a dollar par value. As described above, the secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player who has played a higher rank game among all the primary players in the game machine having the face value of dollar.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may participate in a game of a primary player who has played a higher game not only at the current time but also at a time in the past. For example, the secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player who played the day before. The primary player may have played the best game during the hour among any primary player during the past week. Accordingly, the secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player. The secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player that occurred after one hour of the superior game. For example, a secondary player may be a primary player who has recorded the best game of any primary player during the past week, just one hour after that. You may participate in a game played by a person.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may participate in a game of a primary player who is currently playing and has played a top game for any time in the past. For example, a secondary player may play a game of a primary player who is the primary player who played the best game during the day of any primary player within the past week. May participate. The primary player may not necessarily be the player who played the best game during the most recent day, or during the most recent day. However, the secondary player may participate in the current game of the primary player.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may automatically participate in the current game of the primary player who was the best player during some moving window of past time. Good. For example, assume that the current time is 4 pm. The secondary player may participate in the game of the currently active primary player who was the best player from 3 pm to 4 pm in the past day. At 4:01 pm, the secondary player becomes the best active player's game that was the best player, such as from 3: 1 pm to 4:01 pm in the past day. May participate.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may participate in the game of the primary player who played the worst. For example, the secondary player may expect that the luck of the primary player who played the worst game will change. For example, the secondary player may bet on the side where the primary player who has played the worst game loses. In various embodiments, a secondary player may automatically bet on which the primary player who is currently playing the worst game loses. In various embodiments, a casino server may facilitate a secondary player to bet on the side that the primary player currently playing the worst game will win. For example, in a casino server, a secondary player can bet a secondary player by pushing a single button while a primary player who is currently playing the worst game loses. May be possible.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may automatically bet on a primary player that meets predetermined criteria. The secondary player may bet without having to take any action prior to the game. For example, at the start of an hour, the secondary player may indicate that he wants to bet every 10 seconds for the next hour. The bet is made to the game of the primary player who is the primary player who has played a higher game at the time when the bet is placed. Therefore, during the next hour, a bet may be automatically placed on the secondary player without any further input from the secondary player. As will be appreciated, the secondary player may automatically bet from a portion of the player to the best player, the worst player, and the worst player losing.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player is the game with the best game, the game machine with the best game, the dealer with the best game, the table with the best game, the department with the best game in the casino. You may bet on. For example, a secondary player may bet on the most paid gaming machine in the last hour. The secondary player may bet on different gaming machines at different times. The secondary player may automatically bet on the gaming machine that played the best game. For example, at the beginning of an hour, a secondary player may indicate that his bet wants to be made automatically in the game of the gaming machine that played the best game. The secondary player may therefore not be required to make any further input in the next hour. As another example, a casino server may be able to easily bet on the best gaming machine, especially at any given time. However, the secondary player may be required to perform some actions or even a minimum action such as pressing a button.

  In various embodiments, primary players that meet one or more criteria may be listed. For example, the primary players who played the top 10 games may be listed. The primary player may be listed, for example, on an eye-catching display screen in a casino or on the display screen of a terminal used by the secondary player. The list of primary players may reveal various information about the primary player. For example, the list may be won by the primary player's first name, the primary player's last name, the primary player's full name, the primary player's common name, the primary player. The amount paid and any other information about the primary player may be revealed.

  In various embodiments, the primary player may indicate how much information he intends to reveal about himself. Information that may be displayed or otherwise revealed about the primary player is (a) name, (b) first name, (c) nickname, (d) maiden name, ( e) Last name, (f) Middle name, (g) Full name, (h) Initial, (i) Age, (j) Address, (k) Photo (eg, primary player photo), (l) Primary player's game metrics (eg, total wins, net wins, number of consecutive wins, highest amount of wins, current cash on hand, etc.), (m) primary game Handle selected by the player (eg, “Topdog”, “Sportsnut”, etc.), (n) the primary name of the primary player, (o) the tracking number of the player, (p) the date of birth, (q) social security Number, (r) Handle generated by the casino server for the primary player (“Player 1032”, etc.), (s) a handle generated by the game device of the primary player (“slot player 125”, etc.), (t) a game device identifier (the primary player is playing) Or (u) the primary player's profit amount, and any other information may be included.

  In various embodiments, the primary player may indicate the information he wishes to disclose by various methods. For example, the primary player may check from the box next to the information he wants to disclose. In various embodiments, the primary player may fill out a profile, such as a form with a blank spot for receiving information about the primary player. In various embodiments, a primary player may notify a casino representative of the information he wishes to disclose.

  Before, during or after showing the information that the primary player wants to disclose, the casino confirms whether the primary player really wants to disclose such information. The casino may verify that the primary player is entitled to disclose such information. In various embodiments, the casino may verify that the minimum age is reached before the primary player presents information about himself to another person (such as a secondary player). For example, a casino representative may request confirmation of a driver's license to confirm the age of the primary player. In various embodiments, the casino may confirm that the primary player is not drinking. For example, a casino may give a drinking test to a primary player. In various embodiments, the casino may disclose information presented by the primary player only if the primary player is not drinking. In various embodiments, the casino may disclose information indicated by the primary player only if the alcoholic level of the primary player is within certain limits (such as below a certain level). Good. In various embodiments, the casino may confirm that the primary player is not ill. For example, the casino may have a doctor examine the primary player or ask the primary player a basic health question. In various embodiments, the casino may verify that the primary player is in a qualified mental state. For example, a casino may perform a cognitive test on a primary player. The casino may present information about the primary player only if the primary player passes the cognitive test. In various embodiments, the casino may utilize other criteria for determining whether to present information indicating that the primary player wishes to disclose. In various embodiments, the casino may use various criteria as described above to determine whether to disclose or request information from the primary player.

  In various embodiments, the primary player may be required to confirm more than once, indicating the information that the primary player wants to disclose. For example, the primary player may be presented with a list of information about himself being disclosed. The primary player is required to press a button, sign an area on the touch screen, apply a thumbprint, or provide any other indication that they agree to disclose information May be. In various embodiments, the primary player may be presented with a display that indicates how his / her information is displayed to others (for example, when displayed on a public display screen, the secondary player When displayed on a player's device). Primary players are required to confirm whether their information is truly desired to be displayed and / or whether their information is desired to be displayed in such a manner. Also good. Thereafter, the primary player may have an opportunity to confirm.

  In various embodiments, once the primary player permits the disclosure of information about himself, this permission remains valid for a limited period of time. For example, the permission may continue to be valid for one day. When permission expires, permission may be applied and the currently displayed information (such as at the secondary player's terminal) may be withdrawn. In various embodiments, there may be a default expiration date for permission to disclose information about the primary player. For example, this default period may be 1 hour.

  In various embodiments, a primary player may indicate restrictions on how their information is disclosed. For example, a primary player may allow information to be displayed on a personal terminal or handheld gaming device, but may not allow it to be displayed on a more prominent public display screen. The primary player allows his / her information to be displayed in an area of the casino, but may not allow it to be displayed elsewhere. For example, a primary player may only give permission that his information be disclosed in a restricted area of the casino.

  In various embodiments, a primary player may indicate people for whom information is disclosed or not disclosed. For example, a primary player may desire that information be disclosed only to secondary players of a particular gender. For example, a primary player may desire to disclose information only to people from a particular state. For example, a primary player may desire that people from the state where they were born not view certain information about themselves.

  In various embodiments, a primary player may be paid based on information he discloses. The primary player may be paid for each information item that he has allowed to disclose. The primary player may be paid based on a period of time during which information about himself is permitted to be presented. The primary player may be paid based on a forum that allows the presentation of information. For example, a primary player may receive additional payment for allowing information to be displayed on a prominent public display screen.

  In various embodiments, the primary player may disclose information gradually and / or over time. For example, the primary player may disclose a nickname. The primary player may subsequently decide to disclose his first name. Thereafter, the primary player may authorize disclosure of his first name and last name. For example, as a primary player achieves better performance, the primary player may be proud to disclose his identity as a top performer. In various embodiments, the primary player may be prompted to disclose further information. For example, if a primary player enters the top 10 in terms of performance, the casino may ask if he wants to disclose more information to that player. In various embodiments, the casino may prompt the primary player to disclose performance indicators such as the amount earned.

  (4.1.8) Top performance machine or dealer. For example, a dealer giving the best hand to the player. For each game, data regarding game machine performance may be collected. Performance data on game consoles includes whether the result is a win or a loss, the amount paid for the result, the amount paid for the game, the number of wins that occurred during the game (for example, the number of paylines that included the win), Whether or not the game machine has been played may be described. Performance data related to each game in the game may be aggregated for a plurality of games in the game machine. The statistics may indicate the total amount paid by the gaming machine for a certain period or for a certain number of games. The statistics may indicate the total earned amount or net earned amount paid over a period of time or for a certain number of games. The statistics may indicate the number of games played on the game machine in a certain period. A statistic may indicate the total number of wins or the percentage of total wins over a period or for a certain number of games. In some embodiments, data about players may be recorded for each game. The aggregated statistics may indicate the number of different players who have played the game machine over a period of time. The statistics may indicate the average number of games played by a player at a gaming machine over a period of time. For example, the average number of games played by the player on the game machine in the most recent day may be 60. In various embodiments, data regarding the performance of a plurality of gaming machines may be aggregated. Top performing game consoles may be listed. For example, the ten game machines that have paid the most in the last hour may be listed. For example, the 10 gaming machines that have paid the most as a multiple of the average wager may be listed. For example, ten game machines that have not paid most during the last three hours may be listed. For example, all game machines that have paid back an amount of X or more in the last hour may be listed.

  In various embodiments, performance data regarding games by a particular dealer may be collected. Performance data includes the refunds provided for the game by the dealer, the net profit earned by the dealer for one or more primary players in the game, the speed of the game by the dealer, the presence or absence of high payment results in the dealer's game, the dealer It may also include data describing the amount of the chip given to. Performance data regarding dealers may be aggregated for a plurality of games. For example, the statistics may indicate the average total number of games processed per unit time for the dealer. The statistics may show the total payout received by the primary player who was in the dealer's game in the last hour. The statistics may show the total amount of chips given to the dealer in the last 30 minutes.

  (4.1.9) Casino top performance sector. For example, the slot machine in the row achieved the best performance. In various embodiments, data regarding games that have appeared in a certain sector or area of the casino may be aggregated. Data may be aggregated for games played in a slot machine group for a slot machine group in a row of slot machines. Data for a series of game tables may be aggregated, such as a series of tables monitored by a single pit boss or other casino employee. Data may be aggregated for a casino room or floor. For example, data related to games played in a restricted slot machine room may be aggregated. In some embodiments, data may be aggregated for a given betting unit slot machine. For example, data may be aggregated for all nickel slots. Data may be aggregated for all slot machines with a particular type of payout. For example, data may be aggregated for a slot machine having a top payout rate of 800 or more. In some embodiments, data may be aggregated for a particular type of slot machine. For example, data relating to a game in a mechanical slot machine may be aggregated. For example, data regarding games in a video slot machine may be aggregated. Data may be aggregated for slot machines featuring a particular game. For example, data may be aggregated for all slot machines of the Scramble (registered trademark) theme. Thus, for example, the five video poker machines that have paid most in the last hour may be listed. The five nickel slot machines that provided the primary player with the highest earned amount in the last hour may be listed.

  (4.1.10) A list of current progressive amounts. In some embodiments, data regarding the current amount of progressive prize may be collected. One or more progressive amount sizes at a given time may be listed. Progressive prizes may be listed by size order. For example, Jumbo Bucko's progressive prize may be listed as $ 50,149.75. Super Gold Vein's progressive prize may be listed as $ 40,984.05.

  (4.1.11) The number of people in a specific area or casino. In various embodiments, data regarding the number of people in the casino or a given area of the casino may be collected. (A) number of people in a slot machine in a row, (b) number of people in a table game, (c) number of people in a restaurant, (d) number of people on a specific floor of a casino, (e) in the lobby of a casino hotel (F) Number of people in the casino pool, (g) Number of people in a slot machine room with restrictions, (h) Number of people in the casino poker room, (i) Number of people watching the show, (j ) Data on the number of people in a boxing game at a casino may be collected. In various embodiments, data regarding the number of people with certain characteristics may be collected. For example, data describing the number of people from New Mexico at the casino and the number of people aged 40 to 50 may be collected.

  (4.1.12) The most popular slot machine, such as most occupied. In various embodiments, data describing the use of gaming machines such as slot machines and video poker machines may be collected. The number of games played on the game machine may be tracked. The number of games played on the gaming machine within a specific period may be tracked. The amount bet on the gaming machine may be tracked. Other items that may be tracked are: (a) the number of paylines played, (b) the average number of coins bet on each payline, (c) the first to play the gaming machine within a specific time period Number of next players, (d) length of waiting time between the time when one player leaves the game machine and the time when the next player sits, (e) in the vicinity of the game machine It may include the number of people. In various embodiments, game machine usage or popularity data may be aggregated across multiple gaming machines. This count is based on game machines featuring the same game, game machines featuring the same betting unit, game machines from the same manufacturer, game machines of the same broad theme (eg, games related to Monopoly®). For gaming machines in the same broad category (for video poker machines, mechanical slot machines, video slot machines, video bingo machines, etc.), gaming machines in the same area of the casino, etc. . In some embodiments, the statistics may indicate the percentage of time that a particular type of slot machine was occupied during the last day. For example, a statistic may indicate that an average of 40% of the video poker machine has been occupied within the last hour. In some embodiments, the statistics may indicate the average amount earned on all dollar-based gaming machines in the casino in the last three hours. In some embodiments, the statistics may indicate the average amount earned by the casino for each machine for all machines based on the Wheel of Fortune® theme. In some embodiments, the statistics may indicate the average time that elapses between the time a player leaves and the time a next player sits in a particular group of progressive slot machines. In various embodiments, information regarding slot machine usage may be sent to one or more financial markets for use in evaluating the performance of the slot machine manufacturer.

  (4.1.13) All methods that a player interacts with the machine. In some embodiments, data may be collected that indicates how the primary player interacted with the gaming machine. Such data may provide insight into the player's mood. For example, a player who is hitting a button on a game machine may be irritated or unable to play.

  (4.1.13.1) The player pressed the button strongly. In various embodiments, data regarding how much pressure the primary player has applied to the gaming machine may be collected. The primary player may apply pressure to, for example, a “spin” button, other buttons, a handle, or a touch screen. A game machine pressure sensor or other sensor may detect the pressure applied by the player. The pressure may be detected when applied to any other surface of the gaming machine. For example, the pressure of the primary player or the drink pressure leaning to the surface of the game machine may be detected by a pressure sensor. The sensor may also detect a strike or strike against the gaming machine. For example, a pressure sensor or a vibration sensor may detect a kick to the base of the game machine. Data regarding pressure may be aggregated for a plurality of games, game machines, players, and the like. For example, a statistic may indicate that the average pressure on the button was X pounds per square inch for all gaming machines across the casino in the last hour.

  (4.1.13.2) When is the exact time the player pressed the button? In various embodiments, the time associated with when the button is pressed on the gaming machine may be recorded. For example, the data may indicate that the button was pressed at 11: 45: 2 am. Data regarding the time when the button is pressed may be aggregated for a plurality of games. For example, data relating to the time that a button is pressed may enable the derivation of statistics indicating the average length between games on the gaming machine. In some embodiments, the graph may show the number of button presses throughout the casino as a function of time. For example, each bar on the graph may represent the number of button presses at a casino over a period of time. The graph may indicate a time of heavy operation and a time of light operation in the casino. For example, a dice may be rolled near the end of a time when a game player has interrupted to make a reservation or has detected an action that started at that time.

  (4.1.13.3) Does the player press the button or pull the handle? In some embodiments, game data may be collected that indicates how the primary player started playing the game. The data may indicate whether the primary player has pressed a button, whether the handle has been pulled, whether the game has started automatically, or whether the game has started. Data regarding how the game is started may be aggregated for multiple games. Such data in aggregated form may be described by statistics. For example, a statistic may indicate the number of times a particular primary player has pressed a button to start a game within a certain period. For example, the statistics may indicate the number of times any primary player in the casino has pulled the handle to start playing on a gaming machine on January 14, 2003.

  (4.1.1.13.4) How fast does the player pull the handle? In various embodiments, data relating to a game may be collected that indicates how quickly a primary player has started a series of games on a gaming machine. The data may include a point in time when the primary player starts playing the game. The data may include a time difference between the start of the first game and the start of the second game. Data may be aggregated over multiple game intervals. For example, the statistics may indicate the average time between when the primary player starts the first game and when the primary player starts the second game. Data may be aggregated for a plurality of primary players. For example, a statistic may indicate the average time between each game start time for a group of primary players. In various embodiments, data may be collected for the time a payout is made, the time the result appears on the viewing window or screen, or any other event in the game. Thereby, the time between each game may be derived | led-out.

  (4.2) API. In various embodiments, an API may be utilized to implement data exchange and system interaction according to various embodiments. The sensor utilized to collect the data may communicate the collected data via the API. For example, the software application may use an API related to the camera in order to extract image data from the camera. A software application may extract data from a sensor, such as data relating to the weight of a chip placed on the sensor, using an API associated with the pressure sensor. The software application may extract data related to a card that has passed the reader using an API related to the card reader. For example, the reader may be attached to the card shoe, thereby collecting data regarding the card processed from the card shoe. In various embodiments, the display may have an API. The software application may interact with the display API to display text, graphics, or animation on the display.

  (4.3) A bet on the aggregated data. For example, more than 200 red or 100 blackjack roulettes per day. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet that the statistics will take a value or range of values. A statistic may represent an aggregate value of data from two or more games. For example, a secondary player may bet that a statistic describing the number of "red" results for any roulette for the entire casino in the next hour will have a value in the range of 200-250. . That is, the secondary player may bet that 200-250 “red” results will appear in any roulette in the casino in the next hour. In the next hour, if an actual 200-250 “red” result appears, the player may receive an additional payout in addition to the wager. This additional payout may be a function of bet size, such as 1 bet size, 2 bet sizes, or any other integer multiple of bet size.

  The embodiments described herein may be applied to statistics relating to subsequent or previous statistics. For example, the secondary player may bet that in the next hour, there will be two payouts over $ 1000 at the casino. Such a bet may constitute a bet on statistics about the future. As another example, a secondary player may bet that a losing result was generated 200 times from 3 pm to 6 pm on October 12, 2003 on a particular machine at a particular casino. May be. Such a bet may constitute a bet on statistics about the past. A secondary player may bet on the past, but the secondary player may not know what happened in the past on statistics, so it is based on a random or uncertain event set. It may be. The embodiments described herein are applicable to current statistics. For example, a secondary player has 20 games in which the first five cards handed out contain more than three cards for all video poker games currently in progress. The embodiments described herein may be applied to statistics including past and present, statistics including present and future, statistics including past and future, statistics including past, present and future. For example, a secondary player may bet that at some point in the next 30 minutes, 20 bonus rounds have been achieved in a row of slot machines in the previous 50 minutes (ie, from now on). (Starting 20 minutes before and after 30 minutes).

  (4.3.1) Time and start of statistics. In various embodiments, betting may be based on statistics at a particular time. In some embodiments, betting is based on an initial value of statistics. The statistics may take an initial value of 0, for example. The statistics may take an initial value at a specified time. The specified time is, for example, the time when the bet is placed, 1 minute after the bet is placed, the next hour start (such as 8:00 or 2), the next day start, the next month It may be at the start of the day. For example, a statistic may represent the number of times a royal flush has been dealt on any video poker machine in a row of machines. This statistic may be initialized to zero at a specified date and time, such as 12:00 am on October 1, 2010. The statistic may then be incremented by 1 for each royal flush dealt on the machine in that column. In various embodiments, the bet may be based on the second statistic. This second statistical value may be a statistical value at a specified time. For example, the second statistical value may be a statistical value one hour after the initial value of the statistical value. The second statistic value may be a value that the statistic takes at a designated time of either 3 hours, 2 days, or after initialization of the statistic value. To continue the above example, a statistic initialized to 0 on October 1, 2010 may take its second value at 12:00 am on November 1, 2010. For this reason, the secondary player decides that the statistics initialized to 0 at 12:00 am on October 1, 2010 have a value of 30-40 at 12:00 am on November 1, 2010. You may bet.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a value that takes statistics over a period of time without any initialization time or initial value being specified. This statistic may represent an ongoing statistic that is generally updated, for example as to whether any bets have been made on the statistic. For example, a statistic may represent a particular progressive jackpot value. The secondary player may bet that the statistic (and the value of the progressive jackpot) will exceed $ 1.2 million at 3 pm on October 4, 2010. In some embodiments, the casino may track the number of “red” and “black” times that appear in all roulettes of the casino. For example, at a certain point in time, a statistic indicating the number of times of “red” (such as from the beginning of the week) may be “1204” and a statistic indicating the number of times of “black” may be “1154”. The secondary player may place a bet that wins when the statistics indicating the number of “red” exceed 1300 in the next hour. The secondary player may place a bet that wins if the difference between the “red” statistic and the “black” statistic exceeds 100 one hour after the bet is placed. In some embodiments, ongoing statistics may be converted to statistics having a desired initial value, for example, via a simple mathematical transformation. For example, the second statistic may be defined as a first statistic value less than 1204. For this reason, the above-mentioned statistics showing that 1204 “red” results have appeared in a casino in a certain previous period are the number of “red” that will appear in future casinos since the second statistic was defined. It may be converted into the second statistic described.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet that the statistics will fall within a discontinuous range. For example, the secondary player may bet on a statistic that indicates the number of times the dealer has bust in any blackjack game at the casino in the next hour. The secondary player may bet that the dealer will bust between a total of 50-70 times or between 100-125 times. Thus, the secondary player may win if the dealer busts 60 or 110 times and may lose if the dealer busts 90 times.

  (4.3.2) A wager on a statistic at multiple time points. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet that the statistics will take different values at different times. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet that the statistics belong to different value ranges at different times. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the path taken by the statistics. For example, if the statistics are plotted as a function of time, the secondary player may bet that the plot will follow a particular path and / or take a particular shape. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet that a statistic will fall within a first range at a first time point and fall within a second range at a second time point. In various embodiments, the secondary player may note that the statistic value is within the first range at the first time point, within the second range at the second time point, and further within the third range at the third time point. You may bet. For example, a secondary player may bet that the number of 7 on a craps table that started at 8 am will be between 15-20 at 9 am and between 40-50 at 10 am Good. Therefore, the secondary player wins a bet when there are 18 7s at 9 am and 44 7s at 10 am. However, the secondary player loses the bet if there are no 15-20 sevens by 9 am, or if there are no 40-50 sevens at 10 am.

  In some embodiments, a secondary player may win a bet if a statistic satisfies a first condition at a first time or a second condition at a second time. . For example, assume that the statistics indicate the number of times any primary player has received blackjack at a particular blackjack table since 4 pm. A secondary player may place a bet that wins if the statistic has a value between 10 and 20 at 4:30 or the statistic has a value between 30 and 40 at 5 .

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may place a bet that wins based on a statistic that satisfies any defined condition or combination of conditions. For example, a secondary player may win a bet if a statistic satisfies any three of four defined conditions.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet that he will take a certain value within a certain time period. For example, a secondary player may bet that the total number of “bell” symbols appearing on a particular slot machine from 7 pm will reach 40 between 8 pm and 8:10. Good. If the statistical value reaches 40 at 8:01 pm, for example, the secondary player wins. However, if the statistic reaches 40 at 8:13 pm, the secondary player loses. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet that a statistic will fall within a certain range of values within a certain time period. For example, a particular statistic may indicate the number of results with a payout of 30 or more coins that appeared on a particular slot machine from 9 am. The secondary player may bet that he will be in the range of 5-10 between 9:30 am and 9:35 am. A secondary player will win a bet if, for example, the statistic is 5 at 9:35 am or 10 at 9:30 am. However, a secondary player loses a bet if, for example, the statistic has already reached 11 by 9:30 am or has not yet reached by 9:35 am Will.

  (4.3.3) A bet on a combination of statistics. The first statistic takes a first value range and the second statistic takes a second value range. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet on more than one statistic. For example, the secondary player may bet that the first statistic will reach the first value and the second statistic will reach the second value when the second statistic is specified. For example, a secondary player may be given 200 aces of spades in the next hour on a video poker machine in a row and 210 aces of hearts in the next hour on the same row machine. You may bet. The secondary player wins the bet if the ace of spades is dealt 200 times and the ace of hearts is dealt 210 times. If the ace of spades is not dealt just 200 times, or the ace of hearts isn't dealt just 210 times, the secondary player may lose the bet. In some embodiments, the secondary player may bet that the first statistic will reach the first value or the second statistic will reach the second value. For example, the secondary player may bet that the number 3 will appear 20 times in the roulette the next day, or that the number 7 will appear 20 times. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet that any combination of conditions will be satisfied by a set of one or more statistics. For example, a secondary player may place a bet on four statistics where different conditions apply to each statistic. A secondary player will win the bet if at least two of these conditions are met. For example, (a) a result of paying 20 coins or more on a game machine between 3 pm and 4 pm appears at least 20 times, (b) a bonus round appears at least 3 times on a game machine between 3 pm and 4 pm (C) The net profit earned by the primary player in the game machine between 3 pm and 4 pm is less than 5 coins. (D) An odd number in the game machine between 3 pm and 4 pm The secondary player wins when at least two of the conditions that there are 20-30 payouts of coins are satisfied.

  (4.3.4) Conditional betting. A player bets that if there are 200 spins, a red of 95-105 will appear. In some embodiments, the secondary player has a specific range of values, but may bet on payments that are conditional on other situations. For example, a secondary player can play 200- You may bet on the appearance of 250 losing results. If this condition is not met, it may be considered that there was no bet or a tie. Different conditions may be applied if the conditions are not met. For example, a secondary player may lose 200-250 times if at least 300 games are played, and 100-125 times if only less than 300 games are played. You may bet.

  (4.3.5) Statistics may make different payments for different values. In various embodiments, the secondary player pays a first amount if the statistic has a first value, pays a second amount if the statistic has a second value, If you have a value, you may place a bet to pay the third amount. For example, a secondary player may bet on a statistic that indicates the number of times a bunker has won a baccarat game within a particular hour. If the bunker wins 15-20 times, the secondary player may receive an additional amount equal to the wager in addition to the wager. If the bunker wins more than 20 times, the secondary player may receive an additional amount equal to twice the wager in addition to the wager. If the bunker wins less than 15 times, the secondary player loses his wager. In some embodiments, a secondary player may earn an amount that is a linear or affine function of statistics over a range of possible statistics. For example, a secondary player can count the number of times a particular primary player's two cards hold in a pai gow poker game break a bunker's two cards holding in a specific hour. You may bet about. The secondary player may win an amount equal to B × 0.1 × (N−15) for any N> 15. Here, N represents the number of times that a particular primary player has two cards, and B represents a wager bet by the secondary player. For example, if N is equal to 25, the secondary player will get B × 0.1 × (25−15) or B. If N is 15 or less, the secondary player won nothing and loses his bet, for example. It will be appreciated that the statistics can be defined to be simply equal to B × 0.1 × (N−15) or any other function of simpler statistics. In the former case, the secondary player's payout may be defined by statistics.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may place a bet. This bet may indicate a specific statistic. For example, a statistic may represent the number of times a bunker has won in a particular time at a table of Pai Gow Poker. The specified statistical value may be 20. The payout to the secondary player may increase by the amount for each unit for which the statistics exceed the specified value. For example, for each number of times that the bunker has won more than 20 times, the secondary player's payout may increase by one dollar. In some embodiments, the payout to the secondary player may be increased for each unit below the specified statistic. For example, a statistic may represent the number of times a war is started in a casino war game at a particular 3 hour table. The specified value may be 10. The payout to the secondary player may be increased by $ 5 for each 10 or fewer units to which the statistics belong. For example, if the statistic is 9, the secondary player may earn $ 5. If the statistic is 8, the secondary player may earn $ 10. When the statistical value is 10 or more, there is no need to acquire a secondary player. Secondary players may lose their wagers.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may lose more than his wager, depending on the statistics. For example, if the statistics reach a predetermined value, the secondary player may lose twice his wager. Thus, a secondary player may be required to lose his original bet and provide an additional amount equal to the original bet. In various embodiments, the secondary player may lose more money as the statistical value deviates from the specified value. For example, the specified statistical value may be 20. The secondary player loses $ 1 if the actual statistic is 19, loses $ 2 if the actual statistic is 18, and if the actual statistic is 17, You may lose $ 3.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may place a bet on a spread based on statistics. Spread bets may include specified statistics. If the actual statistics are greater than the specified value, the secondary player may be paid in proportion to the amount of actual statistics. If the actual statistical value is less than the specified value, the secondary player may lose an amount proportional to the amount of actual statistics that were small. The secondary player may also lose if the actual statistical value is greater than the specified value, and may win if the actual statistical value is less than the specified value. For example, the secondary player may acquire an amount that is proportional to the amount by which the actual statistical value is smaller than the specified statistical value. The secondary player may lose an amount proportional to the amount by which the actual statistical value is greater than the specified statistical value.

In various embodiments, a spread bet may include an amount incurred by a secondary player or a constant added to a refund. For example, the secondary player may be paid an amount proportional to the difference between the actual statistic and the specified statistic plus a constant. This constant may be positive or negative. For example, the secondary player may be paid an amount equal to 1 dollar × (A−D) + c. Here, A is an actual statistical value, D is a designated statistical value, and c is a constant. In various embodiments, a secondary player may be paid an amount equal to 1 dollar × k × (A−D) + c. Here, k is a constant. In various embodiments, the secondary player, A> 1 dollars × k × (A-D) + c 1 is paid when it is D, if an A ≦ D 1 dollars × k X (A−D) + c ₂ may be paid. Here, c1 and c2 are two different constants. In various embodiments, the secondary player, A> 1 dollars × k × (A-D) + c 1 is paid when it is D, A <1 dollars × k in the case of the D X (A−D) + c ₂ is paid, and c ₃ may be paid when A = D. Here, c ₁ , c ₂ and c ₃ are three different constants.

  (4.3.6) A wager on the counting of craps. In various embodiments, a statistic may indicate the sum of numbers resulting from two or more games or events. For example, the statistics may represent the sum of the total points achieved by the player in three blackjack games. For example, a player achieves a hand having 16 total points in the first game of Blackjack, a hand having 21 total points in the second game, and a hand having 14 total points in the third game. If achieved, the statistic may be 51. The statistics may represent the total of total points from two or more primary players in a single blackjack game. For example, the statistics may represent the total of total points from each hand of Bob, Joe, and Sam participating in the same game at a game table in a casino. In some embodiments, the statistics may represent the sum of the total points on hand of both the player and the dealer. In some embodiments, the statistics may represent the sum of total card points. For example, a statistic may represent the sum of points for all cards distributed during a game or for all cards distributed in multiple games.

  In some embodiments, a statistic may represent the sum of numbers disclosed on tiles or dominoes in a game. For example, a statistic may represent the sum of numbers disclosed on Domino in a Pai Gao game.

  In some embodiments, the statistics may represent the sum of the numbers achieved with two or more dice rolls. Such dice rolls may be performed in craps, Sic Bo, or any other game. In a craps game, the statistics may represent the sum of two or more dice eyes during the game. For example, the statistics may be the sum of all dice eyes made between when a pass line bet is made and when a pass line bet is determined (eg, in favor of a player, in favor of a dealer, etc.) May be represented. As another example, the statistics may represent the sum of the first three times made during the game. In some embodiments, a statistic may represent the sum of eyes made in two or more games. For example, a statistic may represent the total number of eyes made in five consecutive craps games.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may place a wager on payout that depends on a statistic representing the sum of points, dice rolls, or any other number. For example, a secondary player may bet that a statistic representing the sum of three craps dice will be a value greater than 21. The secondary player may win his wager if the statistic exceeds 21, otherwise he may lose his wager. To continue the above example, assume that the three dice eyes are 10, 6, and 8. At this time, the statistical value is 24, which is the sum of 10, 6, and 8. The secondary player will win his wager.

  In another example, the secondary player may bet on a statistic that represents the sum of the first eye of the dice from each of the next five craps games. A player wins if the statistic is less than 32, and loses otherwise. Assume that the first five eyes are 4, 7, 9, 5, and 9 for the next five games. At this time, the statistical value will be 34. In this example, the secondary player loses.

  In various embodiments, the statistics may represent the sum of eyes from multiple different craps tables. For example, a statistic may represent the sum of all eyes in all craps tables for a given 5 minute casino. For example, a statistic may represent the sum of the next eye in each of five craps tables.

  In various embodiments, the statistics may represent the sum of the numbers that appear on each dice. For example, a statistic may represent the sum of the smallest dice in each of the next three eyes. For example, an ordered pair (x, y) represents a single swing with x representing the number of one dice and y representing the number of the other dice. Assume that the next two swings are (3, 5), (6, 4), and (1, 3). The statistic will be equal to the sum of 3, 4 and 1 equal to 8.

  In various embodiments, the statistics may represent any function of points, dice rolls, or other numbers. For example, the statistics may represent the product of dice eyes. For example, if the three dice rolls are 4, 3 and 10, the statistic may take a value of 120 equal to the product of 4, 3 and 10.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may place a bet with a payout that depends on actual statistics for a specified value. In some embodiments, the secondary player may place a bet with a payout proportional to the difference between the actual statistic and the specified statistic. Such a bet may be referred to as a spread bet in some embodiments. For example, a secondary player may bet on a statistic that represents the sum of three dice eyes in a craps game. The specified value may be 21. A player may receive $ 1 for each unit whose actual statistics exceed a specified value of 21. For example, if the actual statistic is found to be 24, the player may receive $ 3. In some embodiments, the secondary player may pay an amount proportional to the amount by which the actual statistical value is less than the specified value. For example, if the actual statistic is found to be 14, the player may be paid for an amount equal to $ 10. The amount previously provided by the secondary player may be added to the amount to be paid. For example, a wager previously made by a secondary player may be added to the amount to be paid.

  The mobile device interacts with the approximate game. In various embodiments, a player (a primary player, a secondary player, etc.) may carry a portable device. The portable device may provide an interface for a player to participate in the game. The portable device may receive data from a casino server, game console, game table, or any other source. This data may include game data. Based on the data, the mobile device may generate or reconstruct a game description. For example, the data received by the mobile device may include data indicating cards distributed in the game, numbers rolled with a dice, numbers determined in the roulette game, and the like. Based on this data, the portable device may generate or reconstruct a depiction of a slot machine, video poker game, roulette game or any other game. In some embodiments, the mobile device may indicate events that occurred in the game without graphically depicting the game, such as via text on a display screen. The portable device may have an input device such as a button, a touchpad, a trackball, a key, a touch screen, a microphone. The portable device may accept commands and other inputs from the player via the input device. The portable device may receive input from the player indicating the amount to bet on the game, the strategy used for the game, decisions made in the game, bets made in the game, and the like. The portable device may send the input received from the player to the casino server, gaming machine (such as a slot machine), game table, dealer, organizer, or any other entity that runs the game. The portable device may communicate with the entity executing the game via an intermediary. For example, the mobile device may transmit / receive data to / from a casino server. Thereafter, the casino server may send and receive data to and from the table game. Thus, the table game and the portable device may communicate via the casino server.

  Using a portable device, the player may participate in a live game. If the player is acting as a primary player, the player may start playing the game and make a decision in the game. If the player is acting as a secondary player, the player may bet on the primary player's game.

  In various embodiments, the mobile device may be configured to select an entity to run a game based on the location of the entity and / or the location of the game. For example, the portable device may be configured to select a blackjack table game that is within 100 feet of the portable gaming device. Therefore, the mobile device may start transmitting / receiving data to / from the table game. The portable device may send to the table game a place where the player wishes to place a bet and want to start a new game. The table game dealer may receive instructions from the portable device. For example, a wireless receiver in a table game may receive instructions from a portable device and display them on a table game monitor. The dealer may follow this order. For example, the dealer may deal cards to a new position on the table. This position may not be physically occupied. Nevertheless, the card may represent a player's card playing through the portable device. When an event occurs in the table game, data regarding such an event may be transmitted to the portable device. For example, cards that are dealt to a player's hand may be read by a card shoe reader when they are dealt. Data indicating the card may be transmitted to the portable device via a wireless transmitter in the table. The portable device may receive this data and display game information to the player based on the received data. The player may enter a game decision, such as a hit or stand decision, which may then be sent to the game table by the portable device. This process may be continued through a single game or a whole series of games.

  In various embodiments, the mobile device may initiate communication with a table game, game console or other entity closest to the mobile device. For example, the mobile device may determine that a particular slot machine is the slot machine closest to the mobile device. For this reason, the portable device may start communication with the slot machine. A player with a portable device may participate in a slot machine game. A player may participate as a primary player or a secondary player in various embodiments. When a player joins as a primary player, the portable gaming machine receives a wager from the player and then sends a signal to the gaming machine, thereby triggering the gaming machine to generate a result . This may cause the gaming machine to spin and be triggered to produce a result even if the player is not physically directly in front of the gaming machine. For example, the player may be 10 feet away from the game console, but the game console may start the game and generate a result in response to a signal from the portable device.

  In various embodiments, the mobile device may initiate communication with a table, game machine, game or other computing device that relays information with the game based on the proximity of the game and the game type. For example, the mobile device may initiate communication with the closest game that is a video poker game. For example, the mobile device may initiate communication with the closest game that is blackjack. For example, the mobile device may start communication with the closest game that is a craps game.

  In various embodiments, the mobile device may initiate communication with the game based on the presence or absence of the primary player in the game. For example, a player with a portable device may desire to act as a secondary player in a blackjack game. For this reason, the player may desire to detect the closest blackjack game in which the primary player is already participating. A player having a portable device may act as a secondary player and participate in an existing primary player's game. In various embodiments, if a player with a portable device wants to act as a primary player, the portable device initiates communication with a game where there are spots available to the primary player. May be. For example, a player having a portable device may desire to participate in a blackjack game as a primary player. The portable device may initiate communication with a blackjack table in which at least one sheet is not buried. A player with a portable device may play as a primary player in a blackjack game. However, in various embodiments, a player having a portable device need not actually sit at the table. The dealer may simply deal the card to a specific spot that is understood to belong to a player with a portable device. A player having a portable device may make game decisions and key them into the portable device. The portable device may communicate a decision to the blackjack table (eg, to a computing device having a transmit / receive antenna provided on the blackjack table). Thereafter, the player's decision may be communicated to a dealer who is active based on the decision, for example, by handing out the card or not handing out the card.

  In various embodiments, the mobile device may initiate communication with a game, game console, game device, etc. based on several factors. A portable device may only: (a) type of game (poker, blackjack, slot machine, etc.), (b) stakes required for the game (for example, if the minimum required stake is less than $ 25) The portable device may initiate communication with the game, or the portable device may initiate communication with the game only if the minimum required wager is greater than $ 1), (c) (D) Presence of a specific dealer (if the dealer is Joe Smith, the mobile device may initiate communication with the game), (e) previous results of the game ( For example, if the five most recently played games win, the portable device may begin communicating with the game. If the primary player of the game loses more than $ 100 in the last hour, The device is Communication with the game), (f) proximity of the game closest to the mobile device, (g) game location, (h) mobile device location, etc. .

  In various embodiments, the portable device may automatically initiate communication with the game when the trigger condition is met. For example, communication between the game and the portable device may automatically begin when the portable device comes within 10 feet of a blackjack game. The communication may be triggered without input from a player having a gaming machine. However, the trigger condition may have been previously entered or defined by a player having a portable device.

  The portable device may have various methods for determining whether the portable device is close to the game. The portable device may have a position sensor or detection means. For example, the mobile device may have a GPS reader. For example, the mobile device may receive signals from a plurality of beacons fixed at known positions and triangulate its position based on the arrival time of each signal from the fixed beacons. The portable device may store a record of the positions of various games. For example, the portable device may have an internal map that details the positions of various games. If the mobile device determines that it is at a particular location and detects that the location happens to be close to the game location (eg, determined from an internal map), determines that the mobile device is close to the game Also good. Thereby, the mobile device may start communication with the game.

  In various embodiments, a game (game console, table game, etc.) may have a beacon or antenna that delivers signals within a shorter range. For example, the game may have an RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) tag. The signal delivered by the game may be detectable within a certain radius of the game. The portable device may have a receiver that can detect a signal distributed from the game. If the portable device detects a signal, the portable device may initiate communication with the game.

  In various embodiments, a game (game machine, table game, etc.) may initiate communication with a portable device. In various embodiments, the game may detect when the mobile device is in proximity. For example, a mobile device may have an antenna that distributes signals within a short radius of the mobile device. For example, the mobile device may have an RFID tag. The game may detect the presence or absence of a tag and start communication with the portable device.

  In various embodiments, the mobile device may distribute the signal. These signals may be detected by a fixed detection means at a known location, such as a known location of the casino. At this time, the position of the portable device may be triangulated using a method well known to those skilled in the art. For example, a circle indicating a possible position of the mobile device may be drawn around the detection means based on the arrival time of the signal to the fixed detection means. When there are a plurality of detection means, a plurality of circles may be drawn. The portable device may be assumed to be located where all of these circles intersect or approach the intersection. The casino server may be in communication with the detection means. Thereby, the casino server may derive the position of the portable device. The casino server may compare the known location of the game with the location of the mobile device. If it is detected that the mobile device is near a game, the casino may notify the game and / or a nearby mobile device. In response, the portable device may initiate communication with the game.

  In various embodiments, a player may participate in a table game via a portable device. The player may enter a bet on the mobile device. The player may have an account balance at the casino. For example, a player may have $ 10,000 in a casino account. When a player enters a bet, the wager may be deducted from the player's account balance. When the player wins a prize in the game, the earned amount may be added to the account balance of the player. In various embodiments, a player may place a bet via a mobile device without such a bet being disclosed to other players. For example, a player with a portable device may enter a bet on the portable device (eg, by keying in a bet) without actually placing a chip on the game table. A player having a portable device avoids a situation in which other players can check how many chips are bet by the player. It may be important for a player that a wager can be placed without being disclosed to other players (or onlookers). A player with a large bet may desire to avoid, for example, being aware of the possibility of theft. The player may also benefit from not having to carry large amounts of money away from the table. For example, a player may earn $ 40,000 at a table. Rather than collecting $ 40,000 in chips and leaving, the player may store the winnings in his / her casino account that cannot be easily stolen.

  Allowing the mobile device to communicate with the game and allowing a player with the mobile device to participate in the game may provide additional advantages. In some embodiments, the table game may be full. For example, all seats on a blackjack table may be currently occupied by a player. Nevertheless, a player with a portable device may be able to participate in the game at the table. For example, the dealer may give an additional hand to a player with a portable device and place the hand on a spot without a seat in front. (For example, a spot close to a dealer).

  In various embodiments, a player may be mobile regardless of whether the device is used to play a primary game (for a dealer, etc.) or whether the device is used to play a secondary game. The device is available.

  In various embodiments, a player participating in a table game using a portable device may send chips to the game dealer using the portable device. For example, the player may indicate an intention to provide a chip using an input device (such as a key or a touch screen) on a portable device, and may indicate the amount of the chip. The amount of the tip may be deducted from the account balance that the player has in the casino. The amount of the tip may be placed in the dealer's account. The dealer may receive a number of chips from the table equal to the number of chips and may be allowed to place the chips in his pocket, for example. Using the portable device, the player can: (a) the amount of the chip provided, (b) a message relating to the chip (for example, “This is a chip from Joe”, “ Appreciation etc.), (c) the dealer giving the chip (for example, the player may be required to participate in two or more tables at the same time and specify the dealer), (d) the chip is pseudonym Or the like may be provided. In various embodiments, when a chip is transmitted to the dealer, the dealer is notified of the source of the chip. Thus, the player who transmitted the chip can receive thanks from the dealer. The game table screen may provide a message indicating who has provided the chip. For example, the screen may display a message to the dealer that “John Brown just provided you a $ 5 tip”. In some embodiments, the dealer may view a picture of the player who provided the chip. In this way, the dealer may be able to visually confirm who of the players standing near the table has provided the chips. In various embodiments, the dealer may receive a message indicating that a chip has been sent from a player of a portable device in the area. For example, the message may indicate that “the player of the mobile device in the area has provided you with a $ 1 chip”.

  In various embodiments, a player may participate in a game via a remote device or terminal. A player may participate via a fixed terminal including, for example, a display screen, processor, memory, communication device, and the like. A player may also participate via a portable device. In various embodiments, the remote terminal can play a game on behalf of a player. In various embodiments, the remote device may make a game decision on behalf of the player. Such game decisions may include a determination of whether it is a hit or a stand in blackjack and a decision regarding the cards that are extracted in a video poker game. In various embodiments, the remote device may make a decision regarding how much to bet. Decisions on wagers are decisions on how much to bet at the start of the game, decisions on whether to add to the bet (eg, whether to double down in a blackjack game), and decisions on how much to bet during the game (Such as in the middle of a poker game).

  A player at the remote terminal may allow the remote device to make decisions in the game on his behalf. For example, a player may type his initials to indicate that the terminal has allowed a game decision on his behalf. The player may specify constraints or parameters for these decisions. For example, a player may specify the stakes made in a given game, the maximum stakes made in a given game, the total number of games played, etc. In some embodiments, a player may allow a remote device to bet on a game until the player earns or loses a certain amount. For example, a player may double his / her current cash on hand (for example, the amount owned by a player deposited in a casino) or until his / her cash is halved. The device may be allowed to continue betting on behalf of the person. In various embodiments, the player may specify the strategy used for the game. For example, if a player has 10 points and a dealer has 3 face-ups, it may be specified which action should be taken in a blackjack game. In some embodiments, the player may select from two or more predetermined strategies. For example, a player may indicate whether he wants to use a predetermined “risk” strategy or a “conservative” strategy. In some embodiments, the player may allow the terminal to play according to an optimal strategy and / or play according to a strategy that maximizes a parameter such as an expected amount of money earned from the game.

  The player at the remote terminal may specify various betting rules. The betting rules depend on (a) the terminal betting a certain amount on all games (eg $ 2 per game), (b) the terminal depending on the results of previous games (wins, losses, etc.) Bet on a given game, (c) bet twice after each loss, bet $ 1 after each win, (d) bet until the terminal wins a total amount of X, (E) The terminal bets until the total amount of X is lost, (f) The terminal always bets the maximum possible amount, (g) The terminal bets X paylines (for example, in a slot machine game), etc. One or more of the above may be included. The betting rules may further include the number of games played at one time (eg, three games are played at a time, waiting time between each game play). If the player at the remote terminal is a secondary player, the rules that the terminal should follow may include rules detailing how the primary player is selected. Rules for selecting a primary player are rules for selecting a primary player based on demographic information, rules for selecting a primary player based on a game played by the primary player, player Rules for selecting primary players based on past results, rules for selecting primary players based on wagers by primary players, and strategies used by primary players. A rule for selecting the next player may be included.

  Randomization generation means. In various embodiments, the card shoe may deal cards automatically. In various embodiments, the card shoe may automatically distribute a face-up card so that the card is visible to the camera above. In various embodiments, the card may be placed on a card shoe face up. In this way, the cards may be dealt face up automatically. In various embodiments, the card shoe may display the card without removing the card from the shoe. For example, a card shoe may maintain two internal card stacks. The card may be transferred from the first stack to the second stack. Each card is displayed via the shoe viewing window when it is transferred. When the first stack runs out, the second stack is shuffled and takes the place of the first stack. Cards from the newly shuffled first stack may be transferred again to the second stack location. In this way, the cards may be repeatedly shuffled and distributed without the need to collect the excluded cards and place them on the shoe. As will be appreciated, many other card shoes may be utilized. A card shoe that can automatically distribute cards may be used. Furthermore, the card shoe may be utilized with any device that can visualize the card to the camera, for example, by flipping the card when it is dealt. The card shoe may be used together with a card reader. The card may be machine readable and include special markings such as barcodes or other patterns that are used to identify the rank and type of the card. The card may include an RFID tag that provides a signal identifying the rank and type of the card.

  In various embodiments, the card shoe may deal or disclose cards with variable speed. For example, the card shoe may be able to deal cards at a speed between 5 cards per second and 1 card every 3 seconds. The card shoe may have controls that allow humans and / or computers to increase or decrease the speed at which cards are dealt. In various embodiments, the card shoe may be slowed down when generating game cards at a relatively slow pace. For example, when the game using cards is a high-magnification baccarat game, the game may be slowed down. The card shoe may be sped up when the card game is a blackjack game with a large number of skilled players.

  In various embodiments, cards dealt by card shoes may serve as a basis for playing one or more games. For example, a remote player may be involved in a video poker game. Cards used in video poker games may be dealt from card shoes first. The rank and type of cards dealt may be captured by an overhead camera, for example. The card display may be reconstructed at the player's remote terminal.

  In various embodiments, the card shoe may be manually controlled. For example, a person or computer may indicate to the card shoe when a new card is dealt. Thus, a new card may be dealt only when necessary in the game. For example, if a player is using a card from a card shoe for a video poker game, the player's remote terminal will only show the card shoe when the player indicates which card to discard from the first hand. May instruct them to deal new cards. The card dealt from the shoe may be used as a card instead of a card discarded afterwards. In addition, the shoe may be instructed by the player to hand out only as many cards as are needed to exchange cards that are discarded.

  In various embodiments, the card shoe may deal cards at a constant speed. In various embodiments, the card shoe may deal cards according to a set schedule. For example, the card shoe may deal one card per second. Any player and / or game is allowed to access the cards dealt from the card shoe. For example, a remote terminal player may request 10 cards for a blackjack game. Thereafter, the terminal may extract data on the next ten cards distributed from the card shoe. Data about the card may be used to reconstruct the card image, process the display of the card, and determine if the player wins in a blackjack game.

  In various embodiments, data regarding cards dealt from the card shoe may be stored. The data may be stored on the casino server, on the remote terminal that executes the player's game, or at any other location. When data about a card is needed for a game, that data may be extracted. Data related to cards that have been dealt in the past, such as 10 minutes before the game, one day ago, or one year ago, may be extracted.

  Cards distributed from the card shoe may be read by various methods. The image processing algorithm may recognize a characteristic card pattern or image. For example, an image processing algorithm may be used to count the number of marks on the card and / or to determine the type of card from the shape of the mark. For example, optical character recognition technology may be used to recognize the rank of the card based on letters or numbers printed on the card. In various embodiments, the card may have a barcode or other pattern. A laser may be used to read the barcode. The card may have an RFID chip or other signal processing device to communicate the identity of the card.

  In various embodiments, a live human dealer may deal cards. The dealer may deal cards for live games at the casino. In various embodiments, the dealer may simply hand out the cards. There may not be a live player such as a primary player near the dealer. However, the cards dealt by the dealer may be used as a basis for other games such as remote games. Thus, in some embodiments, a human dealer may face up and deal cards. The card may be read by a camera or other device. In some embodiments, the dealer may key in the identity of the card. The card may be used in a remote player game.

  In some embodiments, multiple card shoes, raw human dealers or other card distribution entities may distribute cards. In some embodiments, the first remote game may use a card from the first card shoe and the second remote game may use a card from the second card shoe. In some embodiments, the first remote game may use cards from more than one card shoe. For example, in a remote game, the first hand of poker may be configured using three cards dealt from the first shoe and two cards dealt from the second shoe. It will be appreciated that the use of cards from multiple shoes may give rise to different outcome possibilities. For example, if a card from one shoe containing only one set of playing cards in a poker game is used, a five-card hand may not be possible. However, if cards from two different shoes are used, a five card may be possible even though both shoes handle only one card of a set of playing cards.

  In some embodiments, the game and / or player may utilize cards alternately from the two shoes. For example, a game may use first, third, and fifth cards that are dealt from the first shoe, and use second and fourth cards that are dealt from the second shoe. In various embodiments, a game may use cards from any number of shoes, such as five shoes. In various embodiments, the same card may be used in two different games. For example, cards distributed from a shoe may be used for remote blackjack games and remote video poker games. In various embodiments, cards dealt from the shoe may be used in the first blackjack game and the second blackjack game. In various embodiments, historical data regarding cards distributed from a shoe or cards distributed by a human dealer may be recorded. Past data may be made available for viewing, searching, analysis, or any other use by the player. The player may select a shoe to be used for the game. For example, the player may view data on the last 100 cards dealt in each of the two shoes. The player may determine that the second shoe is a luckier shoe. The reason for this is that cards that have been more frequently led by players in blackjack games were dealt.

  In various embodiments, card shoes are distributed to a certain penetration and no further. For example, the card shoe may include 312 cards. However, after shuffling, cards may be dealt less than 312 full cards in the shoe. This may prevent the player from counting cards. For example, a card shoe having 312 cards may be dealt with only 100 of the cards before reshuffling. In some embodiments, the card shoe may continuously shuffle cards. For example, after handing out a set of cards, each card may be randomly inserted into the rest of a set of playing cards. For example, after each distribution, the entire set of playing cards may be shuffled.

  In various embodiments, a card shoe or other card distribution device may have an associated API (Applications Programming Interface). The API may have various commands given to the shuffle means by the remote terminal. Other commands may include a command to distribute a new card, a command to shuffle, a command to increase distribution speed, and a command to decrease distribution speed. In various embodiments, the API may define how the card shoe communicates to the remote terminal which card has been dealt. For example, the API may allow a remote terminal to understand a particular data sequence as an ace of spades.

  In various embodiments, one or more APIs may define communication with a card chute casino server. Thereafter, the casino server may relay information regarding the cards distributed to the terminal that is executing the game for the player. In various embodiments, one or more APIs may define communication between the server and the terminal. An API is a command that allows a terminal to request a card from a server, request an increase in distribution speed, request a decrease in distribution speed, or make any other command or request. May be defined.

  Various games use dice. Specific examples include Sic Bo and craps. In various embodiments, a machine for automatically rolling the dice may be used. The leader may determine the result of the dice. For example, an image may capture dice eyes and determine each dice eye. Data about the eyes on the dice may be sent to the remote terminal. The remote terminal may execute the game using data from the dice. For example, the remote terminal may utilize data relating to the eyes of three dice to allow determination of the outcome of a Sic Bo game played by a remote player.

  In various embodiments, the basket may have one or more dice. The basket may be cylindrical, tube, parallelepiped or any other enclosure containing any enclosed area with two flat opposing surfaces. The basket may be transparent on one or more of its surfaces. In various embodiments, the entire basket may be transparent. In various embodiments, the basket may have two normal stationary positions. In the first rest position, one of the two flat opposing surfaces is parallel to the ground and is the surface closest to the ground. In the second rest position, the other of the two flat opposing surfaces is the surface that is parallel to and closest to the ground. As will be appreciated, in each of these two rest positions, the dice in the basket are likely to rest below the two flat opposing surfaces (ie, the surface closest to the ground). When the basket is in one of its normal resting positions, the dice in the basket may be read by the reader. When the dice is loaded, the basket may be flipped 180 degrees so that the surface closest to the ground is now closest to the sky and the surface closest to the sky is currently closest to the ground. The basket flip drops the dice to the surface that is currently closest to the ground. The dice will probably fall in a chaotic or unpredictable way, so that when it lands on a new bottom surface, a new set of random numbers is generated. In various embodiments, the basket may be controlled by a stepper motor. The stepper motor may accurately control the flipping of the basket so that the flat surfaces facing each other are parallel to the ground when stationary. It will be appreciated that in various embodiments, other basket shapes may be utilized. For example, the basket may have one surface that is always substantially parallel to the ground. The basket may be shaken to randomize the dice. In various embodiments, the dice included in the basket may have an RFID tag. Each face of the dice has its own RFID tag, for example, a detection means above the basket detects which RFID tag is the closest of the six of the given dice, thereby You may decide whether the numbers come out with dice.

  In various embodiments, random events may be utilized to provide data for use in one or more games. For example, as described herein, card shuffling and distribution may determine a random event. The result of the random event may include which card will eventually be dealt. In various embodiments, random events may generate results from a limited result set. For example, the dice roll result is from an integer set of 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. For example, the result of a card distribution from a standard 52 card set is a card with one of 52 unique identities. In various embodiments, data describing one of the first result sets may be converted to data describing one of the second result sets. In various embodiments, multiple results from the first set may be combined to produce one result from the second result set. In various embodiments, one result from the first result set may be decomposed into multiple results from the second result set. For example, the first random event may be a card distribution. The card may be used to generate two dice results. For example, club 2 corresponds to the eyes of two dice, and each dice shows the number 1 on its top surface.

  In another example, three dice are thrown. Three dice are used to define the rank and type of cards. For example, a first dice is thrown. If the first dice shows 1, the card is a club. If the first dice shows 2, the card becomes a heart. If the first dice shows 3, the card is a diamond. If the first dice shows 4, the card is a spade. If the first dice shows 5 or 6, the side dice is thrown until it shows any of 1-4. Then the second dice is thrown. If the second dice shows 1, 2 or 3, the third dice is thrown. If the second dice shows 4, 5 or 6, the second dice is thrown again. The second dice is repeatedly thrown until it shows one of 1-3. If the second dice shows 3, and the third dice shows any of 2-6, the second and third dice are thrown again. That is, the second dice needs to be thrown again until it shows one of 1-3. The third dice is also thrown again under the same conditions as the original. However, if the second dice shows 3 and the third dice shows 1, it is thrown all the time. Eventually, if the second dice shows 1, the third dice shows 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 respectively, which will be ace 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 respectively. Let's go. If the second dice shows 2, the card rank will be 7, 8, 9, 10, Jack, Queen when the third dice shows 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, respectively. . If the second dice shows 3 and the third dice shows 1, the card rank is king. Since the dice are shaken again when the above combination appears, any other dice combination is not possible.

  It will be appreciated that there may be many other algorithms for converting data indicative of one result set to data indicative of another result set. Any other system may be used. Thus, in various embodiments, a card dealt from a shoe may be used to run a craps game. The dice that are swung in the basket may be used to run a video poker game. Coin flips may be used to run Sic Bo or casino war games. In general, a result set may be used individually or in combination to generate data indicative of any other result set.

  Verification of means for generating random events. In various embodiments, a player may participate in a game that relies on data from a random event. The random event may be held at a place different from the player's place. For example, a player may play a game on his handheld game console in New Jersey, but the game may rely on a random event held in Nevada. The random event may also take place at a different time than when the player is playing. For example, a player may play a video poker game. The cards received by the player may be based on cards distributed three weeks ago from a hard shoe in a casino warehouse. The random event may also take place in a different type of game than that being played by the player. For example, a random event appears in a craps game and the player is playing a blackjack game.

  In various embodiments, a player may desire to verify the authenticity of a random event that determines a player's game outcome and payout. For example, if a player repeatedly loses a game, the player may become suspicious of the outcome of his game that has not been generated fairly. For this reason, the player may desire to receive a guarantee that the result was actually generated fairly.

  In various embodiments, a player may request confirmation of random event results and / or payout verification. A player may request authentication using one or more input keys, buttons, or devices. For example, an area on the touch screen of a player's portable game machine may have buttons. This button may be labeled with “Authenticate”, “Verify Game Results”, “Check Results”, “View Source of Results”, or other labels. The player may touch the button in order to view or receive information regarding the outcome and / or payout of his game.

  In some embodiments, a video may be generated that shows how a random event generated a result for use in a player's game. For example, when random events are used to generate results, these events may be filmed. For example, dice swing may be formed into a film. As another example, the card distribution may be filmed. The film may be stored as a digital file of a casino database. Films may be indexed or labeled in association with specific results or events. For example, the file name of the video file may be “event 93048200 on December 13, 2010”.

  In various embodiments, a player may request that a video be shown that shows a random event that produced a result used in the player's game. Thereafter, the video may be displayed to the player. The video may indicate whether a card is dealt, a dice is rolled, a roulette is spun, or which is the source of the results that resulted in the player's game. The video may be transmitted from the casino server to the player's portable game machine. The portable game console may display video to the player on its display screen.

  Variable input to the result generator. In various embodiments, a machine, device or other entity that generates random results may be controlled by a player. This control may be direct or indirect. For example, a player may have an opportunity to physically spin the roulette to generate a random roulette result. For example, a player may have the opportunity to physically move a basket containing dice to generate a new eye for the dice. A player may indirectly control a machine that generates random results by sending commands to the machine. The command may be transmitted via a terminal such as a portable device. For example, a player may press a button on a remote terminal that instructs to spin a roulette controlled by the machine. The remote terminal may relay the player's request to the casino server. Thereafter, the casino server may instruct the machine controlling the roulette to spin the roulette.

  In various embodiments, a player may not only send a command to generate a result, but may also send a command regarding how the result should be generated. The player may specify, for example, the degree of physical force applied to the result generation device. For example, the player may specify the speed at which the roulette is spun (eg, with respect to the number of revolutions per second, etc.). The player may specify how long the basket with the dice is shaken before the dice rests. The player may specify the amount of time the card must be shuffled before being dealt. Thus, in various embodiments, a player may specify inputs that belong to a range of possible inputs. For example, the speed or force with which the roulette is spun may vary over a continuous range. The player may specify speed or power. The player may specify the force using a dial, mouse or other input device that can provide a continuous input range. For example, a player may manipulate the level of a bar on a terminal display screen using a mouse. When the bar is at a high level, the roulette is spun at a high initial speed. When the bar is at a low level, the roulette is spun at a low initial speed.

  In various embodiments, the player's status may determine how the player is allowed to control the result generator. For example, in various embodiments, if the player is a high roller (eg, if the player places a bet greater than a predetermined amount each time the player visits the casino), the player may generate a result. It may be allowed to define variable inputs to the device. However, a player who is not a high roller may only be allowed to tell the device whether or not to produce a result.

  Game data index. In various embodiments, one or more statistics may be utilized to summarize a game set, results, player earns or other occurrences at the casino. These statistics may be called indexes. Thus, for example, there may be a “roulette red index” summarizing the ratio of the number of times the entire casino roulette has turned red in a given period. There may be a “blackjack index” that summarizes the ratio of the number of times blackjack was dealt to players throughout the casino. Other indexes are: (a) the number of times a result has appeared (such as the number of times a jackpot has appeared), (b) the amount earned by one or more players (slot machine players earned in the last hour) (C) the number of times a particular symbol has appeared (such as the number of times a “cherry” symbol has appeared in a slot machine in a column), and (d) the number of times an intermediate result has occurred (specification of video poker). (E) Number of times a player has achieved a hand (number of times a Texas Hold'em player has achieved a full house, Blackjack player has achieved 20 total points) (F) The number of times the dealer has achieved a result (the dealer has reached 20 total points in a blackjack game) Etc.), (h) the number of times a certain score has reached in a sports game (in a sports game where a player can bet on a sports book, etc.), (i) the number of players who have earned more than $ 100 Data may be summarized. An index may summarize data from a given period, such as from now. For example, the index may summarize the ratio of the number of times that the first roll of craps had a 7th roll on that day. An index may summarize data by absolute numbers. For example, the index may indicate the total number of roulette spins that resulted in 12 on the day. Such an index may be referred to as a “12” index. An index may summarize data as a ratio. An index may indicate the ratio of the occurrence of one result to the appearance of another result. The index may indicate the ratio of the appearance of a certain result to the number of games played. For example, an index value of 2.7% may indicate that the number 12 appeared in 2.7% of roulette spins during the day.

  In various embodiments, the index may summarize data from a specific area of the casino. For example, the index may summarize the player's earned from the first floor of a casino or a particular row of slot machines. An index may summarize data from a particular type of machine. The index may summarize data from the slot machine. The index may summarize data from video poker machines. The index may summarize data from table games. The index may summarize data from progressive slot machines. The index may summarize data from the video slot machine.

  In various embodiments, the index may have a weight for a particular event, game or other outcome. The result may be weighted according to the number of bets made on it. For example, if a number of 17 appears in a roulette where five players play, an index of “17” is “8” when a number of “8” appears in another roulette where only one player is betting. May be increased by a factor of five. In various embodiments, a game or outcome may be weighted by an index based on the size of the game or indexed bet. For example, if a person bets $ 100 and receives a blackjack, the “blackjack” index may increase up to ten times that when a person bets $ 10 and receives a blackjack. The game or outcome may also be weighted according to the size of one or more payouts possible in the game. For example, a result in a game with a $ 10,000 jackpot may receive twice as much weight as a result with a $ 5,000 jackpot.

  In various embodiments, there may be an index associated with a particular player. For example, the primary player may have an index. The secondary player may decide whether to participate in the game of the primary player based on the level of the index.

  In some embodiments, an index may exist for a player group. For example, for all players within a certain age range, for all players from a certain geographical location, for all people of a certain gender, for certain types of games (such as blackjack) There may be an index such as for all people who prefer. In some embodiments, there may be an index of player groups based on wagers. For example, a “large cap” index may summarize statistics about players betting $ 25 or more per game. The “small cap” index may summarize statistics for all other players.

  Increased odds and commissions. In various embodiments, a player may be given higher game payout odds in return for paying certain commissions. For example, in a roulette game, a player who bet $ 1 on a winning number may typically receive $ 35 in addition to his $ 1. In some embodiments, the payout that achieved the winning number in the roulette game may increase to $ 37. Thus, assuming there are 38 American roulette spaces, a player can expect to lose $ 1 with a 37/38 probability and win $ 37 with a 1/38 probability. Therefore, the player will have an expected profit or loss of zero and will place a bet with true odds. However, in general, a casino may want to maintain a house advantage for betting in order to generate profits for the casino. Thus, the casino offers a $ 37 payout when the player wins, but may charge the player for a $ 2 commission whenever the player wins. Thus, the casino may maintain house advantage by charging a commission even if the bet is made with true odds.

  In various embodiments, a player may place a bet with true odds. That is, the player may bet that the expected value from the game is zero. However, for one or more results, the player may be charged a commission to the casino. This commission may be deducted from the amount paid in the winning result.

  In various embodiments, a player may place a bet with a positive expectation. In other words, the player may place a bet so that the player has an advantage, that is, the player can expect to get on average more than his bet. However, the house may benefit from the game by charging a commission for playing the game. The commission may exceed the amount that the player can expect to benefit from the game. For example, a player may bet $ 1 on a game that can expect the player to earn $ 1.05 on average. Therefore, the player has an advantage in the game. However, the casino may charge the player for a $ 0.10 commission to play the game. Thus, considering the commission, the casino will still be able to profit from the game on average.

  In some embodiments, a player may bet on a game that is guaranteed to win more than his bet. For example, if a player bets $ 1, the player may be guaranteed to earn at least $ 1.05 and earn a net profit of $ 0.05. However, the player may be charged a commission for the game. For example, the commission may be equal to $ 1.05. The commission may help to make the game profitable for the casino when it is considered.

  Display of data. Data generated at a casino or from any other source may be displayed to one or more players. This data may also be displayed for viewing by one or more casino representatives. Data may also be communicated in other ways, such as via announcements via a public address system or via radio waves. As described herein, the data displayed is data relating to past results, summary statistics, data relating to performance of one or more players, data relating to performance of one or more gaming machines, performance of one or more dealers. Data relating to one or more jackpot sizes, data relating to data trends, data relating to one or more results, data relating to one or more past results, and the like.

  Data may be displayed in several areas. The data is (a) on a game machine display screen (eg, on a game machine display screen not currently in use), (b) on a wall-mounted monitor, (c) via an electronic signature, (d) projection Through the display, through the wall, ceiling or other services, (e) on the screen of the terminal where the secondary player is participating in the game, (f) on the screen of the portable device, (g) in the hotel room (H) may be displayed on a display screen in an elevator. Data or data displays (graphics, tables, etc.) may be printed on paper or other material and made available for distribution or use. Data about restaurant menus may be printed. For example, a restaurant menu may feature the name of the primary player who won the blackjack game most consecutively on that day. Data may be presented on a sign above the gaming machine. For example, a sign above the gaming machine may indicate that the gaming machine has been paid more than $ 2000 in the last 24 hours. Data may be displayed by a sign above the game machines in each row. For example, above a row of gaming machines, a sign may indicate the name of the player who had the best prize record on that row of gaming machines within the past 24 hours.

  In various embodiments, the collected or recorded data may be made available on a network such as the Internet. People may access data by navigating to an address on the network, such as a specific URL (Uniform Resource Locator) address. The address may have data that can be viewed in a specific format, such as an HTML format. The data may be accessible by an internet browser such as Internet Explorer (registered trademark). In various embodiments, the data may be accessible via various links. Each link leads to a different address on the network. A given link may provide access to a particular type of data. For example, a given link may lead to data regarding each player's performance. Other links may provide access to data regarding gaming machine performance. In various embodiments, the first link may lead to data collected at the first casino (eg, data related to games at the first casino) and the second link may lead to data collected at the second casino. .

  In various embodiments, a casino attached to a hotel may transmit game data via one or more television channels. For example, the channels of a cable television system may be used for providing or displaying casino data. In some embodiments, the first channel may be used for a first type of data, the second channel may be used for a second type of data, and so on. For example, the first channel may display data regarding the results collected in the blackjack table set. The second channel may display data regarding results generated in the roulette table set.

  In various embodiments, the data may be displayed prominently if the data has a certain level of importance. For example, a casino may have a large sign where it is widely visible throughout the casino. The signature may be used to display only the most important data. For example, this sign may display the last 10 people who earned $ 1000 or more. The casino may have additional signs in less noticeable places. For example, a digital signature may be made visible only to the entire area of a particular row of slot machines. This sign may display the names of the 10 most recent players who earned $ 100 or more on the slot machine in that row. Thus, in various embodiments, data may be displayed at a particular location when the data is generated near, such as in the vicinity of a game console or table game.

  In various embodiments, inferences or conclusions based on the data may be displayed. For example, assume that over the last 15 minutes, blackjack players across the casino have won 60% of the blackjack games played. This guess may be made such that a blackjack player generally wins consecutively. Accordingly, a message that the blackjack player is performing well may be displayed (eg, on a sign, a screen of a mobile device, a screen of a terminal, etc.). Examples of other messages include “Joe Smith, the dealer, has a big hand tonight”, “Sue Baker has a great night”, “Red is the color of the roulette”, “Billy Bob has won an outstanding jackpot in the slot, "" Sue Smith gets rich tonight and comes home. "

  In various embodiments, the data may be printed on brochures, receipts or other paper-based documents or paper materials. A player or other person may desire a particular type of data. For example, a player may desire to have a record of their results within a period of time. For example, a player may desire to have all on-hand records of video poker distributed during the day. Accordingly, the player may request such a recording. For example, a player may go to a casino cage and provide identification information (such as in the form of a player tracking card). The casino cage may access data relating to the player stored in the casino server. The casino may then print out data regarding the player's results from that day. Thereafter, the casino may provide a record to the player. In various embodiments, the first person may desire to have a record of data regarding one or more other people. For example, the person may desire a pamphlet displaying the results of the top 100 players at the casino of the day. This pamphlet may show the names or pseudonyms of each of these 100 people along with the amount earned by each person. In various embodiments, a person may desire records regarding a particular machine, a particular dealer, a particular sector of a casino, a particular game table, or a particular group of people. This record may also include data about the requested people, devices or entities, including realized results, winning, losing, number of games won consecutively, number of games consecutively lost, strategy used, etc. Good.

  In various embodiments, notifications may be generated based on events or results that have appeared in a game or casino. For example, a secondary player wants to be notified when a secondary player wins more than 5 games in a slot machine with any primary player in succession. Also good. For this reason, a casino server, a secondary player's device (such as a handheld game machine) or any other device may track data upon receipt (from a game machine or the like). The casino server may process the data and determine if the notification criteria are met. For example, the casino server may determine that the primary player wins the fifth consecutive win by examining the data from the primary player's most recent game and the data from the previous four games. You may decide whether to configure. If all the games are the primary player's winning games, the casino server may generate a notification to the secondary player. The notification may take the form of a message sent to the secondary player. For example, the text message may pop up on the screen of the secondary player's portable game machine. Notifications may also be displayed or distributed to a wider audience. For example, the notification may be delivered to an electronic signature that is on the casino. Notifications may also be delivered over the air or other channels for voice delivery.

  Trend. In various embodiments, a trend may have a set of games or outcomes that have common characteristics and that appear in close time and / or appear sequentially. The characteristics of the common results are: (a) these results are all the same, (b) these results have one or more common symbols, (c) these results have the same associated payout ( d) these results have positive associated payouts, (d) all of these results have payouts above a predetermined level (such as 10 units or more), (e) all of these results go to the bonus round (F) all of these results are losing, (g) all of these results are winning, (h) all of these results are near misses, etc. The common game characteristics are: (a) these games have the same result, (b) these games have the same payout, (c) these games have a common intermediate result (video poker (E.g. all games start with 3 cards flashed), (d) all of these games have winning payouts, (e) all of these games have lost payouts (F) each game has multiple winning results, (g) all of these games have reached the bonus round, (h) all of these games were near misses, etc.

  In various embodiments, a player may bet that a trend will continue. A player may bet that future generated results will share characteristics that are common to previously generated result sets. For example, a player may bet that the same result that appeared in the last five games at the craps table (such as a winning pass line) will appear in the sixth game. For example, the player may bet that the total points (e.g., 18 total points) realized by the dealer in the last five blackjack games will be realized by the dealer in the next blackjack game. In various embodiments, a player may bet that a trend will continue over a period of time. For example, the player may bet that the trend will continue for more than three games. Players bet on the exact number of games the trend will continue. For example, the player may bet that the trend will continue for the next two games before the trend collapses. The player may bet on the minimum number of games that will follow the trend. For example, the player may bet that the trend will continue for the minimum of the next five games. The player may also bet on the maximum number of games that the trend will continue. For example, the player may bet that the trend will not continue beyond 3 games. In various embodiments, the player may bet that the trend will not continue. The player may bet that subsequently generated results will not share common characteristics with previously generated result sets.

  In various embodiments, a player may bet on a trend continuity or discontinuity that has occurred in the past. For example, the secondary player may detect a roulette game that is played by the primary player whose result is red for 10 consecutive games. The secondary player may be notified of the outcome of the game after the 10 consecutive red games. However, the result of the eleventh game may be recorded (for example, in a memory of a casino server). Thereafter, the secondary player may bet that the trend will persist. For example, the secondary player may bet that the eleventh game has yielded a red result. For example, a secondary player may bet that the next five games also gave a red result. The secondary player may also bet that the trend is discontinuous. For example, the secondary player may bet that the eleventh game will not yield a red result.

  In various embodiments, the trend may indicate a continuous win count or a continuous loss count. Successive wins or losses may represent a player's, a dealer's, a particular gaming machine, and / or a particular type of game. For example, a statistic may indicate the number of consecutive games won on a particular slot machine, regardless of who played the game. For example, the statistics may indicate the number of consecutive games won by the dealer at the blackjack table. A player, such as a secondary player, may bet on the continuity or discontinuity of successive winning and losing trends. For example, a secondary player may bet that a primary player who has lost 10 games in a row loses to an 11th game in succession. For example, a secondary player may bet that a craps game will eventually end with a losing pass line bet, even if the pass line bet has won for the past 10 games.

  In various embodiments, a trend may exhibit a regular characteristic pattern in a series of results. This characteristic pattern does not require each result to have the same characteristic. Rather, the pattern may exhibit a regularly changing set of properties. For example, a trend may consist of a series of roulette results so that every other result is red and the result between red results is black. That is, the trend represents a pattern in which a black result appears after each red result and a red result appears after each black result. A player such as a secondary player may bet on the continuity of such a trend. For example, if the most recent result is red, the primary player may bet that the next result will be black. A player may bet that such a trend will continue with multiple outcomes. For example, a player may bet that red and black will appear alternately for the next 10 consecutive outcomes.

  In various embodiments, the trend may have any pattern. A player may bet on any pattern of continuity or discontinuity. A player may bet that a pattern will continue for any number of subsequent games, or that the pattern will break at a later designated point. The payout provided to a correctly bet player may depend on the nature of the pattern and the number of games or results that the player bet that the pattern will continue. For example, a winning player who bets that a pattern will continue to a relatively distant future may receive a higher payout than a player who bets that a pattern will only last a few games. For example, if each result that the pattern continues is a relatively rare result (eg, a player bets that a pattern with a green result will continue in roulette), the player Higher payouts may be received from players betting on the continuity of patterns that have common outcomes (eg, a blackjack game pattern where a dealer wins).

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet on the winning trend or pattern of the primary player. For example, the secondary player may bet that the primary player will have a positive net gain in each of the next four five-minute periods. The primary player may have realized a positive net gain in the previous 10 five-minute period, or the secondary player may simply bet on the emergence of new trends. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a primary player's balance or cash on hand trend. For example, a secondary player may bet that the primary player's cash will increase every 10 minutes in the next hour. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a trend in primary player wins or up and down fluctuations in cash on hand. For example, a secondary player may bet that the primary player's cash will increase in the next 5 minutes, decrease in the next 5 minutes, increase in the next 5 minutes, and so on. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet that the primary player's cash (or other secondary player's cash) will reach an alternate point. However, the period during which the funds on hand need to reach the point does not have to be specified. For example, a secondary player may have a primary player's cash on hand reaching 100, then reaching 50, then reaching 150, then reaching 25, and then reaching 155. You may bet on. The secondary player may win if the funds of the primary player reach the points in order. However, the secondary player may lose his bet when the funds of the primary player reach in the order of the above points. For example, a secondary player may lose if the primary player's cash on hand reaches 155 before reaching 25. Embodiments relating to the on-hand funds described herein may also be applied to game machine balance, game table chip count, net earnings gain, and the like. For example, the secondary player may bet that the net gain of the primary player will first reach the first point, then the second point, then the third point, and so on.

  Sport. In various embodiments, data may be collected for sports. For example, the data includes sports scores, the number of yards run by a specific player in an American football game, the number of advances by a specific baseball player, the number of service ace by a tennis player, the underscore realized by a golf player. It may include the number of pars. Data may be aggregated for various games. For example, a total advance number by any player in a major league on a certain day may be added to define a statistical value. The secondary player may bet on this statistic. Other example data may include the number of punches hit in a boxing game, the number of three-point shots in a basketball game, the number of collisions in a car race, and the like.

  A secondary player selects game characteristics. In various embodiments, the secondary player may specify a category of games for the participating primary player so that games belonging to that category have certain characteristics. The game may be a game having a certain start state. The game may be a game in which a certain result has appeared for a game event. In some embodiments, the secondary player may specify a starting hand or a starting hand category in a video poker game. For example, the secondary player may specify a hand that includes three cards of the same rank. Thus, the casino server may search for a primary player's game featuring a starting hand possessing three cards of the same rank. In some embodiments, a secondary player may specify a total point at a start in a blackjack game. For this reason, the casino server may search for the game of the primary player featuring the starting hand holding the total point at the starting time. For example, a secondary player may specify a particular dealer's upcard in a blackjack game. For this reason, the casino server may search for the game of the primary player to which the designated dealer's up card is dealt. In some embodiments, the secondary player may specify a slot machine game category in which the “cherry” symbol appears on the first reel of the slot machine. Therefore, the casino server may search for a game of the primary player in which the “cherry” symbol appears on the first reel of the slot machine. In various embodiments, the secondary player may place restrictions on the game that the player wants to participate in. The casino server may then detect one or more games of secondary players that meet such constraints. In some embodiments, the secondary player may place a constraint so that the primary player earns at least X in the game. In some embodiments, the secondary player may place restrictions on the game so that the primary player receives certain cards in the game. As will be appreciated, many other constraints may be placed on the game.

  Adjustment of game rules for selected games for specific characteristics. In various embodiments, the category of the game designated by the secondary player may not have a higher probability of ending with a particular outcome than a game selected purely randomly. In various embodiments, the category of game designated by the secondary player may not have a higher probability of ending with a particular result than a game started from scratch. For example, if a secondary player indicates an intention to participate in a slot machine game where the first symbol is “Cherry”, the secondary player wins the game more than if he participates in a game started from scratch. The probability of ending may not be high. For example, if a secondary player indicates an intention to participate in a video poker game that includes three cards of the same rank, the secondary player may play the game with a three card if desired. Guaranteed to end.

  Thus, in various embodiments, when a secondary player has the opportunity to participate in a category of games designated by that player, the secondary player is equal in the game, all else being equal. A higher advantage may be derived. For example, the secondary player may ensure that the player always participates in the winning game by specifying the category of the game that the player always wins. In various embodiments, the house may change the game selected according to the secondary player's designation in such a way as to improve the house advantage in the game. The house may change the game in such a way as to provide the house with an advantage equal to or nearly equal to that the house has if the game starts from scratch. For example, if a house typically has a 5% advantage in a slot machine game and the secondary player chooses to play a game where the “cherry” symbol appears on the first reel, the house Probability of various symbols, payouts for one or more outcomes, or required stakes may be changed to maintain house advantage for the game close to 5%.

  In some embodiments, the secondary player may select constraints for the game. For example, a secondary player may apply restrictions on the game so that the game needs to be a blackjack game where the first hand has 11 total points. The house may make changes to the game so that the probabilities of the various outcomes of the game shift favorably for the house. For example, in the above-described example of a blackjack game where the first primary player's hand has 11 total points, the house removes all cards with a value of 10 so that a set of playing cards The remaining part may be changed. This may be a shift that favors the house, as it reduces the player's chance of achieving 21 points and reduces the possibility of the dealer's bust (although this does not necessarily favor the house). ). Thus, the house may make changes to the game that reduce the likelihood that the player will achieve a particular result or category of results. At the same time, this change may increase the likelihood that a player will realize a particular result or category of results (such as a hand holding less than 21 total points). In various embodiments, the house may make changes to the game to increase or decrease the probability of one or more outcomes. In various embodiments, the house may change the probability directly (eg, by changing the probability used for the random number generator used to generate the game result) or the probability of the result. Changes may be made (eg, the house adds or removes cards from a set of playing cards that have the effect of changing the probability of the outcome).

  In some embodiments, the payout on results may be changed. For example, suppose a secondary player shows an intention to participate in a game in which the primary player's first total points are 11. In response, the house may reduce the payout associated with the player's win. Instead of paying $ 10, for example, the winning result may only pay $ 10.

  In some embodiments, the required wager may be changed. For example, suppose a secondary player wants to participate in a slot machine game where the first two symbols are “bell” symbols. While typical for a game, instead of requiring a secondary player to bet $ 1, the house may require a secondary player to bet $ 5. . On the other hand, the payout may not be changed for a game for which the secondary player does not set any restrictions.

  In some embodiments, game rules may be changed. For example, a secondary player wants a dealer to participate in a blackjack game starting from 13 total points. If the player has 19, the rules may be changed to allow the dealer to make any decision including a hit by 18 at any point in time. By changing the game rules, the house may effectively change the probability of one or more outcomes.

  In some embodiments, the payout rate may be changed. For example, given the constraints imposed by the secondary player, a particular result may pay 5 to 1, and typically the same result may pay 20 to 1.

  In various embodiments, changes made to rules, probabilities, payouts and payout rates may be advantageous to the player. For example, the secondary player may apply restrictions that are disadvantageous to the secondary player to the game. For example, a secondary player may indicate an intention to participate in a blackjack game starting from 15 total points without an ace. Such a starting hand is considered a bad hand and greatly reduces the likelihood that a secondary player will win. Thus, for example, the payout associated with the player's win may be increased to compensate for the disadvantaged starting hand of the secondary player.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may indicate desired odds for achieving one or more results in the game. In various embodiments, the secondary player may indicate the desired odds for realizing any of the result sets, such as the desired odds for achieving any winning result. For example, a secondary player may indicate that he wants his odds to achieve a winning result to be 1: 2. That is, the secondary player wants to achieve an average of one win at every other loss. For this reason, the casino may select a game set of the primary player so that there is one winning game for every other losing game in the game set. Thereafter, the casino may randomly select a game from the set of games and allow the secondary player to participate in the selected game. In various embodiments, the casino may adjust or determine payouts for game results in response to the secondary player selecting odds for the game results. Note that the payout adjustment does not necessarily have to be made for the same result that the secondary player selected the odds. For example, the secondary player may indicate the desired odds for the first result and the casino may adjust the payout for the second result. In various embodiments, the casino may adjust the payout for one or more outcomes to counter the advantage that a secondary player gets from selecting the odds of the outcome. For example, if a secondary player shows the odds that the odds achieve the desired odds to achieve a higher result than the standard or typical odds that achieve such a result, the casino will be a typical payout The payout for one or more results may be reduced. If a secondary player shows the desired odds for a result that affects the secondary player's penalty (eg, the secondary player wins lower than the typical odds for the winning result) The casino may change the payout for one or more outcomes in favor of the secondary player, such as indicating the desired odds of the outcomes. For example, the casino may change one or more payouts. In some embodiments, the casino may adjust one or more payouts to maintain a constant or near constant house advantage. For example, the casino may change the payout to ensure that the adjusted house advantage of the resulting odds and payouts is approximately the same as the pre-adjusted house advantage of the odds and payouts. In some embodiments, if the secondary player intends to increase the odds of the first result, the casino may reduce the odds of the second result. For example, the casino may detect a set of primary player games in which the first result appears more than normal, but the second result appears less than normal. Thereafter, the casino may randomly select a game from the game set to allow a secondary player to participate. In the embodiment described herein, a secondary player can easily indicate a desired probability for one or more outcomes instead of indicating the desired odds. It will be appreciated that simple mathematical operations can convert odds to probabilities and vice versa.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may indicate a desired payout for the outcome. For example, the secondary player may indicate a willingness to pay larger than the payout that is usually associated with the result. For this reason, the casino may adjust the probability that the result appears. For example, the casino may reduce the probability that the result appears. In various embodiments, the casino may reduce the probability of a result by selecting a pool of one or more primary player games in which the result appeared less frequently than would normally be expected. Thereafter, the casino may randomly select a game from the pool of games and allow a secondary player to participate in the selected game. In various embodiments, the casino may adjust the probability of a result different from the payout result that the secondary player has requested to adjust. For example, the secondary player may indicate that he wants to increase the payout for the first result. Thereafter, the casino may adjust the probability of the second result. The second result may be a win. In various embodiments, the casino may adjust the probability of appearance of one or more outcomes to counter the adjustments made to payouts in favor of secondary players. In various embodiments, the casino seeks to maintain the same or nearly the same house advantage before and after being coordinated by the secondary player and the house. For example, if the house advantage is typically 5% for the game, the house may seek to counter the payout adjustment by the secondary player in order to maintain the house advantage for the game at 5%.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may set a payout, probability and / or odds using a dial. The dial may allow the secondary player to adjust the setting continuously or nearly continuously by turning the dial to the appropriate angle. The secondary player may also use a scroll bar, mouse, arrow keys, or any other input device to specify settings. In response to the secondary player adjusting the first setting, the house may adjust the second setting, for example, to maintain a certain house advantage. The house may adjust the probability setting by selecting an appropriate game pool for the primary player so that the appearance frequency of one or more results is equal to the desired frequency. The house may adjust the payout simply by providing a payout that is different from that typical when a particular result appears.

  In various embodiments, the house may change the odds of one or more outcomes by changing the configuration of a set of playing cards. For example, the house may add or delete cards from a set of playing cards. In some embodiments, the secondary player may specify a hand at the start of a particular category of game. For example, in a blackjack game, a secondary player may indicate an intention to start from 18 total points. In response, the house may adjust the configuration of the unused portion of the set of playing cards. For example, the house may add rank 3 cards to a set of playing cards to reduce the dealer's bust potential.

  In some embodiments, the secondary player may indicate the desired starting hand of both the secondary player and the dealer. For example, the secondary player may indicate the total points at the start of the secondary player, and the secondary player may indicate a dealer's specific upcard. In some embodiments, the secondary player may indicate the secondary player's starting hand and the dealer's starting hand. In some embodiments, the secondary player may show the secondary player's starting hand and additional cards. For example, a secondary player may indicate a starting hand with two 9 plus 10 additional cards (eg, a secondary player splits the first two cards) Etc.) In some embodiments, the secondary player may show the dealer's starting hand and additional cards. In some embodiments, the secondary player may show any sequence of the primary player's first card and / or any sequence of the dealer's first card. The secondary player may specify total points, number of cards, card rank, specific cards (such as both rank and type), and the like. For a display provided by a secondary player, the casino may search for a primary player's game that matches the display. For example, if a secondary player indicates an intention to participate in a game that the primary player has 10 starting total points, the house has a primary player having 18 starting total points. You may search for games.

  Record performance. In various embodiments, a viewable record may be generated for a primary player. This record may include an indication of the primary player's past performance. The record may consist of a description of the primary player's profits and losses. The record may include an indication of the amount earned by the primary player over a period of time. This record may include an indication of the amount lost by the primary player over a period of time. The record may include an indication of the total amount bet by the primary player over a period of time. The periods covered by the records are: (a) hours, (b) days, (c) weeks, (d) weekends, (e) the duration of the primary player's stay at the casino, (f) the first time at the casino. It may be the period of the next player's play session, or (g) the period of the primary player's session in a certain game machine. The recording may include a division of performance indicators into various categories. The record may indicate performance indicators by time, stakes, gaming machine, dealer, casino, gaming machine type (such as reel slot machine vs. video slot machine), or any other category. For example, the records include a first data set indicating the first player's win at Blackjack in the last day and a second data indicating the first player's win at video poker in the last day. A set and a third data set showing the primary player's win at the roulette for the most recent day may be included. In some embodiments, the record may include a list of each game played by the primary player (such as all games played by the primary player). This list includes stakes, winnings, losses, results received, game time, decisions made, first hand accepted in the game, last hand accepted in the game, dealer action, opponent hand, opponent May include data relating to each game including the determination of the amount of money, the increased amount, and the like. This list may divide the game into different categories. For example, data related to all games played in the slot machine may be listed, and data related to all games played in the table game may be listed.

  The record of the primary player may be viewable by the primary player. For example, a primary player can call up the display of a record on a screen, such as any game machine, any terminal, any portable device, or any device connected to the Internet. May be. This record may be printable on a cashless game ticket, for example. In some embodiments, the primary player's record may be viewable to the secondary player. For example, the secondary player may search for the name of the primary player and view the record of the primary player.

  In various embodiments, the primary player may specify a limit. These limits may be visible in the primary player's record. The limit may include a stop limit. This limit may cause the primary player to stop or prompt play if certain criteria are met. For example, the limit may prompt the player to stop playing if the primary player loses $ 100. In various embodiments, a notification may be sent to the primary player when the primary player's performance index meets certain criteria. For example, a notification may be sent to the primary player when the primary player accumulates a $ 500 prize. This notification may notify the primary player that he wishes to stop playing when his prize money reaches $ 500.

  In some embodiments, the secondary player may receive a notification based on the performance of the primary player. For example, when a primary player wins 10 games in a row, a primary player wins funds when a primary player loses 10 games in a row. You may receive a notification when you swing more than 3 times between the loss and / or when any other condition is met. In various embodiments, the secondary player may specify notification conditions. The secondary player may be notified when the notification condition is satisfied. For example, when the primary player satisfies the notification condition, the secondary player may be notified that the primary player has satisfied the notification condition of the secondary player. Thereafter, the secondary player may be given an opportunity to participate in the next game of the primary player. If the primary player wins a large payout, or if the primary player wins a large payout for a specified number of times during a certain period, the primary player You may be notified when you have earned more than a certain amount of time. If a secondary player loses more than the amount of money in the last hour, the secondary player loses more than 90% of cases in the last 30 minutes, You may be notified when the next player makes a near miss.

  Data from one game used in other games. Various embodiments describe the use of data in game contexts such as casino games, mobile games, charity bingo, online games and the like. In various embodiments, data generated in the first game may be used in the second game. For example, a certain data set may be generated in the first game. This data set may be used to determine the outcome of the first game. The same data set may also be used to determine the outcome of the second game. For example, in a blackjack game, 14 cards may be dealt. Data indicating the rank and type of these 14 cards may be recorded. Such data may be subsequently used to run a video poker game. In the execution of the video poker game, data regarding the first five of the 14 cards may be shown to the player and the remaining nine cards may be left alone. The player may select three cards to discard, after which data about the three exchanged cards may be provided to the player from the data about the remaining nine cards. In various embodiments, the first game data may be generated through physical means. Generating data via physical means may include generating data via processes that are not merely based on electrical and optical operations. The generation of data via physical means is the generation of roulette results, the distribution of one or more cards from a set of playing cards, the dice roll, or any other physical or partially physical May include general processing. Generating data via physical means may include generating roulette results via manual roulette rotation by a casino employee or the like. Generating data via physical means may include generating roulette results via automatic rotation of the roulette, such as by a computer controlled motor. Generation of data via physical means may include dice swinging by a human such as a craps player. Generation of data via physical means may include automatic swinging of the dice, such as through motorized rotation of a transparent enclosure containing the dice.

  In various embodiments, the event results and / or decisions in the first game may be utilized as input to generate event results and / or decisions in the second game. For example, the results and / or decisions of the first game event may be utilized as random numbers for use in an algorithm for generating results and / or decisions in the second game. In some embodiments, the outcome and / or determination of an event in the first game may be directly utilized as a result or determination in the second game (eg, without further conversion). In various embodiments, the first game may include an automatically executed game or a player's game (eg, without player participation). In various embodiments, the first game may include a game in which results or decisions are generated via physical processing (eg, as opposed to electronic processing). For example, the first game may include results or decisions generated through dice rolls, roulette rotation, card distribution, or any other physical process.

  leader. Data may be recorded from the first game in various ways. In some embodiments, a human may manually enter data from a game. For example, a casino employee may use a keyboard to enter numbers 4 and 3 representing the numbers on two dice in a craps game. In some embodiments, a sensor or reader may detect and record data from the game. The roulette reader may detect and record the space where the roulette ball has stopped after the rotation of the roulette. An exemplary roulette detector is described in US Pat. No. 4,396,193 “Roulette wheel directing sensing apparatus” by Reinhardt et al. U.S. Pat. No. 4,396,193 is hereby incorporated by reference. The card shoe may be provided with a sensor and / or algorithm for reading a card distributed from the shoe and determining data related to the card such as rank and type. An exemplary card shoe is described in US Pat. No. 7,029,009, “Playing card dealing with automated internal feeding and card readin” by Grauser et al. US Pat. No. 7,029,009 is hereby incorporated by reference. In various embodiments, the camera may capture an image of the game being played. Data such as data about cards dealt, data about dice eyes, and data about numbers generated by roulette may be extracted from such images. Such data. For example, it may be extracted using an image processing algorithm. U.S. Pat. No. 4,531,187 “Game monitoring apparatus” by Uhland describes “means for optically monitoring cards being played” in a game. U.S. Pat. No. 4,531,187 is hereby incorporated by reference.

  camera. In various embodiments, the camera may record a video of the first game being played. For example, the camera may record a video in which a dice is thrown, a video in which a card is dealt, a video in which a roulette is spun, and the like. In various embodiments, the video may be stored. In various embodiments, the video includes the date the filmed game was played, the time, the game identifier, the player identifier in the game (such as the player name), the dealer identifier in the game, the game location, the game May be stored in association with one or more tags or other data, including the casino in which the game was played, an indication of the type of game being played (blackjack, craps, etc.), etc. After the video image is recorded, the player involved in the second game may indicate an intention to confirm the video image. The player of the second game may be involved in a game that uses data from the game shown in the video image. For example, a player associated with the second game may be involved in a video poker game that uses the same cards originally distributed in a blackjack game. Players may want to check film footage to verify that the same cards that were dealt in a blackjack game and are currently used in their game were fairly dealt. . A tag associated with and stored in the video footage may assist the house or casino in extracting the video footage in response to a player request. For example, data used for the second game may be tagged with the identifier of the first game. The player of the second game may request to check a video image of how the data was generated in the first game. For this reason, the casino may search for a video image stored in association with the identifier. Such video images may then be extracted and displayed to the player in the second game.

  skin. In various embodiments, data generated in the first game may be used for the second game. One or more algorithms may be utilized to convert data from the first game into data suitable for use in the second game. For example, the data from the first game may include numbers in the first range. Data suitable for use in the second game may be mapped to the second range using a mathematical transformation such as multiplication or division with a constant. For example, the data from the first game may include data related to cards dealt in the first game (for example, the first game is a blackjack game). Such data may take the form of numbers where each number from 1 to 52 represents different data in a standard set of playing cards of 52 cards. The data required for the second game may include numerical data in the range of 1 to 6 because the second game may be a dice game (such as craps). Thus, data from the range 1 to 52 may be mapped to data in the range 1 to 6. This mapping may be performed as follows. It will be appreciated that many other mappings are possible. A number from 1 to 52 is completely discarded if the number is 49, 50, 51 or 52. If the number is discarded, the second number is then used (eg, a number representing a different card dealt in the first game). If a number is not discarded, the number is divided by 8 and the result is rounded to the nearest integer. Thus, number 1 is mapped to number 1, number 2 is mapped to number 1, number 8 is mapped to number 1, number 9 is mapped to number 2, number 17 is mapped to number 3, and number 48 Is mapped to the number 6. For this reason, mapping from the card game to the dice game is realized. Two or more cards may be used from a card game to perform a craps game dice throw (if more than two cards are represented by a number greater than 48, May be necessary).

  Once data suitable for use in the second game is obtained, an appropriate skin may be used for the second game. The skin may include graphics and play patterns that make the second game more familiar to the player of the second game. For example, when data containing numbers between 1 and 6 is generated, a casino (or casino device such as a gaming machine) may be used to graphically generate results corresponding to the data. For example, if numbers 3 and 6 are generated as data suitable for the second game, the casino may show a graphical display with numbers 3 and 6 in pairs of dice. Thereby, the player may participate in the craps game.

  In various embodiments, the data used for the second game may be based on data derived from the first game played in the past. For this reason, the result of the second game may be determined in advance in a sense. However, because the player of the second game may not be familiar with the first game, or the player is used to convert data from the first game into data used in the second game Since the algorithm may not be familiar, the player may not be able to use prior knowledge regarding the outcome of the second game.

  In various embodiments, data generated in a first game may be used in a second game being played on a gaming machine. The game machine may be a slot machine, a video poker machine, a video bingo machine, a portable game machine (such as a portable game machine as defined by Nevada bill AB471), or the like. In various embodiments, the data generated in the first game may be used in a second game played over a network. Data generated in the first game may be used for Internet games such as the execution of the second game in an online casino. Similarly, video footage from the first game may be available to players participating in the second game at the online casino. By browsing the video footage, the player may be confident that the data used in the second game has been generated fairly.

  Audit data generated in the first game. In various embodiments, data generated in a first game or first game series may be tested or audited to verify the fairness of the data. In various embodiments, a test may be performed to verify that the data follow a certain statistical distribution. A statistical distribution may be a distribution that is generally considered to control one or more random processes used to generate data. For example, the data set may include data relating to 10,000 results generated in one of the roulette groups. Here, each roulette has 38 spaces. Applicable statistical distributions may predict that each possible result of roulette will appear about 1 out of 38 times, or about 263 times from a data set of 10,000 results. . Thus, testing data on 10,000 results may test that each of the 30 possible results of roulette has occurred approximately 263 times out of 10,000 results. This test may allow some divergence. For example, the appearance of a result 213 to 313 times may be considered within an acceptable range. However, if a result appears a number of times that is not within the range of 213-313, the data may be considered suspicious. The data may be required to pass one or more tests, such as a statistical distribution test, before being allowed to be used in the second game.

Handheld as an entry to a jackpot (everyone bets on one side or the other)
In various embodiments, a game may allow the participation of two or more secondary players. In various embodiments, a game may allow the participation of players throughout the casino. A game may be featured or published prominently. For example, game progress may be displayed on each monitor or prominent display screen throughout the casino. The game may be played on a high stage or platform that is visible to many. In various embodiments, the game may allow real-time participation by a secondary player. For example, a secondary player may place a bet on a game, the game is played, and then the secondary player may be paid based on the outcome of the game and the bet of the secondary player. In various embodiments, the game may be played by a primary player. In various embodiments, the game may be played by a primary dealer and a representative of the house or casino. For example, the game may include a primary player and a dealer. In various embodiments, the game may be generated electronically. The game may be a game played on a game machine by a primary player. The game may be played completely electronically.

  In various embodiments, a given secondary player may bet that the primary player will win. In various embodiments, the secondary player may bet that the house will win. Of all secondary players betting on the game, some may bet on the primary player and some may bet on the house. In various embodiments, the secondary player may also bet on other events. For example, a secondary player may bet that a specific card is dealt, a specific total point is realized, and a specific eye of a dice appears. The featured game may be any suitable game, such as blackjack, craps, baccarat, roulette, video poker or any other suitable game.

  In various embodiments, the game may allow the participation of a small group of players. For example, the game may allow the participation of eight secondary players. All secondary players may be players in one restaurant, in one game table, in one area of the casino, or may be grouped together in any other way. . One of the player groups may play a featured game. Other players may act as secondary players and participate in featured games. In various embodiments, players playing a featured game may be rotated within a player group.

(Betting on a specific card)
In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on events that appear in the game. A secondary player may bet that a dice roll will appear or the dealer will bust in a blackjack game.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a specific card that appears in the featured game. For example, a secondary player may bet that a ace of spades and a king of hearts will be dealt in a featured game. When the ace of spades and the king of hearts appear in the game, the secondary player may win a large multiple, such as ten times his wager. The amount earned by the secondary player may be based on the probability that the outcome of the event that the player is betting will appear. For example, if a secondary player bets on an event result with a small appearance probability, the secondary player may stand to win more relatively. In various embodiments, the amount that a secondary player stands to earn may depend on the specificity with which the player specifies the event outcome of the featured game. For example, a secondary player may stand to win more if he / she correctly specifies the rank and type of card set in the featured game than if he / she simply specified the rank.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet that a particular card will be dealt in the featured game. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a particular combination of cards that will be dealt in the featured game. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on the order in which any cards are dealt. For example, a secondary player may bet that an ace will be dealt first, then 10 and then a queen. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a card that appears in the player's hand. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a card that appears in the dealer's hand. In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on a first card set that appears on the player's hand and a second card set that appears on the dealer's hand. For example, a secondary player may bet that a player will receive a diamond jack and a cart of 9, a club of 7, a heart of 2, and a club queen.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may specify each card dealt in the featured game. The secondary player may win only when each designated card is dealt.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may participate in his game as a primary player. At the same time, the secondary player may bet on a game featured as a secondary player. One or more events appearing in the secondary player's game may help specify a secondary player's bet on the featured game. For example, a secondary player may play a blackjack game that receives an ace of spades and 10 of hearts. By receiving such a card, the secondary player may automatically bet that the primary player in the featured game will receive an ace of spades and a 10 of hearts. Thus, the secondary player's own hand may serve as a description of the bets made on games played by different players (ie, primary players). Hand held, card set, dice roll or any other event that the secondary player participates in (as the primary player) is an entry to another game (such as a featured game), ticket or bet May serve as.

(Paris-Moutuel betting)
In various embodiments, betting on a featured game may be a Paris-Moutuel system. The house may receive a certain percentage of all bets made. A betting pool may be provided to a player who has correctly specified the outcome of the event in the featured game. For example, a pool of all bets may be passed to the player who correctly specified the most cards that will be dealt in the featured game. For Thai players, the pool may be divided in proportion and / or evenly to bets made by Thai players.

(Progressive betting)
In various embodiments, betting on a featured game may be progressive. All or part of the bet by the secondary player may be transferred to the pool. The pool may be acquired by a secondary player who has correctly specified the outcome of one or more events in the featured game. For example, in a blackjack game, a secondary player who correctly specifies each card distributed to the primary player and each card distributed to the dealer may acquire the pool. If there are no pool winners, the pool may then be carried over to the game.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player may have correctly specified the outcome of some events but not correctly specified other events, or when they are only slightly away from the correct designation of event results. You may get some. For example, if the secondary player correctly specifies all but one of the cards dealt in the game, the secondary player may win 10% of all bets on the game. As another example, if a secondary player correctly specifies all types of cards dealt, but fails to specify all of the ranks correctly, the secondary player gains 5% of the pool. Also good. As another example, if a secondary player correctly designates all but one card and ranks the remaining cards, but loses the type, the player gains 20% of the pool. Also good.

  In various embodiments, if there is a progressive pool, the secondary player's own game (such as a game in which the secondary player acts as the primary player) is secondary to the featured game. It may be useful to determine a player's entry.

(Fixed odds game)
In various embodiments, a bet made by a secondary player in a featured game may be made according to fixed odds. For example, a secondary player may bet that certain events will appear in the primary game and receive a fixed payout based on these events. Depending on how close the secondary player has designated an event that has appeared in the featured game, the secondary player receives different levels of fixed payouts.

(Spotlight player)
The featured game may be a game played by a regular casino patron. A particular primary player may play a featured game of several games. Thereafter, other primary players may play in the featured game. In various embodiments, the primary player does not need to make any special effort to be in the featured game. Instead, for example, a photographer tricks a casino and shoots different primary players who participate in the game alternately. The primary player's game currently being filmed may be a featured game.

(Featured game on mobile device)
In various embodiments, the featured game may be provided on a portable game console. For example, a secondary player may watch the game progress and events featured on his portable gaming device. A secondary player may also bet on a featured game using his portable gaming device. In various embodiments, the featured game may be provided on any device including a gaming machine. For example, a secondary player may watch a featured game on a slot machine display screen. A secondary player may bet on a featured game utilizing a slot machine interface.

(Betting on any game)
In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on any in-game event, including a bet on the outcome of any game. Secondary players need not be restricted to betting only on prominent featured games. The secondary player may, for example, determine that he wants to bet on a blackjack primary player who is currently playing at a blackjack table in a casino. At that time, for example, the secondary player may designate one or more cards to be dealt in the game. If the secondary player is correct, the secondary player may win a payout.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player may bet on an event or events in multiple games (including results). If the secondary player has an event result correctly specified by the secondary player, the secondary player may stand to win any of the plurality of games. For example, a secondary player may bet that any player at the blackjack table will win two aces as the first two cards in the next blackjack game. Thereafter, the secondary player may win a prize if any of the players in the blackjack game actually gets two aces as the first two cards in the next blackjack game. . In various embodiments, a secondary player may earn a payout based on the number of games in which a result that he / she specified has actually appeared. In the example described above, the secondary player acquires the first amount when the specified event result appears in one game, and the second player when the specified event result appears in two games. You may earn the amount of money. The second amount may be greater than the first amount. The secondary player may win a special jackpot if the specified event result appears in all games. In various embodiments, the payout received by the secondary player for specifying an event result in multiple games may depend on the number of games. If an event specified by a secondary player appears in one of the five games, the secondary player will win a larger amount if the event appears in one of the 25 games. May be.

(Specify event results that apply to multiple games)
In various embodiments, the secondary player may specify one or more event results. The secondary player may specify, for example, a card set that may be dealt, a number set that may appear with a dice, or a number that appears in the roulette. The event result specified by the secondary player may then be applied to multiple featured games. For example, event results may be applied to a series of featured games.

  For example, a secondary player may specify to receive 2 of hearts, 10 of clubs and 9 of diamonds. The secondary player may further specify that the dealer receives a ace of spades and a king of spades. If the designated card is then dealt to the designated party (player and dealer) in any of the next 100 Blackjack featured games, the secondary player wins a prize. Also good.

  In various embodiments, a secondary player bets on all featured games for which he participates as a secondary player (eg, all games eligible for a payout or jackpot). May be required. In various embodiments, as long as the secondary player is playing in his game (eg, in the ability of the primary player, etc.), the secondary player is free as a secondary player to the featured game. You may accept an entry. If the secondary player accepts a free entry, a portion of the secondary player's wager in his game may be used to fund a prize pool or payout in the featured game. . For example, one cent may be contributed from all secondary player bets in his game and provided to the featured game prize pool. The prize pool may be accumulated as a progressive prize until it is earned by one of the secondary players.

(Specify event result)
The secondary player may specify the event result by various methods. In various embodiments, the secondary player may select a specific result himself. For example, a secondary player may select a card that he believes will be dealt in a featured game. For example, a secondary player may select a number that he thinks will appear in a featured craps game. In various embodiments, the secondary player does not select an event result himself. Rather, the event result in the secondary player's own game (such as a game that the secondary player serves as the primary player) is that any event result in the featured game is a secondary player. It may be determined whether or not. In various embodiments, the event result in the featured game needs to match the event result in the secondary player's own game in order for the secondary player to get a payout or winnings from the featured game. There is. For example, a secondary player may be playing a blackjack game (as a primary player). At the same time, the secondary player may bet $ 1 on the featured blackjack game. If all cards dealt in the featured game match ranks and types for all cards dealt in the secondary player's game, the secondary player gets a $ 10,000 payout May be.

  In various embodiments, the secondary player describes the game settings (handheld, etc.). The description by the secondary player may include a description of what the primary player has and what the dealer has. There may be a number of times or a period of time the game is monitored according to the description of the secondary player's settings. The monitored game may be any suitable or featured game either inside or outside the casino. A secondary player may win if any of the games being monitored matches the description originally provided by the secondary player. If the secondary player wins, the secondary player may win a progressive prize.

The following is a list of embodiments, not claims. Various embodiments include the following.
A. Receiving a first bet;
Receiving a first description of a first set of cards;
Receiving a second description of a second set of cards;
Determining a third description of a third set of cards distributed to the first player in the first game;
Determining a fourth description of a fourth set of cards distributed to the first dealer in the first game;
The third description of the third set of cards is consistent with the first description of the first set of cards, and the fourth description of the fourth set of cards is the second description of the second set of cards. And providing a payment based on the first bet if consistent with the description of 2.

  B. The method of embodiment A, wherein the first description includes a description of the rank and type of each of the first set of cards.

  The method of embodiment B, wherein the step of providing payment includes the third description of the third set of cards including a description of the rank and type of each of the first set of cards, Providing a payment based on the first bet if the fourth description of the second set of cards matches the second description of the second set of cards.

  The method of embodiment A, wherein the first game is a blackjack game.

E. The method of embodiment A, further comprising receiving a second bet;
Receiving a fifth description of a fifth set of cards;
Receiving a sixth description of a sixth set of cards;
The third description of the third set of cards is consistent with the fifth description of the fifth set of cards, and the fourth description of the fourth set of cards is the sixth set of cards. Providing a payment based on the second bet if consistent with the sixth statement.

  F. The method of embodiment A, wherein the first set of cards is distributed to a second player in a second game, and the second set of cards is distributed to a dealer in the second game. ,Method.

G. The method of Embodiment A further comprising:
Receiving a second set;
Determining a fifth description of a fifth set of cards distributed to a second player in a second game;
Determining a sixth description of a sixth set of cards distributed to a second dealer in the second game;
The fifth description of the fifth set of cards is consistent with the first description of the first set of cards, and the sixth description of the sixth set of cards is the second set of cards. Providing a payment based on the second bet if consistent with the second statement.

H. The method of embodiment A, comprising:
The bet, the first description, and the second description are all received from a second player,
In the providing step, the third description of the third set of cards is consistent with the first description of the first set of cards, and the fourth description of the fourth set of cards is the first description. Providing a payment if consistent with the second description of the two sets of cards.

I. Initializing a progressive award pool with a first value;
Receiving a first bet from a first player;
Setting the progressive award pool with the first value and a second value based on the first bet;
Receiving a first description of a first set of cards from the first player;
Receiving a second bet from a second player;
Setting the progressive prize pool with the second value and a third value based on the second bet;
Receiving from the second player a second description of a second set of cards;
Determining a third description of a third set of cards distributed in the first game;
Providing a pool of progressive prizes to the first progressive if the third description of the third set of cards matches the first description of the first set of cards;
Providing the progressive player with the pool of progressive prizes if the third description of the third set of cards matches the second description of the second set of cards; Method.

J. et al. The method of Embodiment I, further comprising:
Receiving a third bet from a third player;
Setting the progressive award pool with the third value and a fourth value based on the third bet;
Receiving from the third player a fourth description of a fourth set of cards;
Determining a fifth description of a fifth set of cards distributed in the second game;
Providing the progressive player with the pool of progressive prizes if the fourth description of the fourth set of cards matches the fifth description of the fifth set of cards; Method.

K. Receiving a first description of a first set of cards from a first player;
Determining a second description of a second set of cards distributed in a first game played by a second player;
Determining a third description of a third set of cards distributed in a second game played by a third player;
If the first description of the first set of cards matches either the second description of the second set of cards or the third description of the third set of cards, the first set of cards Providing a payment to a player.

  L. The method of embodiment K, wherein the second game is played after the first game.

  M.M. The method of embodiment K, wherein the third player is the same as the second player.

N. The method of embodiment K, further comprising:
The first player receives an instruction to participate in a third game at substantially the same time as the first game is played;
The first player receiving an instruction to participate in a fourth game at approximately the same time that the second game is played.

  O. The method of embodiment K, wherein the third game is different from the first game and the fourth game is different from the second game.

Applicant's claim (embodiment).
P. 6 display screens,
A raised horizontal surface (eg desktop),
A microphone,
Speakers,
Keyboard,
Phone and
A computer mouse,
Computer memory,
A computer processor, the computer processor comprising:
Receiving first information from the server (eg, information describing a game event, random number, etc.);
Generating second information based on the first information (eg, generating an image representing the information, eg, translating a random number received from a server, such as a drawn card, into a game result, etc.);
Presenting the second information via at least one of the speaker and the six display screens;
Receiving third information from at least one of the microphone, the keyboard, the telephone, and the computer mouse (e.g., the third information is an indication of a strategy used in the game selected by the player) May be)
Present the third information (eg, indicate which card the player has chosen to hold or discard in a video poker game)
Generating fourth information based on the second information and the third information (eg, generating an instruction to the server requesting that the server determine a replacement card);
An apparatus operable to send the fourth information to the server.

Q. Physical event generation means;
An information acquisition device operable to record a physical event generated by the physical event generating means;
Multiple devices,
And a server, wherein the server is
Receiving from the information acquisition device first information about the recorded physical event;
Determining second information based on the first information;
Transmitting the second information to at least one of the plurality of terminals;
Receiving third information from at least one of the plurality of terminals;
A system operable to update a record based on the third information.

  The following applications are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety throughout the specification. U.S. Patent Application No. 11 / 467,078 filed on August 24, 2006, U.S. Patent Application No. 11 / 468,809 filed on August 31, 2006, U.S. Application filed on September 5, 2006. Patent Application No. 11 / 470,250, US Patent Application No. 11 / 533,300 filed on September 19, 2006, US Patent Application No. 11 / 539,518 filed on October 6, 2006, US patent application Ser. No. 11 / 618,426 filed on Dec. 29, 2006, U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11 / 674,232 filed Feb. 13, 2007, U.S. application filed Mar. 1, 2007. Patent Application No. 11 / 680,764, US Patent Application No. 11 / 697,024 filed on April 5, 2007, and US Patent Application No. 11 / 733,902 filed on April 11, 2007. .

Claims (23)

A method,
By determining the have tags from the first card set, comprising: a plurality of unused cards remaining in the retention tag and the first card set occurs,
Receiving a first betting instruction having a first odds from a first player;
Receiving a first instruction from the first player to discard one or more first cards from the hand, wherein the first number of first cards to be discarded is a first number. A step with a number of 1;
Determining, by a computing device, second odds for at least one second bet by a second player, wherein the first odds are different from the second odds;
Receiving the second betting instruction from the second player by the computing device;
Receiving a second instruction from the second player by the computing device to discard one or more second cards from the hand, wherein the second player discards one or more second cards to be discarded; The number of 2 is the second number;
In the plurality of unused cards remaining in the first card set, to determine the number of sheets corresponding to the first digit a number of more than one card, the based on the retention tag Generating a first exchange card set for the one or more first cards in the first hand for the first player, the first hand for the first player ;
Determining a first result of the first bet based on the first hand including the first exchange card set for exchanging the one or more first cards that have received an instruction to discard; When,
Determining the number of one or more cards in the plurality of unused cards remaining in the first card set and corresponding to the second number by the computing device; Generating a second set of exchange cards for the one or more second cards in a second hand based on a hand and in the second hand for the second player ; ,
Based on the second hand including the second exchange card set for exchanging the one or more second cards that have been instructed to be discarded by the computing device, the second bet second Determining the results;
Instructing the second player to make a second payment based on the second result and the second odds;
Including methods. The method of claim 1, wherein the first exchange card set is different from the second exchange card set . Determining the order of the plurality of unused cards different from the order of unused cards used to produce the first replacement card set before determining the second replacement card set. The method of claim 1.   The method of claim 1, wherein the first number is different from the second number. Comparison of the first results, a first having tag having the first exchange card set to replace the first card instructing received the above one discarding, and the second has label The method of claim 1 comprising:   The method of claim 1, further comprising: instructing the second player to indicate the second odds prior to receiving the second bet. The method according to claim 1, further comprising displaying the second exchange card set for the second player on a portable device. Giving the first player instructions to the first odds;
Issuing instructions for the second odds to the second player;
The method of claim 1 comprising:   The method of claim 1, comprising providing hand instructions to the second player prior to receiving the second bet. The order of the plurality of unused cards used to determine the second replacement card set is the same order as the order of unused cards used to produce the first replacement card set. 2. The method of claim 1, further comprising maintaining the order of the plurality of unused cards used to determine the second replacement card set . A method,
By determining the have tags from the first card set, comprising: a plurality of unused cards remaining in the retention tag and the first card set occurs,
Receiving a first betting instruction having a first odds from a first player;
The first instructions for receiving at least one first additional card, the step of receiving from said first player,
Determining, by a computing device, second odds for at least one second bet by a second player, wherein the first odds are different from the second odds;
Receiving the second betting instruction from the second player by the computing device;
By the computing device, the steps of the second instructions for receiving at least one second additional card, received from the second player,
Determining the at least one first additional card from the plurality of unused cards remaining in the first card set ;
Determining a first result of the first bet based on a first hand for the first player including the at least one first additional card and the hand ;
Determining the at least one second additional card from the plurality of unused cards remaining in the first card set by the computing device;
The computing device determines a second result of the second bet based on a second hand for the second player including the at least one second additional card and the hand. And steps to
Instructing the second player to make a second payment based on the second result;
Including methods.   The method of claim 11, wherein the first additional card and the second additional card are different.   Determining the order of the plurality of unused cards different from the order of unused cards used to determine the first additional card before determining the second additional card. Item 12. The method according to Item 11. The method of claim 11, wherein a first number indicating the number of the at least one first additional card is different from a second number indicating the number of the at least one second additional card. The first result, the a first lifting Chi tag method of claim 11 further comprising a comparison between the second has label. The method of claim 11 , comprising providing hand instructions to the second player prior to receiving the second bet . The order of the plurality of unused cards used to determine the second additional card is the same order as the order of unused cards used to determine the first additional card. 12. The method of claim 11 , comprising maintaining the order of the plurality of unused cards used to determine the second additional card . Determining a second set of unused cards including the plurality of unused cards excluding the first additional card;
Determining a third set of unused cards including the plurality of unused cards excluding the second additional card;
Receiving from the first player a third instruction to receive at least one third additional card;
Determining the at least one third additional card from the third set of unused cards;
Receiving from the second player a fourth instruction to receive at least one fourth additional card ;
Determining the at least one fourth additional card from a fourth set of unused cards;
The method of claim 11 comprising: Determining the first result based on the first hand and the third additional card;
Determining the second result based on the second hand and the fourth additional card;
The method of claim 18 comprising : A device,
A computing device;
A non-transitory medium that stores a plurality of instructions, and when executed by the computing device, the computing device causes the computing device to:
At least one said first set in a game associated with a number of selected symbols greater than the number of symbols in the first set being a selected set of symbols of a plurality of symbols on a first reel; Determine the symbol of
Determining the first odds of the first player to determine at least one result;
Receiving a first betting instruction from the first player,
Determining a second odds of a second bet by a second player, different from the first odds;
Receiving the second betting instruction from the second player,
A second set of symbols that is a selected set of symbols of the plurality of symbols on the second reel, wherein the multiple symbols are generated by combining with the at least one first set of symbols Determining at least one second set of symbols;
Determining a first result of the first bet based on the first set of symbols and the second set of symbols;
A third set of symbols that is a selected set of symbols of the plurality of symbols on the third reel, wherein the multiple symbols are generated in combination with the at least one first set of symbols Determining at least one third set of symbols;
Determining a second result of the second bet based on the first set of symbols and the third set of symbols;
Based on the first result and the first odds, the first player is instructed to make at least one first payment, and based on the second result and the second odds, the second A device that issues a second payment instruction to the player . 21. The apparatus of claim 20, wherein when executed by the computing device, the instruction causes the computing device to determine the first payment based on the first odds and to the second odds. 21. The apparatus of claim 20 , wherein the second payment is determined based on . 21. The apparatus of claim 20, wherein when executed by the computing device, the instruction causes the computing device to issue an instruction of the first odds to the first player and to the second player. 21. The apparatus of claim 20, wherein the second odds indication is issued . 21. The apparatus of claim 20, wherein when executed by the computing device, the instruction causes the computing device to provide an indication of the first set of symbols before taking the second bet. 21. The device of claim 20 , wherein the device is served to two players .

Images